Full text of "Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College"

See other formats

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2010 with funding from
University of Toronto

http://www.archive.org/details/bulletinofmuseu08harv

if BULLETIN

OF THE

1AKV Ar!

MUSEUM oF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY

HARVARD COLLEGE, IN CAMBRIDGE.

VOL. VIII.

CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S. A.
1880-1881.

| University Press:
_ Jon Witson ano Son, CAMBRIDGE.

MO <reheaih iat
ei)

Aecrtaxi"§ By

CONTENTS.

No. 1. — Reports on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast Sur-
vey Steamer “Blake.” VIII. Etudes préliminaires sur les Crustacés.
Per A. MitnE-Epwarps. I. Partie. (2 Plates) .

‘

No. 2.— Reports on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast
Survey Steamer “ Blake.” IX. Preliminary Report on the Echini. By
A. AGASSIZ

No. 3.— New and little-known Reptiles and Fishes in the Museum Collections.
By S. Garman

.4.— List of Dredging Stations occupied during the year 1880 by the
United States Coast Survey Steamer “ Blake ”’

No. 5.— Reports on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast Sur-
vey Steamer “Blake.” X. Report on the Cephalopods and on some ad-
ditional Species dredged by the United States Fish Commission Steamer
“Fish Hawk,” during the Season of 1880. By A. E. Verrixu. (8 Plates)

No. 6.— The Stomach and Genital Organs of Astrophytide. By T. Lyman.
(2 Plates) .

No. 7.— Reports on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast Sur-
vey Steamer “ Blake.” XI. Report on the Acalephe. By J. W. Fewxes.
(4 Plates) cas

No. 8. — Studies of the Jelly-Fishes of Narragansett Bay. By J. W. Fewxes.
(10 Plates)

No. 9. — List of Mammals collected by Dr. Edward Palmer in North-eastern
Mexico, with Field-Notes by the Collector. By J. A. ALLEN

No. 10.— The Trilobite : New and Old Evidence relating to its Organization.
»By C.D. Watcorr. (6 Plates)

PAGE

117

127

141

183

190

iv CONTENTS.

No. 11.— Reports on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast
Survey Steamer “ Blake.” XII. Report on the Selachians. By S. Gar-

MAN.

No. 12.— Report on the Results of Dredging by the United States Coast Sur-
vey Steamer “ Blake.” XIII. Report on the Pycnogonida. By E. B. Wi1-

son. (5 Plates) . ‘ : : ; ‘ . ‘ - 5 :
No. 13.— On some Crustacean Deformities. By W. Faxon. (2 Plates) .

No. 14. — The Devonian Insects of New Brunswick. By H. A. Hagen

231

(Published by permission of CanLiLe P. Parrerson, Supt. U.S. Coast Survey.)

No. 1.— Reports on the Results of Dredging under the Supervision of
ALEXANDER AGassiZ, in the Gulf of Mexico, and in the Caribbean
Sea, 1877, 78, ’79, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer “Blake,”
Lieut.-Commander C. D. StassBez, U. S. N., and Commander J. R.
Barrett, VU. S. V., Commanding.

Vid,

Etudes préliminaires sur les Crustacés,* par M. Aupu. Mitnn-Epwarps,
1 Porte,

DECAPODES BRACHYURES.

FAMILLE DES OXYRHYNQUES.

1. Pericera trispinosa (LaTreiLte).

Bahia.
2. Pericera ccelata (A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique, T. I. p. 200, pl.
1a, fig. 3).
Station No. 39. Profond. 14 brasses. A 16 milles N. des iles Jolbos.
in lO: 79. ta a) a A 1 mille prés de la Havane.
pen os27 2. e for *s Pres des Barbades.
See. OY 7: See) LOG.) acs ee s

8. Pericera eutheca (Stimpson),
Station No. 132. Profond. 115 brasses. Prés de Santa Cruz.

4. Microphrys bicornutus (Larrer.te).
Station No. 10. Profond. 37 brasses. Jat. 24° 44’ N., Long. 83° 26’ O.
Mai, 1868. Bahia Honda.

5. Oplopisa spinipes (A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique, T. I. p. 201,
pl. 15a, fig. 5).
6. Pisa erinacea (A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique, T. I. p. 202, pl. 15a
fig. 4).
Station No. 10. Profond. 37 brasses. Lat. 24° 44’ N., Long. 83° 26’ O.

* A few species of the ‘‘ Hassler” and ‘‘ Bibb” expeditions have been added to this
report. — A. AGASSIZ. |
VOL. VIII. —NO. 1, 1

2 BULLETIN OF THE

7. Nemausa rostrata (A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique, T. I. p. 81, pl.
17, fig. 4).
Station No. 10. Profond. 37 brasses. Liat. 24° 44’ N., Long. 83° 26’ O.
eS * (NG Ur, “3 BY Ae tes Lat. 24° 43’ N., Long. 83° 25’ O.

ee No. 155. Ke SS) 2s Montserrat.
<S " eNos 24k Git Grenadines.-

8. Temnonotus granulosus (A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique, T. I. p. 83,
pl. 17, fig. 2).
Expédition du Hassler, 27 Déc., 1871. Profond. 100 brasses. Barbades.
Station No. 273. Profond. 103 brasses. Barbades.

9. Temnonotus simplex (A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique, T. I. p. 84,
pl. 17, fig. 3).
10. Seyra umbonota (Stimpson).
Station No. 232. Profond. 88 brasses. St. Vincent.

11. Esopus crassus (A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique, T. I. p. 90, pl.
17, fig. 1).

Expéd. du Hassler. Profond. 100 brasses. Barbades,

12. Mithrax pleuracanthus (Srimpsoy).
Station No. 39. Profond. 14 brasses. A 16 milles N. des iles Jolbos.

13. Mithraculus sculptus (Lamarx).
Bahia Honda. Tortugas.

14. Mithraculus cinctimanus (Stimpson).
Station No. 10. Profond. 37 brasses. Lat. 24° 44’ N., Long. 83° 26’ O.
«No. 39. ore eee Aux environs des iles Jolbos, Key West.

15. Mithraculus sculptus (Lamar). -
Récifs de la Floride. Bahia Honda.

16. Othonia aculeata (Gipzes).
Station No. 127. Profond. 38 brasses. Santa Cruz.

17. Amathia hystrix (Stimpson, A. M.-Epwarps, op. cit., p. 134, pl. 28.
fig. 1).
Station No. 58. Profond. 242 brasses. Lat. 22° 9’ 30” N., Long. 82° 11’30”0.
« ~=SNo. 148. = 208 * St. Kitts.
© aneceue. | 4 213.7% Martinique.
« No. 218. a YO eid Ste. Lucie.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 3

Station No. 232. Profond. 88 brasses. St. Vincent.
fe No. 269. 5S 1 Daley as St. Vincent.
° S Nos 280) pee 4) tt PR Barbades.
*) No, 291. eine SOU.) BFF Barbades.
* No. 295. SO ABO ik Barbades.

18. Amathia crassa (A. M.-Epwarps, op. cit., p. 203, pl. 28, fig. 2).
Station No. 5. Profond. 152 brasses. Lat. 24° 15’ N., Long. 82° 13’ O.

TRACHYMATIA (nov. gen.).

La carapace est courte, large et bombée en arritre. Le rostre est petit et formé
de deux cornes légérement divergentes. L’espace interorbitaire est de largeur
médiocre, les orbites sont trés ouvertes en dessus et en dessous. L’ceil, dont la
cornée est un peu comprimée d’avant en arriére, se replie dans une fossette creusée
i la base d’une épine postorbitaire. L’article basilaire des antennes est trés
étroit, comme chez les Amathia, et il ne cloisonne pas l’orbite en dessous, la
tigelle mobile est inserée a découvert de chaque cdté du rostre, les deux premiers
articles atteignent l’extrémité de celui-ci sa portion multiarticulée est trés courte.
Le plancher de l’orbite est armé d’une épine sur son bord. Les doigts des pinces
sont terminés par des doigts aigus. Les pattes ambulatoires diminuent graduelle-
ment de longueur de la premiere a la derniére et la différence de taille est trés con-
sidérable entre celles-ci. Les doigts ne sont pas préhensiles, leur bord inférieur
est lisse.

Ce genre doit prendre place a cdté des Halimus et des Amathia.

19. Trachymaia cornuta (nov. sp.).

La carapace est granuleuse et porte quelques épines. Sur la région gastrique,
il en existe quatre disposées en croix. Le lobe cardiaque antérieur en présente
deux situées sur la ligne médiane. Les régions branchiales sont surmontées de
quatre ou cing spinules. Les bords latéraux postérieurs sont garnis d’une ceint-
ure de courtes épines, le bord sourcilier est armé d’une épine dirigée en avant.
L’article basilaire des antennes externes est orné de trois petites épines Pune
terminale les deux autres situées le long du bord orbitaire. Le bras et l’avant bras
des pattes antérieures sont spinuleux, la main est lisse. Les pattes ambulatoires
sont revétues de quelques poils courts et trés rares. L’abdomen et le plastron
sternal présentent quelques trés fines granulations.

Largeur de la carapace d’un male . . . . . 0.010
Tionpwenr | fe. b ttt eo here tee ha a COU

Station No. 134. Profond. 248 brasses. Santa Cruz.
FAN os 99 ili; es ZO Omens. Barbades.
cS NG. 299; “s bAOEe Barbades.
‘ No. 300. e SQ Barbades.

4 BULLETIN OF THE

20. Nibilia armata (nov. sp.).

La carapace est pyriforme, peu élargie en arriére et couverte d’épines aigués et
inégales dont la disposition est fort reguli¢re mais trop compliquée pour pouvoir
se comprendre facilement a Taide d’une description, mais une figure suffit pour
s’en rendre parfaitement compte. Les cornes rostrales sont plus gréles et plus di-
vergentes que chez le Nidilia erinacea il existe une longue épine preorbitaire
suivie d’une autre épine beaucoup plus petite. L’article basilaire de lantenne
externe est terminé par une épine plus courte que la preorbitaire.

Les pattes antérieures du male sont courtes et la portion palmaire de la pince
n’est pas allongée comme chez la Wibilia erinacea ; deux ou trois épines se voient
en dessus pres de l’articulation avec l’avant bras ; celui-ci et le bras portent quel-
ques épines. Les pattes ambulatoires sont gréles, leur cuisse est armée en dessus
de trois épines dont la derniére surmonte l’articulation de la jambe.

Le corps et les pattes portent des poils courts, raides et espacés.

Largeur de la carapace (avec les épines) d’un exem-
pmiromale at. See eS.
Largeursansles'épmes/; . . . . 9... . . SOR
Longueur (lerostre compris) . . . . . . . 0.025
Longueur (sans le rostre)-. . . . . . . . ©0020
Cette espéce ne se rencontre qu’a une assez grande profondeur elle a été
draguée par M. A. Agassiz dans les localités suivantes : —

Station No. 232. Profond. 88 brasses. St. Vincent.
“No. 224. Sie! id pong St. Vincent.
. Ne. Set: CO OSs en Er Grenadines.
No 269! i diosiage 1 fol St. Vincent.
© No?.295- TS Oy Barbades.
« No. 297; 1938" ass Barbades.
«No. 299. = AO m BES Barbades.

21. Sphenocarcinus corrosus (A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique, T. I.
p. 136, pl. 17, fig. 5).
Expéd. du Hassler. Profond. 100 brasses. Barbades.

22. Lambrus Pourtalesii (Stimpson).
Profond. 54 brasses. Sombréro.
Station No. 26. Fi, ATO Lat. 24° 37’ 30” N., Long. 83° 36’ O.
© a NO: 32. co) OG aes Lat. 23° 32’ N., Long. 88° 5! O.
°C; tae. eo Fd Flannegan Passage.
£@2 Nor 53: rE NOD aes Grenade.

23. Lambrus agonus (Srimpson, A. M-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique).

Station No. 36. Profond. 84 brasses. Lat. 23° 13’ N., Long. 89° 16’ O.
“« No. 132. ee a te Santa Cruz.
1 eee B22 Barbades,

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 5

24. Platylambrus serratus (pe Saussure).
Station No. 142. Profond. 27 brasses. Flannegan Passage.
Coll. par Stimpson 4 Sombréro.

25. Pisolambrus nitidus (A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique, T. I. p. 158,
pl. 30, fig. 4).

Expéd. du Hassler, 30 Déc., 1871. Profond. 100 brasses. Barbades.

Station No. 132. Profond. 115 brasses. Santa Cruz.
ee) No? 232. H SSe moss St. Vincent.
« No. 272. ¢ Thou fs Barbades.
«- No. 273. Ke LOSa ws Barbades.
es 0.292. bs by tie Barbades.
« No. 293. < 0 ae Barbades.

26. Solenolambrus typicus (Stimpson).
Station No. 32. Profond. 95 brasses. Lat. 23° 32’ N., Long. 88° 5’ O.
«No. 134. ee se Santa Cruz.
Se elad6y. “ 175..% Guadeloupe.
eee NaneIOw a) J16. Ste. Lucie.
« No. 232. - Beato ct St. Vincent.

27. Solenolambrus fastigatus (A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique, T. L.
p- 163, pl. 29, fig. 5).
Coll. par Stimpson a 13 brasses a Sombréro.
Station No. 142. Profond. 27 brasses. Flannegan Passage.

28. Heterocrypta granulata (Gipnes).
Coll. par Stimpson. Floride.

29. Crytopodia concava (Stimpson, A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique,
T. I. p. 168, pl. 29, fig. 1 et 2).

Coll. par Stimpson a 14 et 19 brasses 4 l’ouest de la Floride.

30. Mesorhcea cristatipes (nov. sp.).

La carapace de cette espéce est lisse, de forme presque triangulaire. Les
régions gastrique et cardiaque sont trés élevées, et forment sur la ligne médiane
de la carapace une cime élevée; trois tubercules, |’un postérieur et médian les
deux autres antérieurs et disposés symétriquement, ornent la région gastrique;
deux élévations obtuses et médianes surmontent la région cardiaque. Les
régions branchiales sont trés renflées, et elles se terminent en dehors par une
créte aigiie qui s’étend jusqu’a l’angle latéral. Le front est trilobé et trés avancé
sur la ligne médiane. Les bords latéro-antérieurs sont découpés en un grand
nombre de petites dents et garnis de poils courts. Les pattes antérieures sont
longues et fortes, le bras porte en arriére deux ou trois gros tubercules comprimés
et surmontés de quelques poils; il est garni en avant d’une créte aigué. Une

6 BULLETIN OF THE

créte dentée suit le bord interne de la main; le bord externe est aigu et découpé
en quatre dents bien séparées ; deux crétes garnissent le bord supérieur du doigt
mobile. La cuisse des pattes ambulatoires est en dessous et en dessus munie de
crétes ; la jambe et le pied sont crissiformes en dessus. Les pattes machoires
externes sont remarquables par l’existence d’une créte trés découpée qui oceupe
toute leur longueur et de petites proéminences lamelleuses et irrégulitres situées
sur le mérognathe.

Largeur de la carapace d’un mile . .. . . 0.017
POnSiee: Heit oles le de ve > oo) oe
Largeur totale les pinces étendues ~ « soe

Station No. 269. Profond. 124 brasses. St. Vincent.

81. Leptopodia sagittaria (Fapricivs).
Station No. 10. Profond. 37 brasses. Lat. 24° 44’ N., Long. 83° 26’ O.

‘*> “Nora: es 36“ Lat. 24° 34’ N., Long. 83° 16’ O.
© PNDLS7, ees 38 Santa Cruz.

ING: 333) 4 eldbe as Santa Cruz.

©) Noi 1435.43 ees Flannegan Passage.

SS ENOMOTOue ace 94 Barbades.

82. Collodes depressus (A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique, T. I. p. 176,
pl. 32, fig. 4).

Coll. par Stimpson @ 20 brasses prés de Sombréro,

83. Collodes obesus (A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique, T. I. p. 177, pl.
32, fig. 3).

Coll. par Stimpson a 54 brasses pres de Sombréro.

84. Collodes rostratus (A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique, T. I. p. 179,
pl. 32, fig. 2).

Expéd. du Hassler. Profond. 30 brasses. Lat. 41° 40’ S., Long. 63° 13’ O.

35. Collodes inermis (A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique, T. I. p. 179, pl.
32, fig. 1).

Expéd. du Hassler. Profond. 17 brasses. Lat. 11° 49’ 8., Long. 37° 27’ O.

86. Arachnopsis filipes (Stimpson, A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique,
T. I. p. 181, pl. 33, fig. 1).
Station No. 177. Profond. 118 brasses. Dominique.
#'t Nos iy; 130 “ Dominique.
«No. 272. af 16 “e" Barbades,
No. 290. a (kee Barbades.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. ‘i

87. Euprognatha rastellifera (Stimpson, A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mex-
ique;, Ly Tops ply 88; fig. 2).
Expéd. du Hassler. Profond. 110 brasses. Barbades.
Station No. 26. Profond. 110 brasses. Lat. 24° 37’ 30” N., Long. 83° 36’ O.
fey NOY .Ons bh U5. * Lat. 23° 32’ N., Long. 88° 5’ O.
ae INO; 182. a il a i Santa Cruz.
fe Wo; 134. ¥ 248 Santa Cruz.
ito: 206; . + “* VO Martinique.
ero, eLO:. .* 8 191)» 2+ Martinique.
— No. 232. Ssuarss St. Vincent.
No. 253. 8 aber <6 Grenade.
“No: 273. ‘ (As Pim Barbades.
Memo era.. | LOS, yf Barbades.
ee e0Ony, | sig, Barbades.

‘8. Euprognatha inermis (A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique, T. I. p.
183, pl. 35, fig. 2).

Station No. 142. Profond. 27 brasses. Flannegan Passage.
«No. 238. aa die Grenadines.

39. Euprognatha gracilipes (A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique, T. I.
p. 184, pl. 35, fig. 3).

Station No. 32. Profond. 95 brasses. Lat. 23° 32’ N., Long. 88° 5’ O.

~~ No, 132 cee Lilies eee Santa Cruz.
eesalige 8. Lis av Dominique.
C2 i oar yee of TOeL Barbades.
<) JNo..278 bs GON ree Barbades.

40. Euprognatha acuta (nov. sp.).

Cette espéce se distingue de toutes les précédentes par la longueur de
Yapophyse épistomienne, par le développement des épines latérales et par l’exis-
tence de quelques épines crochues sur le bord supérieur de la cuisse des pattes
ambulatoires. L’épine qui porte le premier anncau de l’abdomen est trés réduite.

Station No. 148. Profond. 208 brasses. St. Kitts.

“No. 241. " lose" Grenadines.
“No. 269. = Lace 28 St. Vincent.
bee) JNO. 290, i te Barbades,

41. Aprocremnus septemspinosus (A. M.-Epwanrps, Crust. du Mexique,
T. I. p. 185, pl. 35, fig. 5).

Station No. 11. Profond. 37 brasses. Lat. 24° 43’ N., Long. 83° 25’ O.

8 BULLETIN OF THE

42. Anomalopus furcillatus (Stimpson, A. M.-Epwarps, p. 188, pl. 36,
fig. 4).

Station No. 32. Profond. 95 brasses. Lat. 23° 32’ N., Long. 88° 5’ O,
SB) NG 45. BAO) Lat. 25° 33’ N., Long. 84° 21’ O.
*.. ‘Noxb0: 2 TLIO? as Lat. 26° 31’ N., Long. 85° 53’ O.
. ‘No! 132: eS* Welsl5 aak® Santa Cruz.
© Np D89. 5 Baad 0s Dominique.
es No. 232. a Soir St. Vincent.
« No. 249. §- DED ue S Grenade.

43. Anomalopus frontalis (A. M-Epwarps, op. cit., p. 189, pl. 36, fig. 1).
Expéd. du Hassler. Profond. 100 brasses. Barbades.

Station No. 79. ss ly) 2 Havane.
f° (Noi. 155: se ‘olste ae Montserrat.
ean ale - ke oe Guadeloupe.
dy Dio. 177, . 1 Dominique.
* “No: 272. sid (6... Barbades.
© No.976. ef 94 Barbades.
“) No: 990: se ape Barbades.

44. Podochela macrodera (Stimrsoy, A. M.-Epwarps, op. cit., p. 191, pl.
: 34, fig. 3).

Coll. par Stimpson. Profond. 50 brasses. Floride occidentale.

45. Podochela gracilipes (Srimrson, A. M.-Epwarps, op. cit., p. 192, pl.
35, fig. 1).
Station No. 10. Profond. 37 brasses. Lat. 24° 44’ N., Long. 83° 26’ O.
OAs, a + times Lat. 24° 43’ N., Long. 83° 25’ O,

LISPOGNATHUS (nov. gen.).

La carapace est pyriforme et les yeux n’ont pas de cavité orbitaire dans laquelle
ils puissent se reployer. Le rostre est bifide, peu allongé; la portion interorbitaire
de la carapace est étroite et pourvue de chaque coté d’une épine au dessus de l’inser-
tion du pédoncule oculaire; il existe aussi une épine postorbitaire. L/article basilaire
des antennes externes est trés étroit et terminé en dehors par une petite épine ; la
tigelle mobile est beaucoup plus longue que les pointes du rostre et insérée &
découvert sur les cotés de celles-ci. Les fossettes antennulaires sont tres allongées ;
elles se continuent au dessous de la base des cornes rostrales. ‘L’éxognathe des
pattes machoires externes est trés long; le mérognathe est beaucoup plus étroit
que l’ischiognathe, il est tres retréci A sa base et arrondid son extrémité. Les
pattes ambulatoires sont longues et trés gréles. L’abdomen de la femelle est trés
large. Ce genre relie les Zuprognatha aux Anisonotus.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

46. Lispognathus furcatus (nov. sp.).

La carapace porte en dessus sur la ligne médiane deux épines dressées, lune
gastrique et l’autre cardiaque; les lobes protogastriques et les régions branchiales
portent une épine. Le sillon gastrique est profond et semble étrangler la carapace
au dessous des régions hépatiques. Celles-ci sont renflées et armées de deux ou
trois petites épines, les bords des régions branchiales portent aussi quelques
spinules. Les cornes rostrales sont cylindriques, pointues, légerement divergentes
et légerement relevées. Le pédoncule oculaire est pourvu en avant d’une petite
épine. Les pattes antérieures de la femelle sont ornées de quelques épines et
revétues de poils raides. Les mains sont arquées en dedans et leurs doigts sont
trés élevés et en contact dans toute leur étendue. La cuisse des pattes ambula-
toires présente une épine terminale au dessus de l’articulation de la jambe; les
doigts sont longs et légerement courbés vers leur extrémité.

erreur de la/carapacs’ . . . gw ww O07
Longueur . . eg ee a NOLO

Station No. 260. Profond. 291 brasses. Grenade.

ANASIMUS (nov. gen.).

La carapace est pyriforme et bombée en dessus elle se retrécit beaucoup dans la
région interorbitaire. Le rostre est pointu et dirigé en avant et en haut. Les
yeux sont grands, et ne peuvent se replier dans des fossettes orbitaires. Une
épine postorbitaire se voit de chaque cdté. L/article basilaire des antennes
externes est trés allongé et trés étroit comme chez les Podochela ; il porte en
dessous un tubercule au niveau des yeux; la tigelle mobile est grande et inserée
a découvert. Ses deux premiers articles dépassent en longueur le rostre. Les
antennules sont longues et repliées longitudinalement dans des fossettes creusées
a la base du rostre. lLa cloison frontale antennulaire se prolonge en une forte
dent triangulaire comme chez les Pyromaia et les Anisonotus. L’éxognathe des
pattes machoires, externes se rétrécit vers son extrémité. Le mérognathe est
étroit a sa base, échaneré profondément a son angle antéro-interne pour l’insertion
du palpe et fortement auriculé au dessous de cette insertion. Les pattes ambula-
toires sont trés gréles, les deux premiéres paires sont de méme longueur, la
troisiéme et la quatriéme sont un peu plus courtes. Les doigts sont allongés et
faibles, et ne constituent pas des crochets comme chez les Podochela. La disposi-
tion de la région fronto-antennaire, et celle des pattes ambulatoires distingue
nettement ce genre des Anisonotus.

47. Anasimus fugax (nov. sp.).

La carapace porte sur la ligne médiane trois épines dressées, la premiére occupe
la région gastrique, la seconde de méme taille est placée sur le lobe cardiaque
antérieur, la troisitme plus petite surmonte le lobe cardiaque postérieur. Le
premier article de l’abdomen porte une quatrieme épine. Les lobes protogas-

10 BULLETIN OF THE

triques sont armés chacun d’une épine, trois épines ou tubercules disposés en série
longitudinale existent sur les régions branchiales. La surface de la carapace est
irréguli¢rement granuleuse, le rostre est court et spinuleux en dessus. Le bord
sourcilier est armé d’une épine. Les pattes antérieures du male sont faibles, elles
sont revétues de poils raides et espacés. Le bras porte quelques petites épines et
les doigts des pinces sont en contact dans toute leur longueur. Les pattes am-
bulatoires sont formées d’articles cylindriques et lissés. Le plastron sternal et
Pabdomen sont granuleux.
L’abdomen de la femelle est trés large.
Largeur de la carapace d’un mile ... . . 0,009
ron gene 4 oss garcia ty ll cs, oltow be 0.013
Largeur totale les pattes étendues . . . . . 0.075

Station No. 132. Profond. 115 brasses. Santa Cruz.
Nowe oo: cf XG) Barbades.

48. Anisonotus curvirostris (A. M.-Epwarps, op. cit., p. 196, pl. 36, fig. 3).

Expéd. du Hassler. Profond. 100 brasses. Barbades.

Station No. 65. « Oe acs Havane.
<< Nos bye ce 10) ace Montserrat.
<a" No 24 os 163, <6 Grenadines.
££. 9 UNO) 269! cc DAs St. Vincent.
« No. 290. a fot Ost Barbades.

49. Pyromaia cuspidata (Stimpson, A. M.-Epwarps, op. cit., p. 197, pl. 36,
fig. 2).
Station No. 26. Profond. 110 brasses. Lat. 24° 37’ 30” N., Long. 83° 36’ O.
No;50, as LGN ae Lat. 26° 31’ N., Long. 85° 53’ O.

50. Eurypodius Latreillei (Guirry).

Expéd. du Hassler. No. 33. Profond. 58 brasses. Lat. 51° 26’ S., Long.
68° 5’ O.
51. Salacia tuberculosa (A. M.-Epwarps et Lucas).

Expéd. du Hassler. Rio de la Plata.

FAMILLE DES PORTUNIENS.

52. Neptunus sulcatus (A. M.-Epwarps, op. cit., p. 216, pl. 29, fig. 8).
Expéd. du Hassler, 18 Janvier, 1872. Profond. 17 brasses. Lat. 11° 49’ S.,
Long. 37° 27’ O.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 11

53. Neptunus (Hellenus) spinicarpus (Stimrson, A. M.-Epwarps, op.
cit., p. 221, pl. 40, fig. 1).
Station No. 12. Profond. 36 brasses. Lat. 24° 34’ N., Long. 83° 16’ O.
« No. 36. er gaye se Lat. 23° 13’ N., Long. 89° 16’ O.
a. No. 116. 2 ide TU ges Lat. 17° 55’ N., Long. 76° 41’ 20” O.
=~ No. 133. cee oo Santa Cruz.
fe eo rae FE Ts Saba-Bank (individu trés jeune).
« No. 148. SS eS ee St. Kitts.
co Nos 253: < 92S Grenade.
«No. 290. ef Yee Barbades.
« No. 292. ie 5G. Barbades.
We, 295. ci §2. Barbades.

54. Neptunus cribrarius (Lamar).
“ Bache.” Profond. 47 brasses. Sombréro.

55. Neptunus Sayi (Gisses).
Coll. Stimpson. Profond.? Sombréro.

56. Achelous spinimanus (LATREILLe).
Coll. Stimpson. Profond.? Sombréro,

57. Achelous depressifrons (Stimpson, A. M.-Epwanps, op. cit., p. 230, pl.
40, fig. 4).

Coll. Stimpson. Profond.? Key West.

58. Cronius ruber (Lamark).
Expéd. du Hassler. Profond. 12-17 brasses. Lat. 11°49’ S., Long. 37°27’ O.

59. Bathynectes longispina (Stimpson, A. M.Epwarps, op. cit., p. 234,
pl. 42, fig. 1).

Station No. 6. Profond. 137 brasses. Lat. 24° 17’ 30” N., Long. 82° 9’ O.

60. Coonophthalmus tridentatus (A. M.-Epwarps, op. cit., p. 237, pl. 42,
fig. 2).
Expéd. du Hassler. Lat. 41° 17’ S., Long. 63° OQ. Lat. 41° 40’ S., Long.
63° 18’ O.

FAMILLE DES CANCERIENS.

61. Actzea nodosa (Stimpson).
Station No. 11. Profond. 37 brasses. Lat. 24° 43’ N., Long. 83° 25’ O.
Rare Ot I a 0 Santa Cruz.
Ayr Nosl42. 5 .* Be Flannegan Passage.
pe NOs 276i, 9 84...“ Barbades.

12 BULLETIN OF THE

62. Carpoporus granulosus (Stimpson, A. M.-Epwarps, op. cit., p. 247,
pl. 44, fig. 1).
Station No. 10. Profond. 37 brasses. Lat. 24° 44’ N., Long. 83° 26’ Q.
« No.12 “ 36 “ Lat. 24°34’ N., Long. 83°16’ 0.

63. Medeeus spinimanus (A. M.-Epwarps, Crust. du Mexique, p. 250, pl.
44, fig. 8).
Station No. 287. Profond. 7} a 50 brasses. Barbades.

64. Glyptoxanthus erosus (Stimpson, A. M.-Epwarps, op. cit., p. 264, pl.
43, fig. 3 et 44, fig. 4).

Station No. 12. Profond. 36 brasses. Lat. 24° 34’ N., Long. 83° 16’ O.

65. Xanthodes bidentatus (nov. sp.).

Le corps est entitrement lisse et nu. Les régions gastriques et hépatiques
sont 4 peine marquées; la surface dorsale est presque plate transversalement et
peu bombée d’avant en arriére. Le front est formé de deux lobes tronqués, et
finement granuleux, séparés sur la ligne médiane par une petite échancrure. Les
angles orbitaires internes sont moins avaticés que le front. Les bords latéro-
antérieurs sont minces. L’angle postorbitaire constitue un petit lobe a peine
saillant, en arri¢re duquel existent deux dents; la premiere est lobiforme et
a contour arrondi, la seconde est grosse et obtuse. L/’orbite est trés faiblement
échancrée en dessous et en dehors. L article basilaire des antennes externes est
gréle, et il se joint au front par son angle antéro-interne. Les pattes antérieures
du mile sont courtes et inégales; le bras est caché sous la carapace; l’avant bras
est armé en dedans d’une dent obtuse. La main est arrondie, et le pouce porte a
sa base une grosse dent arrondie. Les pattes ambulatoires sont faibles et légére-
ment pubescentes vers leur extrémité. Le plastron sternal et l’'abdomen du male
sont revétus d’un duvet court et peu serré.

Largeur de la carapace d’un mile . . . - . 0.014.
Lonement ss 4. <i 9) err

Station No. 262. Profond. 92 brasses. Grenade.
66. Menippe Rumphii (Fasricius, A. M.-Epwarps, op. cit., p. 263, pl. 48,
fig. 4).
Station No. 10. Profond. 37 brasses. Lat. 24° 44’ N., Long. 83° 26’ O.

67. Leptodius Agassizii (A. M.-Epwarps).
Coll. Stimpson. Profond. 12-18 brasses.° Récifs de la Floride.

68. Melybia forceps (A. M.-Epwarps).
Expéd. du Hassler. No. 16. Profond. 30 brasses. Abrolhos (Brésil).

69. Pilumnus aculeatus (Say).
Station No. 12. Profond. 36 brasses. Lat. 24° 34’ N., Long. 83° 16’ O.
Fo ce, SBS fa yal Flannegan Passage.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 13

70. Pilumnus vinaceus (A. M.-Epwarps).
Station No. 10. Profond. 37 brasses, Lat. 24° 44’ N., Long. 83° 26’ O.
Coll. par Stimpson. Woman Key.

71. Pilumnus gracilipes (A. M.-Epwarps).
Expéd. du Hassler. Profond. 100 brasses, Barbades.

72. Pilumnus gemmatus (Stimpson).
Station No. 10. Profond. 37 brasses. Lat. 24° 44’ N., Long. 83° 25’ O.
Coll. par Stimpson a 17 brasses. Key West, Woman Key, Tortugas.

73. Pilumnus lactzeus (Stimpson).
Station No. 11. Profond. 37 brasses. Lat. 24° 43’ N., Long. 83° 25’ O.

74. Pilumnus urinator (A. M.-Epwarps).
Station No. 134. Profond. 248 brasses. Santa Cruz.

75. Pilumnus nudifrons (Stimpson).
Station No. 273. Profond. 103 brasses. Barbades.

76. Lobopilumnus Agassizii (Stimpson).
Coll. par Stimpson. Profond. 19 brasses. Sombréro.

77. Lobopilumnus pulchellus (A. M.-Epwarps).
Coll. par Stimpson. Profond. 12 brasses. Mujeres Id., Contoy, Yucatan.

78. Pilumnoides Hassleri (A. M.-Epwarps).
Expéd. du Hassler. Profond. 30 brasses. Lat. 40° 22’ S., Long. 60° 35’ O.
oe Embouchure de la Bermeja. Lat. 41°17’ 8., Long. 63° O.

79. Panopeus Herbstii (M.-Epwarps).
Bahia.

80. Panopeus Harrisii (Stimpson).
Coll. par Stimpson. Great Ege Harbor.

81. Panopeus serratus (pe Saussure).
Coll. par Stimpson. Key West.

82. Panopeus occidentalis (pe Saussure).
Coll. par Stimpson. Cuba.

83. Panopeus xanthiformis (nov. sp.).

Cette espéce ressemble beaucoup par son aspect général A un Xanthodes. Ta
carapace est déprimée, peu élargie et granuleuse prés des bords latéro-antérieurs.
Le front est formé de deux lobes séparés sur la ligne médiane par une fissure
étroite. Les orbites sont larges, et leur bord inférieur est finement crénelé ; leur

14 BULLETIN OF THE

bord supérieur est interrompu en dessus par deux fissures, et leur bord inférieur
est entamé en dehors par une échancrure petite et triangulaire, en arriére de la-
quelle se voit une dent subhépatique tres petite. Les bords latéro-antérieurs sont
divisés en quatre dents, la premiére est tres petite, arrondie et située en arritre de
langle postorbitaire; la seconde et la troisitme sont grandes et granuleuses sur
leurs bords ; la derniére est trés petite et pointue. © Les régions latéro-inférieures
sont couvertes de granulations. Les pattes antérieures sont rendues rugueuses
par de tres fines granulations.
Largeur de la carapace dun male. . . . . . 0.018
Ponguewe sa SS tes 0.009
Station No. 177. Profond. 118 brasses. Dominique.
o> No. 25a. * el aad Grenade.
** No.-290. - ‘as Barbades.

84. Micropanope spinipes (A. M.-Epwarps).
Expéd. du Hassler. Profond. 30 brasses. Abrolhos (Brésil).

85. Micropanope sculptipes (Stimrsoy).

Station No. 45. Profond. 101 brasses. Lat. 25° 33’ N., Long. 84° 21’ O.
oe NO ge 73 = Barbades.

86. Micropanope pusillus (A. M.-Epwarps).
Station No. 12. Profond. 36 brasses. Lat. 24° 34’ N., Long. 83° 16’ O.
Coll. par Stimpson. Profond 17 brasses. Floride.

87. Micropanope pugilator (A. M.-Epwarps).
Station No. 11. Profond. 37 brasses. Lat. 24° 43’ N., Long. 83° 25’ O.
«No. 45. sé LON eis Lat. 25° 33’ N., Long. 84° 21’ O.
Se" No? 132: = LD Pas Santa Cruz.
« \Noe, 247. ¢ 170. <5 Grenade.
«No. 278. Go:.4% Barbades.

88. Micropanope lobifrons (A. M.-Epwarps).

Station No. 247. Profond. 170 brasses. Grenade.
«No: 276: 3) DAs i's Barbades.

89. Neopanope lobipes (A. M.-Epwarps).
Station No. 10. Profond. 37 brasses. Lat. 24° 44’ N., Long. 83° 26’ O.

90. Neopanope Pourtalesii (A. M.-Epwarps).
Coll. par Stimpson. Woman Key.
Station No. 10, Profond. 37 brasses. Lat. 24° 44’ N., Long. 83° 26’ O.

91. Glythoplax Smithii (A. M.-Epwarps).
Key West.

92. Eucratodes Agassizii (A. M.-Epwarps).
Coll. par Stimpson. Profond. 100 brasses. Lat. 21° 14! N.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY, 15

FAMILLE DES CARCINOPLACIDES.
FREVILLEA (nov. gen.).

Ce genre doit prendre place dans la famille des Carcinoplacides dont le
premier article de Pabdomen est large et cache completement le dernier segment
sternal. Les verges du mile naissent directement sur l’article coxal des pattes de
la cinquiéme paire. La disposition du front, des pédoncules oculaires ct des orbites
rapproche d’autre part ce genre des Gonoplax et de certains Macrophthalmiens.
Le cadre buccal est plus large en avant qu’en arritre et son bord antérieur pré-
sente de chaque cdté deux fissures. L’épistome est grand. Larticle basilaire
des antennes externes est large et court. Celui des antennes internes est gros
et arrondi, les deux premiers articles de la tigelle mobile sont trés longs et dé-
passent le front lorsqu’ils sont repliés. Les pattes antérieurs sont subégales et
terminées par des doigts pointus; le bras ne déborde guére la carapace. Les
pattes ambulatoires sont longues, greles et comprimées.

93. Frevillea barbata (nov. sp.).

La carapace est glabre, lisse, et quadrilatére, elle est plus large en avant qu’en
arritre. Le front est avancé tres légerement décliné et plus avancé sur les cétés
qu’au milieu. Les orbites occupent tout le reste de la largeur de la carapace ;
leur bord supérieur est sinueux ; il porte vers son extrémité une étroite fissure et
Porbite est limitée en dehors par une forte épine latéro-antérieure. Le bord orbi-
taire inférieur est tres échancré en dessous. En arriére de Pépine ou dent post-
orbitaire dont il vient d’étre question se trouve une seconde épine beaucoup plus
petite. Les pattes antérieures sont lisses, la main est comprimée. La portion
palmaire est de la méme longueur que les doigts. L’avant bras est arrondi en
dehors et armé en dedans d’une épine un peu crochue. Une autre courte épine
existe vers le milieu du bord postérieur du bras, 4 la jonction de la main, et de
Yavant bras et en dehors se trouve un espace arrondi, légerement déprimé et
revétu de poils tres doux, touffus et d’un jaune tres clair.

Largeur de la carapace d’un mile. . . . . . 0,026
Longueur .. . a>) ot, toe oon eee MUN
Largeur totale les ue Garay ; oA oe, =e Dee

Station No. 36. Profond. 84 brasses. Lat. 23° 1 N., Long. 89° 16’ O.

94. Frevillea rosea (nov. sp.).

Cette espéce se distingue de la précédente par sa carapace plus épaisse et moins
élargie en avant; les bords latéraux étant presque paralléles. Le front est plus
large et a bord plus droit. Les pédoncules oculaires sont plus gros et plus courts.
L’angle postorbitaire est formé par une dent pointue, en arri¢re de laquelle
existe un petit renflement tuberculiforme puis une épine hépatique courte mais
acérée. Les pinces et les pattes ambulatoires sont disposées comme chez le Fre-
villea barbata.

Largeur de la carapace d’un femelle. . . . . 0.020
Longueur. . wititesioehssy a 30,086
Station No. 232. Profond. 88 raster ‘St. Vincent.

16 BULLETIN OF THE

95. Frevillea Sigsbei (nov. sp.).

Chez cette espéce les pinces sont dépourvues de bouquets de poils ; le front est
presque droit, les bords latéro-antérieurs portent deux dents comme chez la Fre-
villea barbata, mais la premitre est moins longue. Le dernier article des pattes
de la cinquiéme paire est beaucoup plus élargi que chez les espéces précédentes.

Largeur de la carapace d’une femelle chargée @eufs . 0.014
Lionsuear se eS Ee a
Station No, 253. Profond. 92 brasses. Grenade.

96. Frevillea tridentata (nov. sp.).

Chez cette espéce il y a trois dents latéro-antérieures au lieu de deux ; les pinces
sont dépourvues de bouquets de poils ; les doigts des pattes de la cinquiéme paire
sont styliformes et l’avant bras des pattes antérieures est armé de deux épines,
l'une en dedans, l’autre en dehors.

Largeur de la carapace d’une femelle. . . . . 0.008
Longueur s:.. tees ads GS) os SS) ee
Station No. 287. Profond. 73-50 brasses. Barbades.

BATHYPLAX (nov. gen.).

Ce genre se place a cdté des Carcinoplaz, il en differe par son front plus avancé,
par ses pédoncules oculaires trés petits, immobiles et dépourvus de corneules,
Yanimal étant par conséquent aveugle, par ses orbites rudimentaires, par la lar-
geur du cadre buccal en avant et par ses pinces beaucoup plus courtes.

“

97. Bathyplax typhlus (nov. sp.).

La carapace est plane transversalement mais tres bombée d’avant en arriére, sa
surface est couverte de granulations trés fines, peu élevées ce qui lui donne un
aspect rugueux. Les régions sont peu marquées surtout en avant, en arriére il
existe des sillons branchio-cardiaques trés distincts et deux saillies surmontent
en dehors les régions branchiales. Le front est droit, large et trés avancé, Les
bords latéro-antérieurs sont arqués, épais et armés de ers épines, l'une hépa-
tique et autre terminale. Les pédoncules oculaires ont la forme de deux petits
bontons saillants ; ils sont enchassés a leur base dans les orbites qui ne leur laissent
aucune mobilité. Larticle basilaire des antennes externes est large et serré
entre le bord orbitaire et le prolongement sous frontal; sa tigelle mobile, insérée
dans l’angle de l’orbite est longue. Larticle basilaire des antennes internes est
remarquablement gros. Le cadre buccal est trés ouvert et tres échancré en avant.
L’éxognathe des pattes machoires externes est large, le mérognathe est arrondi &
son angle antéro-externe.

Les pattes antérieures sont dissemblables et de longueur médioere, le bras ne
déborde pas la carapace, il porte en dessous une épine et en dessus une sorte de
bourrelet transversal disposé de manitre a frotter contre les granulations des
régions pterygostomiennes et 4 rendre un ton facilement perceptible. L’avant bras
porte du c6té droit une épine et du cdté gauche un simple tubercule ou une épine

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 17

plus faible. La pince gauche est plus courte que l’autre elle présente en dedans
une tres forte dilatation triangulaire qui n’est qu’en prolongement de son bord
supérieur. La face externe de la main est déprimée et le bord inférieur trés mince
est trés arqué. Les doigts sont comprimés, pointus et en contact dans toute leur
étendue. La pince droite est plus grande, plus épaisse; elle ne présente pas
d’apophyse interne, les doigts sont longs et en contact par leur extrémité seule-
ment. Ces earacttres existent dans les deux sexes, mais ils sont plus accusés
chez le mile que chez la femelle. Les pattes ambulatoires sont longues, gréles et
hérissées de petits poils trés courts. L’abdomen du male est court divisé en 7
articles, et il s’étend latéralement jusqu’a la base de l’article coxal des pattes de la
cinquiéme paire.

Largeur de la carapace d’un male (avec les épines). . 0.022
Longueur. . . ee es, ab MOLL
Largeur de la eee ane Ne er ee cee Uee!
Bowpueur ; Seen ss oer ee

Station No. 130. Profond. ‘451 ey Frederickstadt.
se No; 221. ee 423 se Ste. Lucie.

EUCRATOPLAX (nov. gen.).

Ce genre établit en passage entre les Panopéens et les Zuryplaxr ou les Pano-
plax. En effet la carapace est un peu arrondie en avant et les bords latéro-anté-
rieurs sont divisés en quatre dents, mais le cinquiéme article de ’abdomen du male
laisse A découvert une grande partie du dernier segment sternal, et il existe un
canal pour le passage du tube déferént. Le cadre buccal, et la région orbitaire
sont disposés comme chez les Panopéens.

Le 38°, 4°, et 5° articles de ’abdomen du male sont soudés en une seule piéce.

98. Eucratoplax guttata (nov. sp.).

La carapace est lisse et peu bombée; les régions y sont faiblement marquées.
Le front est un peu décliné, a bord arrondi et échancré sur la ligne médiane. Les
orbites sont grandes. Les quatres dents latéro-antérieures sont a peu pres égales,
la premiere est un peu plus large et la derniére plus petite que les autres. Les
pattes antérieures sont fortes et finement ponctuées. La main est renflée, son bord
supérieur porte au dessus de l’articulation avee l’avant bras, une proéminence
aplatie. Les doigts sont légérement contournés en dedans; leur extrémité est
pointue, et le pouee est armé a sa base d’une grosse dent. L’avant bras et pourvu
en dedans d’une courte épine et en dehors d’une courte créte longitudinale. Le
bras est surmonté d’une dent spiniforme située vers le milieu de son bord pos-
térieur. Les pattes ambulatoires sont gréles et pourvues de quelques poils sur

leurs bords.
Largeur de la carapace d’une femelle. . . . . 0.014

Longueur . . fe hyn ae O02
Coll. par Stimpson a Sariheean.!
La carapace est du couleur jaunatre tachetée de brun.
VOL. VIII.— No. 1. 2

18 BULLETIN OF THE

99. Eucratoplax elata (nov. sp.).

Cette espece dont je ne connais que la femelle, difftre de la précédente par sa
carapace plus large, plus épaisse, par la disposition des dents latéro-antérieures
dont deux seulement sont bien développées, les autres étant rudimentaires. Les
pinces ne présentent ni dents ni ¢pines ni apophyses. Enfin les pattes ambula-
toires sont plus aplaties que chez /’Lucratoplar guttata.

Largeur de la carapace d’une femelle. . . . . 0,010
Sonenenr! se ee en 2 ee
Coll. par Stimpson. Profond. 13 brasses. Plone occidentale.

100. Euchirograpsus americanus (nov. sp.).

La carapace est trés aplatie et les bords latéraux sont paralléles; la surface est
tres légtrement granuleuse et hérissée de poils trés courts, clairsemés et visibles
seulement 4 la loupe. Le front est droit, lamelleux, avancé et échancré sur la
ligne médiane. Les orbites sont larges et profondes. L angle orbitaire externe
est spiniforme. En arriére le bord latéral est armé de trois épines la 1 et la
3éme plus petites que laseconde. Chez 1’ Luchirograpsus liguricus, ces épines sont
remplacées pour de véritables dents. Les pinces sont granuleuses et armées de
crétes longitudinales, les pattes ambulatoires ressemblent beaucoup a celles de
U Euchirograpsus liguricus.

Largeur de la carapace d’un male. . . . . . O.OLL
Longueur . . sa 4) od: Soe
Station No. 278. Profond. 69 shane Barbades. =

FAMILLE DES OXYSTOMES.

(CALAPPIENS.)

101. Calappa angusta (nov. sp.).

La carapace est plus étroite en arriére que chez toutes les autres espéces de ce
genre, les expansions latéro-postérieures ne s’étendent guére plus loin en dehors
que les bords latéro-antérieurs. Les bords sont finement granuleux, les expan-
sions sont dentées et elles se rattachent au bord postérieur par une ligne oblique,
légtrement découpée. Le front est profondément échancré sur la ligne médiane, et
vu en dessus, il semble bilobé. La surface de la carapace est couverte de pro-
tubérances.

Largeur de la carapace d’un male Small? au de niveau l’articu-

lation des pinces) . “ar . 0.010
Largeur mesurée au niveau jes er enatink ia omtitienne . 0.010
Longueur . . . =, oa i» oislglis ip esi ds kcal

Station No. 132. Profond. Lis Ba ses. Santa Cruz.
o> Soro; sal BG) nie* Lat. 23° 32’, Long. 88° 5’ W.
“« No. 36. ° 84 “ Lat. 23° 13’, Long. 89° 16’.

* §6No. 262. 2 O95 Grenade.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 19

Stimpson, “ Bache.” Profond. 54 brasses. Sombréro.
Expéd. du Hassler. saat |, ae Barbades.
Station No. 273. ery Laie Barbades.

102. Calappa galloides (Stimpson).
Coll. par Stimpson. Profond. 12-18 brasses. Contoy.

103. Acanthocarpus Alexandri (Stimpson).*
Station No. 36. Profond. 84 brasses. Lat. 23° 13’ N., Long. 89° 16’ O.
2 No. 143. " A aes Saba Bank.
i No. 220. oe AG s er Ste. Lucie.
= No. 238: rd i sels Grenadines.

104. Acanthocarpus bispinosus.
Plate I. Fig. 1.

Le genre Acanthocarpus de Stimpson differe des Mursia et des Thealia par
Vabsence d’une épine latérale, il est caractérisé par lexistence d’une longue épine
armant l’avant bras et dirigée en dehors. L’A. dispinosus devrait peut-étre
prendre place dans un genre nouveau, il se rapproche plus de la Thealia acantho-
phora, car il porte une épine latérale tres développée, mais il présente a lavant
bras une épine trés longue, la carapace est beaucoup plus circulaire que celle de
VA. Alexandri, dont Vangle latéral est arrondi, la dent rostrale est plus longue,
et le bord latéro-postérieur au lieu de ne porter qu'une forte dent est garni d’une
série de tubercules pointus, le bord postérieur s’avance moins sur la ligne médiane,
et il est orné de granulations. Le plastron sternal est dépourvu sur son premier
article de saillie latérale. Les pattes machoires externes portent en dehors une
frange de poils, les pattes antérieures n’offrent rien de particulier a noter, elles sont
pourvues a leur face interne, de méme que celles de 4. Alerandri Wune saillie
transversale striée qui en frottant contre une eréte correspondante de la région
latéro-inférieure de la carapace, peut produire un bruit assez fort. Les pattes am-
bulatoires sont plus faibles que chez l’autre espéce du méme genre.

Largeur de la carapace d’un male mésurée sans les épmes . . . . 0.040
Largeur de la carapace d’un male mésurée avec les ps sian. OOee
Longueur de lacarapace . . . 0.039
Largeur totale mésurée au niveau ie commie ae épines sokhnrhelin 0.110
Station No. 240. Trouvée a 140 brasses aux récifs de Grenadines.

105. Peltarion magellanicus (Lucas).

Expéd. du Hassler. Profond. 58 brasses. Lat. 51° 26’ S., Long. 68° 5’ O.
“ Td het 6c 44 “ Lat. 37° 42’ S., Long. 56° 20’ O.

TRICHOPELTARION (nov. gen.).

Ce genre ne différe du Peltarion que par sacarapace trés bombée et velue
comme celle des Dromta et par la remarquable inégalité de ses pinces.

* Voyez Pl. I. Fig. 2.

20 BULLETIN OF THE

106. Trichopeltarion nobile (nov. sp.).*

Carapace aussi longue que large beaucoup plus bombée que celle du Peltarion
magellanicus couverte d'un revétement duveteux épais, front formé de trois épines
dont la médiane est plus courte que les latérales. Bord orbitaire supérieur coupé
par une échancrure et armé en dedans d’une épine élargie 4 sa base et de petites
épines dans le reste de son étendue, orbite peu profonde et ceil trés gréle, trés
réduit et arqué, angle sous-orbitaire interne spiniforme. Bords latéro-antérieurs
armés d’épines souvent bifurquées ou trifurquées. La plus forte occupe le milieu
de la région branchiale, le bord postérieur est orné de tubercules pointus.
D’autres tubercules semblables existent sur le lobe métabranchial et cardiaque
postérieur, ainsi que le long des bords latéro-postérieurs. Les impressions
branchio-cardiaques sont tres profondes. Les pattes antérieures sont tres inégales,
celle de droite est énorme et presque completement glabre, quelques spinules sur-
montent le bord postérieur du bras, le bord interne de V’avant bras et le bord
supérieur de la main. Celle de gauche est tres petite, comprimée poilue et
épineuse. Les pattes ambulatoires sont poilues et assez longues.

Largeur de la carapace d’un male (sans les épines). 0.065
Targeur’avec les €pmes . . . < . 2 2 2° ee
Tengueur oS A ee
Longueur de la patte antérieure droite . . . . 0.096
Longueur de la patte antérieure gauche . . . 0.055

Station No. 219. Ste. Lucie 4 une profondeur de 151 brasses.

107. Corystoides abbreviatus (nov. sp.).

Dans le genre Corystoides les antennes externes sont soudées au front et ferment
complétement l’orbite en dedans, la tigelle mobile est remarquablement petite et
appliquée sous le bord frontal de maniére a rester cachée. C’est ce qui a trompé
M. Lucas qui donne comme caractére a ce genre l’absence d’une paire d’antennes.
Les antennes internes sont au contraire tres développées.

Le Corystoides abbreviatus différe du C. Chilensis par sa carapace plus courte,
plus tronquée en avant, plus bombée et par ses bords latéro-antérieurs plus
courts. Les caractéres généraux de ces deux espéces sont d’ailleurs les mémes.

Largeur de la carapace d’un male . . . . . 0.018
Longueur . 9) SS eh a ee
Expéd. du Hassler. Rio de la Plata au dessous de Montevideo a7 brasses de

profondeur.

108. Osachila tuberosa (Stimpson).
Coll. par Stimpson. Profond. 54 brasses. Sombréro.

Station No. 132. sa || TAD eee Santa Cruz.
NG: lop, F anes SF Montserrat.
“ No. 156. e Seer Montserrat,
a “Noray7- eit St Dominique.

* Voyez Pl. II.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 21

Station No. 192. Profond. 138 brasses. Dominique.
‘om No, 202. See Ss St. Vincent.
eNOS 20a. es Oe Las Grenade.

So NO. 2bA. £6 164 * Grenade.
+ No: 972. ss Hos a Barbades.

FAMILLE DES LEUCOSIENS.
MYROPSIS.

Stimpson indique tous les articles de l’abdomen du male comme soudés en une
seule piéce, chez tous les exemplaires que j’ai étudiés le premier et second et le
septiéme articles sont libres les 3, 4, 5, et 6 sont soudés.

109. Myropsis quinquespinosa (Stimpson),

Station No. 36. Profond. 84 brasses. Lat. 23° 13’ N., Long. 89° 16’ O.
«No. 45. = age 0 ie Lat. 25° 33’ N., Long. 84° 21’ O.
Beene. 9s. 170" Martinique.
ae pec: cos, . °° 92. ve“ Grenade.

110. Myropsis constricta (nov. sp.).

La carapace, au lieu d’étre globuleuse, est rétrécie en avant, et les granulations,
au lieu d’étre trés régulitres, sont trés petites, sur les portions moyenne et pos-
térieure, et plus courtes que chez l’espéce précédente.

erceur de ln carapace 2s. 4 eo hs 0L08T
Longueur 0.026

Expéd. du Hassler. Profond. 100 brasses. Barbades.
111. Myropsis goliath (nov. sp.).

Cette espéce atteint une taille trés considérable, c’est le plus grand Leucosien
que j’aie vu. La carapace est globuleuse comme chez le Myropsis quinquespinosa,
mais les granulations sont beaucoup plus grosses, surtout sur les parties latéro-
inférieures et antérieures du bouclier céphalothoracique et sur les pinces. Le

sillon branchio-cardiaque est profond, et deux dépressions circulaires, situées de
chaque coté, bornent la région gastrique.

Largeur de la carapace d’une femelle . . . . 0.056
Longueur Le ae ae 0.062
Largeur les pinces étendues rij atest OA
Station No. 241. Profond. 163 brasses. Cariacou.

112. Iliacantha subglobosa (Stimpson),

Station No. 155. Profond. 88 brasses. Montserrat.
ee MetL? 7.2 POeR LLG eo Dominique.
SING ne 2. ss Faye ES Barbades.
<> Now276- gS ail 56 Barbades.
cee NOM OTIS: = COs Barbades.
«No. 292. cy BOs Barbades.

22 BULLETIN OF THE

118. Callidactylus asper (Stimpson),
Coll. par Stimpson. Profond. 19 brasses. Sombréro.

114. Lithadia rotundata (nov. sp.).

La carapace est subglobuleuse, peu élargie et déprimée dans la région hépa-
tique, renflée dans tout le reste de son étendue. Un fossé profond et dont le fond
est fortement corrodé entoure la région cardiaque de tous les cdtés sauf en avant.
Les bords latéraux présentent trois renflemements a peine marqués. Les pattes
sont courtes et couvertes de granulations aplaties mais pen saillantes. Le plastron
sternal du male est excavé et marqué de sillons corrodés au niveau des lignes de

suture, abdomen porte une épine sur son cinquiéme article.

Longueur de la carapace d'unmale . . . . . 0.010
Darenras ot - « § 5 ee

Expéd. du Hassler. nancnaiae de i Bonne Lat. 41° 17’ §., Long. 63° O.

115. Lithadia granulosa (nov. sp.).

Le corps et les pattes sont couverts de granulations aplaties et trés serrées.

La carapace est beaucoup moins renflée latéralement que chez la Lithadia
cadaverosa. Les sillons latéraux sont remplacés par des dépressions, et il n’existe
pas de sillon médian. Les régions branchiales portent en dedans une saillie
pyramidiforme et en dehors et en arriére une créte mousse qui part de la naissance
du sillon branchio-cardiaque et se dirige vers le bord latéral. Ce ‘dernier est
decoupé en trois dents, lune hépatique et les deux autres branchiales. La région
cardiaque forme une saillie arrondie et limitée latéralement et en arriére par un
sillon profond.

Largeur de la carapace d’une femelle . . . . 0.008
Longueur . . .) . Roksan
Station No. 132. Profond. 1s eee Santa Cruz.

116. Lithadia cadaverosa (Stimpson).
Coll. par Stimpson. Profond. 20 brasses. Floride O.

117. Ebalia Stimpsonii (nov. sp.).

Carapace héxagonale, couverte de granulations aplaties et tres rapprochées,
plus grosses sur les parties postérieures, front échaneré. Lobe cardiaque pos-
térieur saillant et cerclé par un sillon profond. Bords latéro-postérieurs portant
une dilatation lobiforme au niveau du sillon cardiaque antérieur. Le bord pos-
térieur terminé latéralement par des angles lobiformes et arrondis. Pattes
antérieures assez longues enti¢rement couvertes de granulations semblables a celles
de la carapace. Pattes ambulatoires petites et revétues de granulations plus fines.
Parties inférieures granuleuses.

Largeur de la carapace d’une femelle . . . . 0.006
Tomgraeur +). (cs ots bs sets ee es

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 23

Chez les males la carapace est plus rétrécie et les lobes latéro-postérieurs sont

plus saillants.
Station No. 287. Profond. 7 4 50 brasses. Barbades.

118. Speleeophorus triangulus (nov. sp.).

La carapace, au lieu d’étre semi-circulaire, est élargie en arritre et tres rétrécie
en avant. Les bords latéro-antérieurs sont concaves, les bords latéro-postérieurs
portent deux saillies, ’antérieure plus avancée et plus étroite que la postérieure.
Lobe cardiaque postérieur limité de chaque coté par une anfractuosité profonde.
Région subhépatique surmontée dune saillie pointue. Corps et pattes entiére-
ment couverts de granulations. Bras des pinces portant en arritre deux fortes
dents triangulaires ; mains garnies d’une eréte qui prend naissance au dessus du
pouce et s’étend jusqu’a l’avant bras.

Dareenuedelacarapace. (2... » «.. 0.0065
Manewewe oe se SS ee 0000

Chez les exemplaires adultes la carapace est bosselée, profondément corrodée a
sa surface tandis qu’elle est beaucoup plus lisse chez les jeunes.

Coll. par Stimpson. Un jeune trouvé a Charlotte Harbor par 11 brasses.
i a Un adulte trouvé a Sand Key par 125 brasses.

FAMILLE DES DORIPPIENS.
CORYCODUS (nov. gen.) *

Je n’ai entre les mains qu’un exemplaire mutilé de ce genre, mais il est telle-
ment différent de tous les Crustacés connus qu’il sera toujours facile de le recon-
naitre aux caracteres suivants. La carapace est subpentagonale et extrémement
renflée et épaisse surtout en avant ot la région faciale représente l’angle antérieur
d’un pentagone. La carapace est globuleuse et intimement soudée au plastron
sternal 7/ existe une espace considérable entre V insertion des pattes de la premicre
paire et celle des pattes de la seconde. le corps semble tronqué en arriére a cause
de la position trés reculée occupée par abdomen (chez la femelle) qui ne recouvre
que les trois derniers anneaux du sternum. L’éxognathe est court et ne dépasse
pas l’extrémité de l’ischiognathe.

119. Corycodus bullatus (nov. sp.).

La carapace est couverte de tubercules & extrémité aplatie dont quelques uns
se développent de manitre 4 ressembler A de petits batonnets. Ces tubercules
tendent a disparaitre sur la ligne médiane et en arriére; ils sont trés grands le
long des bords antérieurs. Les régions sont & peine marquées, a l'exception de la
région cardiaque qui est petite mais limitée par des sillons profonds, trés rapprochés
en avant et trés divergents en arriére. Les bords latéro-antérieurs sont un peu

* de xwpuvxédns semblable a un ballon.

24 BULLETIN OF THE

plus longs que les latéro-postérieurs. Le front est trés déclive et sa pointe se
ploie entre les yeux pour se joindre & l’épistome. Les yeux sont petits. Les
parties inférieures de la carapace, le plastron sternal et les pattes ambulatoires
sont couvertes de petits tubercules semblables & ceux de la face dorsale. Une
forte saillie existe sur la ligne médiane, entre la base des pattes-machoires externes.
Une saillie analogue se voit a la base de chacune des pattes antérieures. La région
subhépatique est excavée. Les pattes ambulatoires manquent.

Largeur de la carapace. .°. .. . . « % OUDBES
Longueur’. te Ce) Le ee
Station No. 101 de 175 a 250 brasses. Phare de Morro.

CYCLODORIPPE (nov. gen.).

Ce genre ainsi que les deux suivants établit un lien entre les Dorippes et les
Brachyures anormaux. I] est nettement caractérisé par la forme de la carapace et
en particulier de la région faciale. Le bouclier céphalo-thoracique est étroit en
avant et en arriére et ses bords latéraux sont réguli¢érement arrondis, leur maxi-
mum de largeur existe vers la partie moyenne. Les yeux sont plus courts que
ceux des Dorippes et ils se replient dans des orbites plus complétes et dont le
plancher n’est pas échancré. Le cadre buccal, comme chez les Dorippes, se pro-
longe en un canal qui atteint le niveau du front, mais il est cloisonné presque
jusqu’a son extrémité, en dessous par les pattes machoires externes dont le méro-
gnathe est fort allongé. Il n’existe pas d’échancrure ptérygostomienne destinée
a lentrée de eau dans la chambre branchiale au dessus de l’insertion des pattes
antérieures, par ce caractére les Cyclodorippes se rapprochent des Leucosiens.
L’abdomen du mile est trés petit, composé de six segments et regu dans une pro-
fonde échancrure du sternum il ne s’avance pas sur le deuxiéme article sternal.
L’abdomen de la femelle est formé de six piéces, il est large, 4 bords paralléles ;
son dernier segment est trés grand et s’avance jusqu’a la base des pattes anté-
rieures. Les pattes ambulatoires sont disposées comme celles des Dorippes. Les
orifices génitaux de la femelle sont creusés dans Varticle basilaire des pattes de la
troisieme paire.

120. Cyclodorippe nitida (nov. sp.).

La carapace est enti¢rement lisse, épaisse et non bombée elle est légérement
déprimée transversalement, en arritre du front. Les sillons branchio-cardiaques
sont seuls distincts, le front est profondement déprimé et échaneré dans sa partie
médiane, ses angles latéraux sont au contraire au méme niveau que la face dorsale
de la carapace et s’avancent comme deux petites dents rostrales. Les antennes
sont courtes et se replient sous le front, un tubercule subspiniforme existe de
chaque c6té, au dessus et en avant de la région branchiale. Les pattes antérieures
du male sont tres grandes, le bras déborde de beaucoup la carapace, il est lisse,
avant bras porte en dedans une petite dent obtuse. La main est aplatie en des-
sus et tres épaisse; les doigts sont plus courts que la portion palmaire, ils portent
quelques poils sur leur face interne, les pattes ambulatoires de la 2° et de la

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 25

3° paires sont longues, lisses et terminées par un doigt légérement arqué et
styliforme.
Les pinces de la femelle sont courtes.
Largeur de la carapaced’un male. . . . . . 0.008
Meee et ey eS een ysl ae. ee eu ay x) + OOO

Cette espéece est tres commune a une profondeur du 50 a 120 brasses.

Station No. 5. Profond. 152 brasses. Lat. 24° 15’ N., Long. 82° 13’ O.
aio: 6. . Ih - = Lat. 24° 17’ 30” N., Long. 82° 9’ O.
iar “O39. ee it Sand Key.
pee NO.woe, “ Loe * Grenade,

121. Cyclodorippe antennaria (nov. sp.).

La carapace est plus ovalaire que celle de l’espéce précédente; elle est fine-
ment granulée surtout latéralement. Le front s’avance beaucoup au dela des angles
orbitaires il est arrondi et 4 peine déprimé sur la ligne médiane ; son bord est trés
finement serratulé. L’angle postorbitaire est spiniforme; une petite épine arme
en dehors et en avant la région branchiale. La région gastrique porte trois saillies
longitudinales, l'une médiane, les autres latérales. La région cardiaque est pro-
éminente. Les antennes internes sont tres longues et trés gréles, elles ne peuvent
se reployer entiérement sous le front. Le plancher de Vorbite est peu avancé.
Le mérognathe des pattes-machoires externes est plus large et plus arrondi en
avant. Les pattes antérieures du male sont courtes et granuleuses, le bras ne
déborde guére la carapace; les doigts sont trés hauts et égalent en longueur la
portion palmaire. ‘Les pattes ambulatoires sont longues et légerement comprimées
dans leur partie terminale. Les pattes des deux derniéres paires sont trés gréles
mais plus allongées que chez le Cyclodorippe nitida. La portion médiane de
Vabdomen est renflée en une sorte de bourrelet.

Largeur de la carapace d’un mile . . . . . 0.0072
Longueur . 0.0070

Expéd. du Hassler. Profond. 100 brasses. Barbades.
Station No. 20. Profond. 220 brasses. Lat. 23° 2’ 30” N., Long. 83° 11’ O.
oe No. 91, ie caer kk Lat. 23° 2’ N., Long. 83° 13’ O.
duo. 32. ff Sa oh 5 Lat. 23° 32’ N., Long. 88° 5’ O.

Shey N03. DB. ‘a 242 « Havane.

ree INO. Bide, sid ETD she £E Havane.

Ee Coe Lo TBiet 56° Dominique.
ee Os BLO 0 co 6E LD /£6 Martinique.
Sang 0: 939.5 SS,“ St. Vincent.
PRL POL. AF BODp . & Barbades.

122. Cyclodorippe Agassizii (nov. sp.).

La carapace est plus circulaire que chez le C. antennaria et elle est surmontée
de quatre saillies coniques; l’une plus élevée sur la région cardiaque; une autre sur

26 BULLETIN OF THE

le lobe mésogastrique et une plus petite sur chacun des lobes protogastriques.
Le front est plus étroit & sa base et plus triangulaire. Les autres caractéres sont
d’ailleurs les mémes que chez l’espece précédente. :
Largeur de la carapace d’une femelle . . . . 0.008
Lion guenr sts cise isle seek eee
Station No. 241. Profond. 163 brasses. Cariacou.

CYMONOMUS (nov. gen.).

La carapace est étroite et terminée en avant par un rostre pointu, de chaque
cdté duquel s’insérent les pédoncules oculaires gréles, de grosseur uniforme et dé-
pourvus de corneules. Les antennes internes sont grandes et ne peuvent se
reployer sous le front. Les antennes externes prennent naissance au dessous et
en dehors des antennules et elles sont notablement plus courtes qu’elles, le tuber-
cule auditif se développe en une saillie spiniforme. Le.cadre buccal porte en
avant, sur la ligne médiane une large échancrure ; il est enticrement caché par les
pattes machoires qui s’avancent beaucoup de maniére a recouvrir la base des an-
tennes. L’éxognathe est trés allongé; le mérognathe est étroit et son extrémité
déborde de beaucoup le peu d’insertion du palpe. Les pattes antérieures sont
courtes et terminées par des doigts pointus. Les pattes de la 2° et de la 3° paire
ressemblent a celles du Cyclodorippe, celles de la 4° et 5° paire sont trés petites,
relevées sur le dos et terminées par un petit ongle crochu, mais elles ne sont pas
chiliformes. L’abdomen du male est trés court. Le dernier article de abdomen
de la femelle est triangulaire et arrondi a son extrémité. Les ceufs sont trés gros —
et en petit nombre. Les orifices génitaux de la femelle s’ouvrent sur Varticle
basilaire des pattes de la 3¢ paire.

123. Cymonomus quadratus (nov. sp.).

La carapace a une forme subquadrilatére, les bords latéro-antérieurs étant
placés presque sur la méme ligne transversale que la région faciale qui est fort
étroite, la surface est trés peu bosselée et finement granuleuse, le rostre est gréle et
pointu les bords latéro-antérieurs sont armés de quelques petites épines les bords
latéro-postérieurs sont paralléles et inermes, le bord postérieur est large. Les
pattes antérieures sont faibles et granuleuses; leurs doigts sont aussi longs que la
portion palmaire. Les pattes ambulatoires sont longues et lisses.

Largeur de la carapace d’une femelle . . . . 0.004

Longueur. .. .chgeeieetaes eli 2S e SOL00ED
Station No. 51. Profond. 243-450 brasses. Havane.
oy IN0.258; td 242 ce Havane.
FE MN OOO: fe 508 ae Santa Cruz.
i 6 Nonle7s es 175 ci Guadeloupe.
io NoMLs8. " 372 «Dominique.

«“ No:;i260; ce 291 a Grenade.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 2

CYMOPOLUS (nov. gen.).

Ce genre doit prendre place a cdté des Cymonomus ; ils’en distingue par ses
yeux normalement développés, par ses pattes machoires dont le mérognathe ne
dépasse pas le palpe, par les anteunes internes plus petites et susceptibles de se
replier sous le front et par ses pattes plus courtes et plus fortes.

124. Cymopolus asper (nov. sp.). i

La carapace est épaisse, plus large en avant qu’en arriére et hérissée, ainsi que
les pattes, de tubercules élevés et d’épines tronquées. La pointe rostrale est plus
large que chez le Cymonomus quadratus, elle est un peu déclive et découpée sur
les bords. Les pattes antérieures sont égales, assez grandes et tres épineuses.
Les pattes ambulatoires sont plus courtes et plus fortes que celles de l’espece pré-
eédente; elles sont entitrement revétues d’épines, il en est de méme des pattes
machoires externes, du plastron sternal et de abdomen.

Largeur dé la carapace d’un male. . . . . . 0.007
Ihonpueur . =: ‘ Serpe ee ve, be OL009

Station No. 158. Profond. 148 brasses. Montserrat.
“Bibb.” Profond. 75 et 134 brasses. Sand Key,

CYMOPOLIA (Rovx).

Dans ce genre les orifices génitaux de la femelle au lieu d’étre placés sur le
troisitme anneau sternal, existent sur le second prés de la suture du premier.

125. Cymopolia obesa (nov. sp.).

La carapace est épaisse, élargie en arriére et bosselée, les bosselures sont
arrondies et finement granuleuses. Dans la partie postérieure de la carapace elles
sont disposées sur une ligne transversale légérement arquée on en compte environ
quatre sur chacun des lobes métabranchiaux et deux sur le lobe cardiaque antérieur.
Ces derniéres sont les plus grosses. Le lobe cardiaque postérieur est surmonté
dune protubérance, et le bord postérieur est surmonté de six tubercules. Le
front est avancé et divisé en quatre petites dents obtuses, dont les médianes sont
les plus longues. L’angle orbitaire interne est arrondi. Le bord sourcilier porte
deux dents triangulaires. L’angle postorbitaire est fort saillant, pointu et dirigé
en avant. Deux échancrures entament le bord sous-orbitaire ; langle sous-orbi-
taire interne est fort avancé et arrondi a son extrémité. Les bords latéraux sont
armés de deux dents écartées l’une de I’autre, la derniére plus saillante que la pre-
mitre. Les pattes antérieures sont trés faibles dans les deux sexes. Les pattes
ambulatoires sont de grandeur médiocre, celles de la 3° et de la 4° paire sont & peu
pres de méme longueur. La cuisse est rugueuse et porte en dessus a son ex-
trémité une dent en forme de pointe. Les pattes de la 5° paire sont tres gréles.

Largeur de la carapace d’un male . . . . © 0.016
ODS NGOE cetelcavi kaa uo Yaeerare Rt ee ede p OLDS

28 BULLETIN OF THE

Largeur les pattes étendues . . . . ~. ~ . 0.058
Largeur de la carapace d’une femelle . . . . 0.022
Longueur. .. . ie le) COLE

Station No. 36 a la profondeur de 84 brasses. Lat. 23° 13’ N., Long. 89°16’ O.

126. Cymopolia dilatata (nov. sp.).

Cette espece se rapproche beaucoup du C. odesa, elle s’en distingue cependant
facilement par sa carapace, plus élargie et moins bosselée, les bosselures étant
moins étendues et ressemblent plutot 4 des tubercules, par le développement du
plancher de l’orbite, dont le lobe médian s’avance de maniére a déborder le pédon-
cule oculaire lorsque celui-ci est replié, par la brieveté de langle postorbitaire et
par l’existence de trois dents latérales peu saillantes au lieu de deux. LEnfin le
premier segment sternal est fort élargi et porte une créte transversale réunissant
la base des pattes de la deuxieme paire ; elle est découpée de maniére a présenter
une saillie en arriére de chacune des pattes machoires externes et des pattes anté-
rieures. Les pattes manquaient sur l’exemplaire unique que j’ai pu observer.

Station No. 148. Profond. 208 brasses. St. Kitts.

127. Cymopolia dentata (nov. sp.).

La carapace est plus étroite que celle des deux espéces précédentes, elle est
couverte de bosselures et de tubercules granulés. Le front est trés avancé et les
deux dents médianes sont séparées par une échancrure profonde. L’angle post-
orbitaire est grand et aigu, le bord latéral est armé de deux dents a peine séparées
Pune de l’autre, la premiere est triangulaire et aplatie, la seconde est plus arrondie
asa base. Le plancher de l’orbite est peu avancé, son lobe médian est tronqué
en avant. L/angle sous-orbitaire interne est obtus et tres court. Les pattes an-
térieures du mile sont inégales et plus grosses que chez les autres Cymopolies
américaines. La plus grosse pince est renflée, granuleuse en dessus et les doigts
en sont forts et racourcis. Les pattes ambulatoires sont de longueur médiocre, la
cuisse est granuleuse, terminée en dessus par un angle spiniforme, la jambe est
surmontée d’une créte armée de deux dents plus ou moins marquées, le pied et le
doigt sont carenés. L’abdomen du mile est tres allongé et le 7° article s’avance
entre la base des pattes machoires externes, il se rétrécit notablement a partir du
milieu du sixiéme article.

Largeur de la carapace d’un mile. . . . . . 0.014
ongueur “', (2 ses tie) oe

Stimpson, ‘‘ Bache” 4 50 brasses prés de Charlotte Harbor.

Station No. 132. Profond. 115 brasses. Santa Cruz.

“« No. 272. * 16)> os Barbades.
oP) | ND. Bie. cs ahi, Barbades.

128. Cymopolia cristatipes (nov. sp.).

Cette espece se distingue de la précédente par sa carapace plus élargie, par son
front moins profondement découpé, par la disposition du bord postérieur de la
carapace surmonté d’une carene transversale & six festons, par la créte fortement

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 29

dentée qui regne en dessus de la cuisse des pattes de 3° et de la 4° paire. Le
4¢ article du sternum porte une créte transversale.

Largeur de la carapace d’un male. . . . . . 0.011
Longueur . . Bechet a ae ee NOUS

Station No. 253. wee 92 cee Grenade.

129. Cymopolia cursor (nov. sp.).

Cette espece est nettement caractérisée par la trés grande longueur des pattes
de la 3¢ paire qui dépassent beaucoup celles de la 4° paire et qui mésurent trois
fois la largeur de la carapace, celle-ci est fort élargie et ovalaire, le front est peu
avancé. Le bord latéral ne porte pas de dents, en avant du sillon post-hépatique
les régions branchiales sont pourvues de quelques gros tubercules sur leur bord.
Le bord postérieur est surmonté d’une série de granulations. Le plancher de
Vorbite est trés avancé et son lobe médian est arrondi. L’angle sous-orbitaire
interne est tres large et tres grand. Les pattes antérieures sont tres gréles dans
les deux sexes. La cuisse des pattes ambulatoires est renflée a sa base et garnie
de gros tubercules.

Largeur de la carapace d’une femelle . . . . 0.015
Longueur .. . Tech oe CLOLE
Largeur totale les patie AER sabe ierct Sy Le ak a1 jaa OE

Coll. par Stimpson 4 128 brasses. Sand Key.

Station No. 55. Profond. 242 brasses. Havane.
f YNo:; 146. s 245, St. Kitts.
erating: 199: % Per ES Dominique.
=) No: 274. a 90924 = Barbades.
fF No: 991, ef 200. Barbades.

130. Cymopolia gracilipes (nov. sp.).

Cette espece ressemble beaucoup & la précédente, mais la carapace est plus
élargie et il existe une forte dent latérale. Le front est trés peu avancé. La
cuisse des pattes ambulatoires de la troisitme paire est moins granuleuse. L’ab-
domen du male est armé de deux dents sur son troisitme article et d’une épine
médiane sur son quatriéme article.

Largeur de la carapace d’une femelle. . . . . 0.075
Gionguear? | 6) oh are ot ate 006
Largeur totale les tes sendnes «wat Pe ely Oe
Station No. 36. Profond. 84 brasses. Lat. 23° 13’ N., Long. 89° 16’ W.
By No. 164. # g98 Montserrat.
*~ No. 262. s Bo or Grenade,

131. Cymopolia sica (nov. sp.).

Le cinquiéme article du sternum se prolonge en arriére en formant une aréte
aigué qui déborde la carapace et s’étend entre la base des pattes correspondantes et
abdomen, le deuxiéme et le troisiéme articles de cette partie du corps portent

30 BULLETIN OF THE

une créte mince et transversale qui se voit en arriére de la carapace. Le front
est tres faiblement découpé. Les bords latéro-antérieurs sont armés de trois
tubercules pointus et spiniformes. La surface dorsale est couverte de granula-
tions disposées par petits groupes. Le plancher de l’orbite est trés peu avancé et
l’angle orbitaire interne est tronqué en avant. Les pattes antérieures sont trés
faibles dans les deux sexes. Les pattes ambulatoires sont de longueur médiocre,
leur cuisse est granuleuse ; les deux derniers articles sont trés aplatis et élargis.

Largeur de la carapace dune femelle. . . . . 0.012
DORR HCUR) sc) Sayin inte 4) yup ae alice

Coll. par Sama Profond. 128 brasses. Sand Key.

Sy ik - By Sand Key.

Station No. 32. Af iu Lat. 23° 32’ N., Long. 88° 57 O.
<> i WNox So, Re Sd) S Lat. 23° 13’ N., Long. 89° 16’ O.
No, 182: $ Libel Santa Cruz.

s) ANO SOR: oy! MSS os Dominique.
So SNoig5a: 5 OB os | ke Grenade.
NGS One. a 10> ce Barbades.
Ae Neos. a ie 82. Use Barbades.
«No. 292. ss bos. 55 Barbades.

132. Cymopolia acutifrons (nov. sp.).

Le front est peu avancé et armé, au lieu de dents, de quatre petites épines,
deux médianes trés rapprochées et deux latérales occupant les angles orbitaires
internes. L’échancrure sous-orbitaire interne est remarquable par ses dimensions.
Les pattes sont courtes trés faibles et leurs articles sont presque cylindriques et
Uo us de granulations ou de crétes.

Je n’ai jamais vu qu’un seul exemplaire male en trés mauvais état de cette

espeéce.
Largeur de la carapace . . 2. 2). 7. 2 008

Hontuear RK Se ee Lean S
Expéd. du Hassler. Profond. 15 brasses. "ae 11° 49’ §., Long. 27° 10’ O

133. Ethusa americana (nov. sp.).

Cette Lthuse ressemble beaucoup al’ Lthusa mascarone dela méditerranée, et les
différences qui les séparent ne sont que de peu d’importance. Les épines frontales
sont plus aigués et plus divergentes, le bord sourcilier est plus échaneré et l’épine
postorbitaire est plus saillante. Le troisieme article de l’abdomen du male porte deux
renflements arrondis et fort saillants. Les autres caracteres sont d’ailleurs les

mémes.
Largeur de Ja carapace. sj. a,» + ya: 0)

Longuewr + 4% pe a 2,
& Stimpson, “Bache.” Floride Aibdentas | Lat. 26° 16’, par 20 brasses.
re) bo “Bache.” Floride occidentale, par 13 brasses.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 31

FAMILLE DES DROMIENS.

134. Dromia sator (M.-Epwarps).
Bahia Honda.

135. Dromidia antillensis (Stimpson).
Coll. par Stimpson. Profond. 20 brasses. Lat. 26° 16’ N.

Station No. 11. eS) Pak (en oe Lat. 24° 43’ N., Long. 83° 25’ O.
a Ne. 13. 5S 36— “ Lat. 24° 34’ N., Long. 83° 16’ O.
fw NO..149, yt Flannegan Passage.
. No. 247: ml), Cm Grenade.

ACANTHODROMIA (nov. gen.).

Ce genre doit prendre place entre les Dromia et les Dynomene. La région
orbito-frontale, ainsi que les pattes machoires sont disposées comme celles des
Dromies. Les pattes ambulatoires sont au contraire semblables a celles des
Dynoménes, celles de la 5¢ paire sont en effet rudimentaires et chéliformes. La
carapace est étroite et ovoide.

136. Acanthodromia erinacea (nov. sp.).

Le corps et les pattes sont partout hérissés d’épines nombreuses, assez grandes et
trés rapprochées ; des épines plus petites existent dans l’intervalle. Le front est
en forme de bee, trés avancé et terminé par une épine médiane. Les orbites sont
disposées tres obliquement. L article basilaire des antennes externes est épineux
et ferme lorbite en dessous. Liarticle basilaire des antennes internes est armé de
petites épines. La pointe épistomienne se joint au front. Les pattes antérieures
sont terminées en cuiller et denticulées sur leurs bords. L’abdomen de la femelle
méme chargé d’ceufs, est peu élargi, il est tres épais épineux. Les piéces'latérales
du sixiéme article sont trés petites.

Largeur de la carapace (sans les épines). . . . 0.015
diarecur avec les épines .. sg oe OS

Longueur de la carapace EN 0.018
Station No. 166. Profond. 150 brasses. Guadeloupe.
* No. 232. ¢ loan ge St. Vincent Fragment de carapace.

DICRANODROMIA (nov. gen.).

La carapace est étroite, ovoide, allongée, a peine poilue. L’endostome ets
garni de chaque cdté d’un forte créte. La pointe épistomienne se joint au front.
La région faciale oceupe presque toute la largeur de la carapace. Les sillons du
plastron sternal de la femelle sont @ peine marqués et ne dépassent pas le niveau
des pattes de la 3° paire. Les pattes sont gréles et tres longues. Ce genre

32 BULLETIN OF THE

différe des Dromia (Stimp.), des Cryptodromia (Stimp.) et des Dromidia (Stimp.)
par le peu de largeur de la carapace. Par la longueur des pattes et par la dis-
position des sillons sternaux de la femelle, il se distingue des Pseudodromia
(Stimp.) ; par son épistome joint au front et par les pattes de la 2® paire plus
longues que celles de la 5°, enfin il ne peut-étre confondu avec le genre Petalomera
(Stimp.) dont les épiméres sont membraneux.

137. Dicranodromia ovata (nov. sp.).

La carapace est plus convexe transversalement que d’avant en arrriére les bords
latéraux en sont presque paralléles; ils divergent légerement en arriére, la cara-
pace étant plus élargie dans sa partie postérieure que dans sa partie antérieure.
Le front est formé de deux grandes dents triangulaires entre lesquelles se voit une
petite pointe médiane. Le bord orbitaire supérieur est interrompu en dehors par
une fissure linéaire étroite. Une large échancrure existe en dehors de lorhbite.
L’angle sous-orbitaire est arrondi et lobiforme. Quelques trés petites épines
arment le lobe orbitaire externe et la partie antérieure des bords latéraux. Les
pattes antérieures sont lisses et revétues d’un court duvet.

Largeur de la carapace d’une femelle de grande
alle te ee oe er
Longueur sah k—> Roper tee Sees ~ = OMB

Longueur les pattes étendues . . . . . . . 0.096

Coll. par Sigsbee. Profond. 175 brasses. Havane.
Station No. 295. 3 LS, 5° Barbades.
** iaiNig. 66: 15057 2 Guadeloupe.
*€ JNb...B- «152-229 « Lat. 24° 15’ N., Long. 82° 13’ O.

FAMILLE DES HOMOLIENS.

HOMOLODROMIA (nov. gen.).

La carapace est étroite, plus large en arriére qu’en avant. Les antennes in-
ternes ne peuvent pas se replier dans des fossettes sous frontales. Les antennes
externes sont tres mobiles et insérées au dessous du pédoncule oculaire; elles
sont beaucoup plus longues que la carapace. Les yeux sont tres petits et n’ont
pas de cavité orbitaire spéciale. Le cadre buccal est quadrilatére; l’épistome est
bien distinct. Les dents de l’extrémité des pinces sont aigués et s’engrenent. Les
pattes de la 2° et de la 3° paire sont gréles et trés longues, celles de la 4° et de la
5° paire sont relevées sur le dos, petites et chéliformes. L’abdomen du male se
compose de 7 articles, qui ne sont en contact que dans leur portion médiane, leur
partie latérale est plus étroite et libre.

Ce genre doit prendre place entre les Homoles et les Dromies. Par la disposi-
tion des pattes postérieures il ressemble aux Dorippes.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 33

138. Homolodromia paradoxa (nov. sp.).

La carapace est épaisse, tres bombée transversalement et revétue d’un duvet
clair-semé qui ne cache pas le test; sa surface est lisse un petit bourrelet 4 con-
vexité postérieure la traverse dans la région branchio-cardiaque. Le front est
armé de deux cornes rostrales fortes et triangulaires, qui s’avancent jusqu’au
niveau de l’extrémité du 2° article des antennes externes; une grande épine post-
orbitaire se dirige en dehors et un peu en avant. Les bords latéraux sont
inermes et presque paralléles. Les régions latéro-inférieures sont inermes. Les
pattes antérieures du male sont faibles, égales entre elles, couvertes de poils clair-
semés mais lisses, le doigt immobile se termine par une espece de fourche dans
laquelle est recue la pointe terminale du doigt mobile. Les pattes de la 2° et de
la 3° paire sont lisses, cylindriques; leur dernier article est tres long, et fortement
courbé ; leur cuisse porte en dessus et a son extrémité une petite épine. La
pince des pattes de la 4° et de la 5° paire est formée par un petit doigt trés crochu
s’opposant 4 une dilatation de l’article précédent, garnie de plusieurs épines.

Warecmae livarapsce os 2 ee 8. O018
Longueur .. . Se aoe) ae) ee OLS
Largeur totale les nae Gienditen of avarae ty werk

6 Station No. 151. Profond. 356 brasses. Nevis.

139. Homola vigil (nov. sp.).

Cette espéce se rapproche de l’Homola spinifrons, mais la carapace est plus
élargie et plus courte. La pointe rostrale n’est pas bifurquée 4 son extrémité et
les épines de la partie antérieure du corps sont plus faibles. Les yeux sont plus
gros dans leur portion terminale. Les pinces du male sont plus courtes, tandis
que les pattes ambulatoires sont beaucoup plus longues. La cuisse est armée en
dessus d’une rangée d’épines aigués. Le pénultiéme article des pattes de la der-
niére paire est plus allongé que chez l’espéce de la méditerranée.

Largeur de la carapace d’un male . . . . . 0.018
Longueur . . . ae a Re oa) igh et | eel
Largeur les pattes Padnes eos. or, -cameanceanye fae OEE

& Station No. 193. Profond. 169 brasses. Martinique.
? * No, 100. * 250a 400 “ Morro-Light.
a oe Ya amas Ley | 8 Guadeloupe.

140. Homola spinifrons (Lamarck).

Je ne puis trouver aucune différence spécifique entre une Homole draguée au
Phare de Morro a 200 brasses de profondeur et |’ Homola spinifrons de la méditer-
ranée. Un autre exemplaire provenant des Barbades et peché & 100 brasses de
fond par l’expédition du Hassler, présente les mémes caractéres.

VOL. VIII.— No. 1. 3

34 BULLETIN OF THE

HOMOLOPSIS (nov. gen.).

Ce genre différe des Homola par la forme plus arrondie et plus ovoide de la
carapace, par le grand développement du rostre, par la forme des yeux, qui sont
tres petits et ne se rétrécissent pas a leur base et par la faiblesse des pattes.

141. Homolopsis rostratus (nov. sp.).

La carapace est fort rétrécie en avant et se termine par un rostre aigu, dirigé
en ayant et en bas et surmonté latéralement de deux fortes épines; sa pointe
s’avance jusqu’a l’origine du filament des antennes externes. A la base du rostre,
existent deux grandes épines sous-orbitaires dirigées en haut et en dehors. Une
trés longue épine, ayant la méme direction que la précédente, arme la région
hépatique. Le lobe branchial porte une tres petite épine, ainsi que le lobe
mérogastrique. Deux épines existent sur la région subhépatique. Les pattes
sont trés gréles, inermes et presque cylindriques.

Largeur de la carapace d’une femelle mesurée sous les

épines -. -. ». tay a)
Largeur au niveau ree épines Gantenies oe eS
Longueur de la carapace... «je boo, Sea

Q Station No. 124. Profond. 580 brasses entre St. Thomas et Santa Cruz.

FAMILLE DES RANINIENS.

142. Raninoides nitidus (nov. sp.).

Cette espece se distingue du R. /evis par sa carapace plus rétrécie en avant et
par l’existence de deux épines en arritre de langle postorbitaire. La pointe
rostrale est triangulaire et étroite. L’épine postorbitaire est longue, gréle et
trés légerement divergente. Les bords latéraux, au lieu d’étre droits, sont un
peu arqués et garnis en avant de deux pines, la premiére tres courte, la seconde
beaucoup plus longue. ‘La premiére est plus courte et plus large que chez le
R. levis et les pattes ambulatoires sont disposées comme celles de cette derniére
espece. Le plastron sternal ne devient linéaire qu’entre la base des pattes de la
3° paire.

Largeur dela carapace . ’. & (. » ss » sone
Longueur =. ». +» % 1163) go 5) 3

Station No, 259. Draguée a la Grenade & la profondeur de 159 brasses.

RANINOPS (nov. gen.).

Ce genre par sa forme générale se rapproche des Noéopus, mais il en différe
par la longueur plus grande des pédoncules oculaires qui se replient en arriére, et
en dehors, occupant presque toute la largeur de la carapace et se logeant dans

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 35

des rainures orbitaires creusées au dessous du bouclier cephalo-thoracique. Le
plastron sternal devient linéaire entre la base des pattes de la seconde paire.

143. Raninops constrictus (nov. sp.).

La carapace est tres resserrée et en forme de toit, surtout dans la partie
antérieure ; sa surface est finement ponctuée, mais dépourvue de lignes transver-
sales saillantes et de granulations. Le rostre est étroit et pointu et le pédoncule
oculaire s’insére a sa base, le bord orbitaire supérieur est trés oblique et garni en
dessous de poils; il est divisé en trois dents avancées ; la dent interne est la plus
grande les deux autres sont a peu pres de méme taille. Une épine latérale et dirigée
en avant, existe a une petite distance de lorbite, la longueur du pédoncule oculaire
est environ égale aux deux tiers de la largeur de la carapace. Les pinces sont
inermes en-dessus. L/’avant bras est pourvu d’une épine. Le bras est armé en
dedans et en avant d’une petite épine.

Purgeurde la carapace. 5°20. 7. eee. 0.008
EEN ae WEN gt er en Ne MPa es SOS

Dragué par W. Stimpson prés de Sombréro a 47 brasses de profondeur.

144. Raninops Stimpsoni (nov. sp.).

La carapace est plus inclinée en dessus et moins inclinée en forme de toit que
celle de l’espeéce précédente. Le rostre est plus court et les dents du bord sour-
cilier sont plus pointues. Le bord supérieur de la main, au lieu d’étre inerme,
est surmonté d’une épine. La palette qui termine les pattes de la quatri¢me paire
est plus large, plus arrondie et moins contournée que chez le Raninops constrictus.

Largeurde lacarapace . . . . . .9. . . 0.008
PRM TAs ee se AINA SD. Cy ME a SG. One

Cette espéce a été trouvée par W. Stimpson sur les récifs de la Floride
occidentale.

FAMILLE DES PORCELLANIENS.

145. Porcellana Stimpsoni (nov. sp.).

Cette espéce doit prendre place 4 cdté de la Porcellana ocellata de Gibbes ;
mais elle s’en distingue par sa carapace plus large, par son front moins avaneé
dont la pointe médiane est arrondie, lobiforme et ne dépasse pas les angles orbi-
taires internes et par ses pattes antérieures entitrement glabres, au lieu d’étre
garnies de poils le long de leur bord inférieur.

arenr dela carapace! y° oy") op 2 eS eS
Longueur .. . & etic: O.O1S

Cette espéce provient du sud ie la Floride, Me wedida Key. Coll. par Stimpson.

146. Porcellana Sigsbeiana (nov. sp.).
La carapace est plus étroite et plus allongée que celle de la P. ocellata ; le front
est fortement tridenté et la dent médiane, triangulaire et pointue, dépasse les

36 BULLETIN OF THE

dents latérales qui sont plus étroites. Le bord latéral présente dans la région
hépatique une échancrure en arritre de laquelle se voit une petite dent tres aigué
dirigée en avant et indiquant la terminaison du sillon ou se replie Pantenne
externe au dessous de la carapace. Les pattes antérieures sont plus longues que
celles du P. ocellata, et Pavant bras, au lieu d’étre pourvu en avant d’un lobe
dentiforme, est armé d’une trés petite dent spiniforme. Les pinces sont moins
élevées et les doigts sont plus courts relativement a la région palmaire; une fine
bordure de poils se trouve au dessous de la main. L’angle antéro-interne du bras
est aigu et denticulé et non arrondi comme chez le P. ocellata.

Largeur de la carapace (une femelle . . . . 0.007
TLongueuy giniey) cus sels. Ya] cee ieee

Station No. 49. 118 brasses. Liat. 28° 51’ 30” N., Long. 89° 1’ 30” O.
“No. 36. 84 brasses par 23° 18’ de lat. N. et 89° 16’ de long. O.
« No. 142. 27 brasses. Flannegan Passage.

147. Pachycheles Ackleianus (nov. sp.).

La carapace est large, presque plate transversalement et bombée d’avant en arri-
ére; unsillon situé en arriére des régions hépatiques et de la région gastrique s’étend
d’un bord a l’autre. Quelques bosselures existent dans la partie antérieure de la
carapace; le front est tres déclive. Vu en dessus il parait droit, mais vu en avant il
présente une petite pointe médiane en forme de bee. Les pattes antérieures sont
tres longues, tres renflées, glabres et inégales. Le bras déborde notablement la
carapace; il est revétu dans sa partie libre de granulations aplaties. L’avant bras
est aussi long que la main; il est armé en avant de trois tubercules ou dents spini-
formes et il est couvert en dehors de grosses granulations inégales, surbaissées,
luisantes et disposées sans régularité. La main est petite, rétrécie dans sa portion
articulaire, dentelée par son bord inférieur et ornée de granulations semblables 4
celles de avant bras, mais ayant une tendance a se grouper suivant des séries
longitudinales. Les doigts sont courts, granuleux en dehors et en contact dans
toute leur longueur. Les pattes ambulatoires sont fortes, un peu granuleuses ou
rugueuses, et elles ne portent que quelques poils tres rares.

Largeur de Ja carapace d’une femelle . . . . 0.007
Longueur © 3c Gat 9. bain ieretet, aL

Station No. 11. 37 brasses par 24° 43’ de lat. N. et 83° 25” long. O.
“No. 39. 14 brasses. Jolbos Islands.

148. Pachycheles rugimanus (nov. sp).

Cette espce se distingue de la précédente par ses moindres dimensions, par sa
carapace moins bombée d’avant en arriére, plus étroite, plus avancée dans sa por-
tion antérieure par la disposition de ses bords latéraux, nettement marginés, par
son front peu déclive, par ses pattes antérieures subégales, plus courtes et cou-
vertes de tubercules trés élevées en forme de boutons aplatis, disposés en séries
longitudinales doubles, s¢parées par des sillons profonds, par ses pattes ambula-

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 37

toires plus velues et par l’existence d’une petite épine sur le 2° et le 3¢ article de
Yantenne externe.
Largeur de lacarapace. . . . . .. . . 0.0045
gnpuer he ther ee et, ee 8 SP OL00RE
Contoy de 12 418 brasses recueilli par Stimpson. Floride, O. 13 brasses.
“« Bache.”

FAMILLE DES PAGURIENS.
XYLOPAGURUS (nov. gen.).

La carapace est étroite et limitée par des bords latéraux paralléles ; elle se termine
en avant par une petite pointe rostrale ; elle est coriace en dessus et membraneuse
latéralement. L’anneau ophthalmique est representé par deux petites écailles
séparées sur la ligne médiane. Les yeux sont peu allongés, les antennes sont
courtes, les antennules sont grosses et raccourcies. L’abdomen n’est pas con-
tourné et ilse termine par une armature spéciale en forme de bouclier et par-
faitement symétrique, formée par le penultitme anneau qui est trés développé,
largement ovalaire et termine l’'abdomen en biseau. Les appendices latéraux s’in-
sérent au dessous et sont symétriques, ils se replient dans une dépression creusée
au dessous de l’article qui les porte et ils n’apparaissent que quand on les écarte.
Le dernier anneau de l’abdomen est trés petit et rejeté au dessous et en avant du
précédent. Le male porte deux paires de fausses pattes trés gréles. La femelle
est pourvue de trois fausses pattes oviféres situées du cdté gauche. Les pinces
sont inégales et dissemblables ; la droite est la plus forte et terminée par des doigts
aigus. Les pattes ambulatoires de la 2° et de la 3° paire sont longues et gréles,
celles de la 4° paire ne sont pas chéliformes. Les pattes machoires externes
sont petites et rapprochées a leur base.

149. Xylopagurus rectus (nov. sp.).

Les pinces dépassent a peine l’extrémité des pattes ambulatoires, l’articulation
de la grosse main est transversale de fagon que le pouce est en dedans et s’ouvre
latéralement et non verticalement. Une épine forte mais peu allongée surmonte
sa base. La portion palmaire est renflée et ornée.en dehors de granulations et de
quelques poils, les doigts sont également granuleux et poilus. L’avant bras et le
bras sont rugueux et velus. La petite pince est trés gréle et atteint 4 peine l’ar-
ticulation de la précédente. Les pattes de la 2° et de la 3° paire sont comprimées
latéralement terminées par des doigts styliformes et elles portent quelques poils.
Le bouclier abdominal est entouré d’un rebord granuleux il est légerement excavé
et porte sur la ligne médiane un sillon dont les bords s’écartent inférieurement de
maniére a limiter un espace triangulaire. Un sillon transversal coupe, le premier
a angle droit et le divise en deux parties & peu prés égales, sa surface est granu-

leuse.
Longueur totale du corps d’une femelle. . . . 0,026

Longueur totale les pattes étendues . . . . . 0.040

38 BULLETIN OF THE

Cette esptce n’a encore été trouvée que dans des trous creusés dans des
morceaux de bois, tantdt elle se loge dans la cavité intérieure d’un roseau ou
d’un jone, tantdt dans celle d’une branche quelconque. Cette cavité est toujours
ouverte aux deux bouts. Les pinces se présentent a lune des extrémités, le
bouclier abdominal ferme complétement l'autre orifice. L’animal ne s’y intro-
duit pas 4 reculons comme le font les Pagures ordinaires, mais il y pénétre
directement.

Station No. 192 a 138 brasses de profondeur pres de la Dominique.
* No. 223 & 146 brasses. St. Vincent.

PYLOCHELES (uov. gen.).

Ce genre se place a coté des Pomatocheles décrits récemment par M. Miers et
de méme que ces crustacés il établit le passage entre les Paguriens et les Thalas-
siniens. Il differe des Pomatocheles par Yabsence dune pointe rostrale, par la
forme de la carapace rétrécie en avant et élargie en arriére, par la disposition des
antennes. Le 2° article de l’antenne externe porte au dessus une forte épine
dentelée au dessous de laquelle s’insére une épine plus longue qu’elle et dentelée
elle méme A son extrémité ; au dessous s’insere le 3° article antennaire. L’anneau
ophthalmique est incomplétement caché par le bord frontal. Les anneaux de l’ab-
domen sont courts et larges, le dernier est formé de 3 pieces, ’une basilaire sur
laquelle s’articulent deux piéces séparées sur la ligne médiane et le penultiéme
anneau porte des appendices moins lancéolés et revétus en dehors d’aspérités qui
les transforment en une sorte de lime ou de rape.

150. Pylocheles Agassizii (nov. sp.).

La carapace est complétement coriace en dessus; la région gastrique est
limitée antérieurement par un sillon arqué en avant et garni de poils. Ce sillon
se prolonge en arritre de chaque cdté du lobe méso-gastrique. Le sillon qui
sépare la région gastrique de la région cardiaque est profond et se continue laté-
ralement jusqu’aux bords latéraux de la carapace il est garni de petits poils.
Les yeux sont élargis et aplatis dans leur portion terminale correspondant a la
cornée. Les antennules sont longues et renflées & leur base. Les anneaux de I’ab-
domen sont revétus de petits poils courts flexibles et peu serrés; ils se terminent
latéralement en forme de lobe arrondi. Les pattes antérieures sont égales et
semblables. La main est renflée, elle se plie 4 angle droit sur lavant bras et elle
est articulée de fagon & ce que son bord supérieur soit tourné en dedans et puisse
s’appliquer exactement contre le bord correspondant de l’autre main, les deux
pinces ainsi rapprochées constituent alors une lame continue qui sert a clore her-
métiquement la cavité ou s’enferme le Pylocheles. La face externe de la pince et
ses bords sont revétus de poils et de fines granulations qui sur le pourtour devi-
ennent pointues ; les doigts sont trés élargis et aplatis, le pouce s’ouvre horizontale-
ment. Le bord antérieur de lavant bras se prolonge comme une sorte de mur

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 39

denticulé, au dessus de la main et ce rebord compléte en dessus l’opercule chéli-
forme du Pylocheles. Les pattes de la 2° et de la 3° paire sont comprimées, lisses
et velues, celle de la 4° et de la 5° paire ne sont pas chéliformes, elles ressemblent
i celles des Pomatocheles, mais elles sont moins ¢largies.

Longueur totale du corpsd’unmale . . . . . . . . 0.034
Longueur totale les pices étendues . . . 2. . . . . 0.053
Tbargeur de la carapace en arriére . . . 2. 2. . » . - 0,012

Station No. 291. Profond. 200 brasses. Bardades.

Ce crustacé vivait dans une cavité creusée au milieu d’un fragment pierreux
formé de sable agglutiné, il remplissait entiéremeut cette cavité et la fermait au
moyen de ses pinces.

MIXTOPAGURUS (nov. gen.).

Ce genre établit un passage entre les Pagurus proprement dits et les Pylocheles.
La carapace est celle d’un Pagure, la région gastrique est dire et crustacée et les
régions branchiales sont membraneuses. L’abdomen est courbé et plus développé
du cété droit que du cdté gauche, il est divisé en sept articles bien distinets
articulés et mobiles, les téguments des cinq premiers sont incomplétement calci-
fiés; le sixiéme est grand et trés dur, le dernier a la forme d’une lame flexible, les
appendices du penultieme article sont grands et symétriques.

151. Mixtopagurus paradoxus (nov. sp.).

La carapace porte quelques bouquets de poils flexibles et assez longs, disposés
surtout le long des bords et des sutures. La pointe rostrale est tres courte,
laissant 4 découvert l’anneau ophthalmique. Les yeux sont aussi longs que les
deux premiers articles des antennes internes; ]’épine sus-antennaire porte quel-
ques poils et quelques spinules; la tigelle mobile est courte. Les pattes anté-
rieures sont petites, épaisses et égales. La main est trés renflée et couverte, ainsi
que le pouce, d’épines courtes et coniques entre lesquelles s’implantent des poils,
fins, assez longs et jaunatres. L’extrémité des doigts est brune et cornée.
L’avant bras porte des épines semblables & celles de la main. Les pattes de la
2° et de la 3° paire sont tres velues, pourvues de doigts courts et elles sont ar-
mées de quelques courtes épines sur leur bord supérieur. Les pattes de la 4e
paire sont monodactyles. De longs poils soyeux garnissent les derniers articles
de abdomen.

Longueur dela carapace. . . . « « « » « 0.010
fs 7 a 5h hye dey s0!}), 00 gaan be ep OOET,
Longueur de la pince. . . oe pb Q. 013
Longueur des pattes de la 3° mar wok Sieat Ader 0,020

Station No. 291. Profond. 200 brasses. Barbades.

40 BULLETIN OF THE

152. Aniculus Petersii (nov. sp.).

Cette belle et grande espéce se reconnait facilement 4 la disposition de ses
piuces légerement inégales. La gauche étant la plus forte et couverte en
dehors de sillons transversaux ou obliques bordés chacun d’une rangée de
poils courts et égaux et surmontés d’une ligne de granulations régulitres. Ces
granulations deviennent spiniformes sur la partie supérieure de la main; les doigts
sout tres massifs, élargis a leur base et terminés par une extrémité cornée et noire,
ils offrent le méme mode d’ornementation que la main; le pouce porte en dessus
pres de son articulation une profonde dépression longitudinale. L’avant bras est
garni de sillons piliféres et de petites épines. Les pattes de la 2° et de la 3¢ paire
sont fortes; elles dépassent les pinces. De nombreux sillons transversaux et pili-
feres surmontés d’une série de granulations existent sur le pied et la jambe.
Le doigt porte en dessus plusieurs rangées longitudinales de gros tubercules,
separés par des surfaces poilues; celui de la 3e paire des pattes est plus large plus
tranchant en dessous et on y remarque du cdté externe de nombreux sillons pili-
feres disposés obliquement.

Longueur de lacarapace. . . . - . ~~ . 0.043
Targeur 4 Sa ee ee
Longueur de la patte antérieur gauche . . . . 0.078
Longueur de la pince gauche . . . . . . . 0,039

Station No. 36. Profond. 84 brasses. Lat. 23° 13’ N., Long. 89° 16’ O.
ne NO 206: ) | 84 * Barbades.

153. Kupagurus macrocheles (nov. sp.).

La carapace est courte et tres élargie en arriére. La région gastrique est dure.
Les parties latérales et postérieure sont membraneuses. Le front est armé d’une
épine médiane bien développée, une trés petite écaille spiniforme existe a la base
de chacun des pédoncules oculaires. Les yeux sont courts renflés a leur extrémité
et s’avancent a peu pres au niveau du 3° article de l’antenne externe. L’épine sus-
antennaire est tres longue et tres gréle. La pince droite est tres grande et res-
semble a celle de certaines Galathées. Le bras et l’avant bras sont presque de
méme longueur. Le bras porte sur son bord inférieur une série de petites épines
reguliéres. L’avant bras et la main sont ornés de granulations qui deviennent
spiniformes sur les bords des articles, les doigts de la pince sont plus courts que
Ja portion palmaire ils sont cependant fort allongés, comprimés, et armés chacun,
sur leur bord préhensile dune dent; la dent inférieure située en arriére de la
dent supérieure, quelques poils blonds, soyeux et courts, s’implantent sur les bords
et a coté des granulations des pinces. La pince la plus faible ressemble beau-
coup a la précédente, son extrémité atteint l’articulation du pouce de la pince
droite. Les pattes de la 2° et de la 3° paire sont lisses, trés comprimées et garnies
de quelques poils sur leurs bords seulement. Les pattes de la 3° paire sont
allongées et terminées par un doigt styliforme. L’abdomen de la femelle est
court, trés contourné, et pourvu de fausses pattes fort longues. L article basi-

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 41

laire des fausses pattes du pénultiéme article de abdomen porte en dessous une
épine.

Longueurde la carapace. . ..,. .. . . 0.043

Largeur enarricre . . parle, Vs tive RRC

Longueur de la patte Sniemntae Graii: if ec? wh, meee

Longueur de la pince droite. . . .. =. =. ~ 0.026

Hongueur du pouce droit,...-. - «.. « » ., 0.010

Longueur de la patte antérieure gauche. . . . 0.042

Station No. 54. Profond. 175 brasses prés de la Havane.

154. Hupagurus discoidalis (nov. sp.).

Cette espéce vit dans les tubes des Dentales, aussi son abdomen au lieu d’étre
contourné est il droit et pourvu a son extrémité de fausses pattes symétriques. La
pince droite est tres développée et en forme d’opercule de maniére a clore plus ou
moins exactement louverture du Dentale. La main se plie a angle droit sur
Pavant bras et ne peut s’étendre complétement. Sa face externe est lisse et con-
stitue avec le doigt une sorte de piece operculaire d’une forme ovalaire, raccourcie
et presque discordiale, aplatie ou méme légérement excavée et entourée d’un
rebord saillant. Les doigts sont trés élargis, comprimés et leur contour continue
exactement celui de la portion palmaire de la pince. L’avant bras est trés court
et orné de granulations disposées suivant des lignes squammeuses irréguliéres ; la
méme ornementation existe sur la partie de la main située en arriére du rebord
limitant la portion operculiforme. La petite pince est trés faible et n’offre rien de
particulier a noter. Les pattes ambulatoires sont comprimées latéralement et ter-
minées par des doigts a ongle trés développé.

Chez les exemplaires conservés dans l’alcool les pinces sont rougés et les doigts
blanes en tout ou en partie, ainsi que les pédoncules oculaires et les antennes.

Longueur totale du corps d’un mile . . . . . 0.081

Station No. 36. Profond. 84 brasses. Lat. 23° 13’ N., Long. 89° 16’ O.

= No. 136. cf BOR =| Santa Cruz.

sno. 157. se LOG. te Montserrat.

Seva, 167... ad Guadeloupe.

=) No. 920, se qos Ste. Lucie.

ry INO. 223. oe TAG. < St. Vincent.

oe iO, S712. ee OSG oe Barbades.

<< (No. 290. se ot Barbades,

ae NO. SOL. sf 10 0 Barbades.

No, 300; ee ae Barbades.

155. Eupagurus Bartletti (nov. sp.).

Cette espéce est voisine de l Lupagurus pollicaris (Say.) mais elle se distingue
par ses pédoncules oculaires plus courts que l’épine sus-antennaire et par la forme
de sa pince, celle-ci reste toujours pliée sur l’avant bras et ne peut s’étendre com-
plétement elle est bordée en dessous par une série de larges crenclures denti-

42 BULLETIN OF THE

culées, qui garnissent aussi le bord supérieur du pouce; ce dernier article ne
présente pas la saillie en forme de bosse que lon remarque chez )’Eupagurus
pollicaris.

Longueur dela carapace ww 2 OOS

Targeut! i. 5° Se i ee em)

Longueur de la ee at PE Re | es

Longueur des pattes de la 3° paire . . . . . 0.032

Station No. 223. Profond. 146 brasses. St. Vincent.
a) aNoseno: a 59) ae Grenade.
<« No. 274. oe 209 * Barbades.
<. ‘No290k es 010 Barbades.

156. Hupagurus erosus (nov. sp.).

Chez cette espece les pédoncules oculaires sont beaucoup plus longs que chez
VE. pollicaris et VE. Bartletti ; ils dépasseut de plus @un tiers Pépine sus-anten-
naire. La pince droite est courte, tres arrondie et couverte de tubercules fram-
boisés en forme de champignons et trés rapprochés les uns des autres. Sur les
bords ces tubercules sont pointus et forment une frange de courtes épines co-
niques. Sur la petite pince les épines du bord inférieur sont beaucoup plus fortes.
Les pattes ambulatoires sont inermes.

Longueur dela carapace... % =) 4/0. eee
Lear gent <2 ss She 4 tbh 2.0 So OS
Longueur de la pince . Re ee
Longueur des pattes de la 3° ey erireme
Station No. 202. Profond. 210 brasses. Martinique.

< (Noi27s. y liter Pe Barbades.

“Nos 290. ad hots ee Barbades.

«No. 296. os Sa Barbades.

« No. 300. s Seine Barbades.

157. Hupagurus gibbosimanus (nov: sp.).

Cette tres petite espece doit se placer dans la méme section que les Lupagurus
erosus et Bartletti, mais il est facile de len distinguer par les caracteéres des
pinces. La grosse main est couverte de granulations confluentes et trés peu
élevées et elle porte sur sa face externe deux gros bourrelets longitudinaux formant
de fortes saillies, ?une au niveau du pouce, l’autre au niveau de lindex. Les
yeux sont de la longueur de l’épine sus-antennaire et s’amincissent vers leur extré-
mité. Les cufs sont remarquablement gros.

Longueur totale d’une femelle chargée d’eufs. . 0.015

Station No. 206. Profond. 170 brasses. Martinique.
*. p NGA283, 'd Ae ies St. Vincent.

158. HEupagurus Jacobii (nov. sp.).
Le corps est petit comparativement aux pattes. La partie antérieure de la

carapace est crustacée et terminée par une tits petite pointe rostrale; la région

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 43

cardiaque est trés petite et crustacée. Les pédoncules oculaires sont courts et
dépassés de beaucoup par |’épine sus-antennaire ; les pinces sont trés inégales la
droite est de beaucoup la plus grande ; elle porte six poils tres courts et trés deéli-
cats, elle est couverte de granulations trés fines, mais elle est inerme en dessus.
Les doigts sont aigus et leurs bords sont tranchants et en contact dans toute leur
longueur. Les pattes ambulatoires de la 2° et de la 3° paire sont tres longues,
comprimées, lisses et luisantes, celles de la 3° paire dépassent les autres. Le
doigt est surtout remarquable par sa forme gréle et allongée et il a plus d’une fois
et demie la longueur de la carapace.
Longueur de lacarapace . . . « + - = + 0.012
Pereira! sob Age EAs ead fe MRO
Longueur de la pince droite . . . . . . ~ 0.028
Longueur de la 3° paire. . Hite 2 G.0a0
Station No. 163. Profond. 769 brasses. Guadeloupe.
© No. 221. = 493 ~ * Ste. Lucie.
= No. 205. 334 Martinique.

159. Hupagurus pilimanus (nov. sp.).

La carapace est étroite 4 pointe rostrale peu saillante les yeux sont gros, ren-
flés & leur extrémité et atteignent lextrémité de épine sus-antennaire. Les
pinces sont inégales ; la droite est la plus forte; la main est courte et presqu’aussi
large que longue; elle est entiérement revétue de poils serrés et elle présente, en
dessus et en dessous, une bordure de petites épines; lavant bras est poilu et
spinuleux. Les pattes ambulatoires sont courtes, fortes, a doigts trés arqués et
elles ne portent que quelques poils en dessus.

ioospueur.de lavcarapsce . as wah cs wv DLS
EEN cr ta Pel Cea) cpa, watt ak a ie 9 gn OU
Tiongueur dela pmee. : . . 1... . ~ ., 0.030
Longueur des pattes de la 3° paire . . . . . 0.037

Station No. 148. Profond. 208 brasses. St. Kitts.
Se Os Sou. se oC was: Barbades.
= No. L67. ve Aor Guadeloupe.

160. Hupagurus bicristatus (nov. sp.).

La pince droite de cette espéce est tout a fait caractéristique, elle est courte,
haute et bordée en haut par deux erétes granuleuses paralléles ; lune interne plus
élevée, l'autre plus externe et prenant son origine au niveau du tubercule articu-
laire du pouce. Le bord supérieur du pouce est tranchant, finement denticulé et
trés arqué, le bord inférieur de la main est mince et finement serratulé. Les pattes
ambulatoires sont inermes et trés arquées.

Lengueur delacarapate, 0 6 i bsse ce ay DIOLS
Longueur de la pince 0.010

Station No. 136. Profond. 508 brasses. Frederickstadt.
Se INO 218; ce G40 oS Ste. Lucie.

44 BULLETIN OF THE

161. Paguristes sericeus (nov. sp.).

La carapace est aplatie et élargie, les bords latéraux de la région hépatique sont
presque paralléles et spinuleux, les régions branchiales sont fort larges et leurs
bords latéraux sont arqués. Le bord antérieur de la carapace est presque droit.
Le rostre est bien marqué les yeux sont grands et dépassent les deux premiers
articles des antennes internes. Les écailles ophthalmiques sont petites et simples.
L’épine sus-antennaire est spimuleuse. Les pinces sont courtes et sub-égales ;
elles sont revétues de poils doux, jaunes et soyeux, tandis que chez le Paguristes
depressus elles sont nues, des granulations couvrent leur face externe, des tuber-
cules pointus garnissent leur bord supérieur. L’extrémité des doigts est formée
par une petite épine noire. Les pattes ambulatoires sont rugueuses et revétues
en dessus, surtout sur les articles terminaux, de poils semblables a ceux des
pinces. Le doigt porte en dedans une cannelure longitudinale. Le plastron
sternal est trés élargi entre la base des pattes de la 2° de la 3° et de la 4°
paire.

‘Longueur de la carapace . . i 3 re
Largeur au niveau des régions imanehiies - - « OO28
Longueur des pinces. . . a a!

Longueur de pattes de la 3° sane salle to of en

Station No. 142. Profond. 27 brasses. Flannegan passage.
oo 2 AWD o el Ore FF ah; az Lat. 24° 34’ N., Long. 83° 16’ O,

162. Paguristes spinipes (nov. sp.).

Cette espéce differe de la précédente par sa carapace beaucoup plus étroite, par
ses pédoncules oculaires plus gréles, par ses pinces couvertes de petites épines
coniques, dans l’intervalle des quelles s’insérent quelques poils et par ses pattes
ambulatoires dont le bord supérieur est armé d’une rangée d’épines. L/ovisac de
la femelle est trés grand.

Longueur de lacarapace ...... - ~ O.012
ihargenr 2.2" SUP SA LES? ae pe eae

Station No. 253. Profond. 92 brasses. Grenade.

163. Spiropagurus iris (nov. sp.).

La carapace est lisse et nue. La pointe rostrale est arrondie et peu avancée,
Yanneau ophthalmique est & découvert. Les yeux sont gros et renflés a leur ex-
trémité, ils n’atteignent pas le niveau de la pointe de l’épine sus-antennaire. Les
pattes antérieures sont égales, terminées par des doigts pointus ; elles sont cou-
vertes de petites épines qui forment en dessous une bordure réguliére; des poils
fins et soyeux s’implantent dans les intervalles des épines et le test présente des
reflets irisés tres remarquables. Les pattes ambulatoires sont fortes; la euisse de
celles de la 2° paire porte en dessous quelques épines; les doigts sont gréles.
L’appendice génital situé a la base des pattes de la 5* paire du cété gauche est
grand et enroulé sur lui méme.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 45

Longueuride la carapace. . °F 2°. 3. 0010
argeur®. . Ae eh a) 2 Ae OUR
Longueur des ae ee & a hae er ye Die
Longueur des pattes de la 3° paire . . . . . 0.025

Station No. 293. Profond. 82 brasses. Barbades.
<> No, 290. a WOvet aa Barbades.
cc” No. 299. COB ea i (Due Barbades.

OSTRACONOTUS (nov. gen.).

Ce genre se place parmi les Pagurides dont il se distingue par sa carapace
entiérement coriace, par son abdomen rudimentaire et par la disposition de ses
pattes. Le bouclier céphalo-thoracique par sa forme générale ressemble a celui de
certains Galathéides, il est court, ses bords latéraux sont légerement arrondis et il
est large en arriére. Les yeux sont bien développés. Les antennes externes
ressemblent a celles des Pagures, elles sont pourvues d’une épine implantée sur
leur 2° article. Les antennes internes sont longues. Les pattes antérieures
sont inégales, la droite est plus grosse, elles se terminent par des doigts aigus.
Les pattes de la seconde paire sont beaucoup plus courtes que celles de la troi-
siéme, elles se terminent par un doigt élargi en palette trés comprimée, pointue, et
ciliée sur ses bords; du cdté droit ce doigt est articulé de facon a se replier en
avant. Les pattes de la 4° paire sont tres petites, monodactyles et leur penul-
tieme article est ovalaire et aplati mais beaucoup plus grand chez la femelle que
chez le male. Le doigt qui le termine est un peu recourbé et pointu. Les pattes
de la 5° paire sont remarquablement petites et monodactyles. L’abdomen est tout
a fait atrophié, il est mou et l’on ne peut y reconnaitre que peu de traces d’annu-
lations, si ce n’est ses deux derniers articles qui sont trés petites. Les appendices
du 6° article sont symétriques, arrondis 4 leur extrémité et hérissés de petites
rugosités comme chez les Pagures. La femelle porte ses cufs attachés a trois
fausses pattes qui n’existent que du cdté gauche mais ce mode de fixation serait
insuffisant si les pattes de la 4* paire ne se repliaient pas au dessous du paquet
d’ceufs, le pénultiéme article formant une sorte de plancher ovalaire. Le plastron
sternal est de forme triangulaire et trés élargi entre les pattes de la 4° paire.

164. Ostraconotus spatulipes (nov. sp.).

La carapace est dure, résistante et glabre, les sillons branchio-gastriques et
eardiaques y sont bien indiqués. Le front s’avance en une pointe arrondie entre
les yeux. On voit aussi une saille de chaque cdté de insertion de lantenne
externe. Les bords latéraux sont serratulés et portent une échancrure assez
profonde correspondant au sillon gastrique. Les pattes antérieures sont lisses
luisantes glabres et dépourvues d’épines ou de granulations. Le bras et l’avant
bras sont 4 peu prés de méme longueur. La pince est plus forte et plus longue.
Les doigts sont un peu plus courts que la portion palmaire. Les pattes suivantes
sont lisses et glabres sauf sur le dernier article. Le plastron sternal porte

46 BULLETIN OF THE

entre chaque anneau et sur la ligne médiane des sillons profonds. Je ne sais
quelles sont les habitudes de ce crustacé cependant il ne doit pas habiter les
coquilles vides et la conformation de ses pattes me fait penser qwil vit dans la
vase ou dans le sable trés fin. :

Station No. 50. Profond. 119 brasses. Lat. 26° 31’ N., Long. 85° 53’ O.

** Bache.” it Peay Vi Sand Key.

CATAPAGURUS (nov. gen.).

Ce genre établit le passage entre les Osfraconotus et les Spiropagurus. La
carapace est coriace en avant de la suture transversale et membraneuse en arriére
et sur les cdtés. Le front est arrondi et plus avancé au milieu que sur les cdtés.
Les yeux sont gros, courts, élargis, et comprimés dans la portion qui correspond
a la cornée. Une petite épine sus-ophthalmique se remarque a leur base. Il]
existe une épine sus-antennaire longue et aigué. Les pattes-machoires externes
sont gréles et écartées a leur base. Les pattes antérieures sont trés longues et
inégales, la droite est la plus forte. Les pattes de la 2° et de la 3° paire sont au
moins aussi longues que les précédentes, elles sont comprimées et se terminent
par un doigt élargi, aplati et pointu articulé de manicre a se plier en avant, comme
chez les Ostraconotus. Les pattes de la 4° paire sont tres petites et monodactyles
celles de la 5° paire sont encore plus petites. A la base de celle du cété droit
s’éléve chez le male un appendice génital légerement arqué et non contourné en
spirale comme chez les Spiropagurus. L’abdomen est contourné et trés petit.
L’animal se loge dans de trés petites coquilles dont les dimensions contrastent
avec la taille de la carapace et des pattes qui restent a découvert.

165. Catapagurus Sharreri (nov. sp).

La carapace est arrondie et légtrement rugueuse sur la région gastrique. La
pince droite est beaucoup plus longue que le corps tout entier, le bras et Pavant
bras sont finement denticulés sur leurs bords. La main est plus forte et plus
allongée que les articles précédents et les doigts en sont courts comparés a la
région palmaire ; ils sont aigus & leur extrémité. La face interne de la main porte
des poils flexibles et jaunitres. La patte antérieure gauche est tres gréle et
presqu’aussi longue que celle du edté opposé, les doigts en sont comparativement
beaucoup plus longs. Les pattes de la 2° et de la 3° paire sont glabres sauf sur
les bords du doigt qui est cilié; leur cuisse porte pres de ses bords quelques tres
petites spinules qui ne se voient qu’a loupe. y

Longueur de lacarapace . .... =. =. ~ 0,006
Longueur de la pince droite . . ... + ~ 0.027
Longueur de la pince gauche . . . . . « ~ 0,024

Station No, 280. Profond. 221 brasses. Barbades.
6° Noy 201: as DOO] as Barbades.
6 ~—s.No,..299; q 40 eeaee Barbades.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 47

DECAPODES MACROURES.
FAMILLE DES GALATHIENS.

166. Galathea Agassizii (nov. sp.).

Les stries transversales de la carapace sont peu nombreuses, faiblement granu-
leuses et poilues. Le rostre dépasse du quart environ de sa longueur les pédon-
cules oculaires; il est triangulaire et ses bords sont inermes, une tres petite épine
existe cependant de chaque cdté asa base. Les cotés latéraux sont garnis d’en-
viron six trés petites épines. Les pattes antérieures sont fortes elles portent de
longs poils clair-semés. Le bras et avant bras sont tres épineux; la main ne
Vest que faiblement sur ses bords supérieur et inférieur, celle du cdté gauche est
généralement plus forte que l’autre et Vindex en est faiblement arqué de facon que
les doigts ne se touchent que par leur extrémité. Les pattes ambulatoires sont
gréles, comprimées et armées de petites épines sur la cuisse et la jambe.

Longueur totale du corps un male. . . . . 0.021
honeneuride lacarapace) .. 22. wi. .. . 702013
Eee a8 2 i hiiereies OY. 0 5 told os )-0? « OL00,
Longueur des pattes antérieures . . . . . . 0.032
Station No. 218. Profond. 164 brasses. Ste. Lucie.
feieNo. 283. tr SEY et Me Barbades.

167. Galathea rostrata (nov. sp.).

Chez cette espéece le rostre est beaucoup plus grand et il porte de chaque cété
quatre dents spiniformes dirigées en avant. Les bords latéraux sont armés en
avant d’environ huit petites épines. Les pattes ambulatoires sont courtes et
robustes comme chez les Galathea strigosa. Les pinces sont moins épineuses que
chez le Galathea Agassizii:

Longueur totale du corps dune femelle. . . . 0.018

Station No. 39. Profond. 14 brasses 4 16 milles au nord des les Jolbos.

168. Munida Stimpsoni (nov. sp.).

La carapace porte des lignes transversales granuleuses tres marquées. La région
gastrique est surmontée de cing petites épines, deux sont disposées par paires, en
avant, la cinquiéme est sur la ligne médiane, en arri¢re. La région cardiaque est
pourvue d’une épine médiane, le bord postérieur de la carapace en présente une
paire médiane. Les régions branchiales sont armées d’une épine placée presqu’au
niveau du sillon gastro-cardiaque. Les bords latéraux commencent par une forte
épine, en arri¢re de laquelle se voient trois ou quatre spinules. Les pointes
rostrales sont longues et gréles. Les pattes antérieures sont trés grandes et trés
épineuses. Les 2°, 3°, et 4° anneaux de l’abdomen sont pourvus de petites épines
disposées symétriquement, la derniére épine seule est médiane.

Longueur totale du corps dun male. . . . . 0.043
Tiongueur de ja carapace: .- .* .- .° « « « » 0.021
ron. kt Le ae Oe See ere aS
Longueur des pattes antérieures . . . . . . 0.070

48 BULLETIN OF THE

Station No. 23. Profond. 190 brasses. Lat. 23° 1’ N., Long. 83° 14’ O.
a NG: Le ) * ONG Ee Entre St. Thomas et Santa Cruz.
No, 128: ES fees. Frederickstadt.

a) QING. dee Pai) LB. Santa Cruz.

€ INO Tea F.5d ose Frederickstadt.
* Novdao. f ) ieee oe Mt. Eagle, Santa Cruz.
oF Noses ee na 4 es Saba Bank.

<1 Wor 18: en 208° St. Kitts.
NGOS SAE RS ne Guadeloupe.

0 No. T7268 80. Guadeloupe.

Sy Mad eae) oF oh ss Dominique.

rl. No SG # 08.50 + Dominique.

=?) S.No etiag rs es Martinique.

7 (No 20627 2S a 170e Martinique.

e No, 215: ‘i geu ME Ste. Lucie.

6» -Nos 319: Sry ly eee Ste. Lucie.
No. 23k ee Ob He St. Vincent.
Na: 238: ey SAT, ce ce Grenadines,

“* No: 262. se OD. eS Grenade.

ry ING 90), - Ton apices Barbades.

169. Munida affinis (nov. sp.).

Cette espéce est trés voisine de la précédente elle ne s’en distingue que par la
disposition des stries transversales de la carapace qui, au lieu d’étre simplement
granuleuses sont hérissées de trés petites épines.

Longueur totale du corps d’un male. . . . . 0.035
Longueur de lacarapace . . 5 « « » «| «Odie
Garzeur >: ..° % oats een
Longueur des see Aah aes oro! tol eee

Station No. 148. Profond. 208 brasses. St. Kitts.

170. Munida robusta (nov. sp.).

Dans cette espéce il n’existe pas d’épine sur la région cardiaque et celles des
anneaux de l’abdomen sont toutes disposées par paires. Les bords latéraux portent
six épines dont la premiére est beaucoup plus longue que les autres. La pointe
rostrale médiane est gréle et deux fois aussi longue que les pointes latérales. Les
pattes antérieures sont grandes et fortes; la main est comprimée, épineuse en
dessus et rugueuse dans le reste de son étendue. Les doigts sont en contact sur
toute leur longueur. De fortes épines se voient en dedans et au dessus du bras,
de l’avant bras, et sur le bord supérieur de la cuisse des pattes ambulatoires.

Longueur totale du corps d’un male. . . . . 0.065
Longueur de lacarapace ..... =. . ~ 0.082
Tarecar. . t es te
Longueur des patten de ih 1° ficken se oe oe

Station No. 241, Profond. 163 brasses. Cariacou.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 49

171. Munida iris (nov. sp.).

Cette espéce atteint une grande taille. Les poils qui garnissent les stries trans-
versales de la carapace ont des reflets irisés tres marqués. La région gastrique
porte quelques petites épines en avant, il n’en existe pas en arriere. Les bords
latéraux portent sept épines; la premiere beaucoup plus longue que les autres.
Les pointes latérales du rostre dépassent un peu les yeux. Les pattes antérieures
sont trés grandes. La main est presque cylindrique, rugueuse et on ne voit a
peine quelques trés courtes épines sur son bord supérieur, les doigts sont longs,
gréles et appliqués l'un contre autre. L’abdomen est dépourvu d’épines.

Longueur totale du corps @une femelle. . . . 0.073
Longueur delacarapace . ...... . 0.037
WaeCUE Ve Gee ut Se 0.021
Longueur des pattes antérieures . . . . . . 0.130

Station No. 274. Profond. 209 brasses. Barbades.

172. Munida irrasa (nov. sp.).

Cette espéce ne se distingue de la précédente que par la disposition des épines
frontales. Les latérales sont trés courtes et atteignent a peine la moitié de la
longueur des pédoncules oculaires.

Longueur totale du corps V’un male. . . . . 0.033
dhonpuenrde la carapace. . 6's 2 es (2 0017
eeeemter se hah 2) nb ao! tia Sele «o OL009
Longueur des pattes antérieures . . . . . . 0.062
Station No. 32. Profond. 95 brasses, Lat. 23° 32’ N., Long. 88° 5’ O.

| No, 36. po eae, Lat. 23° 13’ N., Long. 89° 16/ O.

fe NO; ‘50. ce aiyigl EL i Lat. 26° 31’ N., Long. 85° 53’ O.

me nota, “ lo Frederickstadt.

aoeocies, ~ 13s Dominique.

feo: eo2. Sa" = St. Vincent.

See. eal. TEs —* Grenadines.

NO. ose. alll Grenade.

Swe. 272. “ fou Barbades.

ce Monae. Os Barbades.

173. Munida caribcea (nov. sp.).

Stimpson, Notes on North American Crustacea, No. 2, p. 166 (Annals of the
Lyceum of Natural History of New York, Vol. VII.).

Station No. 36. Profond. 84 brasses. Lat. 23° 13’ N., Long. 89° 16’ O.

174. Munida forceps (nov. sp.).

La carapace se rétrécit beaucoup en avant; le front est étroit, son épine médiane
est gréle et un peu arquée a sa base. Ses épines latérales sont petites et tres
rapprochées. Le bord orbito-antennaire est trés oblique. Trois paires d’épines se

VOL. VIII. —No. 1. 4

50 BULLETIN OF THE

voient sur la région gastrique; une paire existe en dedans des régions branchiales.
Les bords latéraux sont armés de six épines. Les pattes antérieures ne sont pas
symétriques, elles sont remarquables par la longueur des doigts qui excéde celle de
la portion palmaire. Du cété droit le pouce est arqué Asa base de manitre a
s’écarter de Vindex, puis ces deux doigts s’appliquent l’un contre Vautre dans
toute leur étendue, du cédté gauche la pince est plus faible, les doigts sont trés
gréles appliqués l’un contre Vautre et légerement courbés en haut, lindex des
pinces se termine par deux petites épines, quelques petites épines garnissent le
bord supérieur des doigts et les bords supérieur et inférieur des mains. L’avant
bras et la main sont courts, forts et épineux. Le 2° anneau de abdomen porte
une paire de tres petites épines.

Longueur totale du corps d’un male. . . . . 0.040

Longueur de Ja carapace. «) «9. «| - «2b a) GORE
Largeur .) 26 ») ih ae alien gap
Longueur des pattes Sy eee Mra)
Longueur de la pince gauche . . . . . . . 0.0387

Longueur des doigts de cette pmece . . . . 0.024
Station No. 36.. Profond. 84 brasses. Lat. 23° 13’ N., — 89° 16°:

175. Munida longipes (nov. sp.).

La carapace de cette espece est armée d’une paire d’épines gastriques situées
en arriére des pointes latérales du rostre, d’une petite épine cardiaque, de deux
paires d’épines branchiales internes et d’une paire d’épines sur le bord postérieur,
quelques tres petites épines garnissent les bords latéraux. Le front est armé de
trois épines @ peu pres de méme longueur et ne dépassant pas les yeux, les épines
latérales sont un peu divergentes. Les pattes antérieures sont de longueur médi-
ocre; épineuses et égales. Les pattes ambulatoires sont épineuses et remar-
quablement longues. Celles de la seconde paire dépassent un peu les autres, et
toutes dépassent les pattes antérieures. Les 2° et 3° anneaux de l’abdomen sont
garnis de deux paires d’épines une seule paire existe sur le 4° anneau,

Longueur totale du corps d’un male. . . . . 0.043
Longueur de lacarapace ..... =. =. . 0.020
Largeut :.j.t\s tt eh
Longueur des ie ab fi 30 ee . 8 és
Longueur des pattes antérieures . . . . . . 0.078

Station No. 100. Profond. 250 brasses. Phare Morro.
“No. 146. f O45. * St. Kitts.
ee Noy 148. de 208 =“ St. Kitts.
oT No, 216. Ks A): Ste. Lucie.
“ ~=6No. 218. ¥f No Ste. Lucie.
« No. 274. fe 909: - 4 Barbades.
Mo. 291. 44 Z00 i 4 ** Barbades.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 51

176. Munida miles (nov. sp.).

Le corps et les pattes sont un peu poilus. La carapace est traversée par des
stries tres marquées. La région gastrique porte quelques petites épines trés
courtes situées sur une ligne transversale en arriére du front; les autres régions
sont inermes. Les pointes rostrales sont robustes et un peu redressées. Les
bords latéraux sont armés de six épines, la premiere grande et forte, les autres trés
petites. Les pattes antérieures sont trés fortes, peu allongées et chez les miles
adultes elles sont dissemblables. L’une des pinces est plus forte, Je doigt immo-
bile est échancré a sa base, sur son bord tranchant de maniére a ne pas étre en
contact dans ce point avec le doigt opposé. L’extrémité des doigts est aigué, trés
crochue, celle du pouce croise en dehors celle de l’index et deux petites épines
situées en dehors de cette derniére limitent une petite excavation ow s’enchasse le
crochet terminal .du pouce. La main est comprimée latéralement et armée de
quelques épines placées surtout en dessous, en dessus et sur la face externe.
L’avant bras et le bras sont épineux. Les doigts de la pince du cété opposé sont
en contact dans toute la longueur de leur bord tranchant. Les pattes ambula-
toires sont courtes, fortes, tres comprimées et carénées en dessus. Le 2° et le 3°
article de l’'abdomen portent une rangée transversale de tres petites épines.

Longueur totale du corps un male. . . . . 0.047
Tiongueur dela carapace . .... . . . 0.095
Largeur. .. ; ea eg See SA EO
Longueur des ate eae it ae 0.063

Station No. 11. Profond. 37 brasses. Lat. 24° 43’ YN. ae 83° 25’ O.
eno. 17. ay hoee. Lat. 23° 4’ N,, Long. 82° 43’ O.
Py No. 193. See LES: Martinique.
« No. 274. Stain vs Barbades.

177. Munida microphthalma (nov. sp.).

Cette espéce se distingue de toutes les Munida par le faible développement des
yeux dont la cornée est a peine dilatée. La carapace ressemble a celle de la Mu-
nida miles, mais la pointe rostrale médiane est plus longue et les épines rangées
transversalement sur la région gastrique sont plus nombreuses, le 2° article de
Yabdomen est garni de 4 paires d’épines. Les pinces sont semblables a celles de
la Munida inequimana, mais elles sont symétriques et les doigts de celle de droite
et de celle de gauche sont en contact dans toute leur longueur. Les antennes
sont tres longues.

Longueur totale du corps d’une femelle. . . . 0.037
Longueur de la carapace... ... . « 0.092
Largeur. . . oi) eaters eee
Longueur des ne Tr ieaaane ia ee eat OARS

Station No. 2. Profond. 805 brasses. Phare Morro.

«“ No.35. “ 804 “ Lat. 23°59’ N., Long. 88° 58’ O.
fenene, 200. 85)" 2030", «* Martinique.
J OEY a ey ai St. Vincent.

52 BULLETIN OF THE -

178. Munida constricta (nov. sp.).

Cette espéce se distingue de la Munida miles par son corps et ses pattes presque
glabres, par son rostre plus long, sa carapace plus étroite dont la région gastrique
porte seulement deux épines situées en arriére des pointes latérales du rostre, par
ses pinces symétriques et par ses pattes ambulatoires plus longues.

‘ Longueur totale du corps d@’un male. . . . . 0.029
Longueur de la carapace . . sss « 5 5 Se
Diarbeur ge <a Lice ee 0.008
Longueur des pattes antérieures . . . . . . 0.030

Station No. 100. Profond. 250-400 brasses. Phare Morro.

“« No. 146. * 245 rf St. Kitts.
“« No. 147. is 250 ff St. Kitts.
coe ENO. a ae 356 f Nevis.

“« No. 185. Ff 333 % Dominique.
« No. 216: * 154 sa Ste. Lucie.
«... Neves. ce 423 6 Ste. Lucie.
<<. Now222- ss 422 «¢ Ste. Lucie.
S™ Nos24ie se 163 se ~ Cariacou.
© Wo. 2p0. « 291 Grenade.

GALACANTHA (nov. gen.).

Ce genre est voisin des Galathées, mais sa carapace est élargie et armée de
grandes épines latérales et dorsales. Le rostre est grand et relevé. L’insertion
des antennes externes est a découvert et les lignes épimériennes de la carapace
sont cachées sous le rebord latéral. Les pattes antérieures sont plus courtes que
les pattes ambulatoires, celles-ci sont de longueur médiocre.

179. Galacantha rostrata (nov. sp.).

La carapace est ornée de granulations plus saillantes en arriére qu’en avant, la
région gastrique est armée, en avant, de deux petites épines symétriques et en
arriere d’une tres grande épine, comprimée latéralement et dirigée en haut et un
peu en avant. Une petite épine surmonte le lobe cardiaque antérieur. Le bord
latéral est armé dans sa région hépatique d’une épine en arriére de laquelle est
placée une autre épine plus grande et épibranchiale, dirigée en dehors et un peu
en avant. Le rostre est grand, spiniforme et relevé, deux petites épines s’im-
plantent au dessous de.lui prés de sa base. Le mérognathe des pattes machoires ex-
ternes porte deux spinules sur son bord interne. Les pattes antérieures sont
courtes et granuleuses. Les doigts de la pince sont comprimés latéralement,
excavés en dedans et de la longueur de la portion palmaire. Les pattes ambula-
toires sont un peu granuleuses. Les anneaux de l’abdomen sont sculptés et les
trois premiers sont surmontés d’une épine médiane un peu recourbée en avant.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 53

Les yeux sont arrondis, bien développés, mais dépourvus de pigment et les
facettes sont reduites 4 de simples ponctuations.

Pin enwionsien On) ates) tee. eT! G's e OOUS
Largeur de la carapace . . . ae
Largeur au niveau du sillon bvguich tal sien eae CLs

Station No. 236. Profond. 1591 brasses. Bequia.

180. Galacantha spinosa (nov. sp.).

Cette espéce se distingue de la précédente par son rostre beaucoup plus court
et dépourvu d’épines a sa base, par sa carapace couverte de tubercules épineux au
lieu de granulations et par le développement inverse des épines latérales, la pre-
miére étant beaucoup plus grande que la seconde ; la pointe mésogastrique est plus
‘ large et plus comprimée. Les anneaux de l’abdomen sont couverts de tubercules
pointus. Les pinces sont lisses.

Longueur totale d’une femelle. . . . . . . 0.041
Longueur de la carapace... wh ue LORE
Largeur au niveau du sillon ritual if eye UNIT?

Station No. 185. Profond. 333 brasses. Dominique.

GALATHODES (nov. gen.).

Dans ce genre la carapace est étroite, a téguments trés solides. Le rostre a la
forme d’une épine, soit simple, soit armée de pointes latérales, mais a sa base il
n’existe pas d’épines sus-orbitaires comme chez les Munida. Les pattes-
machoires externes sont courtes et faibles. Les antennes internes sont trés petites
et renflées 4 leur base. Les yeux sont petits 4 corneules généralement incom-
pletes et ils ne se renflent pas en massue comme celle des Munida. Les doigts des
pattes ambulatoires sont fortement denticulés en dessous. Les ceufs sont gros et
peu nombreux.

182. Galathodes erinaceus (nov. sp.).

La carapace est trés bombée transversalement, le sillon gastrique postérieur est
tres marqué. La région gastrique porte quatre épines disposées par paires l’une
au devant de l’autre ; la région cardiaque est surmontée de quatre épines dont une
paire de grandes en avant et une paire de tres petites en arriére. Les flancs sont
armées en avant de trois fortes épines; une épine courte se voit entre la 1* et la 2°.
Les régions branchiales portent latéralement trois épines plus courtes et disposées
longitudinalement. Le rostre est spiniforme et presqu’aussi long que les antennes
internes ; vers le milieu de sa longueur il donne naissance de chaque coté a une
petite pointe de maniére a paraitre trifurqué, la pointe médiane étant de beaucoup
la plus longue. Les deuxiéme et troisitme anneaux de l’abdomen portent quatre
ou six épines disposées transversalement. Ces pointes existent, mais tres peu
marquées sur le 4° anneau. Les pattes antérieures sont longues. Le bras et
avant bras sont armés d’épines; la main est inerme. Chez la femelle les doigts

54 BULLETIN OF THE

sont en contact dans toute leur longueur, chez les males ils ne se rencontrent que
vers leur extrémité. Les pattes ambulatoires sont épineuses.
Longueur totale du corps d@’un male, . . . . 0.038 _
Longueur de la carapace... . ». « «~~», 0,020
Largeur sans: les €pines. «6 esifeesisi, =n rune
Longueur des pattes antérieures . . . . . . 0,046
Station No. 219. Profond. 151 brasses. Ste. Lucie.
«No. 180. ah a Frederickstadt.
#. / Noxtad 2 SB brite Nevis.
“No. 222. . 492 *«* Ste. Lucie.
£4 “Nos 226. 5 424 « St. Vincent.

183. Galathodes spinifer (nov. sp.).

Cette espece se rapproche beaucoup du Galathodes erinaceus, mais les épines
de la carapace sont plus courtes et plus nombreuses; la région gastrique en porte
trois paires; la région cardiaque quatre. Les bords latéraux sont garnis d’une
série de cing épines égales, en dedans de laquelle regne sur les régions branchiales
une autre série de trois épines. Six épines courtes disposées symétriquement
ornent le bord postérieur. Le rostre est droit et ses deux pointes latérales sont
tres petites et dirigées en avant. Le 2° et le 3° anneaux de l’abdomen sont sur-
montés d’un groupe de trois épines trés rapprochées, une épine latérale existe
souvent sur les cétés, le 4° anneau n’en porte qu'une. Les pattes ressemblent a
celles de l’espéce précédente.

Longueur totale du corps un male . . . . . 0.032
Longueur de la carapace. - . . ° 3 = sues eae
Tarpeur , 3.) cs. hs ie) es Seta ey eee
Longueur des pattes dela l* paire . . . . . 0.042
Station No. 100. Profond. 250-400 brasses. Phare de Morro.
“i NO: 146: Fe 245 cS St. Kitts.
a PO Wo: 290. ze 180 ‘“ Barbades.

184. Galathodes robustus (nov. sp.).

La carapace est plus élargie en arriére qu’en avant, elle est épaisse et couverte
ainsi que les pattes et le reste du corps de poils trés courts qui donnent au test un
aspect velouté. Sa surface est couverte de tubercules inégaux disposés avec regu-
larité et symétriquement. L’angle latéro-antérieur est pointu. Les bords latéraux
sont inermes. Le rostre est court, triangulaire, large a sa base, relevé vers son
extrémité, dépourvu de caréne en dessus et finement granuleux sur ses bords,
les 2°, 3°, et 4° articles de abdomen portent une caréne médiane terminée en
avant par une épine. Les pattes antérieures sont faibles ; le bras est épineux. Les
pattes ambulatoires sont tres courtes, trés robustes, non épineuses; le doigt est
fortement découpé en dents de scie.

Longueur totale du corps dune femelle. . . . 0.046

Longueur de-la carapace. 2s) sis 2 4 2 ORR

Dargenr .. sic sihei cy sae pay

Longueur des pattes antérieures . . . . . . 0.045
Station No. 258. Profond. 159 brasses. Grenade.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 55

185. Galathodes serratifrons (nov. sp.).

La carapace rugueuse et inégale. La région gastrique porte trois petites
épines disposées transversalement, l’une sur la ligne médiane, les autres latérale-
ment. Deux épines médianes surmontent la région cardiaque. L’angle latéro-
antérieur de la carapace est spiniforme. Le bord latéral est garni en avant de
granulations, mais, en arriére des régions branchiales, il porte trois épines. Le bord
postérieur est surmonté de chaque coté de la ligne médiane d’une épine en forme
de crochet. Le rostre est triangulaire, caréné en dessus et finement serratulé
sur ses bords, les 2¢ et 3° articles de abdomen sont armés d’une épine médiane
et d’épines latérales. Les pattes antérieures sont longues et gréles. Le bras et
avant bras sont pourvus de fortes épines et de granulations. La main est granu-
leuse. La jambe des pattes ambulatoires porte quelques épines, les autres articles
hérissés @aspérités.

Longueur totale du corps d'un male. . . . . 0.018
Hhoweneuvide la carapacd:. v2!) 6h foe a as oe 3 D010
prin esr nettle ae tinth se a a cela a OLO0F
Longueur des pattes antérieures . . . . . . 0.021

Station No. 185. Profond. 333 brasses. Dominique.

186. Galathodes abbreviatus (nov. sp.).

Cette espece se reconnait facilement a sa carapace plus élargie et a ses pinces
tres courtes. Le bouclier céphalo-thoracique est couvert de granulations dis-
posées en séries transversales qui donuent au test une apparence rugueuse. Quel
ques unes de ces granulations situées sur la région gastrique s’élevent d’avantage
-et constituent de trés courts spinules. Le rostre est spiniforme et élargi a sa base,
il est horizontal, sa pointe se releve un peu. Les bords latéraux sont armés de
deux épines, l'une hépatique, l’autre plus petite et épibranchiale, en arritre de
celle-ci un tubercule se remarque sur le bord branchial. Les 2¢, 3°, 4° anneaux
de Pabdomen portent sur la ligne médiane une épine dirigée en avant. Les
pattes antérieures sont courtes et fortes. Le bras et avant bras ne sont armés
d’épines courtes qu’a leur extrémité; ils sont d’ailleurs rugueux. Les pattes de
la 2° paire atteignent environ le niveau de articulation du doigt mobile de la
pince. Le corps et les pattes portent des poils tres courts constituant en revéte-
ment d’un aspect poussiéreux, sur les bords et entre les doigts des pinces les poils
sont plus longs.

Longueur totale du corps d’une femelle. . . . 0.032
Longueur de lacarapace. . . . . +.» + + 0.018
Taargeuny 32:3) 5A). oh eee ele

Longueur des pattes antérieures . . . . . . 0,026

Station No. 195. Profond. 502 brasses. Martinique.
= _ Jo, LO]. Fe 583. Guadeloupe.
ce) NG: LOS. s jon“ Guadeloupe.

56 BULLETIN OF THE

187. Galathodes Reynoldsi (nov. sp.).

Cette espece doit se placer a cOté du Galathodes abbreviatus, mais elle s’en dis-
tingue par s.s épines gastriques plus saillautes, par son rostre plus relevé, par
absence d’épines sur les anneaux de l’abdomen et par la longueur des pattes am-
bulatoires ; celles de la seconde paire dépassent les pinces, leur cuisse est armée
en dessus d’une série d’épiues.

Longueur totale du corps d’une femelle . . . . 0.033
Longueur de la carapace. . =. . =. » «= « See
Larger’ 2 ee ee ae eee
Longueur des pattes dela l* pare . . . . . 0.0380

Station No. 138. Profond. 2376 brasses. Frederickstadt.

188. Galathodes simplex (nov. sp.).

La carapace de cette espece ne porte pas d’épines, on remarque seulement sur
la région gastrique quelques tubercules pointus ; elle est ornée de quelques rugo-
sités simulant des lignes transversales irrégulitres. Le rostre a la forme d’une
longue épine simple et un peu relevée. Une profonde dépression transversale
sépare le lobe cardiaque antérieur du lobe cardiaque postérieur. L’angle latéro-
antérieur de la carapace est aigu et spiniforme. Les bords latéraux sont arrondis
et inermes; le 2¢ et le 3e articles de l’abdomen sont surmontés d’une petite épine
médiane. Les pattes antérieures sont faibles dans les deux sexes. Le bras est
armé en dedans de quelques spinules. La main est lisse et les doigts sont en con-
tact dans toute leur longueur. La cuisse des pattes ambulatoires est rugueuse.

Station No. 162. Profond. 734 brasses. Guadeloupe.
«< No. 163. « 769-878 “ Guadeloupe.
« No. 180. +4 i Dominique.
«* . No. 185. os 333. * Dominique.
or War die: is 824 “ Dominique.
4 No. 1s, *: 502. ** Martinique.
«No. 214. = 892“ Martinique.
« No. 226. - 494 St. Vincent.
yO, eds 7 bioe St. Vincent.

189. Galathodes Sigsbei (nov. sp.).

La carapace est plus bombée transversalement que dans l’espéce précédente ;
elle ne porte pas de tubercules spiniformes et ne présente que quelques lignes trés
finement granuleuses disposées transversalement. La dépression cardiaque trans-
versale est peu profonde. Le rostre au lieu d’étre relevé est droit et légerement
carené en dessus, le bord antérieur de la carapace est plus oblique a partir de la
pointe frontale. Le bord postérieur porte dans sa portion médiane trois trés
petites épines disposées transversalement. L’abdomen est dépourvu d’épines et
les articles sont presque lisses. Les pattes antérieures sont longues, leur cuisse et

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 57

leur bras sont épineux; la main porte des rugosités aigués. Les pattes ambula-
toires sont courtes et fortes. Quelques poils revétent les pattes.

Longueur totale du corps d’une femelle. . . . 0.040
Longueur de lacarapace. . . . . . - + ~ 0.021
Largeur. .. ee eee eee

Longueur des fethes qaideiccnen Bee gh aol e et ALOae

Station No. 35. Profond. 804 brasses. Lat. 23° 52° N., Long. 88° 58’ O,
ae Ne. 137. 625 “ Frederickstadt.

, sNo..265. “« 769-878 “ Guadeloupe.
«No. 204. A 476“ Martinique.
a io. 173. s 734 * Guadeloupe.
a No. 195. a 502“ Martinique.
« No. 200. Se 472“ Martinique.
eae NO. 201. a 565. “ Martinique.

190. Galathodes latifrons (nov. sp.).

La carapace est ¢étroite et revétue de poils trés courts. Les bords latéraux pré-
sentent en avant quatre ou cing petites épines. Le rostre est lamelleux a sa base,
il est trifurqué 4 son extrémité, la pointe médiane dépassant les autres. L’abdo-
men est dépourvu d’épines. Les pattes antéricures sont gréles et revétues de
longs poils clair-semés. Le bras et avant bras sont armés de quelques épines.
La main est lisse.

Longueur totale du corps d’une femelle chargée d’ceeufs 0.016
Woupaeur de la carapace’ 2 i) 8. .° 2 ee ss 6 (OL010
Largeur. . . BP GS Fatthynes., tl O.00D
ae des nies peeaaeee Melee Aled ver se rote MO

Station No. 288. Profond. 399 brasses. Barbades.

191. Galathodes tridens (nov. sp.).

Chez cette espece le front est disposé comme chez le Galathodes latifrons,
mais la carapace est comparativement beaucoup plus large, elle est entiérement
glabre et porte sur la région gastrique une paire d’épines. Les bords latéraux
sont garnis de quatre épines bien distinctes. Les pattes antérieures et les pattes
ambulatoires sont beaucoup plus courtes, plus fortes, moins épineuses et elles sont
presque glabres. J’ajouterai que l’abdomen est lisse.

Longueur totale du corps d’une female . . . . 0.024
Ibonpueur de lacarapace: 5 35. 5 6s ele OLS
Largeur . part att: . 0.008
Largeur des pattes Meacnedten® ooo eg ae ORR

Station No. 148. Profond. 208 brasses. St. Kitts.

58 BULLETIN OF THE

OROPHORHYNCHUS (nov. gen.).

Le rostre est triangulaire et les yeux trés petits peuvent se cacher en partie au
dessous, ils portent une épine ou un prolongement apophysaire en dedans de la
cornée. Les antennes internes s’instrent immédiatement au dessous des pédon-
cules oculaires. Les pattes machoires externes sont remarquablement petites.
Les pattes antérieures sont grosses et courtes. Les pattes ambulatoires sont
robustes.

192. Orophorhynchus aries (nov. sp.).

La carapace est plus large en avant qu’en arriere; elle est glabre et couverte
de tubercules et de granulations disposées sur la portion moyenne, en lignes,
transversales. Le rostre forme un triangle presqu’équilateral caréné en dessus
sur la ligne médiane. Deux petites pointes existent au dessus de l’antenne; la
seconde est séparée de la dent hépatique latérale par une échancrure qui se con-
tinue avec le sillon gastrique; en arri¢re les bords sont trés finement serratulés.
Les pédoncules oculaires sont tres élargis, aplatis et la cornée est fort réduite
on n’y distingue ni matiere pigmentaire ni facettes. Les pinces sont courtes,
rugueuses et revétues de quelques poils a l’extrémité des doigts; celle-ci est en
cuillére et trés finement denticulée. Les pattes ambulatoires sont rugueuses et
carénées. L’abdomen est ponctué et dépourvu d’épines.

Longueur totale du corps un male. . . . . 0.036
Longueur de la carapace. . . . - = »« = » em
Liregetir.t, = 27s oe) 5: te Ss
Longueur des nee - _ 1: paire «ce Os

Station No. 236. Profond. 1591 brasses. Bequia.

193. Orophorhynchus spinosus (nov. sp.).

Cette espece se distingue de la précédente par son rostre plus étroit et plus
aigu, par ses bords latéraux plus épineux, par les deux petites épines qui sont
placées symétriquement sur la région gastrique et par les épines qui surmontent
la cuisse et la jambe des pattes ambulatoires et le bras et l’avant bras des pinces.

Longueur totale du corps d’une femelle. . . . 0.026
Longuenur de la carapace 4. 5.» 0s +
Largeur dela carapace . . . . >
Longueur des pattes de la 1° air ie

Station No. 180. Profond. 982 brasses. Dominique.

194. Orophorhynchus squamosus (nov. sp.).

La carapace est courte, massive et couverte non pas de lignes rugueuses trans-
versales, mais de groupes de granulations simulant des sortes d’écailles proéminentes
et espacées. Les bords latéraux sont inermes, le rostre est court et triangulaire,
les yeux sont immobiles. En dedans de la cornée, s’avance un prolongement
arrondi qui ressemble 4 une petite corne rostrale latérale. Les pattes antérieures

_——_- °°»

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 59

sont courtes, la main est comprimée et rugueuse; le bras et l’avant bras sont
armés de fortes épines et de tubercules. Les pattes ambulatoires sont comprimées
et couvertes sur les premiers articles de tubercules élevés ou spiniformes. Les
anneaux de l’abdomen sont dépourvus de carénes transversales.

Longueur totale du corps un male. . . . . 0,010

Station No. 210. Profond. 191 brasses. Martinique.

195. Orophorhynchus Sharreri (nov. sp.).

La carapace porte de nombreuses petites épines; il en existe quatre sur les
bords latéraux. Le rostre est robuste et caréné en dessus et, de méme que chez
les Orophorhynchus nitidus et spinoculatus, Veil se transforme en une épine. Les
premiers anneaux abdominaux sont fortement carénés transversalement, mais ils
ne portent pas d’épines. Les pattes antérieures sont gréles, le bras et avant bras
sont tres épineux. Les pattes ambulatoires sont courtes. Les ceufs sont peu
nombreux et trés gros.

Station No. 134. Profond. 248 brasses. Santa Cruz.

196. Orophorhynchus nitidus (nov. sp.).

Cette espéce se rapproche beaucoup de la précédente. Ses yeux sont terminés
par une épine aigué, mais plus gréle; elle se distingue par les deux épines symé-
triques qui existent sur la région gastrique, par sa carapace luisante; par ses
épines latéro-antérieures plus marquées et par son rostre plus gréle.

Longueur totale du corps dun male. . . . . 0.023
Longueur des pattes antérieures . . . . . . 0.012

Station No. 163. Profond. 769-878 brasses. Guadeloupe.

197. Orophorhynchus spinoculatus (nov. sp.).

La carapace est rugueuse, elle porte en avant de chaque coté une épine sus-
antennaire. L’angle latéro-antérieur est aigu et il existe une courte épine hépa-
tique. La surface dorsale est traversée par des lignes rugueuses. Le rostre est
spiniforme et caréné en dessus. Les yeux sont immobiles et la cornée se prolonge
en une épine grosse et aigué qui atteint 41a moitié environ de la longueur du
rostre. L’abdomen est dépourvu d’épines. Les pinces sont tres courtes et
doigts fort petits, mais gros ; elles ne portent qu’une épine en dedans, vers l’ex-
trémité du bras la deuxitme paire de pattes dépasse un peu la premiére.

Longueur totale du corps d’un mile. . . . . 0,022
Longueur de ]acarapace. . . . » - - « + 0.012
RACE chk scck 4d steam 24: be Leow Beanie
Longueur des pattes antérieures . . . . . . 0.015

Station No. 179. Profond. $24 brasses. Dominique.

60 BULLETIN OF THE

ELASMONOTUS (nov. gen.).

La carapace est peu bombée, ses bords latéraux sont presque paralléles et
dépourvus d’épines ou de dents, sa surface ne porte pas d’épines. La région
orbito-antennaire est trés étroite. Les antennes externes sont petites placées
presqu’au dessous des yeux et tres en dedans de langle antéro-antérieur de la
carapace. Les premiers anneaux de l’abdomen sont généralement carénés en
dessus. Les pattes de la cinquieme paire sont trés petites.

198. Hlasmonotus longimanus (nov. sp.).

Le rostre est large, triangulaire obtus & son extrémité, un peu déprimé en
dessus, il cache en partie les yeux. Sa surface de méme que celle de la carapace est
couverte de petites granulations. La région hépatique qui constitue langle latéro-
antérieur de la carapace est arrondie; elle se rattache au rostre par un bord droit
ou plutét un peu oblique en arritre et en dedans, les 2°, 3°, et 4° anneaux de
labdomen sont carénés transversalement et leur portion médiane se releve en formant
une forte dent comprimée d’avant en arritre et recourbée en avant. Les pattes
antérieures sont longues et fortes. Les doigts des pinces du male sont légerement
saillants & leur base; leurs bords sont trés finement et tres régulitrement denti-
culés. L’avant bras et le bras sont granuleux. Les pattes ambulatoires sont
courtes et faibles; le bord supérieur de la cuisse est tranchant. La jambe est
surmontée d’un bord denticulé et d’une ou de deux crétes longitudinales. Tous
ces articles sont granuleux.

Longueur totale du corps d’un mile. . . . . 0.022
Longueur de la carapace. « «ow 2 « « o O01
Largeur sah. «+. «sos be eee
Longueur des pattes antérieures . . . . 0.035

Station No. 130. Profond. 451 brasses. Frederickstadt.
No: 188. rs BY Dominique.
«No. 195. % 502. Martinique.
= “No. 221. cs 493°" Ste. Lucie.

« SUNo. 229. sf ADD" SF Ste. Lucie.

199. Elasmonotus brevimanus (nov. sp.).

Cette espece se rapproche beaucoup de la précédente, mais la carapace est plus
étroite, le rostre est notablement plus court et les pattes antérieures sont plus
courtes et plus fortes.

Longueur totale du corps d’une femelle. . . . 0.020
Longueur de la carapace. . . . . » »« - « 9.010
Taree. sm gt en 0. te. 9
Longueur des pattes antérieures . . . . . « 0.019

Station No. 291. Profond. 200 brasses. Barbades.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 61

200. Elasmonotus armatus (nov. sp.).

La carapace est marquée de quelques rugosités disposées par séries transversales.
Les angles latéro-antérieurs sont spiniformes et les bords latéraux sont épais et
renflés, formant de chaque cdté un bourrelet en dedans duquel la surface dorsale
est déprimée. Le rostre est long et spiniforme, plus étroit, a sa base que dans
sa partie médiane et trés rétréci dans le reste de son étendue; il est convexe
transversalement en dessus, concave en dessous. Les yeux sont plus grands et
les antennes externes plus développées que dans les autres especes du méme genre.
Le 2° et le 3° anneau de l’abdomen portent une carene transversale trés élevée,
arrondie en bourrelet et plus saillante sur la ligne médiane, mais dépourvue d’épine.
Le bras des pattes antérieures est armé en dedans de deux é€pines et a son ex-
trémité de deux autres épines gréles. Les pattes ambulatoires sont faibles, la
cuisse est arrondie en dessous et présente une petite épine a son extrémité
supérieure.

Longueur totale du corps d’une femelle. . . . 0.027
Longueur de lacarapace. . . . . . at, OO1F
Longueur du rostre . . erie ae atrs) rs MOO
Barone ae aaa STW ee Se OG8
Longueur des pattes antérieures . . . . . . 0.034

Station No. 137. Profond. 625 brasses. Frederickstadt.

201. Hlasmonotus abdominalis (nov. sp.).

La carapace de cette espéce est plus étroite que celle de l’H/asmonotus longi-
manus et le rostre plus long et moins élargi se termine par une pointe aigué.
L’angle latéro-antérieur de la carapace au lieu d’étre arrondi est aigu. Enfin les
anneaux de l’abdomen sont lisses et ils ne portent pas de dent sur la ligne
médiane.

Longueur totale du corps d’une femelle. . . . 0.021
Longueurde-la carapace. . .9. 65> sei « 0.019
harsenr . Ges dieat! SO 0.0075
Longueur des pattes antérieures . . . . . . 0.023

Station No. 291. Profond. 200 brasses. Barbades.

DIPTYCHUS (nov. gen.).

La forme générale est celle d’une Galathée. La carapace est terminée en avant
par un rostre pointu et simple. Les yeux sont de grosseur médiocre. Les an-
tennes externes sont trés petites et l’extrémité de la tigelle ne dépasse guére la
pointe du rostre ; une écaille spiniforme s’insére au dessus de la base de la tigelle.
Les pattes machoires sont gréles, longues et trés écartées a leur base. Les doigts
des pattes ambulatoires sont crochus, courts, denticulés en dessous. Le pénul-
tiéme article est garni sur son bord inférieur de quelques épines articulées et trés
fines. La nageoire caudale se replie complétement sous les derniers anneaux de

62 BULLETIN OF THE

Yabdomen de maniére 3 disparaitre quand on étend celui-ci. Les 4°, 5° et 6° an-
neaux sont appliqués sur le sternum. Le 7° article est trés petit et beaucoup
plus court que les appendices latéraux de la nageoire caudale.

202. Diptychus nitidus (nov. sp.).

La carapace est glabre, lisse, luisante, dépourvue d’épines ou de stries trans-
versales; elle est bombée transversalement, presque plane d’avant en arriére et
plus étroite en avant qu’en arritre, Les régions y sont @ peine marquées. Le
rostre est spiniforme et aplati en dessus, il est environ deux fois plus long que les
yeux. Une petite épine arme langle latéro-antérieur. Les bords latéraux sont
inermes. Les pattes antérieures sont trés longues, glabres, lisses et luisantes.
Le bras est tres gréle sa base. L’avant bras est plus long que le bras. Légére-
ment comprimé latéralement et arrondi en dessus et en dessous. La portion pal-
maire de la main est de la longueur de avant bras et présente la méme forme.
Les doigts sont de moitié plus courts que la portion palmaire, poilus vers leur
extrémité qui est aigué et excavée en dedans. Le pouce présente & sa base une
longue dent finement denticulée sur son bord. Les pattes ambulatoires sont
glabres, lisses, légerement comprimées, celles de la 2 paire sont les plus longues,
celles de la 5° paire sont tres petites. Le plastron sternal est parcouru sur la
ligne médiane par un sillon, il est bombé d’avant en arriere et échancré en avant.

Longueur totale du corps d’un male. . . . . 0.081
Longueur de la cafapace ~~. 9... we
Dargeor>. 2 0. ONL Sar coe ea 0s iis oe
Longueur des pattes antérieures . . . . . . 0.057

Cette espece vit dans des coraux (Chrysogorgia).

Station No. 44. Profond. 539 brasses. Lat. 25° 33’ N., Long. 84° 35’ O.
“Naz 1a0; Re Bid scugh Frederickstadt.
ces No wD. “ 62 Diese Santa Cruz.
~ Wold, ns 1 St. Kitts.

* Wealja: * (on. te Guadeloupe.
es Re Yogl b 3) i Cll ae Dominique.
“« No. 190. oF B42, Dominique.
ANOS Opes ty Lee BOQ: Martinique.
* = No. 200. i ce ae Martinique.
«No: 222. as 429). * Ste. Lucie.
E Non227- fs ewer St. Vincent.
N0:1232:- di Bo St. Vincent.
*. «Nov 241. ms 163° Cariacou.

«©. No. 254. rf Gd ete Grenade,

“| No; 360, a BO] Goes Grenade.

6. « No; 877, 2 108) Barbades.
No. 283. af 287° = Barbades.

Mas Noy B97. me ee Barbades.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 63

208. Diptychus uncifer (nov. sp.).
Cette espece se distingue de la précédente par son rostre plus court ne dépas-
sant pas les yeux et par ses pattes antérieures moins longues.

Longueur totale du corps d’un male. . . . . 0.012
Longueur des pattes antérieures . . . . . « 0.020
Station No. 269. Profond. 124 brasses. St. Vincent.
“No. 278. 8 LOS Ts Barbades.

Seon Nos 299: Se TAON a Barbades.

204. Diptychus armatus (nov. sp.).
Cette espéce différe de la précédente par sa carapace armée latéralement de sept
& huit épines. Les pinces manquaient sur l’exemplaire unique que jai étudié.
Les pattes ambulatoires sont lisses.
Longueur totale du corpsd’unmale . . . . . 0.011

Station No. 241. Profond. 163 brasses. Cariacou.

205. Diptychus rugosus (nov. sp.).

La carapace de cette petite espece est tres courte, étroite en avant et terminée
par un rostre trés long, triangulaire et large a sa base; elle est couverte de
petites tubercules spiniformes. — Le bras des pattes antérieures est armé d’épines.
L’avant bras est rugueux, la main est presque lisse. Les pattes ambulatoires sont
armées sur la cuisse et’sur la jambe de petites épines.

Longueur totale du'corps d'un male. . . . . 0.010
Longueur des pattes antérieures . . . . . . 0.018

Station No. 177. Profond. 118 brasses. Dominique.
= No, 231. a Oh aur St. Vincent.
se’ No. 238. =f: fe na atti Grenadines.
«< "Nos 269. 3 Ta" Oss St. Vincent.
=) No;.299. ee 140 « Barbades.

206. Diptychus intermedius (nov. sp.).

Cette espéce differe du Diptychus rugosus par sa carapace lisse en dessus et
armée de quelques épines latérales, par son rostre plus court. Le bras et l’avant
bras des pattes antérieures sont trés épineux. La cuisse et la jambe des pattes
ambulatoires sont surmontées d’une rangée d’épines qui n’existent pas chez le
Diptychus armatus.

Longueur totale du corps d’un male. . . . . 0,007

Station No. 241. Profond. 163 brasses. Cariacou.

PTYCHOGASTER (nov. gen.).

Ce genre différe des Diptychus par sa carapace plus étroite, ses yeux plus renflés,
ses antennes notablement plus longues et par le développement extraordinaire des

64 BULLETIN OF THE

pattes, enfin les lignes épimériennes latérales se voient en dessus comme chez les
Pleuroncodes, par leur aspect extérieur ces Galatheins rappellent beaucoup les
Leptopodia.

207. Ptychogaster spinifer (nov. sp.).

La carapace est longue, bombée transversalement plane d’avant en arriére,
rétrécie en avant et couverte de petites épines. Une rangée d’épines un peu plus
grandes existe sur la ligne médiane; elle est formée de quatre épines gastriques et
de quatre épines cardiaques. De chaque coté sur la région branchiale, au dessus
des sutures épimériennes se voit une rangée longitudinale d’épines. Le rostre a
la forme d’une aiguille, dépassant un peu les pédoncules oculaires. Les pattes
antérieures ont environ cing fois la longueur de la carapace; elles sont cylin-
driques et partout couvertes de petites épines trés serrées, dirigées en avant
disposées et implantées en séries longitudinales, quelques poils flexibles et rares
s’implantent sur les pattes. Les doigts sont gréles, longs et pourvus de denticu-
lations trés fines et pointues. Les pattes suivantes sont trés grandes, faibles et
épineuses. Celles de la 2° paire sont les plus développées elles s’étendent jusqu’a
articulation de la pince. L’abdomen est large et complétement lisse. Le
plastron sternal porte un sillon médian profond.

Longueur totale du corps dune femelle. . . . 0.054
Longueur dela carapace ... . - » » steam
Toargene i xc aw. we tee el
Longueur des pattes dela l® paire . . . . . 0.137
Longueur des pattes de la 2° paire . . . . . 0.094
Station No. 128. Profond. 180 brasses. Frederickstadt.

eo No: 7. = USS yet Guadeloupe.

er Nas 216: Sei mea aed Coe Ste. Lucie.

« No. 238. = etal Grenadines.

«No. 241. a UGS Cariacou.

« No. 297. ore a eae ma Barbades.

** “No. 299. a 140. ** Barbades.

FAMILLE DES SCYLLARIENS.

208. Scyllarus Gundlachi (Von Marrens, Archiv. fiir Naturges., 1872,
pl. 5, fig. 13.)

Station No. 142. Profond. 27 brasses. Flannegan Passage.

209. Arctus americanus (Sipyey Smirn).
Station No. 167. Profond. 175 brasses. Guadeloupe.

210. Willemeesia forceps (nov. sp.).

Cette espece tres voisine de la W. leptodactyla en différe par sa carapace plus
renflée, plus épaisse et par ses bords latéraux garnis d’épines plus petites, par sa
carapace couverte de rugosités et par ses pattes antérieures moins épineuses.

Station No. 31. Profond. 1920 brasses. Liat. 24° 33’ N., Long. 84° 23’ O.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 65

211. Pentacheles validus (nov. sp.).

Le bouclier céphalo-thoracique est aplati et plus large dans la région branchiale
que dans la région gastrique. Le bord frontal porte sur la ligne médiane deux
petites épines rostrales, une autre épine 4 l’angle orbitaire interne et quelques
spinules sur son bord. Les échancrures oculaires sont triangulaires, tres
étroites et tres profondes, l’angle orbitaire externe est épineux. Les bords
latéraux sont finement crénelés, la ligne médiane de la carapace est saillante
et granuleuse ainsi que la ligne qui circonscrit en arriére la région gastrique
et qui aboutit 4 une échancrure du bord latéral. Quelques tubercules pais
et pointus existent sur la carapace. La surface de celle-ci porte quelques
poils trés courts. Les articles basilaires des antennules sont lamelleux, trés
dilatés en dedans et en contact sur toute la longueur de leur bord interne;
ils se terminent en pointe aigué et portent une petite épine a leur angle
externe. La tigelle externe de l’antennule est trés petite, l’interne est plus
longue que l’antenne externe. Lécaille qui surmonte l’insertion de cette antenne
est pointue et lamelleuse. Lil est armé en avant d’une épine et il se continue
sous l’angle antérieur de la carapace pour se terminer par une extrémité arrondie.
Les cinq premiers articles de V’'abdomen portent en dessus une caréne obtuse
terminée en avant par une pointe mousse; de cette pointe part de chaque coté un
sillon profond dirigé en arritre et en dehors. Les pattes antérieures sont tres
longues. Le bras est pourvu en dessous de quelques épines. Les doigts des
pinces sont trés crochus et inermes. Une petite épine surmonte l’articulation du
pouce.

Le plus grand exemplaire que j’ai vu a été pris 4 1591 brasses a Bequia.
Station No. 29. Profond. 955 brasses. Lat. 24° 36’ N., Long. 84° 5’ O.
pap iee. 182.5 of 7 131. % Dominique.
peo. 196, 410305 Martinique.
papumes20G: « ** . T59L st Bequia.

212. Pentacheles Agassizii (nov. sp.).

La carapace de cette espece est plus poilue et moins rétrécie en avant que celle
de le P. validus, les bords latéraux sont paralléles dans une grande partie de leur
étendue. Le bord frontal porte en avant une seule petite épine. L’échancrure
orbitaire est plus étroite en arriére et plus profonde; son bord externe est trés
arqué et garni de fines spinules. La caréne médiane est trés élevée et une autre
earéne de chaque cdté sur la région branchiale de fagon a dessiner trois lignes
paralléles saillantes et granuleuses sur la partie postérieure de la carapace. Le
bord postéricur de la carapace est trés échancré et armé de quelques spinules
(six ou huit). L’article basilaire des antennules est trés pointu, mais il se dilate
peu en dedans aussi les bords des antennules ne sont ils pas en contact sur la
ligne médiane et il existe une espace vide en avant du rostre. L’abdomen est
trés sculptéet les 2°, 3°, 4° et 5° anneaux portent en dessus une caréne saillante
terminée en avant par une forte épine recourbée. Le mile et la femelle ne différe
pas.

voL. VIII. —wNoO. 1. 5

66 BULLETIN OF THE

Station No. 47. Profond. 321 brasses. Lat. 28° 42’ N., Long. 88° 40° O.

se Nos}: “ SOO @ fe Nevis.

« No: 216. ee LA: iss Ste. Lucie.

«No. 240. «S Wey Sa ae Grenadines.

ccNGyeno: Sa WeOn Gace Grenade.

«No. 246. Ze va EE Grenade.

“~~ No. 274. Zs 200. + FF Barbades.

os Nowe79. LT Swee Barbades.

No. 2812 a bee.“ Barbades.

213. Pentacheles spinosus (nov. sp.).

La carapace est lisse et plus élargie en avant que chez les espéces précédentes,
le front porte sur Ja ligne médiane deux pointes rostrales, ’échancrure orbitaire
est tres large et l’weil est trés gros, les bords de cette échancrure sont inermes.
Les bords latéraux de la carapace sont garnis de fortes épines. La carene
médiane, au lieu d’étre granuleuse, porte des épines disposées isolément ou par
paires, on en compte trois paires sur la région cardiaque et une paire dans la
partie moyenne de la région gastrique, tandis qu’en avant et en arriére de cette
région il n’existe qu’une épine. Les carénes branchiales portent environ cing
épines, un espace vide se voit en avant du rostre 4 la base des antennes internes
dont l’article basilaire est peu élargi et n’est pas en contact dans toute son étendue
avec celui du cdté opposé. Le premier anneau de l’abdomen porte trois épines,
une médiane et deux latérales, les 2°, 3°, 4°, et 5° anneaux sont pourvus d’une
forte épine médiane comme chez le P. Ayassizit.

Les pattes antérieures sont tres gréles.

Station No. 29. Profond. 955 brasses. Lat. 24° 36’ N., Long. 84° 5’ O.

= Ney 3s: ** 1568-1400 “ Lat. 24° 1’ N., Long. 88° 58’ O.
ee Oe ted, 32 os A aa Guadeloupe.
=< No. 163. “ 769-878" Guadeloupe.
oe Sie: de ©) ices (at = Guadeloupe.
i Weipa, 9 A a Dominique.

PALINUSTUS (nov. gen.).

Ce genre se distingue des Palinurus par la disposition de Yanneau ophthal-
mique, complétement & découvert au devant de la carapace, ce qui permet aux
yeux de se redresser, par la longueur des antennes internes dont les tigelles multi-
articulées sont tres petites et par la forme des cornes latérales du front qui res-
semblent a des lames aplaties et horizontales.

214. Palinustus truncatus (nov. sp.).

La carapace est couverte de petites épines et de tubercules. Les épines ne se
voient qu’en avant; elles sont disposées en séries longitudinales. Le front est
bordé en avant de sept spinules dont une médiane et les autres latérales. Les
cornes frontales des Langoustes sont remplacées de chaque cété par une lame

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 67

tronquée en avant, horizontale et trés finement découpée sur son bord antérieur qui
s’avance au dessus de l’insertion des pédoncules oculaires. A la base de chacune de
ces lames existe une dent spiniforme, en arritre de laquelle sont rangées, en série
longitudinale, d’autres épines plus petites. Chacun des anneaux de |’abdomen est
sillonné transversalement, et terminé latéralement par deux pointes, l’antérieure
plus grande que la postérieure. Le sixiéme et le septitme anneaux sont ornés de
quelques tubercules pointus. Chacun des cing premiers anneaux porte en dessous
une paire d’épines ; le sixiéme en présente une série plus nombreuse. Les pattes
ambulatoires sont gréles et un peu épineuses.
Longueur totale du corps dun mile . . . . . 0.07

Station No. 241. Profond. 163 brasses. Cariacou.

(La suite prochainement.)

Regu 4 Cambridge en Septembre.
Publié le 29 Décembre, 1880.

Sues Saat

BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

PLANCHE I.

Acanthocarpus bispinosus (A. M.-EDwarps), de grandeur naturelle.
Pince du cété droit, vue par sa face externe.

La méme pince, vue en dedans.

Abdomen.

Acanthocarpus Alexandri (Stimpson), de grandeur naturelle.

Pince du cété droit, vue par sa face externe.

La méme, vue en dedans.

Abdomen.

PLANCHE II.

Trichopeltarion nobile (A. M.-Epwarps), de grandeur naturelle. Les poils
ont été enlevé sur une moitié de la carapace et sur les pattes du cédté droit.

Région antennaire et buccale.

Pince du cdté droit.

Pince du cété gauche.

Abdomen.

A Milne Edwards'Blake Crustacea

1 ACANTHOCARPUS BISPINOSUS. (AME)

2 ACANTHOCARPUS ALEXANDRI. (ST)

(ANV) WHHON NOLHVITAd OHOTUL

Wd paoe]snay ayer spaempy aly’ y

No. 2.— Reports on the Results of Dredging, under the Supervision
of ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, in the Caribbean Sea in 1878-79, and
along the Atlantic Coast of the United States during the Summer
of 1880, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer “ Blake,’ Com-
MANDER J. R. BARTLETT, U.S. N., Commanding.

(Published by permission of CARLILE P. PATTERSON, Supt. U. S. Coast and
Geodetic Survey.)

cx,

Preliminary Report on the Echini, by ALEXANDER AGASSIZ.

Cidaris tribuloides Bt.

Station 142. 27 fathoms. Flannegan Passage.
SaeeMAyee Dor yes Off St. Kitts.

Dorocidaris Bartletti A. Ac. n. sp.

At St. Vincent in 95 fathoms, at Martinique in 210 fathoms, and at Montserrat
in 88 fathoms, a number of the peculiar spiny transversely banded radioles, similar
to Goniocidaris bispinosa were collected, some of which I mentioned in the Pre-
liminary Report of the Kchini of the “Blake” Expedition for 1877-78, p. 186.

From Barbados a few specimens were collected, showing that these spines
belong to a Dorocidaris which differs from D. papillata and D. Blakei in the
shape of the plates of the abactinal system. These specimens can at once be
distinguished from the above species by the large size of the triangular ocular
plates in contact with the extremities of the large anal plates inserted between
the genital plates.

It may be that some of the specimens formerly referred to D. papillata
(D. abyssicola), with spines having serrated edges, belong to this species.

Station 155. 88 fathoms. Off Montserrat.
“ce 157. 120 “e ce a3
fe Tk 6G: 150 * ** Guadeloupe.
es iis 118 < ** Dominica.
= 802: 210 = ** Martinique.
ce 903. 96 “ec ce “
“ec 909. 189 ce “ tif

VOL. VIII. — NO. 2.

Station 101.
126.
132.
144.
155.
Ly.
159.
164.
166.
167.
198.
206.
208.
PA
PAS}
215.
218.
224.
230.
939.
238.
241.
242,
Oba.
262.
269.
280.
316.
318.

«c

“e

Station 217.
7 231.
* eee.
wees 8
“ 276.
ees

Dorocidaris Blakei A.
Station 134.

* 145.
i 241.
a 291.

BULLETIN OF

398 fathoms.

95 «
were
Os oF
4 «
og? 2

248 fathoms.

ono
gs! ss
200°"

THE
Off St. Lucia.

“© St. Vincent
«© Barbados.

AG.

Off Santa Cruz.

* St. Kitts.
** Grenadines.
*< Barbados.

Dorocidaris papillata A. Ac.

175-250 fathoms.

226
115

88
120
196
150
150
175
136
170
213
357
357
226
164
114
464.

88
127
163
842

92
124
221
229
337

Off Morro Light.

ss «© Santa Cruz.

“ce ee

“ee

Ke On Saba Bank.
Ue Off Montserrat.

ce “ee “ce

cs ** Guadeloupe.
“ ce “

“ec ce c

“ce ce ce

es “Martinique.
“ “ee ce

“ ce ce

“e ce ce

“ee ce “e

es * St. Lucia.

“ ee ce

ce «* St. Vincent.
ce [a3 “e

ce “ce ce

és ** Grenadines.
“e ce ce

«e ce 4

o “Grenada.

St. Vincent.
Barbados.

«Lat. 32° 7! 0” N., Long. 78° 37" 30” W.
F « 31948/50"N., “

77° bY Ge Wa

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. ve

Station 319. 262 fathoms. Lat. 32° 25’ 0” N., Long. 77° 42’ 30” W.
ft 520. 257 % “On oo 16° Ns (oe WW,
«xxii. (Bartlett)* 250 i ea Ae APN. A eae ee

Porocidaris Sharreri A. Ac. n. sp.

This is a larger species than either of the recent ones thus far known. The
only two large individuals collected are males. A small female measuring slightly
over an inch in diameter, shows that, as in P. elegans, the genital openings are
placed within the genital plates. The abactinal system, which is but sparsely
covered by papille, is remarkable for the comparatively larger size of the anal
system than in the other species of the genus, and for the elongate genital and
ocular plates.

The primary radioles are smooth, and uniformly tapering in one of the speci-
mens, which is of a light greenish pink color when alive; the spines are white,
with a delicate brownish pink base. In the other large specimen they vary
greatly in shape, from the peculiar serrated short, flattened spines surrounding the
actinostome characteristic of this genus to long slender cylindrical spines, straight,
or sometimes slightly curved, equalling in length twice the diameter of the test,
and finely fluted for the whole length, or the shorter radioles gradually becoming
thicker towards the tip, with coarser fluting, and we find some spines with
slightly cupuliform tips, as in Goniocidaris. |The largest specimen measures fully
three inches in diameter.

Station 151. 356 fathoms. Off Nevis.
< 152. 122 ce St. Kitts.
c 997. 123 cs ** Barbados.

Salenia varispina A. Ac.

A large number of specimens of this species, in all stages of growth, were
collected by the “ Blake” during the season 1878-79.

Station 108. 994 fathoms. Off Nuevitas.
Pee D1: 1200 +“ Lat. 19° 7’ N., Long. 74° 52! W.
oa oie 580 cs Off Santa Cruz.
135. 450 Gs Ee 7.
on) EG; 508 - a
a 140. 1097 Ke ** Virgin Gorda.
+ 175. 611 > ** Dominica.
4 188. 372 Ke % ff
oe 190. 542 ‘ ss $§
Pe BOs, 476 ss ** Martinique.

* A few stations marked (Bartlett) were occupied by ComMMANDER BARTLETT
during the winter of 1879-80, while surveying in the ‘‘ Blake” the western part of
the Caribbean.

72 BULLETIN OF THE

Station 205. 334 fathoms. Off ae:
4 211. 397 cz iy
a 2 892 é re =
o BRT 573 ** St. Vincent.
=) Gb. 576 ig ** Grenada.
<a 288 - ** Barbados.
- 288. 399 # a a
eo xiv. (Bartlett), 608 = ** Grand Cayman.

*« xviii. (Bartlett), 600 7 Lat. 18° 20’ 30” N., Long. 87° 16’ 40” W.

Salenia Pattersoni A. Ac.

This is the largest recent species of the genus thus far known. A number of
large specimens measuring nearly an inch in diameter, and with primary spines
over three inches in length, were collected at Barbados and Guadeloupe.

Station 101. 175-250 fathoms. ve Morro Light.
ES 129. 314 & Frederickstadt.
“ 139. 218 - ** Santa Cruz.

+ 157: 120 < ** Montserrat.
‘ABR: 148 ri = =

i weeiae- 196 ‘§ ** Guadeloupe.
ys 164 150 “e “ =

=) BOR: 189 * © Martinique.
<e 274. 209 i ** Barbados.
“s 300. 82 = a

rs xx. (Bartlett) 51 «Lat. 21° 26’ 30” N., Long. 86° 28’ 40” W.
es xxii. (Bartlett) 250 4 «© 19° 48° 47" N., = Fa aa
« xxix. (Bartlett) 300 = << 21° 9319" N., “ 62°52 2 ee

Podocidaris sculpta A. Ac.

This species does not seem to be common in the West Indies; only a single
specimen was dredged at.
Station 100. 250-400 fathoms. § Off Morro Light.

Podocidaris scutata A. Ae. n. sp.

This is a much larger species than either of the others of the genus. Test
depressed, remarkable for its large abactinal system. The whole abactinal surface
of test covered by small, distant, fine, slender fixed spines contrasting with the
corresponding coarse granulation of P. scu/pta; fewer large primary tubercles close
to the ambitus on the actinal surface. Actinal membrane entirely covered by
prominent imbricating plates; 5 anal plates, as in P. prionigera, to which it is most
closely allied. Test light grayish brown when alive.

Station 131. 580 fathoms. Off Santa Cruz.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 73

Coelopleurus floridanus A. Ac.

Some of the specimens of this species dredged off the Windward Islands in the
Caribbean are much larger than the small tests from which this species was first
described. Several specimens measured over three quarters of an inch in diameter,
and others one inch in diameter. This species does not attain the size of C. Mail-
lardi. When alive it is most brilliantly colored, the color of the test varying
from a rich light chocolate in the interambulacra, separated by the brilliant
orange or yellow ambulacral areas. The primary radioles vary greatly in color,
from a delicate straw, often nearly white, to a bright carmine, or orange.

Station 132. 115 fathoms. Off Santa Cruz.
fa MED 88 re ** Montserrat.
0 158: 148 a . %
pet) hie 118 Fe “Dominica.
934: 114 a * St. Vincent.
ee)’ O30. 88 « of ‘
ep O5s- 92 ef * Grenada.

“ 962. 92 ce “e ce
e369! 124 Ee “ St. Vincent.
pcatinr (he 76 se “* Barbados.

= ei. 94 e te °

ce ST 106 cs |: -
Ae. 154 ak a a

“ec 290. 73 “ “ec <4

eT 209 56 fe " fe

oP Say. 82 = me ee

ae 997: 123 F *s vad

« . 300. 82 Hg = eS
“xxiv. (Bartlett) 206 4 ** Cape Cruz, Cuba.

Diadema setosum Gray.

A single very young specimen of this species from
Station 132. 115 fathoms. Off Santa Cruz.

Aspidodiadema antillarum A. Ac. n. sp.

Aspidodiadema microtuberculatum A. Ac. Bull. M. C. Z., 1878, V. no. 9 (non Chall.
Echini).

At the time of writing the Report of the Challenger Echini, I referred the more
common of the West Indian species of Aspidodiadema to 4. microtuberculatum.
A more careful examination of the extensive series collected by the ‘‘ Blake” shows
that these West Indian specimens belong to a species closely allied to 4. micro-
tuberculatum, but differing from it in having a single row of minute plates larger

74 BULLETIN OF THE

than in that species immediately surrounding the anal opening, as in J. tonsum,
but much smaller.

The primary, spines are also proportionally longer and more slender, more as in
A. tonsum, but with the proportionally bare intertubercular spaces characteristic of
A. microtuberculatum. When alive this species is of a light violet or grayish
pink, with spines of the same tint.

Station 108. 994 fathoms. Off Nuevitas.

er) SAS 260 Lat. 19° 7’ N., Long. 74° 52’ W.
ag tSD: 451 a Off Frederickstadt.

Sy HQ: .0 OS ** Virgin Gorda.

«168. 734 vf ** Guadeloupe.

163. 769-878 “ se -

ef AGS. 611 ss ** Dominica.

eh 573 re “ St. Vincent.

Aspidodiadema Jacobyi A. Aa. n. sp.

This is the largest species of the genus; it is intermediate between 4. tonsum
and 4. microtuberculatum, having comparatively stout spines, slightly curved as
in the latter species, but having the more numerous coronal plates of the former
species and its larger primary ambulacral tubercles with more closely packed
primaries.

The anal system is protected near the anal opening with six plates (five large,
one small), as in A. ¢ousum ; they cover but a small part of the centre of the anal
system. The color of this species is either a greenish chocolate, with same color
extending along base of shaft of the white spines, or of a lighter dirty yellowish
green. The largest specimen collected measured over an inch in diameter. .

Station 134. 248 fathoms. Off Santa Cruz.
«146. 245 Ss *« 8St. Kitts.
Fy SLAB 208 « e =
a Paks 95 # ** St. Vincent.
<< 280. 221 a ** Barbados.
‘ v. (Bartlett) 288 a *« Santiago de Cuba.
segs! OU 297 a ** Cayman Brac.

Asthenosoma hystrix A. Ac.

This species is globular in outline when alive, but slightly depressed on the
actinal side, varying from a dark claret to a grayish pink color.

Station 132. 115 fathoms. Off Santa Cruz.

Ee a O73: 103 RE «* Barbados.
pe 004: 137 dé re i
[a4 297. 123 “e a4 ce

“ec 299. 140 “e ce “e

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 75

Asthenosoma Reynoldsi A. Ac. n. sp.

This species grows to a large size, measuring, when expanded, fully 9 inches in
diameter. It is the Atlantic representative of 4. coriaceum, to which it is closely
allied. When alive the outline of the test is globular, of an ashy gray color, with
patches of a darker brownish or a dirty claret color, especially on the actinal side
of the test.

Readily distinguished from A. hystrix by the larger, higher coronal plates, the
prominent vertical row of primary tubercles on the outer edge of the interambu-
lacral area on the abactinal side, the less numerous secondaries and miliaries, and
the color of the test. The primary spines, quite closely packed, on the actinal
side are long, slender, slightly curved, and trumpet-shaped; on the abactinal
side they form one principal vertical row extending half-way to the apical system
near the outer edge of the interambulacral areas. The rest of the test is
covered by distant small secondary spines.

Station 150. 373 fathoms. Between St. Kitts and Nevis.
“GP GS sb) 9 Off Montserrat.
FoeeGOe DOL 6 “ Grenada.
co O74: 209 ss «* Barbados.
ce 991. Y00 “e ce ce
“ce 995. 180 cc (79 ce

Phormosoma Sigsbei A. Ac. n. sp.

Closely allied to P. placenta, from which it differs in having a smaller number
of coronal plates, a stouter test, and primary radioles on the actinal surface re-
sembling those of P. dursaria. The color of the test when alive is of a reddish-
orange color near the ambitus, and more pinkish towards the apical system.

Station 129. 314 fathoms. Off Frederickstadt.

fa aU: 451 e ‘ ae

Se ase 450 Hg © Santa Cruz.
ee LAT. 250 sf seoShy Rota?

ce 148: 208 n AY ce
eb Ss: 303 af ‘© Montserrat.
ane GY & 120 wy es e

cae 3199, 138 ss “© Dominica,
BS) 226: 424 “ St. Vincent.
DOF. 573 " * ie:

« 69.46. 154 ch “ Grenada.

se 248. 161 ‘s Be +

eo 258: 159 Ze - ss

= 260. 291 ee - s

te OU, 810 Lat. 41° 33’ 15” N., Long. 65° 51! 25” W.

76 BULLETIN OF THE

Station 307. 980 fathoms. Lat. 41° 29’ 45” N., Long. 65° 47’ 10” W.

« §=6308. 1242 - ee 41° 24" 45 N., © 6635" Se
se BSB. +.» 932 rf «638° 18’ 404N., “ 73° 18 Or ae
« =342. 1002 ss 639° 43’ ON,’ “© 70° iga aoe

Phormosoma Petersii A. Ac. n. sp.

This is a species with an extremely thin test, and one which, when alive, is
greatly swollen, assuming a nearly globular outline. It is of a brilliant light
claret color. . As in P. wranus, there is but little difference between the spines of
the actinal and abactinal surfaces. The coronal plates of this species are more
numerous than in any other species of the genus.

Station 111. 1200 fathoms. Lat. 19° 7’ N., Long. 74° 52’ W.

Peto. Wea Off Martinique.

Se Obt 955 =*« “© Grenada.

$y) NOs 399» “f ** Barbados.

32D. ay: Lat. 33° 35’ 20” N., Lone) 76, We

<> Sac. O82 es «< 38° 18’ 40” N., “eo eee
Seo Spat Y fe «39° 45/40’ N., ‘“ 70° Gb’ W.

Echinometra subangularis Desmt.

Station 147. 250 fathoms. Off St. Kitts.

Strongylocentrotus Drébachiensis A. Ae.
Station 302. 73 fathoms. Lat. 41° 30’ N., Long. 66° W.

Temnechinus maculatus A. Ae.

This species, as well as Echinus gracilis, hitherto only found in the Straits of
Florida and the Caribbean, were, as. I am informed by Professor Verrill, also col-
lected off Newport in deep water by the U. 8. Fish Commission.

Station 155. 88 fathoms. Off Montserrat.
«157. ra “ne
ee BAT: 170.7 = * Grenada.
«948. a ie
«953. gunn es
269. Tea ee « St. Vincent.
fi B7D, * ee ag «© Barbados.
«978, Lhe ©
« 276. 94 “ “ “

“e 990. fhe “e « “

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

~J
~J

Trigonocidaris albida A. Aa.

Station 100. 250-400 fathoms. Off Morro Light.
ss 969. 124 £6 «* St. Vincent.
oe 08. 288 AS «© Barbados.

“e 999. 140 “ec «e “e

Echinus norvegicus Dis. o. Kor.

It seems almost hopeless to attempt to distinguish the species of Echinus known
as FE. elegans, EF. norvegicus, E. melo, and E. Flemingii. While the specimens
from the same localities usually vary but little, those of adjoining or distant locali-
ties vary to such an extent that they generally combine more or less the specific
features by which we have become accustomed to separate the above-named
species.

A large series of 2. norvegicus from 1241 fathoms shows but the slightest possi-
ble variation among the different individuals, yet they all have the anal system
which thus far has been considered characteristic of #. elegans.

The largest specimens I have seen of this species were collected by the “ Por-
cupine,” but they differ in no marked way from the typical E. xorvegicus.

This species was very common in 1241 fathoms.

Station 308. 1242 fathoms. Lat. 41° 24’ 45” N., Long. 65° 35’ 30” W.
see. 1241 “ eS Ge OOO” IN Oe BGS OO

Echinus Wallisi A. Ae. n. sp.

This is a large species allied to 2. Mlemingii and FE. elegans. The test is
somewhat depressed. It is readily distinguished by the close secondary tubercu-
lation surrounding the primary tubercles, by the arrangement of the pairs of pores
in sets of two. The primary spines are long and sharp, like those of F. Flemingii.
The anal system is intermediate in size between that of #. Flemingii and that of
E. elegans. When alive it was of a brilliant dark reddish pink color, the test of a
darker shade than the spines ; these are darkest at the base and pinkish at the tip.
The smallest specimen collected measured about half an inch. A fine large
specimen of this species, measuring three and a half inches in diameter, was
collected. It has also been found off Newport by the U. 8S. Fish Commission.

Station 306. 524 fathoms. Lat. 41° 32/ 50” N., Long. 65° 55’ W.
«309. 304 “ #40? Vt aay” Nags FBS" 28 WwW.
per. -a20. iy id ee* 32° Saab" Ne es ae" a0 LOW.
ee soo... PLOAZ* re OL? 6? Ne ee on ONE:

Also from Station 330, 1047 fathoms, fragments of a large Echinus of a dark
violet color, with close tuberculation and long slender spines, with a low test, which
IT am unable to refer to any of the known species of the genus.

78 BULLETIN OF THE

Toxopneustes variegatus A. Aa.

Nearly all the specimens are remarkable for their small size contrasting with
the large size of the littoral individuals. The largest of the specimens found in deep
water are more globular than the littoral species; have also finer spines and a

closer tuberculation. The young specimens, on the contrary, are remarkable for
the flat test.

Station 139. 218 fathoms. Off Santa Cruz.
pseaee (CS | aad Flannegan Passage.
sos ODA: 4a 28 Off St. Vincent.
fo 1939. Soha ace 5S “a .
Fe Byer Uy AN ** Grenadines.
‘S969: Nace 1s? ** St. Vincent.
Se. OF: 103) ** Barbados.
OVA: 69.7 = e ig
ne, eouge LOG “3 s
fi = RD. PA) fs “ =
BS OQ 200. 6 5 f
904. 137. sf Pe ‘s
> SER 10>. ee ad
«996. Ba aie) aye
«999, Eee. ay an
eee 19: Sag Lat. 32° 25’ 0” N., Long. 77° 42’ 30.
ee xx. (Bartlett) 51 * «© 91° 96’ 30” N.,. “ (66> 2a ae
SK, ee Soo" * © 91° 93/19" N., “ 88° Ga aae

Hipponoé esculenta A. Ae.

Station 130. 451 fathoms. Off Frederickstadt.
AO OL 7 Oe «© Barbados.
“ 276. 94. “e “cc ce

Echinocyamus pusillus. Gray.
Station 100. 250-400 fathoms. Off Morro Light.

Fe ASR: 180 es Frederickstadt,
oe SURT. 250 « St. Kitts.

ee * 186: 98 s *< Dominica.

FS. 206. 170 $ ** Martinique.
ABT 357 ss e a:

s° . 9980. 464 - * St. Vincent.

s6° (1980; 338 “5 “* Grenadines.

of OTA. 209 ES «© Barbados.
By, 154 ds a ye

. ee, 399 4 iby Ct
“299. 140 ss = ne

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 79

Clypeaster subdepressus AGass.

Both the forms of this species were collected, the one the ordinary flat type,
the other the pentagonal type with swollen raised edge figured on Plate XI. of
the Revision of the Echini.

Station 120. 1952 fathoms. Lat. 18° 12’ N., Long. 64° 55’ W.

Bes 139: 115 23 Off Santa Cruz.
« 6134. 248 Es os "

fee 15; 88 ce «© Montserrat.
Ye 118 “ “© Dominica.
186. eal
Saeed. 95 a «© St. Vincent.
fo) 202. 92 * Grenada.

Echinanthus rosaceus Gray.

Station 177. 118 fathoms. Off Dominica.
oem o7iG: 94. a «Barbados.

Echinarachnius parma Gray.

With the exception of Echinocyamus, and the young of Clypeaster subdepressus,
no Clypeaster has as yet been found to extend to the depth at which the “ Blake”
dredged this species off Newport.

Station 302. 73 fathoms. Lat. 41°30’ 0” N., Long. 66° 0’ 0” W.

= BOs. 306 #5 «© 41° 34 30” N., “ = 65° 54’ 30” W.
“345. 71 x Area Nes EES A OW
el. 24 % se ae ee OS. SE 307 We

Echinolampas depressa Gray.

The specimens of this species collected in the West Indies during the winter of
1878-79 show that it attains a considerable size, although none of the specimens
dredged attain the size of Z. oviformis. The largest specimen measured a little
over two inches in length. When alive, the color of the test with its spines is a
dirty greenish-yellow.

Station 253. 92 fathoms. Off Grenada.
Sy | 200: 82 - ** Barbados.

Conoclypus Sigsbei A. Ace.

Among the specimens of this species collected by the “ Blake” were three
small Echini, which for the present I may call the young of the above species, yet

80 BULLETIN OF THE

they resemble to such an extent the genus Pygaster that they may be after all the
young of the species of Pygaster mentioned by Lovén as found in the West
Indies. A very critical revision of the young of Echinolampas and of Conoely-
pus is necessary to define the systematic position of these young sea-urchins.

Station 155. 88 fathoms. Off Montserrat.

Se ais 118 ee “© Dominica.
ce 220: 116 « St. Lucia.
SB UR 76 ee «* Barbados.

Pourtalesia miranda A. Ac.

Fragments of some of the other genera of Pourtalesie but too imperfect for
accurate determination, were also collected, principally from Barbados.

Station 265. 576 fathoms. Off Grenada.

Urechinus naresianus A. Ac.

This is another of the abyssal species having a most extensive geographical
range. Iam unable to distinguish the specimens collected by the “ Blake” from
those collected by the ‘ Challenger” in the Southern Ocean.

Station 222. 422 fathoms. Off St. Lucia.
aU) ) 1948 Be Lat. 41° 24’ 45” N., Long. 65° 35’ 30” W.

Homolampas fragilis A. Ae.
Station 162. 734 fathoms. Off Guadeloupe.

Palzeotropus Thomsoni A. Ac. n. sp.

At Station 781 a single broken specimen of this species was collected, it differs
most strikingly from all the other specimens of Paleotropus collected. It is
closely covered by uniform tubercles on the abactinal side. It has a proportion-
ally greater number of coronal plates, and a high test, with a keeled posterior
interambulacral median line. Apex more posterior than in P. Josephine.

The color of the test is yellowish white when alive. The large P. Josephine
are of a dirty greenish red color, and when young more piukish. This species is
also remarkable for its broad, bare posterior lateral ambulacra on the abactinal
side, and for its prominent keeled, very elongate actinal plastron, and its longi-
tudinally elongate anal fasciole, still very prominent at a time when in P. Josephine
the posterior extremity has become flattened, and the fasciole quite indistinct.

Station 321. 233 fathoms. Lat, 32° 43’ 25” N., Long. 77° 20’ 30” W.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 81

Palzotropus Josephinsz Lovéy.

An excellent series of this species shows that it attains a length of nearly two
inches. The test of the larger specimens becomes quite flattened, regularly arched
from the apex towards the anterior and posterior extremities, having completely
lost the globular outline so characteristic of the young stages as figured by Lovén.
It has a flattened actinal surface, slightly re-entering near the actinostome. It
also loses its distinct subanal fasciole, which is obliterated in the accumulation of
secondary and miliary tubercles at the extremity of the actinal plastron. In ad-
dition it has the double ambulacral pores, forming, as in Paleopneustes, rudimen-
tary petaloid ambulacra, contrasting most markedly to the simple ambulacral pores
characteristic of the young of this genus. This brings the genus very close to
Nacopatagus, which the adult greatly resembles.

Station 241. 163 fathoms. Off Grenadines.

yw 369) 124 . ** St. Vincent.
= OM, 200 ee “© Barbados.
$2949.95. 180 €€ FS “le

<i 299: 140 s és “

“c 300. 82 ce “e “ce

Paleopneustes cristatus A. Ac.

A small specimen measuring about two inches in longitudinal diameter, showed
a narrow but very distinct fasciole, parallel to the ambitus immediately above it,
and an indistinct branch round the anal system. The disappearance of the fasciole
in this species in the older specimens I have already alluded to when describing
Linopneustes Murrayi, a Japanese type closely allied to the West Indian Paleo-

pneustes.
Station 128. 180 fathoms. Off Frederickstadt.
ce 132. 115 od «© Santa Cruz.
Cae a AS 150 “ On Saba Bank.
cS 156: 88 a Off Montserrat.
<A 157. 120 aS 4: is
=. tBS. 148 s s
son) CNB AE 94 as ** Dominica.
< 191. 108-250 “ - -
“© 202. 2 ** Martinique.
ee DS. 96 " rh 2
DOO. 116 s *« St. Lucia.
Te iE iI 95 ¢ ** St. Vincent.
co 2290; 73 “ «© Barbados.
e 999. 56 S : *
“ce 300. 82 ce ce ce
“ad x. (Bartlett) 103 Lat. 18° 13/20’ N., Long. 78° 36’ 40” W.
Bo -Exiv. = 206 3 E. of Cape Cruz, 8. side of Cuba.

VOL. VIII.— NO. 2. 6

82 BULLETIN OF THE

Paleopneustes hystrix A. Ace. n. sp.

This species is more flattened than P. cristatus; the ambulacral pores are more
distant, extending in nearly vertical rows, slightly and uniformly spreading towards
the ambitus. The primary tubercles of the abactinal surface are not numerous;
they carry large, comparatively stout, slightly curved sharp primary radioles,
which, at first sight, give this Spatangoid the appearance of one of the regular
Sea-urchins. The color of the test and of the spines is greenish purple, or a light
Indian red. The spines of the actinal surface are finer, spathiform, and closely
packed, specially closely clustered round the anal system. There is no trace of a
marginal fasciole.

Station 144. 21 fathoms. On Saba Bank.

©, As: 208 ss Off St. Kitts.
fe Py (e 120 es ** Montserrat.
GG: 150 pe * Guadeloupe.

Linopneustes longispinus A. Ae.
Eupatagus longispinus A. Ac. Bull. M. C. Z., V. no. 9.

In the Preliminary Report of the Echini of the “ Blake” Expedition for 1877-
78, I noticed under the name of Lupatagus longispinus fragments of a large
Spatangoid too imperfectly preserved for accurate generic determination. A
number of specimens of this fine species were collected, and I am now able to
say that it belongs to the subgenus Linopneustes (Paleopneustes), and is most
closely allied to Linopneustes Murrayi.

It can at once be distinguished from it by the great flatness of the test, the
nearly closed lateral petaloid ambulacra, about half-way from the apical system, and
the simple rows of pores spreading far apart at the ambitus. The primary tuber-
cles are distant; on the abactinal surface they carry long, stout, curved primary
radioles of a whitish silvery lustre, with yellowish tint. The color of the test is
pinkish or flesh-color. The subanal fasciole is small, transversely elliptical; the
marginal fasciole is of a dark color, extends a very short distance above the ambi-
tus along the whole outline of the test, and crosses the posterior extremity above
the anal system.

The spines of the actinal surface are much finer and shorter than those of the
abactinal side. The ambulacral areas are broad, bare; the actinal plastron is
small. Large specimens measure nearly four inches in length.

Station 127. 38 fathoms. Off Santa Cruz.
CF a .248 ee 45 a
ele be lye 250 sé <e 'St: atts:
WES ELAS 2 208 ee ee se
se 149. 60-150 * = re
adios |e 373 Between St. Kitts and Nevis.
sae SC 298 és Off Montserrat.
* ' O4, 209 ws “* Barbados.

« 300. sg vane

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

Spatangus purpureus Leske.

A large number of dead tests and fragments of this species were found, but
no live specimens.
Station 134.

A few specimens of this small globular species were collected.

“e

145.
146.
147.
150.
238.
254.
274.
280.
291.
300.

248 fathoms.

270
245
250
373
127
164
209
221
200

“ce

Off Santa Cruz.
‘eu, AClbtss

“e “e

ce “e

Between St. Kitts and Nevis.

Off Grenadines
“© Grenada.
“© Barbados.

“ec “ec

Hemiaster Mentzi A. Ac. n. sp.

It differs

strikingly from the other species of the genus by the small, narrow comparatively
elongate space included within the peripetalous fasciole.

Station 136.

Station 116.
206.
246.
260.
307.
308.
329.
331.
338.
339.
340.
341.

“ce

“ec

“e

150 fathoms.

170
154
291
980
1242
603
898
922
1186
1394
1241

206.
230.
265.
267.

508 fathoms.

170
464
576
626

“se

Off Santa Cruz.

** Martinique.
** St. Vincent.

** Grenada.

“ec

Brissopsis lyrifera Aeass.

“ec

Off Martinique.
“© Grenada.

“

“ec

Lat. 17° 55’ N., Long. 76° 41’ 20” W.

Lat. 41° 29’ 45” N., Long. 65° 47’ 10” W.

“e

41° 94! 45” N.,
34° 39’ 40” N.,
35° 44’ 40” N.,
38° 18’ 40’ N.,
38° 16! 45” N.,
39° 25’ 30” N.,
39° 38’ 20’ N.,

Agassizia excentrica A. Ac.

“ec

“ce

“ec

65° 35’ 30” W.
75° 14’ 40” W.
74° 40’ 20” W.
73° 18’ 10” W.
73° 10’ 30” W.
70° 58’ 40” W.
70° 56’ 0” W.

Fragments of this species show that it attains a size of nearly two inches in
length. An excellent series of some of the younger stages is found in the col-
lection of this season,

system smaller.

BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

ambulacra.
actinal surface finer than in S. canaliferus. The spines have the same general
coloring of its Mediterranean representative.

oms. Off Saba Bank.

Station

148.
155.
156.
167.
176.
WE
184.
231.
247.
272.
273.
274.
290.

208 fathoms. Off St. Kitts.
88 ss ‘© Montserrat.
88 ce ce ce

175 of ** Guadeloupe.
391 ee ** Dominica.
118 “e “ “e

94 “e e ce

95 ee ** St. Vincent.
170 os “© Grenada.
76 ee ** Barbados.
103 ce ce “e

209 “e ce “ec

ite ee ce ce

Schizaster orbignyanus A. AG., n. sp.

A fine specimen of this species was collected in 209 fathoms at Barbados.
It is closely allied to Schizaster canaliferus, differing from it by its narrow, less
sunken anterior ambulacrum ; the lateral ambulacra are also narrower, the test
flatter, the posterior extremity more pointed, apical system more posterior, anal

Station

«ec

New England coast.

Station 303.
310.
311.
322.
336.
344.
345.

“ec

CAMBRIDGE, December 31, 1880.

306 fathoms.

260
143
362
197
129

‘gs

143.
235.
247.
253.
258.
259.
260.
262.
268.
274.
291.

150 fath

1507

Peripetalous fasciole narrow, re-entering between the lateral
The fragments of the test show a primary tuberculation of the

** Bequia.
“* Grenada.

ce ee

«© Barbados.
ce

Schizaster fragilis Acass.
This seems to be a not uncommon species near the 100 fathom line off our
Good series in all stages of growth have been collected.

Lat. 41° 34/ 30” N., Long. 65° 54’ 30” W.

39° 59' 16" N., “S 70? te ieee
39° 59’ 30” N, “70? Te Se ee
33°10’ O” N., © Wey eee
38° 21/50” N., “| Jee ee
40° 1 OFDM, - > POR eee
40°10 16’ N., «| PLP ae

No. 3.— New and little-known Reptiles and Fishes in the Museum
Collections. By SAMUEL GARMAN.

Hydrophis Semperi sp. nov.

In a general way resembling H. fasciatus or H. fischeri. Body elongate, slen-
der, compressed. Head very little larger than the neck, crown convex, snout
broad, rounded ; tail about one eighth of the total length, moderately broad.
Eye small, pupil round. Nostrils superior, in the outer posterior corner of the
nasal. Fangs small. Rostral moderate, nearly as high as broad, reaching the
top of the snout, convex in front, in contact with four plates, with three
prominences on its lower margin, formed by a notch on each side of the mid-
dle. Nasals large, elongate, grooved from the nostril to the second labial.
Prefrontals smaller than nasals, broader than long. . Frontal little less than
twice as long as broad, lateral margins nearly parallel, obtuse-angled in front,
acute behind. Supraciliaries short, broad, hexangular. Parietals broad,
pentangular, separated by the frontal for about two fifths of their length.
Labials eight, second more than twice the size of the first and in contact with
nasal, prefrontal, and preocular ; third, fourth, and fifth, in the orbit; seventh
smallest, and separated from the temporal by a large pentagonal plate. No
loreal. Oculars 1—2. Temporals 1+-2-+-3, anterior large. Infralabials
nine, first two large, first in contact with its opposite behind the small mental.
Submentals two pairs, anterior larger. Scales smooth, flat, short, broad, imbri-
cated, in 38 rows at the middle of the body. Ventrals 329, small, generally about
twice as large as the scales on each side of them, frequently dissected so as to
be similar to those on the flanks. Subcaudals 34, Preanals 4, outer larger.

Black, crossed by narrow bands of white (53 on body, 4 on tail) which do not
meet on the abdomen. On the middle of the length the white bands are nearly
half the width of the black spaces separating them, on the vertebral rows.

A fresh-water species. One of a number secured in Lake Taal, Luzon
Island, Philippines, by the distinguished naturalist, Dr. Carl Semper, by whom
it was presented to the Museum.

Rhinocerophis nasus sp. nov.

Body moderate, fusiform, belly broad; head moderate, distinct from the
neck, subtriangular, crown flat ; tail short, thick, tapering, ending in a bony
point or spine, which is slightly curved upward. Eye small, pupil erect.
Fangs moderate. Snout with a prominence on the internasal space. The pos-
terior faces of this knob are covered by two shields (internasals), which meet

VOL. VIII. — NO. 3.

86 BULLETIN OF THE

the rostral at the lateral angles and on the top. Rostral very high, rather more
than twice as high as broad, extending considerably above the general surface
of the head, forming the anterior face of the bony protuberance. Crown coy-
ered with keeled scales, of which there are eight series between the supracilia-
ries. Supraciliaries large, elongate, entire. Anterior portion of nasal twice as
large as posterior, upper angle acute. Pit surrounded by three scales, neither
of which enters the orbit. Anteorbitals two, lower small, upper large and
separated by two plates from those on the sides of the knob on the snout.
Below the eye a large plate rests on the fourth labial; between this and the
supraciliary there are five small orbitals, decreasing in size backward. Labials
eight to nine, narrow, third and fourth largest, posterior four bounded above
by as many large smooth scales. Infralabials twelve, anterior largest, in con-
tact with its opposite behind the mental. A pair of short, broad submentals,
followed by others more seale-like. Scales carinate, in 23 rows, vertebral nar-
row, outer row broad, faintly keeled. Ventrals 151, broad. Subcaudals 38
pairs.

Yellowish brown, punctulate with brown ; yellowish below. Back with a
series of subquadrate light-edged spots of brown (37), more or less often
divided on the vertebral row into two series, which alternate posteriorly.
Flank with two alternating series of smaller, less distinct blotches. Lower
flank and abdomen with flecks and punctulations of brown. Seven spots on
the tail. A band from the nostril, through the eye, to the angle of the mouth.
A blotch on the prefrontal region. <A pair of spots on the parietal region
diverge posteriorly, then approach again on the nape. Posterior labials with
brown margins. Chin clouded with brown. Coloration closely resembling that
of light-colored specimens of Heterodon platyrhinus.

Rhinocerophis agrees in pit, fangs, squamation, bifid subcaudals, and mi-
nor characters, with Cophias Merr. (Bothrops Wagler), in which it might be
placed as a subgenus. It differs in the rostral protuberance, the consequent
upward extension of the rostral shield, and great development of the caudal
spine.

The specimen described was secured by the “ Hassler” Expedition at Puerto
San Antonio, Eastern Patagonia. The jar in which it is kept bore the name
Bothrops nasus, for which I am unable to find authority or description,

Rhinichthys meleagris AGAassiz, 1854, Am. Jour. Sci. 857.

D.2+8;A.2+7; V.8; P.14; L. lon. 71 (70-76); L. trans. 114-1+-10.

Teeth 4.2— 2.4, compressed, uncinate.

Body moderately stout. Head broad behind, narrowing rapidly in front.
Snout blunt. Length of head more than four times, and depth of body five to
five and one half times in the total length, without caudal. Eye small, diam-
eter of orbit less than twice in length of snout or width of interorbital space.
Mouth somewhat oblique, close to the end of the snout. Jaws nearly equal.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 87

Lips with less development than is common in the genus, upper not separated
by afold in front. Barbel short, passed by a vertical from the posterior margin
of the nasal cavity. Anterior margin of orbit and base of caudal equidistant
from the first ray of the dorsal, a vertical from which passes near the middle
base of the ventral. Caudal moderately notched, peduncle stout.

Dotted and blotched with black upon a silvery ground ; belly plain silvery
white to cream color, or to orange in life. Crown of head darker. Lower half
of cheek silvery.

Young with a dark band on each side from the end of the snout, through
the eye, to the base of the caudal. Described from the type specimens. Bur-
lington, Iowa.

Rhinichthys arenatus sp. nov.

D.2+8; A. 2+7; V.1+9; P. 14; L. long. 63-66; L. trans. 9+1+4
7 (7-8).

Teeth 4.1—1.4.

A small species of the R. meleagris type.

Head four and one fourth and depth five and one half times in the total,
without caudal. Eye moderate, diameter of orbit one and one half times in
either length of snout or interorbital space, and about four and one half times
in the length of the head. Mouth slightly oblique. Jaws aboutequal. Max-
illary reaching about half-way from the end of the snout to the eye. Upper
lip not separated by a fold in front. The lips are not very thick, and the
mouth is scarcely to be called inferior, the snout has so little prominence.
Barbel conspicuous, short. First ray of the dorsal behind a vertical from the
base of the ventrals.

Light reddish brown, blotched and clouded by darker. Top of head and an
irregular, darkly defined line, from the end of the snout through the eye along
each flank to the base of the caudal, dark. Belly light ; lower half of flank
and cheek silvery.

Sand Hill River, North Minnesota. Collected by 8. H. Scudder, Esq.

Rhinichthys luteus sp. nov.

D. 2-+- 8 (8-9); A. 2+-7 (7-8); V. 8; P. 14; L. lon. 68 (68-75) ; L. trans.
10+1+ 10.

Teeth 4. 2— 2.4, uncinate.

Head one fourth and depth one sixth of total, without caudal. Eye small,
diameter of orbit twice in length of snout, about five times in length of head,
and one and one half times in the width of the head between the eyes. Muzzle
prominent, obtuse, extending considerably beyond the mouth. Barbel in
advance of the eye. Mouth comparatively short and broad. First ray of
dorsal midway between nostrils and base of caudal; a vertical from this ray
touches the hinder extremity of the base of the ventral. Ventrals reaching

88 BULLETIN OF THE

the vent, not reached by the pectorals. Lateral line complete. Caudal mod-
erately forked. Upper lip not separated by a fold in front. Young slender,
subcylindrical., -

Reddish brown, clouded with brown, scales punctulate with black. Entire
body and fins irregularly dotted with small spots of black. A dark band be-
neath the nostrils. Lower surface yellow to orange or red in life. Young
with a dark band along the flank.

Near Ogden, Utah, J. A. Allen.

Rhinichthys (Eritrema) rhinichthyoides.
Tigoma rhinichthyoides Cope, 1871, Hayden’s Report U. S. Geol. Surv., 473.

D. 2+ 9 (9-10); A. 247 (7-8); V.1+8; P.14; L. lon. 66; L. trans.
12-41-10 (12-13 + 1+ 10-12).

Teeth 4.2—2.4, compressed, clawed.

Length of head one fourth and depth one fifth of total, without caudal. Eye
small, diameter of orbit one and one half times in length of snout, or about
four and a half times in length of head. Muzzle obtuse, slightly projecting ;
maxillary reaching about two thirds of the distance to the orbit. Maxillary
barbel thread-like, frequently lacking in older specimens. First dorsal ray
midway between pupil of the eye and base of caudal, over the middle of the
bases of the ventrals. Dorsal larger than anal, posterior margins of both con-
cave. Ventrals reaching the vent, not reached by the pectorals. Lateral line
complete. Caudal deeply forked. Fold of upper lip distinct in front.

Reddish brown, irregularly blotched with brown, with small black spots on
body and fins. A brownish band from the lower edge of the orbit to the end
of the muzzle. Young with a more or less distinct band, which afterward
breaks up into blotches on the flank. Belly red.

Seventy specimens from near Ogden, Utah.

Zygonectes lineatus sp. nov.

D. 11; A. 14;. V. 6s. P. 163 GL, Ilon.36: a0 trade. 13,

Moderately stout, compressed. Head less than three times in the total
length, without caudal ; depth more than four times in the same distance.
Crown flat. Eye large, diameter of orbit equal length of snout, three and one
half times in the length of the head, or one and three fourths times in the width
at the eyes. Lower jaw a little longer. Outer row of teeth in each jaw long,
slender, curved. First ray of the dorsal one third of the distance from the base
of the caudal to the anterior edge of the orbit, almost directly opposite the first
ray of the anal. Caudal truncate.

Brownish, finely punctulate with brown ; white below. Lips, top of head,
and a line along the middle of the back dark. Tail with faint transverse
bands.

Northeastern Wyoming.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 89

Some of the following species have a special interest on account of their
locality. The majority are from small streams or springs flowing into the
Lago del Muerte or the Lago de Parras, in the southwestern part of the State
of Coahuila, Mexico. These lakes or lagoons are said to be completely isolated.
They are marked so on the latest maps of this portion of the country. The list
is compiled from a collection made for the Museum by Dr. Edward Palmer.

Noturus flavus Rar.
San Antonio, Texas.

Ichthyobus tumidus GrrRaArp.

D.3+26; A.38-+8; V.11; P.16; L. lat. 37; L. trans. 7-4--1-+-5.
San Pedro, on the Nazas River, flowing into the Lago del Muerte from the
west.

Catostomus nebuliferus sp. nov.

D.3-+9; A.2+8; V.1+8 (-9); P.15; L. lat.90; L. trans. 144-1414.

Length of head or height of body one fifth of the total, exclusive of the
caudal. Body stout, little compressed. Head moderate, nearly as broad as
high, length in front of the eye almost twice the diameter of the orbit. Eye
small. Mouth small; lips with a considerable free margin. Anterior spine
of the dorsal midway between the muzzle and the caudal ; a vertical from
the middle of the base of the fin reaches the insertion of the ventrals ; the
latter extend to a vertical from the posterior extremity of the free portion.
Caudal deeply notched. Anterior rays of dorsal and ventral longer.

Reddish brown to brown, clouded and blotched with darker. Darker
along the lateral line. Belly light colored, uniform. Lower half of the pre-
opercle silvery white. The line of demarcation between the dark color of
the upper portion of the head and the light of the face and throat is very
distinct. Allied to C. guzmanensis Girard ; differing in the radial formule
and, somewhat, in coloration. It differs from C. griseus Girard in radial for-
mule, squamation, and colors.

Nazas River.

Hybognathus (Dionda) punctifer sp. nov.

D.2+8; A.2+8; V.8; P.16; L. lat. 40; L. trans. 5-1-3.

Teeth 44, compressed, clawed.

Length of head or height of body equal to one fourth of the total, without
caudal. Body but slightly compressed, outline from forehead to dorsal curving
regularly. Head moderately broad ; snout rounded, little, if any, longer from
the eye than the diameter of the orbit. Eye medium. Mouth small; maxil-

90 BULLETIN OF THE

lary reaching about half-way to the orbit. Snout bluntly rounded above the
mouth. Dorsal somewhat larger than the anal ; a vertical from the posterior
extremity of its base passes in front of the vent. Ventrals short, not reaching
the vent, insertion very little in advance of that of the dorsal. Pectorals rather
small, reaching a little more than half-way to the ventrals. Caudal deeply
notched. The lateral line descends slightly along the middle of the body,

Back brownish ; belly whitish ; cheeks silvery. Scales punctulate with
black. Much lighter colored than Dionda melanops Girard. A spot on the
tail at the end of the lateral line. Distinguished from D. couchii Girard by
the size of the scales and a stouter form. The formule for D. melanops,
according to type sent by the Smithsonian Institution, are D. 2-4-8 ; A.2+8;
V. 8; P.14; L. lat. 42; L. trans. 64+ 1+ 4.

Parras, and spring near Saltillo.

STYPODON, gen. nov.

Body oblong, compressed. Scales large, deciduous. Lateral line complete,
below the middle of the side of the tail. Dorsal and anal fins short ; spinous
rays weak. Mouth small, anterior ; upper jaw protractile ; fold of lower lip
not crossing the symphysis ; lower jaw trenchant, without a horny covering.
No barbels. Gill rakers short. Pharyngeals strong ; teeth 3 — 3, of the My-
locheilus type, more or less cylindrical, with rounded grinding surfaces, pos-
terior more slender and subconical.

Stypodon signifer sp. nov.

D.2+8; A.2+8; V.8; P. 12; L. lon. 35; L. trans. 6-142.

Length of head or height of body three and two thirds times in the total
Hee without caudal. Body compressed, upper and lower outlines similar,
forming a gradual curve from snout to dorsal. . Head moderate, length in front
of the eye a little less than the diameter of the orbit. Mouth oblique, lower
jaw more prominent, upper protractile. Maxillary hardly reaching a vertical
from the anterior margin of the orbit. Eye comparatively large. Pharyngeals
very strong. Teeth 3— 3, stout ; stump-like with smooth convex summits.
The posterior tooth of each series is more slender, and the shape of its top ap-
proaches that of a cone with rounded apex. The anvil or bone against which
they strike is large and heavy, subelliptical in shape, and in length equals the
diameter of the orbit. Scales moderately large, easily detached, breadly
rounded on the posterior margin. The depth of the caudal notch is less than
half of the free portion of the fin. Ventrals not quite reached by the pec-
torals, reaching the anal, inserted a little in front of the first dorsal ray. pes
eral line complete, below the middle of the caudal peduncle.

Upper half of head and body brown; below the lateral line and eye silvery ;
fins light colored. A broad band of dark brown from the eye to the caudal

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 91

notch, bordered above by a narrow silvery line. Scales punctulate with
brown.
Parras, Dr. Palmer.

Cyprinella rubripinna sp. nov.

D.2+8; A.2+11; V. 8 (7-8); P.13; L. lat. 38; L. trans. 7-4+1-+3.

Height two and two thirds and length of head four and one half times in
length of body, exclusive of caudal. Body much compressed. Head small.
Snout shorter than diameter of eye. Maxillary not reaching a vertical from
the edge of the orbit. Outline quite convex from dorsal to back of head.
Caudal notch equal to about half the length of the free portion of the fin. A
vertical from the anterior extremity of the base of the dorsal falls near the mid-
dle of the space between the bases of ventrals and anal. Ventrals reaching
the anal. Pectorals not reaching the ventrals. Total length of largest 24,
height 3 inches. The shape of a scale on the flanks is a nearly perfect loz-
enge, the width of one being equal to the length of three.

Back dark to light reddish brown, commonly brown. Dorsal fin dark
brown. Sides flesh to rose color. Cheeks silvery. Pectorals, ventrals, and
anal salmon color. A narrow band of brownish from the nape to the bases of
the pectorals. First ray of the pectorals dark brown. Top of head lighter.
Caudal fin reddish. Belly and sides more or less silvery. Young with sides
and belly silver and back somewhat flesh-colored.

Near Parras, Dr. Palmer.

Gila conspersa sp. nov.

D.3+8 (9); A.3-+8 (9); V.1-++7(8); P. 16; L. lat. 68 to 70; L. trans.
1-1 -L9.

Teeth 4.1— 1.4, clawed.

Length of head or height of body three and three fourths times in the total
length, without caudal. Body rather thick, considerably arched in front of
the dorsal, moderate posteriorly. Outline of the top of the head concave.
Maxillary reaching a vertical from the anterior edge of the orbit. Distance
from eye to end of snout more than diameter of orbit. The distance to the eye
from the first ray of the dorsal is equal to that from the same point to the cau-
dal fin. Caudal notch rather less than half the length of the free portion. Base
of dorsal above the free portion of the ventrals. Pectorals extending about
three fourths of the distance to the latter, which extend to the vent. Scales
rounded posteriorly. Proportions and shape similar to those of C. gibbosa.

Back and top of head brown; belly lighter ; cheeks silvery. Scales of
back and flanks sprinkled with small spots of brown. An indistinctly out-
lined band of dark above the lateral line on the posterior half of the body.

Nazas River.

92 BULLETIN OF THE

Gila gibbosa Barrp & GrrarpD.

D.3+-8; A. 3-+8; V.1+8; P.14; L. lat. 90; L. trans. 18-+-1+ 12,
Formule taken from a type specimen sent by the Smithsonian Institution.

Cheonda nigrescens Grp. ; JorDAN.
Tigoma nigrescens GIRARD.

D.3+9; A.3+9; V.9; P.17; L. lat.74; L. trans. 16-+1-+ 10.
Teeth 5.2—2.5.

Head one fourth of the total length, excluding the caudal fin.

Parras.

Cheonda modesta sp. nov.

D.2+8; A.3+8; V.1+8,; P.15; L. lat. 65; L. trans. 14+149,

Teeth 5.1—1.5.

Length of head more than height of body, three and one half times in the
total length, without the caudal. Body moderately stout, compressed, outline
curving regularly from the head to the dorsal. Outline of the head prominent
upon the ethmoid, from whence it is nearly straight to the back of the head,
or to the lip. <A vertical from the anterior extremity of the dorsal passes be-
hind the base of the ventral. Dorsal convex on the posterior border. Anal
truncate. Distinguished from the preceding by the greater length and shape
of the head, shorter body, and a difference in the position of the dorsal.

Brownish, lighter below ; cheeks silvery. The flanks have not the lustrous
appearance of those of C. nigrescens.

Saltillo.

Astyanax argentatus Barirp & GIRARD.

D. 11; A.2+21; V.8; P.13; L. lat. 37; L. trans.64+1-+-6.
Tributaries of the Lago del Muerte and springs near Monclova.

Cyprinodon latifasciatus sp. nov.

D.12; A.11; V.6; P. 14; L. lat. 29-31 ; L. trans. 11.

Height of body three and length of head four times in the total length.
Outline and teeth as in C. gibbosus Girard ; black band on end of caudal much
wider. A light band from the middle of the opercle to the lower half of the
caudal ; a dark band above this is separated by a narrower band of light from
the dark olive of the back. Silvery color of the belly separated from the light
band on the flanks by a short band of brown. Fins clouded with brown.
Caudal with a narrow black band across its base, and a broad one across its ex-
tremity. Light bands silvery in young.

From a spring near Parras, Dr. Palmer.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 93

Alburnellus megalops Girarp.

Sutherland Springs, Texas.

Gambusia patruelis Bairp & Grrarp.

Fem. D.8; A.8; V.6; P. 14; L. lat. 31; L. trans. 8.

San Antonio, Texas.

Mas. D.9; A.3-+-6; V.6; P. 14; L, lat. 31; L. trans. 8.
Monclova, Mexico.

Heros pavonaceus sp. nov.

D. 164-12; A.5+8;V.1+5; P.14; L. lat. 32; L. trans. 4+1+4 12.

Head as high as long, profile nearly straight in front of the eyes. Height of
body equal to length of head, two and two thirds times in total length, exclu-
sive of the caudal fin. Outline curved on the nape. Orbit large, wider than
the preorbital. Mouth small, narrow, horizontal ; jaws equal in front, maxil-
lary not reaching back to a vertical from the anterior edge of the orbit. The
fold on the lower lip but slightly interrupted in the middle. Outer row of
teeth largest, brown-tipped. Cheek-scales in five series. Opercles scaly. A
few scales on the bases of dorsal and anal. Dorsal reaching its greatest height
at the fifth spine, fifth to the sixteenth nearly equal. Dorsal and anal extend-
ing beyond the root of the caudal. Caudal fin rounded posteriorly. Ventrals
extending to the anus in some, to the base of the anal in most. Pectorals ex-
tending to a vertical from the vent. In older specimens the outline from the
mouth to the middle of the dorsal approaches a regular very open curve.
Largest specimen, apparently adult, 3}, and smallest 1,3; inches.

Dark olivaceous brown, slightly flecked with light. Lighter below. With
five (4-6) more or less ocellated and vertically expanded spots of black upon the
flank of the posterior half of the body below the dorsal fin. An ocellate spot
of black on the base of the tail above the lateral line. In large and small the
spots are distinct ; in both there are ten or eleven faintly indicated transverse
bands on the sides, the posterior traversing the spots. Allied to H. angulifer.

From a spring near Monclova, Dr. Palmer.

CAMBRIDGE, Mass., January 31, 1881.

No. 4.— List of Dredging Stations occupied during the Year 1880
by the U.S. Coast Survey Steamer “ Blake,’ COMMANDER J. R.
Bart ett, U.S. N., Commanding.

(Published by permission of CARLILE P. Parrerson, Supt. U. S. Coast and

Geodetic Survey.)

Tue following stations (I. to XXX.) were occupied by Commander
Bartlett from February to May, 1880. They are all comprised in the
Western Caribbean, between Cuba, Jamaica, and Honduras.

Temperature.
Stat. Fms. Surface. Bottom.
I. 145 642°
IV. 766 40
IV.*772 391
V. 288 55}
VI. 250 80° 56}
VII. 610 41
VIII. 322 52
IX. 254
X. 103
XI. 555 41
XIII. 272 56}
XIV. 608 41
XV. 903 41
XVIL 41 79

. VIII.—No. 4.

Locality.
9 miles E. + N. of Mathewtown,
Quangue Isl.
Lat. 20°11’ N., Long. 73°33 W.

Lat. 20° 24’ 15” N., Long. 73°
56’ 50” W.

3.3 miles 8. E. by E. } E. from
Santiago de Cuba Light.

Lat. 17° 51’ 50” N., Long. 76°
45’ W.

Lat. 17° 28’ 30” N., Long. 77°
30’ W.

Lat. 17° 45’ N., Long. 77° 58’
40” W.

Lat. 18° 12° N., Long. 78°
20’ W.

Lat. 18° 13’ 20’ N., Long. 78°

36’ 40” W.

17° 30’ N., Long. 79°

14’ W.

1 mile W. of Georgetown,
Grand Cayman Isl.

Grand Cayman Island.

Lat. 18° 51’ N., Long. 83°
row, .

Lat. 18° 22’ 20” N., Long. 87°
21’ 30” W.

Lat.

Nature of Bottom.

Hard coral sand, black
pebble, sponge, pie-
ces of wood & shell.

Coral sand, stone,
shells.

Sand, mud, black spks.

Mud.

Coral sand.

Mud.

Coral.

Coral sand and ooze.
Coral.

Coral sand.

Coral sand and ooze,

Pterop. shells.
Coral.

96 BULLETIN OF THE

Temperature.
Stat. Fms. Bottom. Locality. Nature of Bottom.
XVIII. 600 404° Lat. 18° 20’ 30” N., Long. 87° Coral sand and ooze.
16’ 40” W. ;
XX. 961 394 Lat. 16° 42’ N., Long. 83° Coral sand, gray ooze.
(Apr. 28, 1880.) LW.
100 Off entrance to Port Royal, Jam.
RAE 38 Lat. 19° 48’ N., Long. 77° Coral.
LOW:
XXII. 250 Lat. 19° 48’ 47” N., Long. Mud.
77° 23' W.
XXIV. 206 5 miles east of Cape Cruz, Coral sand.
south side Cuba.
XXVI. 297 1 mile N. of W.endof Cayman, Coral sand.
Brac Isl.
XXIX. 300 55 Lat. 21° 23’ 19’ N., Long. 82° Coral sand.
54! 42” W.
XXX. 51 69 Lat. 21° 26’ 30” N., Long. 86°
28° 40” W.

The following stations were occupied by the “Blake” during the
dredging cruise of the summer of 1880.

Stations 301 to 308 are on the lines run off the northeastern extrem-
ity of George’s Bank.

Station 309 is intermediate between the northeastern extremity of
George’s Bank and the next line run off Newport, which includes Sta-
tions 310 to 312.

Stations 313 to 318 are in a line normal to the coast in about latitude
32° N.

Stations 319 to 323 are in a line parallel to the coast in the so-called
axis of the Gulf Stream.

Stations 324 to 329, south off Cape Hatteras.

Stations 330 to 333, north off Cape Hatteras.

Stations 334 to 339, east off Cape May.

Stations 340 to 347, normal to coast southeast off Montauk Point.

Temperature.
Stat. Fms. Surface. Bottom. Locality. Nature of Bottom.
301 71 55° 424° Lat. 41° 26’ 55” N., Long. 66° Fine yellow sand,
3’ W. black sp.
302 73 53 424 Lat. 41° 30’ N., Long. 66° W. Fine yellow sand,
black sp.

303 306 61 40} Lat. 41° 34 30” N., Long. Gray sand, mud, black
65° 54 30” W. sp., gravel.

Temperature.
Stat. Fms. Surface. Bottom.

304 139 62°

305

306

307

308

309

310

311

312

313

314

315

316

317

318

319
320

321

322

323

810
524
980
1242
304
260
143

466

75
142
225
229
333
337

262
257

233
362

457

324 1386

325
326

647
464

56}
59
68
65
66
69}
704

82
81
80}
824
85
844

84
g44

84}
844

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 97

44°
39

39}
38

45}

534
46}

39
394

Locality.

Nature of Bottom.

Lat. 41°25’ N., Long. 65° 57/30” W.

Lat. 41° 33’ 15” N., Long. 65°
51! 25" W.

Lat. 41° 32’ 50” N., Long. 65°
5a! W.

Lat. 41° 29° 45” N., Long. 65°
47’ 10” W.

Lat. 41° 24’ 45” N., Long. 65°
35’ 30” W.

Lat. 40° 11’ 40” N., Long.
68° 22’ W.

Lat. 39° 59’ 16” N., Long. 70°
18’ 30” W.

Lat. 39° 59’ 30” N., Long.
70° 12’ W.

Lat. 39° 50’ 45” N., Long.
COCR Wy:

Lat. 32° 31’ 50” N., Long.
78° 45' W.

Lat. 32° 24 N., Long. 78°
44° W.

Lat. 32° 18’ 20” N., Long. 78°
43’ W.

Lat. 32° 7’ N., Long. 78°
37’ 30” W.

Lat. 31° 57’ N., Long. 78° 18’
35” W.

Lat. 31° 48’ 50” N., Long. 77°
51’ 50” W.

Fine dark gray mud,
stones.

Fine dark gray mud.
Dark gray mud.

Fine dark gray mud.
Dark gray sand, mud.
Fine dark green mud.

Yellowish gray sand,
black sp.

Dark gray mud and
green sand, very
sticky clay, lumpy.

Fine gray sand, black
sp.

Fine yellowish gray
sand, black sp.

Pebbles.

Hard bottom.

Coral, br. sh.

Lat. 32° 25’ N., Long. 77° 42’ 30” W.

Lat. 32° 33’ 15” N., Long. 77°
30’ 10” W.

Lat. 32° 43’ 25” N., Long. 77°
20’ 30” W.

Lat. 33° 10’ N., Long. 76°
32’ 15” W.

Lat. 33° 19’ N., Long. 76° 12’
30” W.

Lat. 33° 27’ 20” N., Long. 75°
53’ 30” W.

Lat. 33° 35’ 20” N., Long. 76°

Lat. 33° 42’ 15” N., Long. 76°
0’ 50” W.

Gray sand, black sp.,
sh.

Glob. sand.

Fine greenish gl. ooze.

Glob. ooze.

Glob. ooze.
Glob. ooze.

346

347

BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

178

1632

603

1047

898

263

Temperature.
. Fms. Surface. Bottom.

83°
843
844

754

724

494°
37
393
38}

56}

394

39}

Locality.

Lat. 34° 0’ 30” N., Long. 76°
10’ 30” W.

Lat. 34° 28’ 25” N., Long.
75° 29° 50” W.

Lat. 34° 39’ 40” N., Long. 75°
14 40” W.

Lat. 31° 41’ N., Long. 74°
35/ W.

Lat. 35° 44’ 40” N., Long. 74°
40/ 20” W.

Lat. 35° 45’ 30” N., Long.
74° 48° W.

Lat. 35° 45/ 25” N., Long. 74°
50’ 30 W.

Lat. 38° 20’ 30” N., Long. 73°
26’ 40” W.

Lat. 38° 22’ 25” N., Long. 73°
33/ 40” W.

Lat. 38° 21’ 50” N., Long.
73° 32’ W.

Lat. 38° 20’ 8” N., Long. 73°
23” 20” W.

Lat. 38° 18’ 40” N., Long. 73°
18’ 10” W.

Lat. 38° 16’ 45” N., Long. 73°
10°30" W.

Lat. 39° 25’ 30” N., Long. 70°
58’ 40” W.

Lat. 39° 38’ 20” N., Long. 70°
56’ W.

Lat. 39° 43’ N., Long. 70°
55’ 25’ W.

Lat. 39° 45’ 40” N., Long.
70° 55’ W.

Tint, “40° 2° NS thong,- 702
58’ W.

Lat. 40° 10’ 15” N., Long. 71°
4’ 30” W.

Lat. 40° 25’ 35” N., Long.
71° 10’ 30” W.

Lat. 40° 59’ N., Long. 71°
22’ 30 W.

Nature of Bottom.
Glob. ooze.

Glob. ooze.

Glob. ooze and clay.

Glob. ooze.

Clay.

Dark gray ooze, clay.

Gray sand, black sp.,
br. sh.

Blue mud.

Glob. ooze, clay.

Dark grayish blue mud,
clay.

Dark blue mud, clay.

Gray mud, glob. ooze.

Clay, brown mud.

Dark gray mud, clay.

Fine sand, mud.

Green mud, brk. sh.
sand,

Pebbles.

Pebbles, sand.

ALEXANDER AGASSIZ.

CAMBRIDGE, February, 1881.

No. 5.— Reports on the Results of Dredging, under the Supervision
of ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, on the East Coast of the United States,
during the Summer of 1880, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer
“ Blake,’ COMMANDER J. R. BARTLETT, U. 8. N., Commanding.

(Published by permission of CARLILE P. PATTERSON, Supt. U.S. Coast and
Geodetic Survey. )

Report on the Cephalopods, and on some additional Species dredged by
the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer “ Fish Hawk,” during the Season
of 1880. By A. E. VERRILL.

Ommastrephes illecebrosus VERRILL.

Loligo illecebrosa Lesurur, Journ. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., II. p. 95, Pl. X. figs. 18-
21, 1821 (figures incorrect).
GouLp, Invert. Mass., 1st ed., p. 318, 1841 (habits).
Loligo piscatorum La Pytarg, Ann. des Sci. Nat., IV. p. 319, 1825, Pl. XVI.
(habits as observed at St. Pierre).
Ommastrephes sagittatus (pars) D'Orsic., Céphal. Acétab., p. 345, Pl. VII. figs.
1-3 (after Lesueur).
BINNEY, in Gould's Invert. Mass., 2d ed., p. 510, 1870 (excl. syn.), Pl. XXVI.
figs. 341-344 (341 is imperfect], not Pl. XXV. fig. 339.
Tryon (pars), Man. Conch., I, p. 177, Pl. LXXVIII. fig. 342 (very poor, after
Lesueur), Pl. LXXIX. fig. 343, 1879 (not Pl. LX XVIII. figs. 341, 345).
Ommastrephes illecebvrosa VERRILL, Amer. Jour. Sci., III. p- 281, 1872 (synon-
ymy) ; Report Invert. Vineyard Sound, ete., 1873, pp. 441 (habits), 634 (deser.);
Amer. Jour. Sci., XIX. p. 289, April, 1880; Trans. Conn. Acad., V. p. 268,
Pl. XXVIII. figs. 1-7, Pl. XXIX. figs. 5, 5a, Pl. XXXVII. fips -Sycee
XXXVIII. fig. 2, Pl. XXXIX. figs. 2, 3a, 3d.
Illex illecebrosus STEENSTRUP, Oversigt K. D. Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl., p. 90, 1880.
(author’s sep. copy, p. 20).

Three adult females were taken at Station 332, N. Lat. 35° 45’ 30”, W.
Long. 74° 48’, in 263 fathoms. This extends the southward distribution of
this species far beyond its previously known range. It is not certain that
these specimens were living at the bottom, for they may have been caught in
the trawl ‘on its way to the surface. But specimens were taken from the

VOL. VIII. —No. 5.

100 BULLETIN OF THE

stomachs of fishes (Lophius) caught off Newport, R. I., in 65 and 372 fathoms,
this season, by the United States Fish Commission, indicating that it fre-
quents the bottom at such depths.

This species ranges northward, on the American coast, to Cumberland Gulf.
It is most abundant from Cape Cod to Newfoundland. Large specimens have
been taken at Wood’s Holl, on the southern coast of Massachusetts, in winter.

MASTIGOTEUTHIS gen. nov.

Body elongated, tapering to a point, confluent with the caudal fin posteriorly.
Caudal fin very large and broad, rhomboidal, occupying about half the length
of the body. Mantle fastened to the base of the siphon by an ovate, ear-shaped
elevated cartilage, on each side, fitting into corresponding deep, circumscribed
pits on the base of the siphon. Siphon with a bilabiate aperture, an internal
valve, and a pair of dorsal bridles. Eyes large, with round pupils ; lids free,
thin, apparently with a very small anterior sinus. Arms very unequal, the
ventral ones much the longest. Suckers small, in two regular rows. Tentacu-
lar arms long and round, tapering to the tips, shaped like a whip-lash, without
any distinct club; the distal portion is covered nearly all around with exceed-
ingly numerous and minute suckers, which leave only a very narrow, naked
line along the outside. Pen narrow and bicostate anteriorly, very slender in
the middle; posteriorly much larger, with a long tubular cone.

This remarkable genus differs so widely from all others hitherto described
that it will form the type of a new family (Mastigotewthide), distinguished by
the character of the tentacular arms and suckers, the pen, the connective carti-
lages, and simple eyelids.

Mastigoteuthis Agassizii sp. nov.
Plate I. Fig. 1. Plate Il. Figs. 2-3:.

Body elongated, round anteriorly ; posteriorly tapering rapidly to the slender,
acute, terminal portion, which is confluent with the caudal fin to the tip.
Front dorsal edge of mantle emarginate in the middle. Caudal fin very large
and broad, transversely rhomboidal, obtuse posteriorly ; its length, from origin
to tip, about equal to half the combined length of the head and body. Eyes
large, with thin lids; pupils circular; iris brown, in alcohol. Sessile arms
very unequal ; ventral arms much larger and longer than the others, about
equal to the combined length of head and body ; dorsal arms very small,
scarcely one third the length of the ventral pair; two lateral pairs nearly
equal, decidedly longer and stouter than the dorsal pair. A delicate, thin,
marginal membrane extends along the arms, outside the rows of suckers, to the
slender tips. Suckers small, in two regular rows, on all the arms, subglobular,
with small oblique apertures, surrounded by small horny rings, having a nearly
entire margin. Basal web, between the arms, very small.

_—

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 101

In the smaller specimen, which is a male, the right ventral arm is longer
than the leit, and the tip appears to have been flattened, and the marginal
membranes seem to have been wider, with the edges infolded so as to form a
sort of furrow on the outer side ; but the suckers are mostly gone, and the tip
is too much injured in both specimens to be accurately described.

Tentacular arms long, more than twice the combined length of the head and
body, slender, round, gradually tapering to the tip, like a whip-lash ; the distal
half of their length covered with very numerous, crowded, minute, pedicelled
suckers, which cover nearly the entire surface along the terminal portion,
leaving only a narrow naked line along the back, but farther from the tip
this naked space becomes gradually wider and the band of suckers narrower,
and after these crowded bands of suckers cease, scattered suckers, placed mostly
two by two, extend for some distance along the proximal part of the arms.
The suckers of the tentacular arms are so small that their form cannot be seen
with the naked eye ; they are deep cup-shaped, with a small circular aperture,
supported by a horny ring, which is often armed with two or three sharp
teeth, on one side.

The pen is pale yellow, thin and slender anteriorly, with two sublateral
cost, and with narrow, delicate margins, outside the coste ; in the middle it
becomes still thinner and narrower, with the margin inrolled ; beyond the
middle, the margins become much wider, and then unite together ventrally,
forming a long, hollow, conical portion, extending to the acute posterior tip ;
this portion is not so broad as deep, and has a slight dorsal keel and a ventral
groove ; the cavity is filled with a soft, gelatinous substance.

Color of body and arms, so far as it is preserved in alcohol, deep brownish
orange ; on the upper side of the back and caudal fin the color is better pre-
served, and shows small ocellated circular spots of orange-brown, with an
inner circle of whitish, and a central spot of purplish brown. Similar spots
also exist on the head and arms, and also on the lower side of the body, where
the color is best preserved.

A considerable amount of a bright orange oily fluid, insoluble in alcohol,
exuded from the viscera. Examined by means of the spectroscope, this fluid
absorbed part of the green, all of the blue, and most of the violet rays. The
stomach contained fragments of small Crustacea.

MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS.

Male, Male.
Total length, to end of sessilearms. . . . . 137. 232.
Head and body combined. . . . .... 59. 122.
EAD OL ANS Ah a ae ne ee et ees 99.
Length of caudal fin, from origin . . . . . 80. 60.
readtiver eandal fir) 30 ce A MRS 75.
reaeitly G6 idee 3" 34 Ge eel ve Cub RO he 23.
iuenigthy of dorsal: ariia. 6°14.) eis adh Gel 45.
Length: of 2d pair: ofarms.. ..6)s.).5 si! sie He, SB. 60.

Length of 3d pair ofarms. . . . . «© « » .84. 60.

102 BULLETIN OF THE

Length of ventralarms . .. . - « « -« 80. 112,
Length of tentaculararms. . . .... . 312.
Breadth of dorsal arms, at base . 3. 4,
Breadth of ventral arms 6. rhe
Breadth of tentacular arms 2. a
Diameter of eye . ene ho ay ee 7.5 9.
Bength of Men. | cree. cep oe see cede ee 198.
Breadth of pen anteriorly. . . ...-. . 2.25
Breadth of pen posteriorly. . . - ... . 2.50
Depth of pen posteriorly . . .-. « «. » >» 4.50
SPECIMENS EXAMINED.
A Specimens,
No. Stat. Locality. Fath. When coll’d. No. Sex.

24 325, N. Lat. 38° 35’ 20”, W. Long. 76° . . 647 1880 i od
25 328, N. Lat. 34° 28’ 25”, W. Long. 75° 22’ 50” 1632 1880 Lb xc

Chiroteuthis Bonplandi D’Ors. (?)

Loligopsis Bonplandi VERANY, Acad. Turin, Ser. IT. Vol. I. Pl. V. (specimen with-
out tentacular arms, t. D’Orb.).

Chiroteuthis Bonplandi D’Orpicny, Céphal. Acétab., p. 226 (description compiled
from Verany).

Plate III. Figs. 1-1».

A detached tentacular arm, belonging to a species of Chiroteuthis, was taken
at station 303, Lat 41° 34’ 30”, Long. 65° 54’ 30”, in 306 fathoms.

This arm is very long and slender ; the length being 780 mm. (or over 30
inches) ; its diameter being from 1.5 to 2 mm., except near the base, where it
is 3 mm., and at the terminal club, which is 6 mm. broad and 54 mm. long.
The arm is white, with purplish specks, and is generally roundish, except at
the club ; along the greater part of its length there is a row of rather distant
sessile suckers, the distance between them being usually from 12 to 18 mm. ;
these suckers are larger than those of the club, and have a nearly flat upper
surface and no horny marginal rim. A row of small, simple, scattered pits,
perhaps homologues of these suckers, extends up the back side of the club.
These smooth suckers evidently serve to unite the tentacular arms together, -
when used in concert. The club is stouter than the rest of the arm, convex
on both sides, and but little flattened; on each side it is bordered by a well-
developed marginal membrane, supported by a series of transverse thickened,
but flat, tapering muscular processes, with their ends projecting at the edge
of the membrane, as digitations; on the distal half of the club these are sepa-
rated by spaces greater than their breadth, but on the proximal portion they
become forked and crowded close together, showing only narrow intervals or
merely a groove between them. At the tip of the arm there is a thick, ovate,
dark purple, spoon-shaped, hollow organ, about 4 mm. long, with its opening on
the back side of the arm. This so strongly resembles the spoon-shaped organ of

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 103

the hectocotylized arm of some Octopods as to suggest the possibility of a
similar use, for sexual purposes. The suckers are crowded in 4 indistinct
rows. Their pedicels are long and slender, having beyond the middle a large
dark purple, fluted, swollen portion, beyond which the pedicel is more slender ;
the cup of the suckers is small and lateral, with a very oblique, horny rim,
which is not denticulated.

Heteroteuthis tenera VERRILL.

Amer. Jour. Sci., XX. p. 392, November, 1880 ; Proc. Nat. Mus., III. p. 360, 1880 ;
Trans. Conn. Acad., V., Pl. XLVI. figs. 2-2d, 3-36, 1881.

Plate III. Figs. 5,5». Plate VII. Figs. 2-24, 3-3»,

A small and delicate species, very soft, translucent, and delicately colored
when living.

Body short, cylindrical, scarcely twice as long as broad, posteriorly usually
round, but in strongly contracted, preserved specimens, often narrowed and
even obtusely pointed ; front edge of mantle with a dorsal angle extending
somewhat forward over the neck. Fins very large, thin, longer than broad,
the outer edge broadly rounded, the anterior edge extending forward quite as
far as the edge of the mantle, and considerably beyond the insertion of the fin,
which is itself well forward. The length of the fin is about two thirds that
of the body; the base or insertion of the fin equals about one half the body-
length ; the breadth of the fin is greater than one half the breadth of the body.
Head large, rounded, with large and prominent eyes ; lower eyelid slightly
thickened. Arms rather small, unequal, the dorsal ones considerably shorter
and smaller than the others. In the male the left dorsal arm is greatly modi-
fied, and very different from its mate. Lateral and ventral arms subequal.
In both sexes, and even in the young, the suckers along the middle of the four
lateral and two ventral arms are distinctly larger than the rest, but in the
larger males this disparity becomes very remarkable, the middle suckers becom-
ing greatly enlarged and swollen, so that eight to ten of the largest are often six
or eight times as broad as the proximal and distal ones ; they are deep, laterally
attached, with a raised band around the middle, and a very small round aper-
ture, furnished with a smooth rim. In the female the corresponding suckers
are about twice as broad as the rest, on the lateral arms. The suckers are in
two regular rows, on the lateral and ventral arms in both sexes. In the male,
the left dorsal arm becomes thickened, and larger from front to back, and
is usually curled backward ; its suckers become smaller and much more numer-
ous than on the right arm, being arranged in four crowded rows, except near
the base, where there are but two; the sucker-stalks also become stout and
cylindrical, or tapered, their diameter equalling that of the suckers. The right
arm remains normal, with two alternating rows of suckers, regularly decreasing
to the tip, as in both the dorsal arms of the female. Tentacular arms long,
slender, extensible ; club distinctly enlarged, usually curled in preserved exam-

104 BULLETIN OF THE

ples. The suckers on the club are numerous, unequal, arranged in about eight
close rows ; those forming the two or three rows next the upper margin are
much larger than the rest, being three or four times as broad, and have a row
of small scale-like denticles around the rims.

Color, in life, pale and translucent, with scattered rosy chromatophores. In
the alcoholic specimens, the general color of body, head, and arms is reddish,
thickly spotted with rather large chromatophores, which also exist on the inner
surface of the arms between the suckers, and to some extent on the tentacular
arms and bases of the fins ; outer part of fins translucent white ; anterior edge
of mantle with a white border.

Length of body 25 to 40 mm.

Pen small and very thin, soft, and delicate. It is angularly pointed or pen-
shaped anteriorly, the shaft narrowing backward ; a thin lanceolate expansion,
or margin, extends along nearly the posterior half.

Upper jaw with a sharp strongly incurved beak, without a notch at its base.
Lower jaw with the tip of the beak strongly incurved, and with a broad but
prominent rounded lobe on the middle of its cutting edges.

Odontophore with simple, acute-triangular median teeth ; inner laterals
simple, nearly of the same size and shape as the median, except at base ; outer
laterals much longer, strongly curved forward.

Twenty-six specimens of this species were obtained, from six stations, ran-
ging in depth from 71 to 233 fathoms. It was taken, later in the season, in
great abundance, by the U.S. Fish Commission, off Newport, R. I., in 65 to
192 fathoms, and off the mouth of Chesapeake Bay, in November, by Lieut.
Z. L. Tanner, on the “ Fish Hawk,” in 18 to 57 fathoms.

It is easily distinguished from the species of Rossia by the large size of the
suckers along the middle of the lateral arms ; by the inequality of the suckers
on the tentacular clubs ; and by the peculiar hectocotylized condition of the
left dorsal arm of the male.

SPECIMENS EXAMINED. When Specimens.

No. Stat. Locality. Fath. rec'd, No, and Sex,
17,18 313, off Charleston, S. C. 75 «1880 Joe
19 314, N. Lat. 32° 24’, W. Long. 78° 44’ 142 1880 2619
20 316, N. Lat. 32° 7’, W. Long. 78° 37’ 30” 229 1880 1? jun.

21 321, N. Lat. 32° 43’ 25”, W. Long. 77° 20’ 30% 233 1880 52
yy 327, N. Lat. 34° 0’ 30”, W. Long. 76° 10’ 30” 178 1880 1089

bo
w bv

345, N. Lat. 40° 1015”, W. Long. 70° 4’ 30” 71 1880 19 jun.

Rossia sublevis VeERRILL.

Rossia sublevis Verritu, Amer. Jour. Sci.. XVI. p. 209, 1878; XIX. p. 291, Pl.
XV. fig. 3, 1880; Trans. Conn. Acad., V., Pl. XXX. fig. 2, Pl. XXXI. fig. 3.

Plate III. Fig. 2-4. Plate VII. Fig. 4.

Specimens of the female of this species are in the collection, showing that
its range extends farther southward than has hitherto been known. It was

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 105

also trawled in some numbers, and of both sexes, by the U. S. Fish Commission,
this season, off Newport, R. I., in 155 to 365 fathoms ; and in November by
Lieut. Z. L. Tanner, on the “ Fish Hawk,” off the mouth of Chesapeake Bay, in
157 fathoms.

It had previously been taken, by the dredging parties of the U. S. Fish Com-
mission, in the trawl-net, at various localities, in 1877, 1878, and 1879, in 50
to 140 fathoms, off Massachusetts Bay, in Massachusetts Bay, off Cape Cod,
off Cape Sable, N. S., and off Halifax. It has been brought in by the fisher-
men of Gloucester, Mass., from the banks off Nova Scotia and Newfoundland.

One of the specimens (No. 16) is a young female differing somewhat from
the others in having the arms shorter, with the suckers more crowded, so that
they apparently form more than two rows. Possibly this should be referred to
R. Hyatti Verr. Its back is smooth. All three specimens differ somewhat from
those taken farther north, in shallower water, in having larger eyes and shorter
and stouter arms.

The males in this genus differ from the females in the relatively greater size
of the suckers on the middle of the lateral and ventral arms, those toward the
tips becoming abruptly smaller, while in the female they decrease more gradu-
ally (see Plate III. figs. 3, 4).

This species very closely resembles the Rossia glaucopis Lovén, of Northern
Europe, as figured by G. O. Sars. The latter is, however, more papillose, and
has smaller eyes and head, if correctly figured.

SPECIMENS EXAMINED.
No. Stat. Locality. Fath. When rec’d. Specimens.
14 310, N. Lat. 39° 59’ 16”, W. Long. 70° 18’ 30” 260 1880 1¢ ad.
15 320, N. Lat. 32° 33’ 15”, W. Long. 77° 30’ 10” 257 1880 19 ad.
16 321, N. Lat. 32° 43’ 25”, W. Long. 77° 20’ 30” 233 1880 ?1¢ jun.

Eledone verrucosa sp. nov.
Plates V. and VI.

A stout species covered above with prominent, rough, wart-like tubercles,
and with a circle of the same around the eyes; four or five of those above the
eyes are larger and more prominent. Body thick, broad ovate, swollen be-
neath, moderately convex above, obtusely rounded posteriorly.

Male. Head as broad as the body, whole upper surface of body and head to
base of arms covered with prominent and persistent, unequal warts, which are
roughened by sharp conical papille, eight or ten on the larger warts, but only
two or three on the smaller ones ; the warts diminish in size anteriorly, and on
the sides, before they disappear ; around the eyes they form irregular circles ;
just above each of the eyes there are two much larger ones, bearing more than
twenty conical papille ; there is one before and one behind these of somewhat
smaller size. Eyes large, the lower lid purple and thickened, overlapping the
upper one, which is thin and whitish.

106 BULLETIN OF THE

Arms considerably longer than the head and body, not very stout, com-
pressed, bearing a single crowded row of large whitish suckers, which are
mostly separated , by spaces less than half their diameter, margins of suckers
soft and much thickened. The three lower pairs of arms are very nearly equal
in length and size; the dorsal ones are a little shorter and smaller. A thin
web unites all the arms for about one fourth of their length, and runs up along
their sides for about half their length. The male has the third right arm
(Plate V. fig. 1) hectocotylized at the tip ; the modified tip is preceded by 45
suckers, and is bordered ventrally by a broad membrane, having a white groove
along its inner surface ; the terminal organ (Fig. 1+) consists of a small, ovate-
triangular, fleshy disk, with its inner surface slightly concave and finely wrin-
kled transversely, and terminating proximally in a small point.

Color dark purplish brown, darker purple beneath. Chromatophores small
and densely crowded.

The female is considerably larger than the male, and has the warts over the
back and around the eyes relatively smaller, but of the same character. The
arms appear to be larger than those of the male, but this is probably due to
the fact that the male has become more contracted by the stronger alcohol in
which it was placed.

This female specimen illustrates well the uselessness of the attempts to
divide the species of Octopus and allied genera into groups or sections according
to the relative lengths of the arms, as J. E. Gray and others have done, for in
this and many other cases the proportions of the arms of the right side would
throw it into one section ; those of the left side into another. The male would
have to be put into a third section.

MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS.

No. 12. No. 13.
Male. Female.
Right side. Leftside.
Totalilength’.. <> seus a: pe eee cntey 202. 360.
End of body tocentreofeye .... . 58. 100.
Breadth afibod yore re, eet erect. mere 55. 65.
Breadth across eyes . . alae 49,
Length of dorsal arms, from ane ° 1 255. 260.
Length of 2d pairof arms ..... . 155. 260. 235.
Length of 3d pairof arms . .... . 225. 240.
Length of hectocotylized arm .... . 130.
Length of modified tip .....: . 4.5
Length of ventralarms . ..... . 145. 210. 225.
Greatest breadth of lateralarms . . . . 12. 18. 18.
Diameter of largest suckers. . . . . . 3. 5. 5.

SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

Specimens
No. Stat. Locality. Fath. When ree’d. No, Sex.

12 305, N. Lat. 41° 33’ 15”, W. Long. 65° 51’ 25’ 810 1880 Lh
13 312, N. Lat. 39° 50’ 45”, W. Long. 70° 11’ 466 1880 1

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 107

Octopus Bairdii Verritt.

Octopus Bairdii VERRILL, Amer. Jour. Sci., V. p. 5, Jan. 1873; XIX. p. 294, 1880.

American Naturalist, VII. p. 394, figs. 76, 77, 1873.
Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1876, p. 348, Pl. I., figs. 1, 2, 1874.

G. O. Sars, Mollusca Regionis Arctice Norvegie, p. 339, Pl. 33, figs. 1-10 (%),
Pl. XVII. figs. 8* to 84 (dentition and jaws), 1878.

Tryon, Man. Conch., I. p, 116, Pl. XXXII. figs. 37, 38 (description and figures
from the papers by A. E. V.).

VERRILL, Trans. Conn. Acad., V., Pl. XXXIII. figs. 1, la; Pl. XXXIV. figs. 5,
6; Pl. XXXVI. fig. 10; Pl. XXXVIII. fig. 8; Pl. LI. figs. 1, la.

Plate Il. Figs. 4,45. Plate IV. Figs. 1, 14.

Several specimens of this species, agreeing with the ordinary northern form,
are in the collection. They are mostly of small size.

This species proves to have a very extensive range, both geographically and
in depth. It is one of the most common and characteristic inhabitants of the
bottom, in 100 to 500 fathoms, along our entire coast, from South Carolina
to Newfoundland. It was taken in the trawl, by the U. S. Fish Commission,
in 1872, 1873, 1874, 1877, 1878, 1879, and 1880, in depths ranging from 50 to
500 fathoms, at numerous localities, from off Halifax, N.S. and the Bay of
Fundy to the region 90 to 100 miles south of Newport, R. I., where it is com-
mon and of large size.

In November it was taken by Lieut. Z. L. Tanner, on the “ Fish Hawk,” off
the mouth of Chesapeake Bay, in 157 to 300 fathoms.

The Gloucester fishermen have brought in many specimens from the banks,
off Nova Scotia and Newfoundland.

Professor G.O. Sars has taken it, off the Norwegian coast, in 60 to 300
fathoms.

One of the specimens obtained by Mr. Agassiz is remarkable for the length
and slenderness of the cirrus above the eyes (Plate IV. fig. 1). This is an im-
mature male, and does not appear to differ in any other way from ordinary
specimens of similar size. The appendage of the hectocotylized arm is small,
and not fully developed (as is always the case in young males), and has an
ovate-triangular form, slightly concave surface, and only a few transverse
lamellee.

SPECIMENS EXAMINED.
Specimens.
No. Stat. Locality. Fath. When rec’d. No.andSex.

ut 303, N. Lat. 41° 34’ 30”, W. Long. 65° 54’ 30% 306 1880 1¢é (fig’d.)
2 332, N. Lat. 35° 45’ 30”, W. Long. 74° 48” 263 1880 4412 jun.
3,6 327, N. Lat. 34° 0’ 30”, W. Long. 76°10’ 30” 178 1880 1¢1¢

4 310, N. Lat. 39° 59’ 16”, W. Long. 70° 1830” 260 1880 Il¢

5 336, N. Lat. 38° 21’ 50”, W. Long. 73° 32” 197 1880 1¢é jun.

8 321, N. Lat. 32° 43’ 25”, W. Long. 77° 20’ 30% 233 1880 1¢ 19 jun.
9 306, N. Lat. 41° 32’ 50”, W. Lat. 65° 55” 524 1880 1c jun.

108 BULLETIN OF THE

Octopus lentus VeERRILL.
Amer. Jour. Sci., XIX. pp. 138, 294, 1880 ; Trans. Conn. Acad., V., Pl. XXXV.
Plate IV. Fig. 2.

Male. Body depressed, rounded posteriorly, with only a trace of a lateral
and posterior fold ; surface soft and nearly smooth, but showing a small num-
ber of minute white papillz sparsely scattered over the dorsal surface. Cirrus
above the eye small and simple, usually contracted into a small wart-like pa-
pilla. Head broad and flattened ; eyes large. Arms rather long and slender,
with slender tapering tips, their bases united by a rather wide web. Suckers
small, very prominent, forming two regular rows quite to the base.

The first two pairs of arms are nearly equal and somewhat longer than the
two lower pairs, which differ but little between themselves. The hectocoty-
lized arm (third of right side) bears thirty-five suckers, in two rows, and a
remarkably large, terminal spoon-shaped organ, which occupies more than a
third of the total length of the arm ; its sides are bent up and the edges in-
rolled, so as to form a deep cavity ; its outer end is broadly rounded laterally,
and terminates in a central, narrow, acute lobe ; internally there are nine large,
high, oblique lamelle, with deep fossee between them ; the proximal end has
a large, acute, triangular lobe, with involute margins ; from this lobe a broad
groove extends along the lower edge of the arm to the margin of the web ;
where it terminates there is a distinct thickening of the bounding membrane.

Two males of this species are in the collection. They agree well in the pecu-
liar characters and large size of the appendage of the hectocotylized arm. The
females only were previously known. Although these males have a mere trace
of the loose membranous fold of skin, along the sides and around the posterior
end, so conspicuous in the original female specimen of this species, they agree
so well in other characters that I unite them without much hesitation. It is
probable that the presence or absence of the membranous fold, in this and other
species, may be due merely to differences in the state of contraction when they
die, or even to differences in the strength of the alcohol.

MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS.

Right Side. Left Side.
Total length 4 95.

Posterior end to centre of eye be bee) te 34.

Eye totop of dorsalarms .... . . 64.

Breadtnsor bod vit lek ts) n 8) re) etiare ee 28.

Breadth ofhead ... . vs ae 22.

Length of dorsal arms, from sath ore WA 65. 61.
4 second pair cs OPEN er 61.
Ss third. ss : 52.
3 hectocotylized arm, from auth : 58.
nid TOUPT AIT Tae! nnds Menace kod wit 53.
ob spoon-shaped appendage . . . 23.

BrYreanth-Of The Same’. 5 |» San we te e0 ee 16.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 109

SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

Specimens.

No. Stat. Locality. Fath. Whencoll’d. No. and Sex.
7 826, N. Lat. 33° 42’ 15”, W. Long. 76° 0’ 50” 464 1880 1é 19

10 3829, N. Lat. 34°39’ 40", W. Long. 75° 14! 40” 603 1880 1¢ (fig’d.)

Octopus (?) sp.
Plate IV. Fig. 3.

Two detached and somewhat mutilated arms, with portions of a third arm
and of the basal web of a large Octopod, were taken at Station 336, N. Lat.
38° 21’ 50”, W. Long. 73° 32’, in 197 fathoms.

The largest of these arms is 420 mm. long and 36 mm. broad. The suckers
are large, prominent, subglobular, with a contracted aperture, and having
a thin membrane around the outer margin. They form two alternating, rather
distant rows, except near the base, where several that are somewhat smaller
than those farther out stand nearly in one row with wide spaces between them.
Diameter of largest suckers, 9 to 11 mm.; distance between their centres, 20 to
35mm. Color, dark purple.

Additional Species dredged in the same Region by the U. S. Fish Commis-
ston Steamer “ Fish Hawk.”

In order to complete the list of Cephalopods from the region explored last
season along the United States coast, descriptions and figures are here given of
four remarkable additional species, obtained by the U.S. Fish Commission
party, on the “ Fish Hawk,” Lieut. Z. L. Tanner, Commander. Some of these
were also obtained by Lieut. Tanner on an independent trip, made, November
16th, to the region off the mouth of Chesapeake Bay.

CHELOTEUTHIS Venrritt.
Trans. Conn. Acad., V. p. 292, Pl. XLIX., Jan. 1881.

Related to Enoploteuthis, Abralia, and Lestoteuthis, but with the armature
of the tentacular arms more complicated than in either of these genera.

Sessile arms with sharp incurved claws arranged in four rows on the ventral
arms, and in two rows on the other arms (absent on the distal portions).

Tentacular arms long, with broad clubs, strongly keeled on the outer side,
distally, and with series of small connective suckers and tubercles extending
for some distance along the inner surface of the arms. Tentacular club pro-
vided with a marginal series of larger connective suckers, alternating with
rounded tubercles, along one margin ; with a central row of unequal hooks,

110 BULLETIN OF THE

some of them very large ; with subcentral groups of small, slender-pedicelled
suckers (or hooks) ; with marginal series of small suckers ; and with several
rows of minute suckers covering the prolonged distal face of the club. Con-
nective cartilages, on the base of the siphon, long-ovate ; corresponding cartilages
of the mantle simple longitudinal ridges. Radula with only five rows of teeth;
median tooth tridentate; inner laterals absent ; outer ones simple, acute.

Cheloteuthis rapax VERRILL.

Plate III. Figs. 1-16.

Head large, with very large eyes; pupils round. The body is rather short
and thick, tapering rapidly backward. The arms are long, and taper to
slender tips ; the dorsal ones are smaller and shorter than the others; the
lateral and ventral pairs are nearly equal in length, and about as long as the
mantle; the ventral arms are somewhat more slender than the lateral ones.
All the arms appear to have borne slender-pedicelled, horny claws or hooks,
with strongly incurved points, but only the fleshy parts of these are left, in most
cases, and all are gone from the tips of the arms. On the ventral arms these
hooks were smaller, and in four rows ; the fleshy portion of these consists of a
small rounded head, with lateral expansions on each side, and running up, on
the outer side, into an incurved hood, or sheath for the horny claw. On the
other arms the hooks were in two rows only, but they were much larger, though
of similar form ; in a few cases, on the lateral arms, the horny claws are left.
These are strongly compressed, and deeply imbedded in the muscular sheath,
so that only the sharp, strongly incurved point projects (Plate IIT. figs. 1¢, 14).

The tentacular arms (Fig. 1) are long and strong, their length being more
than twice that of the sessile arms. The club is rather stout, long, decidedly
expanded, and has an elevated, crest-like keel on the distal half of its outer
surface ; this keel rises abruptly, at its origin, and is colored on the outer side,
but white on the face next to the inner surface of the club. The club is
broadest near its base, the distal third is narrow and the tip rounded, The
armature is remarkable ; in the middle line there is a row of six medium-
sized hooks (a’), followed by two much larger ones situated near the middle ;
these have lost their horny claws (Fig. 1, a, a’) ; series of minute, slender-pedi-
celled suckers run along the club, either side of the median line, and beyond
the large hooks these rows unite and entirely cover the face of the distal third
of the club, there forming about eight rows (Fig. 1, d) ; at the tip there is a cir-
cular group of minute suckers (d’); toward the base of the club, the lower
edge is abruptly expanded and bears a row of five peculiar suckers (Fig. 1, e),
having very thick basal processes, which are appressed and directed toward the
central line of the club, bearing the suckers on their inner ends, attached by
short pedicels ; beyond these there is a triangular marginal group of slender-
pedicelled suckers (Fig. 1,c) of about the same size ; other rows of minute pedi-
celled suckers (or hooks) occupied the subcentral area, between the marginal
ones and the central line, which is indicated by a strong white cord ; the op-

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. EEL

posite margin of the club appears to have borne several rows of small suckers,
but this part is badly injured.

A series of minute papilla, apparently the remnants of suckers and rounded,
alternating, connective tubercles (Fig. 1, ¢’), extends downward for more than
half the length of the tentacular arm. The surface adjacent to them is, at
first, crossed by transverse grooves or furrows ; but farther down the arm this
modified surface is broader, and there may have been two or more series of
suckers, which have been destroyed.

MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS.
Dementor pody. .. . »« « « . 48 Breadth of tentaculararms . . 5
6

Length of dorsalarms ... . 58 Breadth of lateral arms, at base.
Length of 2d pairofarms . . . 86 Breadth of dorsalarms . . . . 5
Length of 3d pair ‘* eer TR ROT, Diameter ofeyeball . . . . 4 19
Length of ventralarms . . . . 85 Length of connective cartilages on
Length of tentaculararms . . . 225 SOP sls Ody ot oe ke oth ee
Peuauonclub wf . 4i ..e. S 28 Breadthof thesame . . . . . 4

resdinrob club i f+. 0% a

A specimen of this remarkable squid, in bad condition, was taken from the
stomach of a fish trawled at Station 893, in 372 fathoms, about 100 miles
south of Newport, R.I. It was accompanied by a specimen of Ommastrephes
illecebrosus, in a similar condition. It has lost its pen, its epidermis, and most
of the horny hooks and sucker-rings ; the head is detached from the body, and
the caudal fin is nearly destroyed; the eyelids are gone, but the eyeballs re-
main. The description must, therefore, remain incomplete till other specimens
can be obtained.

CALLITEUTHIS Verritt.

Amer. Jour. Sci., XX. p. 393, for Nov. 1880 (published Oct. 25); Proc. Nat. Mus.,
III. p. 362, 1880.

Body short, tapering to a small free tip ; fins small, united behind the tip of
thebody. Siphon united to the head by a pair of dorsal bands; not sunken in
a furrow ; an internal valve. Mantle united to the sides of the siphon by sim-
ple, linear, longitudinal, lateral ridges, and corresponding connective cartilages
on the sides of the siphon, which are long-ovate, with a raised margin all
around. A dorsal elongated connective cartilage on the neck, opposite the pen.
A pair of subdorsal muscular commissures within the mantle cavity. Arms
long, not webbed; suckers in two rows, largest on the middle of the lateral
and dorsal arms; horny rings of suckers smooth on most of the suckers, simply
dentate on the distal ones. Eyes large, with rounded openings and thin, free
lids. Buccal membrane simple, sac-like, with seven connective bridles. In-
ternal anatomy of the female similar to that of Ommastrephes. Oviducts and
nidamental glands symmetrically developed on the two sides. Pen broad,
lanceolate, as in Loligo.

112 BULLETIN OF THE

Calliteuthis reversa VERRILL.

Amer. Jour. Sci., XX. p. 393, Nov. 1880; Proc. Nat. Mus., III. p. 362, 1880;
Trans. Conn. Acad., V., p. 295, Pl. XLVI. figs. 1-1», Jan. 1881.

Plate VII. Figs. 1-1».

Female. Body rather short, tapering backward, subacute posteriorly ; front
edge of mantle advancing somewhat in the middle, and forming an obtuse angle ;
considerably emarginate beneath. Caudal fin small, short, thin, each half nearly
semicircular, attached subdorsally, posterior end emarginate and free from the
tip of the body, but not extending much beyond it. Head large, flattened
above. Eyes very large, with simple, thin, free, circular lids, without any
sinus, Openings of the ears, behind the eyes, minute, with a small, erect, cla-
vate, fleshy process from the skin. Arms long, tapering, equal to the length of
head and body combined ; the lateral pairs are equal; the dorsal and ventral
nearly equal, somewhat shorter than laterals ; suckers deeper than broad, well
rounded, laterally attached by slender pedicels ; horny rings, with smooth cir-
cular, thin edges, except on the small suckers, toward the tips of the arms, in
which the outer edge is divided into a number of small narrow, blunt teeth.
On the ventral arms the suckers are much smaller ; basal web rudimentary ;
a narrow, thin, simple membrane along each side, outside the suckers. Ten-
tacular arms rather slender, compressed, smooth at base, the ends absent.

Color reddish brown. The ventral surface of the body, head, and arms is
more ornamented than the dorsal surface, being covered with large, rounded
verruce, their centre or anterior half pale ; the border, or posterior half, dark
purplish brown; upper surface of body with much fewer and smaller scat-
tered verruce; a circle of the same around the eyes ; inner surfaces of sessile
arms and buccal membranes chocolate-brown, tentacular arms lighter; suckers
pale yellow, with a light brown band. Caudal fin white, translucent. Iris, in
the preserved specimens, brown. Gills with the free edge brown, and a brown
line on the outer edges of all the laminz. Total length to end of lateral arms,
133 mm. ; to base of arms, 67 mm.; mantle, 51 mm. ; length of fin, 17 mm. ;
breadth of fins, 24mm. ; of body, 20mm.; diameter of eyeball, 16 mm. ; length
of dorsal arms, 58mm. ; of second pair, 67 mm. ; of third pair, 68 mm. ; of ven-
tral pair, 60mm. ; breadth of dorsal arms at base, 5 mm. ; of lateral, 6mm. ;
diameter of largest suckers, 1.2 mm.

Dredged by the steamer “Fish Hawk,” of the U.S. Fish Commission, at
Station 894, about 100 miles south of Newport, R. 1, N. Lat. 39° 53’, W. Long.
70° 58! 30”, in 365 fathoms. One specimen only. .

ALLOPOSUS Venrritv.
Amer. Jour. Sci., XX. p. 393, Nov. 1880; Proc, Nat. Mus., III. p. 862, Dec. 1880.

Allied to Philonexis and Tremoctopus. Body thick and soft, smooth ; arms
(in the male only seven) united by a web extending nearly to the ends, the

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 113

length of the arms decreasing from the dorsal to the ventral ones ; suckers ses-
sile, simple, in two rows; mantle united firmly to the head by a ventral and
two lateral muscular commissures, the former placed in the median line, at the
base of the siphon ; free end of the siphon short, well forward.

In the male the right arm of the third pair is hectocotylized, and developed
in a sac in front of the right eye (Pl. VIII. figs. 1, 1,@); as found in the sac, it
is curled up, and has two rows of suckers ; the groove along its edge is fringed ;
near the end the groove connects with a rounded, obliquely placed, broad,
flat or slightly concave lateral lobe, with transverse wrinkles or plications on
the inner surface ; the terminal portion of the arm is a long-fusiform smooth
process.

The permanent attachment of the mantle to the siphon, by means of com-
missures, is a very distinctive character.

Alloposus mollis VERRILL.

Amer. Jour. Sci., XX. p. 894, Nov. 1880; Proc. Nat. Mus., III. p. 363, 1880 ; Trans.
Conn. Acad., V., Pl. L. figs. 1, la, 2, 2a; Pl. LI. fig. 4.

Plate IV. Fig.4. Plate VIII. Figs. 1, 15, 2, 2s.

Body stout, ovate, very soft and flabby. Head large, as broad as the body;
eyes large, their openings small. Arms rather stout, not very long, webbed
nearly to the ends, the dorsal much longer than the ventral arms ; suckers
large, simple, in two alternating rows. Color deep purplish brown, with a
more or less distinctly spotted appearance. Total length of a medium-sized
specimen, 160mm. ; of body, to base of arms, 90mm. ; of mantle beneath,
50 mm. ; of dorsal arms, 70mm.; breadth of body, 70mm. Other specimens
are about one third larger. The sexes scarcely differ in size.

One mature, detached, hectocotylized arm (PI. IV. fig. 4) was taken, No-
vember 16. This has two rows of large six- or seven-lohed suckers, a very
long fringe composed of thin flat lacerate processes along each side; the
terminal process is fusiform, acute, and loosely covered with a thin, trans-
lucent membrane, beneath which the inner surface, bearing chromatophores,
can be seen. Length of this arm, 200 mm.; its breadth, 20 mm. ; length of
terminal process, 30mm. ; its diameter, 7 mm. ; diameter of largest suckers,
6 mm. ; length of fringe, 15 mm.

Taken by the “Fish Hawk,” at Stations 880, 892, 893, 895, about 100]
to 115 miles south of Newport, R. I., in 225 to 487 fathoms. Also off the
mouth of Chesapeake Bay, at station 898, Nov. 16, in 300 fathoms.

Argonauta argo Linné

Shells of this species, some of them entire, were taken by the “ Fish Hawk”
at several of the stations 70 to 115 miles south of Martha’s Vineyard and New-
port, R. 1., in 64 to 365 fathoms. At least eight specimens were dredged.

VOL. VIII. — NO. 5. 8

114

ibs
. 2. Mastigoteuthis Agassizii Verr. Front view of the beak, buccal membranes

aigiee

. 8.
. Be.
ig. 34,
. 38,
. 88,

ihe
Ag. oP

g. 1.

BULLETIN OF THE

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE I.

g. 1. Mastigoteuthis Agassizii (sp. nov.). Dorsal view, slightly enlarged.

PLATE II.

1. Cheloteuthis rapaxz Verr. Club of tentacular arm, front view, enlarged two

diameters. The horny hooks are lost from the large claws, a, a’, a”;
b, small hooks (or suckers) ; c, suckers; d, d’, small suckers of distal portion ;
e e’, connective suckers and tubercles.

. The same. One of the suckers corresponding to c of Fig. 1, front view, much

enlarged.

. The same. A small sucker, corresponding to d of Fig. 1.

1°. The same. Front and side views of one of the claws, with its enclosed
horny hook or ‘‘nail,” from the middle of a lateral arm, enlarged eight
diameters.

. The same. Connective cartilage from base of mantle, front view, enlarged

two diameters.
The same. Beak and pharynx, side view, enlarged two diameters.

(4, d), and bases of the arms, enlarged two diameters.

The same. Side view of head, siphon, and anterior part of mantle, showing
the cartilage (c), on the inner surface of the mantle, which interlocks with c!
on the base of the siphon ; e, the ear; p, the aquiferous pore ; s, siphon ;
ta, base of tentacular arms; 1, 2, 3, 4, bases of corresponding pairs of
arms.

The same. Pen, ventral view, enlarged two diameters,

The same. Side view.

The same. Portion from near the end of one of the tentacular arms, en-
larged sixteen diameters.

The same. Suckers from the tentacular arm much enlarged : a, side view ;
@ and a”, front views.

The same. One of the suckers from the middle ofa lateral arm, front view,
much enlarged.

Octopus Bairdii Verr. Portion of odontophore, much enlarged.

The same. Jaws; s, superior ; 7, inferior mandibles, enlarged two diameters.

PLATE III.

. Chiroteuthis Bonplandi? One of the tentacular arms, outer side, natural

size.
The same. Front view of club, enlarged two diameters.

Fig.
. 2. Rossia sublevis, var. Verr. ¢ Dorsal view, natural size.
. 2%. The same. One of the suckers of the tentacular club, side view, much en-

Fig.

rey be be

=
eS;

Fig.
Fig.

da oa da

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 115

1°, The same. One of the suckers, enlarged.

larged.

. 2. The same. Edge of the same sucker more enlarged.

3. The same. Arm of third pair, from another female example, enlarged two
diameters.

. 4. The same. Corresponding arm of the male.
. 5. Heteroteuthis tenera Verr. Dorsal view of male, enlarged two diameters.
. 5%. Thesame. One of the larger marginal suckers of the tentacular club, front

view, much enlarged.

. 5>. The same. Portion of the margin of the sucker, more enlarged, to show the

scales.

PLATE IV.

. 1. Octopus Bairdii, var. Verr. Side view of young’ male, enlarged about two

diameters.

. 1%. The same. Terminal appendage of the hectocotylized arm.

. Octopus lentus Verr. Side view of male, enlarged about two diameters.

2
. 38. Octopus? Portion of an arm, with suckers, from near the base, natural size.
4

. Alloposus mollis Verr. Terminal portion of a mature hectocotylized arm, nat-
ural size.

PLATE V.

. 1. Eledone verrucosa sp. nov. Side view of male, natural size.
. 1% The same. Distal portion of the hectocotylized arm, to edge of basal web,

showing the terminal appendage and the lateral groove.

PLATE VI.

1. Eledone verrucosa sp. nov. Dorsal view of the male, natural size.

PLATE VII.

. 1. Calliteuthis reversa Verr. Ventral view, natural size.
. 1%. The same. Beak, buccal membranes and base of arms, front view, natural

size.

. 1% The same. One of the larger suckers from a lateral arm, much enlarged.

2. Heteroteuthis tenera Verr. Dorsal view of female, enlarged two diameters.

2". The same. Tentacular club, enlarged four diameters.

2». The same. Pen, enlarged four diameters.

2°. The same. Jaws, side view, enlarged four diameters ; a, superior ; 3, inferior
mandible.

24, The same. Part of the odontophore, much enlarged.

3. The same. Front view of male, enlarged two diameters.

Figs. 3%, 3°. The same. Front and side views of one of the suckers of the lateral arms

of the same specimen.

116 BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

Fig. 4. Rossia sublevis Verr. Pen from ? (see Plate III. fig. 2), enlarged four di-
ameters.
Fig. 5. Rossia Hyatti Verr. ¢ Suckers, enlarged fifteen diameters; a, one of the
largest from third pair of arms, side view; }, c, two forms i oe from
tentacular club.
ig. 6. Rossia megaptera Verr. ¢ Suckers, enlarged fifteen diameters; a, front
view of one of the largest from third pair of arms ; }, c, d, three suckers from

the tentacular club.

|
a

PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Alloposus mollis Verr. o& Side view, showing the sac containing the hecto-
cotylized arm, cut open, so as to expose the partially developed arm. One
half natural size.

Fig. 1%. The same. Hectocotylized arm removed from the sac, enlarged two diame-
ters.

Fig. 2. The same. ¢ Ventral view, one half natural size.

Fig. 2%. The same. @ Dorsal view, one half natural size.

March, 1881.

™
we

ew Haven

Toto Lith Pundersan&Crisand Ni

ods

Wat ba LeiaoeisiNiniLan ee ; SPREE AN f
mn BL Daw cca Ps EASA Paasche |

SUR TTR te

Blake Exped Cephal

JH Emerton from nature

CHELOTEUTHIS RAPAX.MASTIGOTEUTHIS

yy
:

Photo. Lith Punderson&Crisand NewHaver Ct

AGASSIZII.OGCTOPUS BAIRDII

—

and New Haven Ct

iSt

son&C

hoto. Lith Punder

JH. Emerton trom nature.

SSTA

vol

DII. E

rr
Ls

HIROTEUTHIS BO

Cc
1S

OCTOPUS BAIRDII .OCTOPL INT I IS MOI

Blake Exped Cephalopods PLATE

ReneS

LAGS
SO

i re
JH. Emerton itom nature

rundersonaCrisand

os
=
>
>
-
be
—
a
ee
~~:
r
S
ss.
c
—
Ss
Nei
&
=

Yo
;

OEY.

Irom nature

Blake Exped .Cephalopods PLATE VII

PI Tath Pr Pm Crisand n Ct
JH Emerton -from nature Photo. Lith Pundarsan&Crisand New Haven Ct

GALLITEUTHIS REVERSA:. HETEROTEUTHIS TENERA

—_ OO mT A <-~“TrTT3T TT FTF st

————eeet

JH. Emerton from nature. Photo. Lith Punderson&Crisand NewHaven Ct

ALLOPOSUS MOLLIS VERRILL

“ O
an)

~ @' = Ge

~
e

No. 6. — The Stomach and Genital Organs of Astrophytide.
By THEODORE LyMay.

(Published by Permission of the Lords Commissioners of the Treasury, and of the
Hon. C. P. Patterson, Supt. U. S. Coast Survey.)

In typical Ophiurans, the mouth, just above the teeth, opens by a
round contractile aperture (the stomach-sphincter) into a large flat-
tened sack (the stomach), which spreads over the bases of the arms and
into the interbrachial spaces. This stomach is commonly separated by
a greater or less space from the outer disk-wall, to which it is suspended
by delicate threads. Although sometimes a little wrinkled or pleated,
it is usually simple, and destitute of pouches, convolutions, or ccecal
appendages. Such is the form that runs through the whole series of true
Ophiurans, so far as I know them, not excepting the archaic Ophiomu-
sium. Between the stomach and the disk-wall lie the reproductive or-
gans. Proceeding inward from a genital opening there is, first, an
elongated bag (bursa, Ludwig), which is a fold or bubble of the lining
membrane, and which, by minute holes, communicates with other little
bags, simple or contorted, the egg- or spermatozoa-bearing tubes (ovarial
Schiduche). It will be noted that these burs, as Ludwig has shown,*
are closed sacks, having no communication with the body-cavity, and in
this respect hold the same relation to the genital openings that the
stomach holds to the mouth.

A similar structure might reasonably have been looked for among the
Astrophytons, which, despite their curiously branching arms having
special joints and a peculiar covering, are, especially in the young
stage, very closely allied to the Ophiurans. Indeed Ophiuride are in
some sort connected with Astrophytide, albeit in no straight or un-
broken line, by such genera as Ophiomyxa, Ophiochondrus, Hemieuryale,
Astroschema, Astrogomphus, and Astrocnida.

When, therefore, I made a first section of a fine Gorgonocephalus
Pourtalesii, brought back by the ‘Challenger,’ and whose swollen disk
indicated a gravid individual, I expected to find a general arrangement
of organs quite similar to that already known in such genera as Ophio-

* Hubert Ludwig : Beitrage zur Anatomie der Ophiuren. Zeitschr. fiir Wissen-
schaftl. Zoologie, Bd. XXXI., 1878.
VOL. VIII. — No. 6.’

118 BULLETIN OF THE

myxa. My astonishment was considerable when there was brought to
light an internal economy which reminded one rather of an orange than
of an Echinoderm. A horizontal cut, just above the joint of the radial
shields, disclosed a quantity of membranous partitions stuffed with a sort
of pulp and radiating in a confused manner; while a vertical section
showed a cavity, which might be the stomach, surrounded by and com-
municating with a number of conyolutions or blind-sacks. The matter
became clear only by giving up the idea that a strict correspondence
with known forms was to be looked for.

Passing upward through the mouth of a Gorgonocephalus, and getting
above the mouth-papillz, d (Plate I. fig. 1), and tentacles, 7, we come to
the usual contractile aperture, which may well be called the stomach-
sphincter, du. It is considerably wrinkled, or even a little papillose on
its border, and opens into a flattened cavity, the stomach, S¢. Thus
far, the structure is normal, but beyond this point all is novel. In-
stead of remaining simple, the stomach passes outward and upwartl into
a number of membranous pouches, which, in profile, present a fluted
aspect, Sz’, St’. Their outer ends are attached in three ways; first, St”,
they stretch upwards and are strongly fixed to the roof of the disk-wall ;
secondly, they reach horizontally and grow to the inner points of the
egg-bearing lobes, 6, 6; thirdly, they incline downwards, and are power-
fully attached at ten points encircling the mouth. Of these points five
are brachial, St’ (Fig. 2) ; and five interbrachial, S¢. It is to the outer
open angle of the mouth-frames that the latter are attached, by a part
of the floor of the stomach, which is there much thickened, 6 / (Fig. 1).
Immediately above this attachment opens out the much folded and
fluted interbrachial stomach-pouch, St” (Fig. 2), which, at its outer end,
adheres to the inner points of the corresponding genital lobes; and,
above, grows fast to the roof of the disk. In like manner there is a
brachial attachment to the upper side of each arm, S¢’; and above it
opens a brachial stomach-pouch which has a similar shape, and is made
fast at corresponding places. From these ten points the attachment of
the stomach-floor is continued outward over radiating lines, respectively
across the interbrachial spaces and along the tops of the arms, quite to
the body-wall. This structure would divide the body-cavity in ten
radiating compartments completely separated from each other, were it not
that an open space exists between the inner point of each attachment
and the stomach-sphincter, 6f (Fig. 1). This open space corresponds to the
ring-canal surrounding the entrance to the stomach of Ophiurans (imner
perthemal canal, Ludwig), but differs in being a mere continuation of

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 119

the body-cavity, and not a closed annular tube. It may be seen in
wider section in Fig. 2. The main stomach, directly above its own cen-
tre, passes upward to the roof of the disk as a simple cone, round which
appear the folds of the radiating pouches (Fig. 1). To give a general
notion of this complex organ, we may suppose a large loose bag, having
a hole at the bottom (mouth), and whose periphery is gathered in nu-
merous radiating folds, leaving, within, a central flask-shaped open space
communicating directly with these folds ; and, further, that the folds
are divided into ten lobes, and each lobe is attached at the bottom by a
radiating adhesion.

The central cavity of the stomach was empty, but its lobes were
stuffed with a coagulated, yellowish, pasty substance, which, either sim-
ple or with reagents, presented no special structure under the micro-
scope, and which contained no organic remains.

The ovaries consist of deep, lobed and contorted folds of the lining
membrane of the disk-wall on its floor, sides, and a portion of its roof,
These folds are crammed with egg-clusters, so as to resemble puddings
or sausages (Figs. 1 and 3, 6,6); and, whatever their form, all end by ad-
hering at their inner margins to the outer ends of the corresponding
stomach-pouches, whose basal lines of adhesion they also continue along
the arms, and along the median line of each interbrachial space. As
has been said before, the body-cavity is thus divided into ten radiating
compartments freely communicating at their inner ends by large holes
through the partitions. A genital opening enters each of the compart-
ments (Fig. 3, 20). Gorgonocephalus, therefore, has no closed bursa,
with its cluster of genital tubes, but the entire body-cavity, except the
open (perihzmal) ring outside the mouth, is also the genital cavity. It
was a similar arrangement that the older anatomists attributed to Ophi-
urans ; and it is strange that their observations were true only of genera
they had never dissected.

As to internal composition, the ovarial lobes are uniform, and every-
where contain, under a thin, membranous envelope, crowded masses of
egg-clusters averaging about 1 mm. in length, and separated from each
other by delicate membranous partitions (Fig. 4). The eggs which com-
pose each cluster are round, and about + of a mm. in diameter. The
general envelope, as may be seen in the figure, becomes thicker at the
free margin, and especially so at points where it grows to the stomach-
pouches. Its function of supporting the stomach points to its homology
with those slender threads that suspend the Ophiuran stomach to the
body-wall. I was not able to detect on the surface of the ovarial lobes

120 BULLETIN OF THE

any pores for the egress of eggs, such as exist in the bursa of Ophiurans.
It is therefore probable that the membrane ruptures at the breeding
season, and the eggs are poured into the radiating compartments of the
body-cavity. Here the sea-water might bring in spermatozoa for im-
pregnation, after which the eggs of any compartment could be dis-
charged through any one of the ten genital openings.

The chief difference between these organs in Gorgonocephalus and
among Ophiurans is the greater specialization in the latter, where the
lining membrane of the disk-wall becomes free, and enlarges opposite
each genital opening into a closed pouch (bursa), which is extended in
the form of finger-like tubes (ovarial tubes). In other words, the lining
membrane, instead of being pierced by the genital opening, is continu-
ous and simply becomes free and voluminous. In Gorgonocephalus, on
the contrary, the genital opening pierces not only the disk-wall, but its
lining membrane, and enters the body-cavity, while nearly the whole of
the lining membrane takes on the egg-bearing function, and by the
growth of the eggs is gradually stretched and thrown into folded
lobes.

A section of a Euryale (Fig. 5) will show the different aspect of a
non-gravid individual, whose stomach pouches are nearly empty, instead
of being stuffed with the clotted substance already mentioned. Above
is seen the stomach, which, on the right and left, passes into pouches,
St’; and similar partitions, forming pouches, may be seen on the farther
side of the centre. Above the lateral pouches are the radial shields, J, Z,
cut through. On the extreme right and left are greatly dilated genital
openings, 7 0, which lead directly into the body-cavity ; and this, passing
under and outside the stomach, is connected, about the mouth, by the
periheemal canal, a cross-cut of which appears at 6f. A section of the
disk-skin, above the body-cavity, exhibited a uniform, tough, slightly
fibrous texture, with a thin lining membrane, not well defined, and of a
granular texture under a high power indicating perhaps egg-cells. Of
fully formed eggs, however, there were none, and the lining membrane
was not thrown into lobes or convolutions. If, however, the ovaries
were distended and the stomach-pouches filled with matter, the general
appearance would approach that of Gorgonocephalus, except that the
stomach-pouches would be simpler; and the ovaries would be much
more restricted in area, unless indeed the lining membrane of the body-
cavity to which the stomach-wall adheres has the power to develop egg-
clusters, and thus form lobes, and push the stomach inward towards the
mouth.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 121

It will be noticed that the genital openings are greatly distended,
which shows that the animal can contract or expand them ; since, in
other specimens, they were tightly shut and reduced to a small slit.
The attachments of the stomach to the inner open angle of the mouth-
frames are not so thick and muscular as in Gorgonocephalus, so that the
perihzemal canal is flattened, instead of more or less erect and rounded.
Nevertheless there are the same ten radiating attachments respectively
along the tops of the arms and the middle of the interbrachial spaces,
dividing the body-cavity into ten compartments, which freely communi-
cate at their inner ends by the perihemal canal. In the lining mem-
brane of these compartments were found numerous fragments af
microscopic lime network similar to that which exists in the walls of
the bursa of Ophiura levis and Ophiocoma scolopendrina (Ludwig, doc.
cit., Figs. 27, 28). It is these that, by their further growth, make the
thin scales which clothe the wall of the bursa in Ophiothamnus vica-
rius.

A section of a species from an allied genus, Astrophyton costosum,
showed a general structure very like that of Gorgonocephalus ; but, on
passing from the true Astrophytons, a decided anatomical change was at
once manifest.

A specimen of the rare Astrocnida isidis, from the “ Blake ” dredg-
ings, afforded a chance to examine a branching star, like Astrogomphus
in outward appearance, but resembling Trichaster in its few and widely
spaced arm-forks, On making a vertical section (Plate II. fig. 6), a
curious and quasi intermediate structure was exposed. The stomach
recalled Gorgonocephalus in that it was more or less pleated and pouched
(St’), and was firmly attached to the roof of the disk-wall ; but it was
Ophiuroid in being entirely free below, and partly so on its sides, hav-
ing no radiating lines of attachment, either along the arms, or in the
interbrachial spaces. The only vestige of such attachments was a stout
septum, such as is found in Ophiurans, lying outside the wall of the
mouth-sphincter, dw, and thus forming a closed ring-tube (inner peri-
heemal canal). It may more properly be called an adhesion of the floor
of the stomach to the wall of the mouth, where they are doubled over
each other. Between the upper side of the stomach and the disk-wall,
and on top and on either side of each arm, lie the ovaries, 5, which con-
sist of almost separated ovoid egy-clusters, rather more than 1 mm. in
length, containing round eggs about .2 mm. in diameter. They are not
connected with or surrounded by any bursa, but lie directly in the body
cavity, into which penctrate the genital openings. The genital organs

122 BULLETIN OF THE

are therefore strictly ofan Astrophyton type, and discharge their products
into the body-cavity, which is continuous and uninterrupted by radi-
ating partitions.

Astrogomphus might very well be called an Astrocnida whose arms
do not fork ; and we should expect a genus so closely allied to have a
similar internal structure. And so it is. The arrangement of the
organs of digestion and reproduction is entirely comparable, except that
the folds of the stomach are less complex and numerous.

Ophiocreas cedipus brings us a long step nearer the true Ophiurans.
An opening, somewhat inclined from the vertical, through the base of an
arm and the outer corner of the disk, is sketched in Fig. 7. The integ-
ument of the arm, cut through on the side, is lifted and thrown back,
while the side of the disk is wholly cut away. Above the arm-bones, at
the base of the arm, lie the double-lobed spermaries, 6, 6, long, cylindri-
sal, smooth bodies, a little curved, and tapering at each end. On the
opposite side of the arm lies a corresponding pair. The genital open-
ing, no, enters a spermatic pouch, or bursa, separated from the body-
cavity, as in Ophiurans. An extension of the lining membrane of this
bursa encloses the spermatic lobes, 6, 6, which discharge into it by a
pore at their inner end. I have already remarked (Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., VI. 2, p. 66) that the ovaries of this species lay in the same
position, at the base of the arm. I made, however, a mistake as to the
“large eggs which are about .7 mm. long.’ They are not eggs, but
clusters of eggs, each wrapped in its membrane and comparable to those of
Astrogomphus. The position of the genital organs, though curious, is
not so exceptional as might at first appear. Among true Ophiurans,
the space between the stomach and the sides and roof of the disk-wall is
crammed with these organs when gravid. In Ophiocreas, however, not
only is the disk small, but its body-cavity is limited to the perihzmal
canal and to a sinus over each arm. Everywhere else the stomach ad-
heres to the body-wall; therefore the genital organs are, as it were,
forced into the space between the skin of the arm and the arm-bones.

The dissection of a female Ophiocreas (an undescribed species from
the “Blake” dredgings) demonstrated the homology cf the genital or-
gans with those of Ophiurans. There were two long lobes, or tubular
membranous bags, on either side of the upper surface of the arm.
These were in process of discharging their eggs, which takes place by
the breaking up of the egg-clusters and the passage of the eggs to the
inner end of the bag, where they go, through a pore, into the bursa,
which is merely a lobed indentation of the disk-wall, and is even some-

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 123

what colored on the inside. In that respect it is not quite like the
bursa of most Ophiurans, which is composed of the lining membrane, or
layer, of the body-wall.

The spermatozoa of Ophiocreas cedipus after their long immersion in
alcohol, were doubtless much altered. Strongly magnified, they resem-
bled little translucent grains of boiled sago, but showed no projection or
ciliary tail.

In Fig. 7 the floor of the stomach, S¢, Sé, is slit to expose the sper-
matic pouch, so that the lower portion is separated from the upper one,
which lies under the radial shield, 7, and whose roof grows closely to the
disk-wall, as in Astrophytons. It also adheres, as mentioned above, to
the interbrachial floor of the disk-wall. Indeed, it is scarcely free at
any point save a space along the top of the arm, which forms an oblong
sinus. The interior of the stomach is lightly marked by radiating
pleats, and there are also five pairs of strong radiating ridges, a pair over
each arm, which form partial partitions.

These brief observations show that Astrocnida, and behind it Astro-
gomphus, is nearest in relationship to the true Astrophytons. Not only
does the arm-covering, with its double rings of minute hooks, shadow
forth an affinity, but the internal structure, with a pouched stomach,
and ovaries lying free in the general body-cavity, is similar; while the
want of adhesions on the under side of the stomach and the closed ring-
tube about the mouth remind us of the Ophiurans. But, in reaching
after some form which may bridge the way to these last, we find, as gen-
erally happens in the animal kingdom, no piece that will fit. Ophio-
ereas, which is properly a simple-armed Astrophyton, is not intermediate.
It is a synthetic form. It has the teeth of Euryale, the pleated stomach
suggestive of Gorgonocephalus, the genital bursa and ovarial tubes sim-
ilar to, yet not the same as, those of Ophiurans in general, the arm-plates
that recall Ophiomyxa; nay, one Astrophyton character, the adhesion
of the stomach to the disk-wall, is carried farther than in Astrophyton
itself.

In conclusion, it is proper to suggest a slight resemblance which the
branching Astrophytidze have to the order of Starfishes. This is in the
stomach-pouches filled with a clotted matter, which suggest the varied
coecul appendages characteristic of different genera among Asteroidea.

124 BULLETIN OF THE

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

PLATE I.

Fig. 1. }. Vertical cross-cut through a part of the disk of a female Gorgonocephalus
Pourtalesii, and through one arm not quite parallel to its axis, exposing a seetion
of the mouth-frame, f, and of the arm-bones, w’:—v7, mouth-tentacles; d, mouth-
papille ; du, mouth-sphineter, above which is the passage into the stomach, St, whose
floor has a stout attachment to the open angle of the mouth frames, leaving a large
ring, 6f, which gives free communication between the radiating compartments of the
body-cavity. Above and beyond the cavity of the stomach are the stomach-pouches,
St’, St’, which are attached at their outer ends to the roof of the disk-wall, and to
the inner points of the ovarial lobe, 6.

Fig. 2. {. Vertical section of a part of Gorgonocephalus Pourtalesii just above the
mouth, showing a portion of one brachial and two interbrachial spaces of the body-
cavity, looking from the centre outward. The stomach is cut away along its floor, St,
and again above, where it passes into the thin-skinned lobes, S#’”, S¢’”, which have pow-
erful attachments below at the outer open angle of the mouth-frames. In the centre
is the inner end of the arm, 4 m, to whose upper side is strongly attached a stomach-
pouch, S/’. These pouches have therefore ten strong attachments round the mouth, five
brachial and five interbrachial. In their midst, like a cylindric bag, rises the base of
the stomach proper, which leaves between its wall and these attachments a large an-
nular space, giving free communication from the radiating compartments of the
body-cavity to outer surfaces of the stomach-pouches and the ovarial lobes. Thus, an
egg from any of the ovarial lobes could pass out by any one of the ten genital
openings.

Fig. 3. +. A horizontal cross-cut through a part of the disk of Gorgonocephalus
Pourtalesii, just above the arms, and passing through the outer ends of the radial
shields, 7, 7, the ovarial lobes, 6, 6, and the stomach-pouches, S¢’’, which radiate
from the stomach, S/, and adhere by their outer ends to the inner points of the ovarial
lobes, 6, 6. These adherent ovarial lobes and stomach-pouches are arranged in ten
radiating groups, which are attached also below (compare Fig. 2), and thus divide
the body-cavity into ten radiating compartments, each emptying outwardly by a gen-
ital opening, 20, and communicating within, by a ring-tube (6f, Fig. 1), with the
other compartments. The stomach-pouches are usually filled with a coagulated,
pasty substance, while the stomach proper is empty.

Fig. 4. 4. Cross-cut of the inner end of an ovarial lobe of Gorgonocephalus Pour-
talesii showing the egg-clusters and the enclosing membrane, which is thickened at
its extremity.

PLATE II,

Fig. 5. %. Vertical cross-cut of Euryale aspera, including three arms, one mouth-
angle complete, and sections of two others, f. At the ends are two much dilated

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 125

genital openings, 70, no, one natural, the other partly cut away. The central cavity
above the mouth is the stomach proper, from which radiate pouches, Sé’, more simple
than in Gorgonocephalus, and adherent above and below on ten radiating lines, as
may be seen under the radial shields, 7, 7. The genital organs were wholly unde-
veloped, and there were to be found only the ten radiating compartments of the body-
cavity, whose lining membrane, as in Gorgonocephalus, doubtless takes on the
reproductive function. They were continued from the genital openings, 0, under
and between the pouches of the stomach, and intercommunicated by a ring-tube
round the mouth, sections of which are seen at 6/, 6/.—v, mouth-tentacles ;
d”, tecth.

Fig. 6. }. A vertical, radiating section through an arm, a little beside the median
line, and a part of the disk of Astrocnida isidis. The type is Astrophyton-like, with
Ophiuroid features. The stomach has pouches, Sf’, less folded and complex than
those above described ; and it is quite free on the under side. Where the stomach
proper folds back from and over the mouth-wall, the two adhere to form a ring-tube
(perihemal canal) just outside the stomach-sphincter, du. This and the want of
attachments along the floor of the stomach are characters of Ophiurans. The ova-
ries, 6, consist of egg-clusters, and lie in the body-cavity, into which penetrate the
genital openings, as in Gorgonocephalus. —d, mouth-papille ; /, section of mouth-
frame ; 7, mouth-tentacles ; wu’, passage for the nerve, bloodvessel, and water-tube of
the arm ; w’, arm-bones.

Fig. 7. 4. Ophiocreas cedipus, male. Base of an arm tipped a little from the ob-
server, with outer corner of the disk, whose side is cut away, while the integument of
the arm is cut and folded back, showing a double-lobed spermary, 6, 6, whereof there
is one on either side of the upper surface of the arm. The pleated floor of the stom-
ach, St, St, is slit to expose the genital pouch, or bursa, below, which is an indenta-
tion of the disk-wall, debouching by the genital opening, no. The spermary is en-
closed by a thin continuation of the lining membrane of the disk, and at its inner
end connects by a pore with the bursa. Under the outer end of the radial shield, Z,
may be seen a portion of the stomach, which adheres not only to the roof of the
disk-wall, but also to the wall of the lower interbrachial space, so that the true body-
cavity is reduced to a sinus over each arm, and to the closed ring-tube (perihemal
canal) about the mouth.

CAMBRIDGE, February, 1881.

“*

Des Sore ate ere

: s-
al WY es Pk ee WHEL Pa. Se
\ A a
1 ee | ures i'll ae
a

oe | 7 Le | a ns a. 2

imeriyre «S yin % SO ad ;
MTT ad ot tbh eek eee

, eee et |
a.
on. wohl
' oul .
= “oe a
i . e \jJhe

a. do

aad nac

Sal “2 I

= :
-
.

>
WC aCe //

np ee
@ws.ad nat

No. 7.— Reports on the Results of Dredging, under the Supervision
of ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, in the Caribbean Sea, in 1878, 1879, and
along the Atlantic Coast of the United States, during the Summer
of 1880, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer “ Blake,’ Commander
J. R. Barrett, U. 8. N., Commanding.

(Published by permission of CaARLILE P. Parrerson, Supt. U.S. Coast and
Geodetic Survey. )

XI.

Report on the Acalephe, by J. WALTER FEWKES.

HYDROIDA.

The collection of hydroids obtained by Mr. Agassiz during the expe-
ditions of the “ Blake” in the Caribbean Sea, in 1878, 1879, and off the
eastern coast of the United States, in the summer of 1880, contains the
genera and species mentioned in the following pages. Two genera of
gymnoblastic hydroids, Hudendrium and Tubularia, were collected.
The latter is 7’. indivisa (?); the species of the former could not be de-
termined. The majority of the remaining forms belong to the family
of Plumularide.

The following genera and species have already been described.

Taken in the Caribbean Sea, 1878, 1879 : —

4glaophenia apocarpa, AuL., Milligan’s Key, 124 fms.
gracilis, ALL., Martinique, 96 fms.
ramosa, ALL., St. Vincent, 95 fms.
ramulosa, KircH., Barbados, 94 fms.
Montserrat, 88 fms.
Barbados, 76 fms.
Antenella gracilis, ALL., Barbados, 56 fms.
Martinique, 96 fms.
Cryptolaria abies, ALL., Barbados, 94 fms.
Grenada, 154 fms.
Grenada, 170 fms.
Montserrat, 88 fms.
Sta. Cruz, 508 fms.
VOL. VIII. — No. 7.

128 BULLETIN OF THE

Cryptolaria conferta, ALL., Barbados, 73 fms.
Barbados, 94 fms.
Barbados, 120 fms.
Dominica, 118 fms.
longitheca, ALL., Dominica, 76 fms.
Martinique, 334 fms.
Barbados, 103 fms.
Eudendrium, sp. (?), Grenada, 291 fms.
Hippurella annulata, Aut., St. Vincent, 124 fms.
Lafoéa convallaria, ALL., Barbados, 76 fms.
Barbados, 94 fms.
Martinique, 76 fms.
Guadeloupe, 150 fms.
Monostechas dichotoma, Auu., Yucatan Bank, 50 fms.
Plumularia attenuata, ALL., Grenada, 576 fms.
geminata, ALL., Barbados, 76 fms.
Sertularia tubitheca, Auu., Barbados, 76 fms.
distans, ALL., St. Vincent, 114 fms.
Sertularella Gayi, var. robusta, ALL., Dominica, 524 fms.
Thuiaria pinnata, ALL., Barbados, 56 fms.

There are also in the collection specimens of A. ramulosa and C. abies,
with blank labels of 1878, 1879.

The following known species were taken in 1880 : —

Antennopsis hippuris, ALL., 32° 7’ N., 78° 37’ W., 229 fms.
Cladocarpus paradisea, ALL., 31° 57’ N., 78° 18’ 35” W., 333 fms.
32° 7’ N., 78° 37’ 30” W., 229 fms.
Cryptolaria conferta, ALL., 41° 29’ 45” N., 65° 35’ 30” W., 1242 fms.
Halecium macrocephalum, ALL., 38° 21’ 50” N., 73° 32’ W., 197 fms.
Sertularella Gayi, var. robusta, ALL., 31° 57’ N., 78° 18’ 35” W., 333 fms.
41° 30 N., 66° W., 73 fms.
32° 43! 25’ N., 77° 20’ 30" W., @eeum
32° 25! N., 77° 42! 30” W., 262 fms.
32° 7’ N., 78° 37/ 30” W., 229 fms.
Tubularia indivisa (2), Goud, 41° 35’ N., 65° 57’ 30” W., 139 fms,

The following were obtained in the expedition of 1878, 1879 : —

Aglaophenia apocarpa, ALL., Sand Key, 35 fms.

Obelia marginata, ALL., Sand Key, Telegraph Cable, 15 fms. (S1I@SBEE).
Sertularella Gayi, var. robusta, ALL., off Morro Light, 250 - 400 fms.
Obelia marginata, no locality.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 129

The following undescribed genera and species were taken.
Obtained in 1878, 1879 : —

Aglaophenia insignis, Grenada, 262 fms.
gracillima, Martinique, 96 fms.
robusta, Montserrat, 88 fms.

Cladocarpus compressus, St. Vincent, 114 fms,

Lafoéa elegans, Barbados, 125 fms.

Barbados, 180 fms.

Plumularia caulitheca, Grenada, 416 fms.

Sertularella formosa, Martinique, 357 fms.

Pleurocarpa ramosa, St. Vincent, 95 fms.

Obtained in 1880 : —

Aglaophenia minuta, 32° 43! 25” N., 77° 20’ 30” W., 233 fms.
crenata, 41° 24’ 45” N., 65° 35’ 30” W., 1242 fms.

Aglaophenopsis hirsuta, 32° 7’ N., 78° 37’ 30” W., 229 fms.

Antennopsis ramosa, & bg os

Campanularia insignis,

Callicarpa gracilis, no locality.

“ “ “

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.

Lafoéa elegans, n. s.

Hydrocaulus stout, widely branching. Stem fascicled. Ultimate branches
pinnate, alternate. Hydrothece disposed alternately, cyathiform, arising from
branches and ultimate ramuli. Margin smooth, edge slightly everted. One
or two annular strie.

Gonosome unknown.

Barbados, 180 fms., and Barbados, 125 fms.

Differs from L. fruticosa in having pinnately arranged ultimate branches.
Resembles closely L. helicioides, All., but larger.

L. convallaria, Att.

A specimen of L. convallaria bears along the stem gonosomes like those of
Cryptolaria conferta, All. Clarke* refers these gonophores to the Lafoéa, upon
which they are found, as Allman does the supposed gonophores of C. conferta.

Campanularia insignis, n. s.

A specimen of Campanularia is found in the collection. It resembles C.
macroscypha in having a discoid internode just below the hydrotheca. It has

* Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. V. No. 10.

130 BULLETIN OF THE

a longer style, and fifteen instead of twelve teeth around the rim of the
hydrotheca. '
32° 7’ N., 78° 31’ 30” W., 229 fms.

Cryptolaria abies, Art.

A specimen of C. abies bears a structure which I have called the gonosome.
The distal end of a pinna, which in its proximal extent is normal, is modified
into a spherical body, which resembles imperfectly this organ. In it, however,
there are no gonophores. Its walls are formed by the elongation of the hydro-
thecze. Nothing else which can be likened to a gonosome has been described
in C. abies. In none of the specimens were there structures similar to what
Allman has described as the gonosome in Cryptolaria conferta.

Sertularella formosa, n. s.

Trophosome : — Hydrocaulus smooth, non-fascicled, pinnately branched, with
root like base. Hydrothece borne on main stem and branches. Height, six to
eight inches. Pinne alternate, zigzag, and jointed. Hydrothece alternate.
A single hydrotheca arises from the axil of every pinna. Number of hydro-
thecze on the stem between the pinne, variable. Hydrothecee extend almost
at right angles to the axis of pinna, and arise from distal ends of each joint.
Margin of the hydrotheca smooth, upper surface or face without indentations.

Gonosome unknown.

The mode of origin of the ultimate branches, the want of indentations on the
upper surface of the hydrotheca, and the smooth stem, separate this species
from Sertularella Gayi, var. robusta, All.

Grenada, 170 fms. ; Martinique, 357 fms.

Plumularia caulitheca, n. s.

P. caulitheca, unlike other species of Plumuwaria, has a large nematophore,
not free as the others in the same species, which arises from the stem upon the
upper side of a projection of the hydrocaulus from which the pinna springs.

‘Trophosome : — Hydrocaulus simple, fascicled, two inches high. Pinne
alternate. Hydrothecee deep, with smooth margin. Nematophores free. Me-
sial nematophores arise from a slight protuberance below the hydrotheca.
Normal nematophores trumpet-shaped and free.

Gonosome unknown.

Grenada, 416 fms.

This species differs from P. attenuata, All., in the possession of a peculiar
nematophore seated on a projection of the stem from which the pinna rises.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 131

Aglaophenia insignis, n. s.

A, insignis resembles A. gracilis more closely than it does any other species
of the genus. It differs from it in that the mesial, adnate nematophore pro-
jects almost at right angles to its hydrotheca. This nematophore is not as
long as the mesial nematophore of A. ramosa, The corbula is short and thick,
different in shape from that of A. rhyncocarpa and A. rigida,

Trophosome : — Hydrocaulus three inches high, branching, non-fascicled, with
nematophores on the stem. Hydrorhiza creeping. Branches spring from. oppo-
site sides of main stem, but they are not exactly opposite in position of origin.
Hydrothec closely approximated, short, stout, with the margin toothed. Su-
pracalycine nematophores rise slightly above the orifice of the hydrotheca.
Mesial nematophore adnate part of its length, and with the remainder extend-
ing at right angles to the surface of the hydrotheca. Ultimate ramuli borne
on main stem as well as branches.

Gonosome : —Corbula short, stout, closed, bearing a hydrotheca on the
peduncle. The nematophores borne on outer walls of the corbula in rows, with
each nematophore long, tubular, and tapering slightly to a terminal opening.
The number of nematophores in each row is six or seven on each side. Num-
ber of ribs, four and five. Peduncle of each corbula, short.

Grenada, 262 fms.

Aglaophenia gracilis, Att.

An Aglaophenia, which resembles A. gracilis in size and shape of hydrotheca,
has a corbula like that of A. rigida. The only differences which Allman points
out between these two species is that in A. gracilis “ the hydrothecal internodes
are longer and narrower” than in A. rigida, and A. rigida is a much “more
ramified and a taller form.” Allman says of A. gracilis, “ Gonosome wanting.”
In the hydroid, which has been identified as A. gracilis, there is a corbula
which resembles that of A. rigida. A. gracilis and A. rigida may be the same
hydroid.

Aglaophenia gracillima, n. s.

Trophosome :— Hydrocaulus not branching, attaining a height of three
inches, Non-fascicled. Upper part of hydrocaulus. bearing denticle-like ne-
matophores. Pinne alternate. Hydrotheca deep, swollen below ; margin
with a medially placed tooth longer than the remaining dentition about the
margin of the hydrotheca. A spur arises near the base of this tooth. Supra-
calycine nematophores slightly overtopping the margin of the hydrotheca.
Mesial nematophore with two openings, one terminal ; the other on side facing
the hydrotheca. Hydrothece closely crowded together, each arising from a
joint of the pinna.

Gonosome :— Corbula like that of A. lophocarpa in shape and size, but the
distal end terminates bluntly in a single large nematophore, and not in a coni-

132 BULLETIN OF THE

cal projection. Corbule closed, with long peduncles, which are jointed and
bear hydrothecz, one on each joint.
Martinique, 96 fms.

Aglaophenia minuta, n. s.

Trophosome :— Hydrocaulus one quarter to half an inch high, pinnately
branched, not fascicled. Pinne alternate, with hydrothece closely crowded
together. Hydrothece short, stout, and with dentate margin. Intrathecal
ridge well marked. Supracalycine nematophores small. Mesial nematophore
adnate to hydrotheca about half the depth of this organ. *

Gonosome unknown.

Found in great abundance on an Alga over the fronds of which the hydrorhiza
extends.

32° 43! 25” N., 77° 20’ 30” W., 233 fms.

Aglaophenia crenata, n. s.

A. crenata differs from other members of the genus in having the margin of
the hydrotheca almost smooth and crenate. In other respects it resembles
A, gracilis.

Gonosome unknown.

41° 24’ 45” N., 65° 35’ 30” W., 1242 fms.

Aglaophenia robusta, n. s.

This species has a very large, thick, fascicled hydrosome, which is branching,
and gives rise to alternate pinnee. Hydrothece with very long teeth on the
margin. Mesial nematophore large, adnate, almost as long as the hydrotheca
is deep. Supracalycine nematophores rising slightly above the rim of the
hydrotheca. Color of hydrosome bright yellow and brown.

Gonosome unknown.

Montserrat, 88 fms.

AGLAOPHENOPSIS, n. g.

Generic Characters. — This genus has many resemblances to Kirchenpaur’s
subgenus Macrorhynchia and to Allman’s Halicornaria. Unlike the former,
the pinne retain their normal form, and do not bear gonophores.

In Aglaophenopsis the mesial nematophore most proximally situated on the
pinna is modified into a long, jointed stalk, which bears nematophores, and
seems to protect gonangia, which arise from the stem below. In Halicornaria,
as limited by Allman, there are similar jointed appendages, but they are not
confined to the proximal hydrotheca. The two genera are easily distinguished.
In Cladocarpus similar unjointed appendages are found, but these structures in
this genus, called phylactogonia, are branched, antler-shaped.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 133

Minor characteristics of the genus are that the pinne are very numerous, and
always arise from one side of the hydrocaulus. The hydrothece have short,
adnate, mesial nematophores, and the gonosomes have a single opening turned
to one side.

Aglaophenopsis hirsuta, n. s.

Trophosome : — Hydrocaulus branching, fascicled, about two inches high,
with branches wide spreading. The base of the trophosome with many root-
like appendages. Pinne small, arising from the side of the stem, and branches,
The small size of the pinne and their great numbers impart a hirsute appear-
ance to the hydrocaulus. Pinne jointed, each joint bearing a single hydro-
theca. Hydrothece closely crowded together. Margin of hydrotheca notched.
Supracalycine nematophore rises slightly above tho margin of the hydrotheca.
Mesial nematophore adnate to the hydrotheca about one third the depth of this
organ.

Gonosome :— The gonophores are flask-shaped, borne on the primary
branches. The gonangia in alcoholic specimens fill about half the cavity of
the gonophore. Gonophores numerous, and never found on the main stem of
the hydrosome. They spring from the same side of the branch as the pinnae,
and are protected by jointed extensions of the most proximal mesial nemato-
phore of the pinna. This structure bears a single row of nematophores, and
resembles a phylactogonium. It differs from the phylactogonia of Cladocarpus
in being unbranched and jointed.

32° 7’ N., 78° 37’ 30” W., 229 fms.

Antennopsis ramosa, n. s.

Trophosome :— Hydrocaulus irregularly branching, fascicled, bearing den-
ticulate nematophores not unlike those fonnd on one side of the stem of Clado-
carpus. Height six to eight inches. Scattered pinne spring from the main
stem. Ultimate ramuli arise irregularly from all sides of the branches as in
A. hippuris, All. Hydrothecr shallow. Nematophores free, long, trumpet-
shaped. Margin of hydrotheca smooth. Mesial nematophores three in num-
ber, the infracalycine affixed to a slight prominence at the base of the hydrotheca.
Mesial nematophore open along the inner side, and at the top. Supracalycine
trumpet-shaped, extending above the orifice of the hydrotheca. Two trumpet-
shaped nematophores on the projection of the branch from which the ultimate
ramulus arises.

The gonophores, like those of A. hippuris, are borne in the axils of the
branches. Gonophores without cobula or phylactogonia, slipper-shaped,
mounted upon a short peduncle. The single specimen in the collection
showed gonangia of a variety of forms, and I was unable to distinguish male
from female, as Allman has done in A. hippuris. The species differs from
A. hippuris in the branching habit and the number of mesial nematophores.

32° 7’ N., 78° 37’ 30” W., 229 fms.

134 BULLETIN OF THE

HIPPURELLA, ALLMAN.

The genus Hippurella was founded by Allman for those hydroids in which
the proximal ends of the branches are pinately branched, while the distal end
of the same bears verticillately arranged branches. Allman speaks of the last
as if they were the same as the pinne. They are, however, destitute of hydro-
thecze, and simply bear a row of nematophores. Their function is the protec-
tion of the gonophores, which are confined to this region of the hydrosome.

Hippurella annulata, Att.

Trophosome : — Hydrocaulus six to eight inches tall, for two thirds its
length without branches. Branches alternate, bearing ultimate ramuli. Base
of hydrocaulus developed into disk-shaped hydrorhiza. Stem fascicled. Pinne.
opposite, although those of opposite sides do not lie in the same plane. Inser-
tions of pinne alternate. Hydrothecz separated from each other on the stem.
In the interval between two hydrothece, there are four or five partially formed
annulations. Mesial nematophores free, long, and two in number. Margin of
the hydrotheca smooth and circular. Supracalycine nematophore overtopping
the orifice. A single ultimate branch, or pinna, arises from the main stem.

Gonosome :— The distal extremity of the branch is modified into a gono-
some. The proximal end of each branch bears pinne regularly arranged as
described. Those on each side lie in one and the same plane. They pass with-
out great modification into the verticillately arranged ribs of a gonosome at the
distal end of the branch. The ribs which compose this gonosome are undi-
vided, and without branches. Each verticil is composed of six ribs of equal
size and shape. At the base of the verticil, in the angle which the ribs make
with each other, there is a single nematophore. The ribs arise at right angles
to the stem, and at a short distance from their origin curve upward. Near this
bend they bear a pair of nematophores, one on each side, while higher up in
their course the ribs bear single rows of nematophores. Gonophores seated in
the interval between successive verticils of these ribs.

St. Vincent, 124 fms.

CALLICARPA, n. g.

Callicarpa differs from all the other genera of hydroids yet described in the
character of the gonosome. The gonosome resembles closely a spike of wheat,
and springs by a short peduncle immediately from the main stem. It is mor-
phologically speaking as if the proximal part of the branch which bears pinnx
in Hippurella was reduced to a peduncle, and the distal end with its verticillate
ribs became the gonosome.

Callicarpa gracilis, n. s.

Trophosome : — Hydrocaulus rising to the height of six inches from a tan-
gled mass of filaments which form the base of attachment. From a point about

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 135

one fourth the distance between base and apex there is found what resembles
the broken base of a single branch. Stem non-fascicled, bearing alternate pinne,
Hydrothece deep, nearly cylindrical above, and tapering to the place of origin
of the mesial nematophore. The hydrotheca has a single mesial nematophore,
which is free, trumpet-shaped, and springs from a slight protuberance below
the base of the hydrotheca. Supracalycine nematophores free, mounted on
projections from the pinna, and overtopping the orifice of the hydrotheca.
Depth of the nematophores about one quarter that of the hydrotheca.

Gonosome : — There are three gonosomes. They resemble spikes of barley,
and arise directly from the stem by a short peduncle. The axis of the gono-
some is about the size of the main stem, near the place of origin of the gono-
some, and from it arise verticillate ribs. In each verticil there are three main
branches, each of which divides into four ribs by two divisions. These ribs
bear a line of nematophores along their upper side. There are no hydrothece
on the ribs or at the base of the verticils. The gonangia are found in gono-
phores, which arise in the axils of the undivided verticils, from the axis of
the gonosome. They seem to be protected by the ribs of the gonosome in
somewhat the same manner that the gonophores in Cladocarpus are protected
by phylactogonia.

The bottle which contains this specimen is without label. The gonosome of
C. gracilis resembles in its staghorn-like ribs the “brush” of Thuiaria tha.
In other respects there is no likeness between these two hydroids. The “brush”
of T. thuja is the whole hydrocaulus modified, while the gonosome of C. gracilis
is a specialized branch. The gonosome of Callicarpa is homologous to the
corbula of an Aglaophenia. I do not regard the corbula of this and some other
genera as homologous to a pinna, and its ribs to modified mesial nematophores,
but as a metamorphosed branch. The spike of Callicarpa is a modified branch,
as its relationship to Hippurella shows. The discussion of the homology of the
corbula of another genus is given under the genus Plewrocarpa.

Cladocarpus compressus, 0. s.

Trophosome : — Hydrocaulus attaining the height of eight inches. The
main stem consists of two sections, neither of which is fascicled. The lower
part is of light brown color, and has a smooth surface without nematophores.
It takes up about one third the whole length of the stem. The remaining
portion of the hydrocaulus, or the second part of the stem, is of smaller diame-
ter than the former, of light straw color, and bears a single row of denticulated
nematophores. It terminates in the immediate proximity of the lowest pair of
pinne, where it becomes twisted three times. Still a third division of the stem
is that which carries the pinne. It bears no medial row of denticular nemato-
phores, but in other respects resembles the second of the two divisions of the
hydrocaulus. Hydrocaulus unbranched, with alternately arranged pinne.
Hydrothecz closely crowded together in the pinna. Margin toothed ; shape
cyathiform, with indentation on the face. Supracalycine nematophores not

136 BULLETIN OF THE

rising above the orifice of the hydrotheca. Mesial nematophore single, adnate,
extending only a short distance up along the face of the hydrotheca.

Gonosome : — Phylactogonia springing from the proximal internodes of pinne-
on opposite sides of the stem. Number of phylactogonia twenty. Each phy-
lactogonium with three branches formed by two bifurcations. The first of
these bifurcations situated near the origin of the phylactogonium. Each branch
of the phylactogonium bears a single row of nematophores,

Gonangia affixed to the main stem and protected by the branching phylacto-
gonia.

This species resembles closely C. ventricosus, Allman. A bottle of type
specimens contains the hydroid figured by him, Pl. XXXI. fig. 1, and frag-
ments which resemble C. compressus.

In C. compressa the margin of the hydrotheca is simply toothed, and there
is no prominent medially placed single spur as is found on the rim of the
hydrotheca in C. ventricosus (Allman, Pl. XXXI. fig. 1). The hydrotheca is
not ventricose, as in C. ventricosus, and the whole iota e is smaller.

St. Vincent, 114 fms.

PLEUROCARPA, n. g.

The characteristic of this genus is a peculiar gonosome, which is formed
from the proximal portion of a branch, while the distal end of the same retains
the true character of the branch and bears pinnee. Gonosome a corbula.

Pleurocarpa ramosa, n. s.

Hydrosome: — Hydrocaulus branching, eight to ten inches high. Stem
stout, non-fascicled. The branches bear medially placed rows of nemato-
phores. Pinne jointed, alternate, arise from upper surface of the branches.
Hydrothecz closely approximated on the pinna, short, thick, margin toothed.
Intrathecal ridge prominent. Mesial nematophore in distally placed hydro-
thecee, adnate along the whole face, and continued beyond the orifice of the
hydrotheea. In proximal hydrothece, however, although adnate along the face
of the hydrotheca, the mesial nematophores seldom rise above the margin.

Gonosome: — Corbula open, formed by many rib-shaped pinne on the prox-
imal end of a branch. Each rib is destitute of hydrothecaz, and covered with
tubular nematophores, which project at right angles to the axis of the rib from
all sides. Proximal end of the branch of which the corbula is a modification
destitute of pinnz, forming a peduncle for the gonosomes. It bears several
hydrothecse. The branch beyond the corbula bears many alternately arranged
pinnee, with hydrothece, not unlike a normal branch of the trophosome.

St. Vincent, 95 fms.

This genus proves without doubt that the structure called a corbula is in
some cases a modified branch, and not, as Allman has shown to be true
in some genera, a modified pinna. According to Allman, the ribs of the

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 137

corbula are homologous to the developed mesial nematophores of hydrothece,
while the corbula itself is a metamorphosed pinna. To that theory the corbula
of A. bispinosa seems to point, but even in it there are some difficulties to be
explained before the corbula can be looked upon as a modified pinna, In
A. bispinosa that pinna which bears the ribs of the corbula must be regarded as
bearing two rows of hydrothece side by side, a condition which is found in the
normal pinna of no member of the genus Aglaophenia. That the structures
which have been described as corbule in Plewrocarpa are modified branches,*
there can be no doubt. It seems also certain that they are homologous to the
gonosomes open or closed of the genus Aglaophenia. Plewrocarpa has a corbula
nearest related to that of A. bispinosa. It differs from this species, however, in
possessing a terminal extension of the axis of the corbula, which bears pinna,
and in the absence of hydrothece at the base of the ribs of the corbula. A
minor characteristic of Plewrocarpa is found in the mesial nematophore, which
is very long, being continued beyond the orifice of the hydrotheca. The nema-
tophores on the ribs of the corbula of Plewrocarpa are longer and more tubular
than those on the gonosome of any known Aglaophenia. If we look upon the
corbula as a modified branch, and not a metamorphosed pinna, the morphology
of the gonosome of Callicarpa becomes plain. The spike of Callicarpa can then
be regarded as a modified branch, and asa corbula homologous to the corbula of
Aglaophenia. If that is true, in the same way the distal extremities of the
branches in Hippurella are also corbulze.

The fact that the margin of the proximal hydrothece is not as deeply
notched as that of the distal, and that the mesial nematophore of the former
rises but little from the margin, while that of the latter extends far beyond the
orifice, seems to indicate that the growth of the hydrothecz on the pinne takes
place proximally as regards the main stem. In other words, instead of growing
at its distal end, it elongates at the proximal extremity, and the oldest formed
hydrothece are always at the most distal end of the pinna.

CTENOPHORA.

Ocyroé maculata, Rane.

Specimens of 0. maculata were taken by Mr. Agassiz off St. Vincent. From
his drawings and notes, the following description has been compiled.

Ocyroé, as it floats in the water, is well marked by the presence on the walls
of the oral lappets of four large spots, which are very prominent. These
characteristic structures are situated on the inner walls of the oral lappets, and
are formed by a great development of muscular fibres, concentrated in four
areas. Similar muscular fibres, or rows of cells, are found on the inner wall of
the oral lappets of all Bolina-like Ctenophores, where they are more regularly

* Forbes, Edw., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Dec. 1844. Forbes regarded these
bodies in Plumularia cristata as branches.

138 BULLETIN OF THE

arranged on the surface, and not concentrated, as in O. maculata, into prominent

areas. The spots are most conspicuous when the medusa is seen from the

aboral region. ~When the Ocyroé is seen from the side, and not from above or”
below, only two of these areas cau be observed,

In general profile 0. maculata resembles Bolina. The oral lappets are, how-
ever, much more developed, and when expanded are carried at a right angle to
the axis of the medusa. At its distal end each lobe divides into two wings,
which narrow until they become pointed. Plate IV. fig. 3.

The medusa is very active in its movements. The motion is due to the,
“jerky” contraction of the oral lappets. The quick contraction of the muscular
areas forming the conspicuous brown “spots” is the main cause of this violent
motion of the oral lappets.

The chymiferous tubes of the oral lappets have a very tortuous course, es-
pecially in that part of their extent near where they join the base of the auricles.
The rows of combs differ but little from those of Bolina, except from the
great development of the oral lappets, four are relatively much longer than the
remainder.

The auricles are longer than in Bolina. The tentacles, if present, are short
and inconspicuous.

This description is made up wholly from drawings and notes by Mr. Agassiz.
I have never seen O. maculata.

St. Vincent and Barbados, 1879, March.

DISCOPHORA.
Dodecabostrycha dubia, Branpr.

A Discophore closely allied to Dodecabostrycha dubia, Br. was obtained by
Mr. Agassiz * in the Gulf Stream, in the summer of 1880.

Bell low, disk-shaped, with thin walls. The interior in alcoholic specimens
is filled by a dark purple mass composed of sexual tentacles, ovaries, and
stomach. At the apex there is a slight prolongation of this mass into the bell
substance, resembling the “scar” on the apex of the bell of a young hydroid
medusa, where, however, it is the remnant of an attachment to a hydroid.

The lower part, or margin of the bell, is very much enlarged, forming the
marginal lobules, which hang down on the rim far below the point of insertion
of the tentacles. The marginal lobules are supported by sword-shaped bodies,
blunt at one end and tapering at the other, which is their distally placed ex-
tremity. Each lobe is supported by one of these structures, which is medially
placed as regards the lobe. The number of tentacles is twelve, while the num-
ber of marginal lobules is sixteen. The tentacles arise in the incisions between
the marginal lobules.

The otocysts are four in number, and spring, like the tentacles, from the in-

* Letter to Mr. C. P. Patterson, No. 4, Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. IV. No. 8.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 139

cisions between the marginal lobules. Each pair of otocysts is separated by
three tentacles. From the alcoholic specimens I could not determine their
ultimate structure. They are mounted on a short style, and seem to resemble
closely the otocysts of Pelagia. The structure of the under floor of Polybostrica
is very peculiar. The oral appendages are joined together, forming a cylin-
drical body with a terminal mouth opening. This complicated labial ap-
pendage hangs from the lower floor at four points, where the walls are thicker
than in intermediate portions. The part of the cylinder between two supports
is inflated, hanging down in a bag shape.

The ovaries were partially destroyed, but enough of them remained to show
that in their position they alternate with the attachments of the oral ap-
pendages, and that the ovarian tentacles are very large.

The size of the jelly-fish in alcohol is more than eight inches in diameter.
Smaller examples were also taken, which were an inch or an inch and a half
across.

CAMBRIDGE, March 1, 1881.

140

Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.
Fig. 5.
Fig. 6.
Fig. 8.
Fig. 9.
Fig. 10.
Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.
Fig. 5.
Fig. 6.
Fig. 7.
Fig. 8.
Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.
Fig. 5.
Fig. 6.
Fig. 7.
Fig. 8.
Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.

BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE I.

Hippurella annulata, All.

Aglaophenopsis hirsuta, n. g. & s.

Cryptolaria abies, All.

Gonosome of A. imsignis, n. s.

Hydrotheca of Cladocarpus compressus

Hydrotheea of A. insignis, n. s.

Gonosome of C. abies, All.

Denticled stem of C. compressus, n. s.

Nematophores on the jointed appendage of A. hirsuta.

PLATE II.

Callicarpa gracilis, n. g. and s.
Gonosome of C. gracilis.

Gonophore of Aglaophenopsis hirsuta.
Section of gonosome of H. annulata, All.
Side view of the same.

Hydrotheca of C. gracilis.

Section of the gonosome of C. gracilis.
Hydrotheca of H. annulata, All.

PLATE III.

Cladocarpus compressus.

Gonosome of Plewrocarpa ramosa, n. g. & s.
Hydrotheca of Antennopsis ramosa.

Base of a pinna of Plumularia caulitheca.
Hydrotheca of Plewrocarpa ramosa.
Hydrotheca of 4. gracillima, n. s.
Hydrothece of 4. minuta, n. s.

Gonosome of A. gracillima.

PLATE IV.

Ocyroé maculata, Rang. (side view).

O. maculata (oral lappets seen more in profile).

O. maculata (aboral view of one quarter of the medusa).

0. maculata (the oral lappets are closely drawn together).
same side as Fig. 1.

Dodecabostrycha dubia, Br.

View from

“Blake Hydroic

a
E
+
P
,
y f
» *
7
1
. >
é
A
«
‘
. 7A
, 4

“Blake Hydroids

“Blaké Meduse.

Naa

~
_
-_
bv al |
~
=)
oP
-
~
=)
¥

os = -
4 .
7 a | .

No. 8.—Studies of the Jelly-fishes of Narragansett Bay. By
J. WALTER FEWKES.

Tue following pages contain an account of certain new Acalephe col-
lected by me during three summers’ work at Newport, R. I.,* with notes,
anatomical and embryological, on those which have been previously
known. A few jelly-fishes are also described from drawings and notes
made by Mr. Alexander Agassiz, since 1865, at Newport and Naushon.
These are mentioned in the appropriate places under the respective
medusz.

HYDROIDA.

Sarsia mirabilis, Acassiz.

Plate III. Figs. 11, 12.

S. mirabilis is rarely found in Narragansett Bay. During the summer
months which were spent in Newport, only two specimens of this jelly-fish
were found. If one contrasts this rarity of the medusa south of Cape Cod
with its abundance at times in the waters of Massachusetts Bay, the conclusion
seems evident that the specimens which were captured in the former locality
were stragglers, and do not strictly belong to the fauna of Narragansett Bay.
A portion of the base of the tentacle of S. mirabilis is specialized into a spher-
ical body, which projects downwards as the jelly-fish swims in the water, hang-
ing below the margin of the bell.

The walls of this spherical enlargement at the base of the tentacle are formed
of two layers, and enclose a number of cellular bodies, which resemble indis-
tinetly lasso cells. They appear to have some special function, and are not
found in other genera of our coast closely related to Sarsia. Covering the sur-
face of the walls in which they are contained, there are many small, bright red
pigment dots. The true eye-spot (ocellus) is black, and is mounted on a pa-
pilla, which rises on the upper and external side of the base of the tentacle.
The spherical enlargement previously mentioned is on the under and opposite
side of the base of the tentacle. A figure to illustrate the general appearance
of the tentacular bulb, with the two structures, ocellus and problematical sense
organ (spherical body with contained cells), is given, with an enlarged view of
part of the latter structure, in Plate ITI. figs. 11, 12.

* Tam indebted to Mr. Agassiz for facilities to carry on this work in his private
laboratory, at Newport, R. I.
VOL. VIII.—NO. 8.

142 BULLETIN OF THE

Lizzia grata, A. Ac.
Plate I. Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.

Sars * described, many years ago, a jelly-fish closely allied to L. grata, which
he named Cyteis octopunctata. Forbes refers to this jelly-fish of Sars a
form from the coast of England, which he called Lizzia octopunctata. Lizzia
grata, first described from our waters by Mr. Agassiz, is closely allied to
L. octopunctata. While in the figures which Forbes gives of L. octopunctata
there are but two tentacles in each of the clusters midway on the bell rim be-
tween the radial tubes, in the jelly-fish which I had there were three, as is
represented (Plate I. fig. 1). Forbes, however, in his descriptions, speaks o
specimens in which there were three members in the cluster as well as two,
mentioning it, however, as if rather after the nature of an abnormality. Three
is the normal number found in well-developed animals, and none were taken
in which it was exceeded, however far advanced the medusa had grown. The
number of tentacles, however, from the ocellus of the radial tubes, as Mr.
Agassiz figures is, in large specimens, five or six. Forbes, on the other hand,
says that in L. octopunctata only three tentacles arise from the radial ocellus.
(See Naked-eyed Meduse, Plate XII. figs. 3 — 3,.)

The adult and several of the younger stages of L. grata have been described
in the “ North American Acalephe,” by Mr. Agassiz. The process of budding
from the proboscis is mentioned by him in a paper before the Boston Society of
Natural History, in 1862 (p. 100, Figs. 28, 29).

Haeckel t{ has formed a new genus called Margelliwm for the reception
of the Lizzia octopunctata of Forbes and L. grata of A. Agassiz, and looks
upon each as a separate species. In his diagnosis of Forbes’s species, Haeckel
makes no mention of the fact spoken of by Forbes, that the number of
tentacles in the intermediate cluster is sometimes three. This is rather as-
tonishing, as Haeckel considers the supposed inequality in the number of ten-
tacles in different clusters a generic characteristic. Haeckel also suggests the
genus Rathkea for Lizzia-like jelly-fishes, in which the number of tentacles in
radial and intermediate clusters is equal. The young Lizzia resembles so
closely the proposed genus that at least new characters must be pointed out
to distinguish the two.

The Oceania Blumenbachii described by Rathke, and which suggested the
new genus Rathkea, which Haeckel proposes, has eight clusters of tentacles with
generally two members in each cluster. Rathke gives in his figure of O.
Blumenbachii eight chymiferous tubes, an interesting condition, of which I shall
speak in considering a new genus which I have called Mabella. Four of these
tubes in Rathke’s medusa are regarded by Haeckel as foldings, the result of
muscular action in the bell walls.

* Wiegm. Arch. 1837, Part V. p. 406, and Fauna Littoralis Norwegi.
t Naked-eyed Meduse.
+ Das System der Medusen, Erster Band, p. 95.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 143

Sars gives a good account of the process of germination in L. octopunctata.
This description applies also to L. grata, but he was not able to trace the
medusa up to what I believe is its adult. The oldest Lizzia which Forbes
figures is also immature. My account of the sequence in the development
of the tentacles is different from that which Mr Agassiz gives (Proc. Bost.
Soc., 1862).

L. grata was found in abundance at Newport during all the summer months.
Its small size and transparent bell would render it inconspicuous, if not in-
visible, were it not for the eight black pigmented ocelli on the bell margin at
the bases of the tentacles. Four of these ocelli are situated near the point
where the radial tubes join the margin of the bell, and four on the bell rim
midway between the radial vessels.

The bell is deep, campanulate, and in older specimens has a pointed apex.
The surface is smooth in the adult, and destitute of papilla. The relative size
of all the organs can be seen by a study of Plate I. fig. 1. The line at the left
of the figure indicates its size. The proboscis is never, except when the bell is
abnormally reversed, extended outside of the bell opening, but it generally
reaches down about half of the whole height of the bell cavity. The stomach
_is mounted upon a peduncle, which resembles the substance of the bell walls
in its transparency. The chymiferous tubes are small, simple, and without
lateral glands or appendages. They are four in number, and, extending along
the sides of the pedunculated proboscis, open into the stomach. Near this ter-
mination the peduncle bears a cluster of peculiar cells.

The stomach is four-sided, with oral tentacles which impart to it a cruciform
shape when seen from below. The extremity of each oral tentacle is bifid, and
the end of each bifurcation is thickly covered with many small cells or peduncu-
lated knobs. Near the bifurcation of the oral tentacles from the axis of the
proboscis are also similar clusters of knob-like organs of smaller size than those
mentioned. The tentacles are short, very flexible, hollow, uniform in size, and
with smooth surfaces. They are arranged in eight clusters, which in most
stages of growth have an inequality in the number of component tentacles.
The junction of each cluster with the bell margin forms a triangular bulb or
ocellus, which in the adult is dark brown and black.

There are no otocysts on the bell margin. Claparede was unable to find the
male of the Lizzia which he studied. Forbes mentions the male Lizzia as
larger than a female, with the attached buds. Mr. Agassiz figures a male
of L. grata, and calls the sexual structure near the base of the proboscis “ sex-
ual sacs.” I have observed large Lizzia which were females, in which the
power of germination seemed to have ceased, or to have become dormant,
although from the proboscis of the same medusa young had previously formed
by budding. A Lizzia in this condition may have been called a male by
Forbes and Agassiz. The essential elements of the male were not detected in
L. grata. It would be avery interesting fact to determine whether Lizzia lives
for any length of time after the process of germination from the proboscis has
ceased, and, if such is the case, whether true ova and spermatozoa are then de-

144 BULLETIN OF THE

veloped as final products of the same process. From the observations which
were made bearing on this question, it seems probable that the egg in Lizzia is
always produced after the budding of the young has ceased. As a preliminary -
to the whole question, it must first be determined whether Lizzia has a fixed
hydroid or not.

The observation of the egg of Lizzia by Claparede,* who described it as
passing through a direct development, should not be dismissed as an error, in
the summary way it has been by many naturalists. The egg enclosed in a
capsule, which he figures, and which he says develops directly into a me-
dusa, was probably the last product of this process of budding, which opened
with the production of a jelly-fish by a sexual gemmation.

The growth of the bud of a young Lizzia trom the proboscis of the parent is
as follows.

Plate I. fig. 1 represents a moderately large Lizzia, which, however, is not an
adult, where the number of tentacles in radial and intermediate clusters is the
same. In this figure, on the left-hand side of the upper part of the proboscis
an attached medusa bud, considerably developed, can be seen. The shape of the
bud is about spherical, and it is united to the proboscis by a short, thick pe-
duncle, through which passes a tube forming a free communication between
the stomach cavity of the parent and the half-formed proboscis of the young.
The surface of the bell, as that of all the other younger buds which are figured,
is covered with minute papillae. The contractions and expansions of the bud-
ding bell, even while still attached, are quite rapid and violent, causing the
animal to sway back and forth as the water emerging from the opening of the
bell strikes against the inner-walls of the bell cavity of the parent. The cavity
of the bell of the young is relatively much larger than that of the adult. The
whole of its apex is taken up by a short pedicle, by which, as has been already
pointed out, the bud is fastened to the parent.

The number of tentacles appended to the bud in this stage of growth is six-
teen. The same number is also found in the youngest of the free forms, which
had voluntarily separated from the parent, and were fished up with a drag-net.
These tentacles are distributed as follows. At the end of each tube there is a
cluster of three tentacles, composed of a medial member, usually the longest,
and two lateral. A single short tentacle is placed in a position midway on the
bell rim between each of these clusters. The tentacular bulbs in the bud as
compared to the bell are larger in the bud than in the adult. The proboscis
has a yellow color, and is, like that of the adult, already four-parted, and when
seen from below is cruciform. The extremities of the oral tentacles are un-
divided, but bear many small knobs mounted on short thread-like styles. The
proboscis has as yet no peduncle. The stomach and oral tentacles resemble
closely the same organs of Dysmorphosu. Three buds on the proboscis of this
bud belong to a second generation, grandchildren of the original Lizzia with
which our account opened. The second generation of buds has not been found

* Zeit. f. Wiss. Zodl., Bd. X. p. 403.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 145

by me very completely developed, as long as the union of their parent to
the first Lizzia remained unbroken. In addition to a well-developed bud,
which, as Sars pointed out, seems in its growth far in advance of the remainder,
we find other buds, now to be described, in various stages of development, from
a simple hernia-like protuberance of the walls of the proboscis to a sphere
united at one pole to the parent. Each seems in its early stages to be enclosed
in a separate capsule, which is ruptured at the time when the bell opening is
formed, long before the final separation of the bud from its parent. The re-
mains of the capsule after the rupture are then absorbed by the parent. In
the youngest buds from the proboscis of a Lizzia, four of the tentacular bulbs
are very large and conspicuous. These bulbs are situated at the junction of
radial tubes, with a circular vessel. From each of them arises a single club-
shaped and hollow tentacle, which, with the three other primary tentacles, is
nicely folded over the future opening of the bell cavity above the future veil.
In this stage, before the capsule in which the young medusa is contained is
ruptured, the four tentacular bulbs, which become the ocelli, are large, and
form the most conspicuous structure in the bud. In the same stage the pro-
boscis is a club-shaped body, almost filling the whole upper part of the bell
cavity, and has the free end bifid, thus prophesying the future oral tentacles.
Each of the bifurcations is thickly set with lasso-cells, but is destitute of knob-
like bodies mounted on pedicles. The mouth is as yet closed. The next
oldest stage to that last described in the growth of the bud is one in which
there are four radial tentacles, and the beginnings of four others intermediate
between them on the bell margin. This stage resembles in many particulars
a jelly-fish called Dysmorphosa fulqurans, A. Ag. We have here eight tentacles,
of unequal size to be sure, and buds beginning to form on the proboscis, both
true characteristics of Dysmorphosa. A little later the surrounding capsule
breaks, and the bell opening, with its veil, is speedily formed, so that there
protrudes a well-developed medusa, only a little less mature than that shown
in Plate I. fig. 1.

The order of appearance of new tentacles in the intermediate clusters is
different from that given by Mr. Agassiz,* and copied from him by Haeckel.t
The method of growth, more especially the addition of the new tentacles, is
as follows.

The tentacles in the intermediate clusters appear singly, each one of its
cluster being well developed before the beginning of the next following. Good
figures of Liza, while in a stage with two tentacles in each intermediate
cluster, and at the same time with three in the radial clusters, are given by
Forbes. In fact a medusa with tentacles in this condition is the oldest which
he has figured. It is probably, as has been pointed out, a younger stage, for in
subsequent growth a third tentacle is added to each interradial cluster, and
thus we have a medusa in which the number of tentacles is three in all clusters,

* North American Acalephe, p. 161.
t Das System der Medusen, p. 95.
VOL. VIII.— No. 8. 10

146 BULLETIN OF THE

both intermediate and primary, although the tentacular bulbs at the ends of the
radial tubes are larger than the remainder. This predominance in size they
always retain. -Fig. 1, Plate I., represents a young Lizzia, intermediate in -
form between that figured by Forbes and the adult L. grata as given by Mr.
Agassiz. The addition of two more tentacles to the primary clusters completes
the number five and gives for the adult, as far as followed by any observer,
thirty-two tentacles in all. There appears, however, no satisfactory evidence
that this is the maximum number possessed by the adult, and possibly the in-
termediate clusters likewise increase to five tentacles instead of three, which
would give it a resemblance to the genus Rathkea of Haeckel.

Lizia passes through a Dysmorphosa and Margelliwm stage, and has the
power of germination throughout them both. It seems, therefore, hardly
proper as yet to form new genera, as Haeckel has done, on what are surely
embryonic features. The genus Rathkea of Haeckel, or Oceania Blumenbachit
of Rathke, in the description and figures of the latter, has eight chymiferous
tubes. I do not feel justified in considering with Haeckel that four of these
tubes are folds of the bell or muscular fibres. There is one feature found only
in more advanced stages, which seems to be wanting in all the immature con-
ditions of the Lizzia. Four small bundles of oral knobs are formed on the
under side of the lips near the bifurcation of the oral tentacles. 'These make
their appearance at the same time that the second tentacle in the intermediate
clusters develops. Mr. Agassiz has given a good figure of them in the adult
proboscis (N. Amer. Acal., p. 162).

The specimens of Lizzta, with buds in all sizes, which I have studied, were
taken abundantly in tide eddies in Laboratory Cove, at Newport, R. I. The
development of the egg is unknown. At the junction of each of the radial
tubes with the stomach, in older specimens, clusters of small ovarian-like cells
were observed, which resembled undeveloped ova, but I was unable to defi-
nitely form an opinion as to their exact character.

Mabella gracilis, n. g. &s.
Plate VI. Figs. 2, 3.

A single specimen of a very interesting jelly-fish was taken near the close of
the month of July. This medusa is of a genus as yet undescribed, and re-
sembles Dysmorphosa very closely, with the exception (?) that it has eight radial
chymiferous tubes. Gemmation from the proboscis similar to that which has
been described in Lizzia, combined with the last-mentioned characteristic,
makes it a most interesting and exceptionable jelly-fish. The bell has the
shape of a very convex watch-crystal, the height of which is about one half its
radius. It is transparent, colorless, and the surface is covered sparsely with
small papilla. The chymiferous tubes are narrow, without side appendages,
simple, and eight in number. Proboscis without a peduncle, quadrate, with
four undivided and non-bifurcated oral tentacles, which have their club-shaped

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 147

tips covered with knobs not unlike those in Lizzia, The mouth is never pro-
truded beyond the bell opening. There were three half-formed buds on the
walls of the upper part of the proboscis, but none were far enough developed to
exhibit movements of themselves, and appeared to be enclosed in a capsule.
Tentacles hollow, flexible, transparent, sometimes carried upright as in Fig. 3,
are about equal length, and with smooth surfaces. Number of tentacles eight.
The tentacular bulbs are divided into two parts, an external portion so called,
since more distant from the centre of the disk than the other, is carried external
to the bell cavity as the jelly-fish swims, and is of dark brown color. A smaller,
internal part of crimson color may be likened to a true ocellus. Sexual organs
notknown. Hydroidunknown. This genus is the only one described in which
budding takes place from the proboscis of a hydroid medusa with eight, or more
than four, chymiferous tubes. It resembles closely Dysmorphosa fulgurans,
A, Ag.

I feel sure from repeated examination that Mabella has eight tubes in the
bell, but cannot definitely say that it is not the same as D. fulgurans, A. Ag.
Brandt * represents in Rathkea Blumenbachii a jelly-fish with eight tubes, but
the tentacles in it are not single, and no reference is made by him to gemma-
tion from its proboscis as a method of reproduction. The shape of the bells of
Rathkea Blumenbachii and M. gracilis is very different, which leads me to think
that these two meduse, although alike in the number of chyniferous tubes
radially arranged in the bell, are not the same.

Turris episcopalis, Frwxes.
Oceania episcopalis, FORBES.
Plate III. Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.

Several specimens of a jelly-fish, which seems to be identical with the 0.
episcopalis of Forbes, were taken by me last summer. These medusz were all
found in the same week in July, and at no other time. In former seasons it
has not been seen. The whole number of specimens taken was ten. This me-
dusa is one of the largest of the Tubularians of our waters, and is inferior to
none in beauty. The positions which it assumes while swimming are very
characteristic and full of grace. The bell is shaped like an inverted teacup,
with a conical prolongation above. This projection may be retracted into a
spherical shape, or greatly elongated into a slender cone. In some specimens
the cone is capped on the apex by a small button. The prolongation is gelati-
nous and solid, with smooth surface. The walls of the bell itself are thin,
transparent, pale milky white. The radial tubes are very broad with lateral
glands (?) or muscular attachments to the bell walls, imparting to their out-
line a jagged appearance. Number of radial tubes four. Circular tube broad,

* Brandt, Beschreibung der Oceania Blumenbachii einer bei Sevastopol gefundenen
leuchtenden Medusa von H. Rathke, 4 Oct., 1833.

148 BULLETIN OF THE

with a jagged upper edge, as seen in profile. All the tubes infested with
parasitic Distoma. The proboscis is large, hanging from a pyramidal eleva-
tion in the bell cavity left by four recesses, which are prolongations of the.
bell cavity itself, extending into the base of the apical extension of the bell walls.
The broad tubes which extend along the proboscis hang from this projection
as ina sling, one from each angle. The prolongations of the bell cavity up-
ward into the gelatinous substance of the conical apex of the bell leave four
thick partitions, which separate the upper bell cavity into four chambers.
These chambers can best be understood by a study of the figures (Plate III.
figs. 1, 2, 3, 4). The sexual organs were fully developed, and in all the indi-
viduals which I captured were female. The ovaries in larger specimens were
swollen with ova, and are formed of vertically placed tubes flanked with
lateral branches, which, when the ovaries are mature, fill almost the whole
upper part of the bell cavity below its division into the four chambers already
mentioned. The stomach is quadrate in shape, with mouth simple, and desti-
tute of oral tentacles. The proboscis terminates near the veil, and rarely, ex-
cept in distorted specimens, extends outside the bell opening.

There are two kinds of tentacles, the smaller of which probably develop into
the larger. The length of these two kinds of tentacles is very disproportionate.
The ocelli placed upon their respective bases seem to be arranged in two series,
those on the bulbs of the longer tentacles are situated higher up on the bell
than those on the smaller. The long tentacles in the oldest specimen, which
I have studied, are very flexible, and when retracted are closely coiled together,
each one around its respective tentacular bulb. The number of long tentacles
is sixteen. In the young specimen of 0. episcopalis, Forb., which Forbes
figures, there are but eight long tentacles. Four arise from the point of
junction of radial and marginal tubes, and three on the bell rim between each
pair of the primary tentacles. All sixteen long tentacles have triangular en-
largements at their bases, and are joined by one angle of the enlargement to
the bell margin, while the adjacent angle is continued into a pointed projection,
extending upward for a short distance along the side of the bell, as shown in
Plate III. fig. 5. At the very tip of this extension there is a bright crimson
pigment spot. There are sixteen of these pigment spots, and together they
make the upper series. They are true ocelli, corresponding with the black eye-
spots on the tentacular bulbs of S. mirabilis, Ag.

Between every pair of these larger tentacles, there are three short, finger-
like processes, each with a single pigment spot at its base, the color of which is
the same as that of the pigment spots of the upper series. The centrally placed
of these three short tentacles is the most developed, and the pigment spot which
it bears is of about the same size, and has the same appearance, as those of the
upper series. None of the smaller tentacles send a pointed projection from
the tentacular bulb up the side of the bell, as is the case with all the long
tentacles. There are forty-eight smaller tentacles. The pigment spots which
they carry form the second and inferior series of these organs. The tentacles,
both large and small, are hollow, flexible, and with smooth surfaces, Their

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 149

color is pale yellow. In the youngest stages each pigment spot is double,
formed of two clusters of pigment grains of unequal size.

Plate II. fig. 2, in Forbes’s work, illustrates a young specimen of this species.
Figs. 3 b, 3 c, of the same plate, exhibit very well the arrangement of the pig-
ment spots of the tentacles in two series. In Plate III. fig. 2, I have given
for comparison a younger stage of this genus, with eight long tentacles. The
bell is not relatively as high as in Forbes’s figure of the same, and the four pro-
longations of the bell cavity into the apical projection of the bell are more
pointed and deeper than he has represented.

Development from the egg is unknown.

Locality, Newport, R. I.

Turris episcopalis seldom comes to the surface of the water, in the glass vessel
in which it is confined, and may be a deep-sea medusa. It seems to be very
near the medusa which Claus described as Oceania pileata (Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool.,
Bd. XIV., Stud. itber Polypen und Quallen der Adria. Taf. XIII. figs. 46, 47).

Modeeria multitentacula, n. s.
Plate III. Figs. 7, 8, 9.

A jelly-fish found by Mr. Agassiz, in 1865, resembles closely the genus
Modeeria, Forbes, as he has pointed out in manuscript notes from which this
description was made. It differs from M. formosa in the following particulars.
Its bell is of uniform thickness, while in M. formosa the apex is much thicker
than the walls. The chymiferous tubes of M. multitentacula are broad and
well defined, while in M. formosa they are fine and thread-like. The pedun-
cle upon which the stomach and ovaries are borne is much more developed
than in M. formosa. The tentacles are more numerous in M. multitentacula
than in M. formosa, and the pigment spots of the tentacular bulbs are found on
their under surfaces at a short distance from the union of tentacles and bell
margin. The medusa resembles the genus Callitiara, Haeck. M. formosa has
undeveloped ovaries, and may be the young of a form more like M. multiten-
tacula.

The bell of M. multitentacula is high, almost a prolate spheroid in form,
with one pole truncated to form the bell opening. The diameter near the bell
margin is slightly greater than that just above this point. It decreases very
gradually towards the apex, where it is only a trifle less than at the bell margin.
The bell walls are thin throughout, and without apical prolongation or thick-
ening. Chymiferous tubes simple, with smooth profile, and of medium width.
They enlarge slightly before their junction with their tentacles, and are four in
number. In the upper part of their course they arch over on to the pedun-
cle, and extend down the sides of the proboscis to their opening into the stom-
ach. Bell transparent, and with smooth surface.

The proboscis is large, with a peduncle, which fills a large part of the upper
portion of the bell cavity, and extends downward almost to the bell opening.

150 BULLETIN OF THE

The mouth rarely reaches outside the entrance into the bell cavity. The
peduncle in the figure has a cellular appearance. This resemblance to cells
may be due simply to superficial folding of its walls, and the peduncle itself _
may be transparent and gelatinous, like the remainder of the bell from which
it hangs.

The sexual organs are formed of four globular bodies, of orange brown color
in which darker colored patches are distinguishable. The specimen figured is
a female. The male is unknown. The oral tentacles are simple, short, four in
number, and clothed at their tips with many knobs.

The tentacles are numerous, uniform in size, flexible, hollow, carried like
those of Trachynema or Turritopsis closely coiled about their bases. Their
color is greenish, with deeper coloration in the bulbs. Tip of the tentacle
pink. Number of tentacles, thirty-two.

A bright crimson pigment spot is borne on the under side of the enlarged
base of the tentacle, a short distance from its union with the rim of the bell.
This position of the pigment spot is very characteristic.

Development from the egg unknown. Male unknown.

Locality, Naushon, Buzzard’s Bay. A. Agassiz.

This jelly-fish I have never seen, and the description is made from a sketch,
with notes loaned me for that purpose, by Mr. Agassiz.

Gemmaria gemmosa, McCrapy.
Plate I. Figs. 10, 11, 12.

McCrady first described a new jelly-fish from Charleston Harbor allied to
Zanclea of Gegenbaur, to which he gave the name of Z. gemmosa, suggesting at
the same time that its characteristics may be important enough to place it in a
new genus for which he presents the name Gemmaria. Mr. Agassiz adopts the
name Gemmaria gemmosa, and gives additional drawings of what seems to have
been the same jelly-fish. The form which is here described as the adult of
G. gemmosa was discovered by Mr. Agassiz, from whose drawings and notes
this description is made.

The bell is teacup-shaped, with an apical hemispherical protuberance, which
rises slightly above the apex. The bell walls are thin. Surface, except in four
meridional lines yet to be mentioned, smooth. The radial tubes simple, narrow,
smooth in profile, and four in number. Proboscis without peduncle, and ex-
tending normally to the opening into the bell cavity, and sometimes capable of
great protrusion outside the bell. Oral tentacles wanting. The mouth open-
ing is circular. The lips are studded sparsely with large lasso-cells. The
lower part of the proboscis is slender, the upper very much swollen with the
ovarian glands. Ovaries in four spherical lobes, through the walls of which
eges with germinative dot and vesicle can be plainly seen.

The tentacles are primary, uniform in size and length, and four in number.
The tentacular bulbs are large, and each tentacle is thickly crowded with

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 151

tentacular knobs, which resemble stalked capsules, in each one of which is con-
tained a number of lasso-cells (?)._ The knobs near the end of the tentacle are
more scattered. The surface of the tentacle is rough. Four meridional lines
or areas extend from the tentacular bulbs along the surface of the bell to its
apex. To these structures, which are filled with bright cells, the species owes
its name. I am in doubt whether they are continued the whole distance to
the apex. Near the bulbs of the tentacle they form four areas, broader than
the meridional lines, and otherwise differentiated from them.

The otocysts are wanting.

Locality, Newport, in September.

The genus Gemmaria, if this form with four tentacles is the adult, is closely
allied to Zanclea of Gegenbaur.

Dinematella cavosa, n. g. &s.

Plate Il. Figs. 2,3, and Plate IV. Fig. 3.

Many specimens of a jelly-fish closely allied to Stomatoca apicata were taken
in the summer of 1880, This medusa has generally been confounded with
S. apicata, being looked upon as a variety, or as its male.

The most striking superficial difference between the two genera is in the
color of the ovaries, and their peculiar shape. Mr. Agassiz mentions in
“North American Acalephe ” examples of S. apicata where the sexual organs
are cream-colored. He may have had the same medusa whichis here described,
and which is considered a wholly different genus from Stomatoca. The most
important anatomical peculiarity of this new genus is the presence, in the api-
cai prolongation of the bell, of a cavity, which almost fills the whole of this
part. The bell has a conical apical projection which is not as high as a like
protuberance in Stomatoca. The height of the projection is not more than one
half that of the bell itself. In young specimens it is very small. The cavity
within occupies all the lower part of the projection, and has aform which would
contain the frustum of a cone. The contents of the cavity is a liquid identical
with that which circulates in the marginal and radial tubes. A similar cavity in
the apical prolongation of the bell in Ctenaria is said by Haeckel to contain pla-
nul. It is hardly possible in alcoholic specimens to distinguish the planule of
Dinematella from particles of chymiferous fluid. The cavity in the apical pro-
jection of this genus is not a brood sac, and has not been observed with young
meduse within. The extremity of the prolongation on the apex of the bell is
solid, forming a gelatinous hemisphere without external opening, which caps
the top of the cavity. In a younger specimen, the walls of this cap were pene-
trated by a tube, through which, when attached to the hydroid, their cavities
probably communicated. Dinematella probably buds from a hydroid, and this
cavity never serves as a brood sac, at least for stages more developed than the
planula. In older specimens there is no communication between the cavity
and the surrounding medium, as in Ctenaria. The color of the bell is light
green.

152 BULLETIN OF THE

The radial tubes are unbranched, broad, with jagged profile, and four in
number. The proboscis is shorter than that of Stomatoca, and extends two
thirds the distance down the bell cavity. There isno peduncle. The ovaries -
are large, and crescentic shaped, filling a large part of the upper portion of the
bell cavity. They are of a cream color, with a greenish tinge. Oral tentacles
not folded, and undivided, without knobs, and four in number. At times the
oral tentacles by a contraction of the bell walls are extended beyond the bell
opening, as is also the case in S. apicata. Veil thick, muscular, and when at
rest re-entering the bell cavity. It plays a great part in the motion of the
animal. Tentacles two, very long and flexible, and at times coiled into a shape-
less snarl around the tentacular bulb. Their color is light green, with extremi-
ties white. Tentacular bulbs large, pale green, and cream-colored, in the motion
of the medusa carried sidewise like those of Stomatoca. Their color, as that of
the whole tentacle, is often tinged with pink. Between the two long tentacles
in either semicircle of the bell margin there are three slight projections, each one
of which has a bright pigment spot of crimson color. The pigment spots are
not borne on small tentacles, as in Stomatoca, but on simple protuberances.

Otocysts wanting.

Development unknown. Eggs small, white, cast in great numbers in the
glass dish in which the jelly-fish is confined.

Locality, tide eddies in Laboratory Cove, Newport, R. I. Many specimens
were taken each summer.

Stomatoca apicata, Acassiz.
Plate II. Figs. 1, 4, 9.

This beautiful jelly-fish was first described by McCrady, under the name of
Saphenia apicata. It differs very greatly from S. dinema of Eschscholtz and
Forbes in the shape of the bell, as compared with the figure given by the lat-
ter. Eschscholtz gives no figure of S. dinema, and, until a comparison of speci-
mens can be made, it is best to fetain the specific name of apicata for our
representative of the genus.

The only published figure of S. apicata is a poor one by McCrady. A simi-
lar jelly-fish was mentioned by Mr. Agassiz, from New England waters, but he
has given no figures of it, and added nothing to McCrady’s account.

The bell has an irregular, triangular profile, and the upper angle is formed
by a conical projection, apically placed, the height of which is oftentimes
double that of the bell itself. This prolongation varies in size in different
specimens, now very slender, and then short and blunt. It may also be at
times, as McCrady says, jauntily carried on one side. The substance of the
apical projection is solid throughout. The bell walls are thin and with smooth
surface. The diameter of the bell is slightly larger near the margin than a
little above. The chymiferous tubes are broad, with jagged outline, and are
four in number. ' Near their junction with the two tentacles they enlarge into

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 153

small triangular cavities. The stomach is capacious, and without peduncle.
It is very extensile, the lips normally falling outside the bell opening, but also
at times retracted into the cavity of the bell. The upper part of the bell cavity
is almost wholly taken up by large ovaries, which cover and conceal the whole
base of the proboscis. The ovarian glands are formed by four spherical lobes
of claret color, the surface of which resembles closely the convolutions of the
brain. The eggs are cast in abundance by the larger females, and were raised
into planule. They are white in color, and undergo a total, regular segmenta-
tion. I have not traced them into a hydroid, but have no doubt that they ulti-
mately develop into that condition.

The lower part of the proboscis is slender, and enlarges into a trumpet-shaped
mouth. The walls which separate the lobes of the ovaries are continued into
the lips as four elevated ridges, which give to the stomach, when seen from
below, a cruciform shape. The lips of the trumpet-shaped mouth are very
much folded, and are destitute of lasso-cells or knobs. The medial line of the
lower and slender portion of the proboscis is of a claret color, which fades
gradually in the raised ridges into brown and pale red. There are two tenta-
cles, both of which are very long and flexible, and of equal size. At rest they
are generally coiled up into a snarl about the tentacular knobs. Their color is
white. Between the long tentacles in either hemisphere of the bell margin
there are seven tentacula-like bodies, each one with a claret-colored pigment
spot, resembling in size and color an ocellus. McCrady speaks of three of these
pigment structures, or ocelli, but does not figure them in his plate. The ten-
tacula-like structures which arise from the margin of the bell near the radial
tube, intermediate between the longer tentacles, are larger than the others.
The size of all, as compared with the two long teutacles, is very small.

S. apicata is common at Newport, and, like many other jelly-fishes, it seems
to prefer the bottom of the aquarium in which it is confined, and only rarely
comes to the surface of the water.

Turritopsis nutricola, McCrapy.
Plate IV. Figs. 4, 7, 8, 9,10.

The genus Turritopsis, first suggested hy McCrady, is well known on account
of the peculiar life of the young Cunina octonaria, McCr. in its bell cavity.
The only description which we have of the adult is by McCrady, but the dis-
tinguishing points in its structure were not sufficiently emphasized by him, and
especially in the account of the base of the proboscis his description is quite
faulty. The commensalist in the bell cavity of the jelly-fish from Charleston
Harbor I have never seen. Cunina octonaria, its adult, is not found in Nar-
ragansett Bay. Cwnina discoides, s. n. is, however, often taken, and its young
may be a commensalist in some other medusa, but finds no protection in the
bell of our Turritopsis. The bell of the adult 7. nutricola has an almost spher-
ical shape, with thin walls and a slight apical projection. McCrady’s figures

154 BULLETIN OF THE

do not show this protuberance, for the reason that the specimens which he
drew had the proboscis more or less protruded outside the bell cavity. The
external surface of the bell in the adult is smooth, and in the young is crossed -
by eight meridional lines of cells, two of which arise from each tentacle
and extend to the pole of the bell, where all have a common junction. The
radial tubes are narrow, thread-like, and not “ wide,” as McCrady says. They
are four in number. The proboscis is without peduncle. McCrady gives a
long description of what he calls a cellular upper portion of the proboscis, which
resembles a peduncle as found in some other meduse. This cellular structure is
in reality the inverted upper part of the bell cavity of a Turritopsis in which the
proboscis has been extended outside the bell opeuing. The bell of this genus
is often reversed, so that the whole of the proboscis with attached ovaries is
pushed out exterior to the bell, just as takes place in other genera, as Hucope
and Obelia. As a result of this protuberance of the proboscis, the upper part of
the bell is infolded and pressed into a “ cellular body,” like a peduncle. In
normal positions of the medusa the proboscis has no such peduncle.

The ovaries are large, and arranged in four lobes, which cover the whole up-
per part of the proboscis. Their color is orange. Of oral tentacles there are
four, each one of which is subdivided into two parts at the extremity, and coy-
ered with very peculiar knobs, mounted on short retractile, thread-like pedicles.
These knobs, as McCrady pointed out, give to the extremity of the oral ten-
tacle a “frosted appearance.” They are characteristic in their form of the
genus Turritopsis. A few of the same kind of pedunculated cells are found
near the first bifurcation of the oral tentacles, but the most of them are con-
fined to their extremities. The tentacles are numerous, with a length twice
the height of the bell, hollow, flexible, and clavate at their extremities. When
at rest they are coiled around the base, not unlike the position assumed by the
tentacles of Trachynema digitale, A. Ag. The number of tentacles in the oldest
specimen is thirty. The tentacular bulbs are so closely crowded together that
intermediate sections of the margin of the bell cannot be seen, or are so very
small that the tentacular bulbs appear to touch each other.

Otocysts wanting.

Locality, Newport, R. T.

I have not noticed in the jelly-fish the zigzag motion which is mentioned by
McCrady, but the movément was always direct, consisting of several succes-
sive rapid contractions of thé bell and veil, and then a pause followed at a
short interval by similar exertions. McCrady says Twurritopsis is gregarious.
It is found accompanied by large numbers of the same kind, but cannot be
said to be more gregarious than many other jelly-fishes. Accumulations of
many in one place are due to tide eddies.

The younger stages in the growth of the medusa have been well figured by
Mr. Agassiz. A few intermediate stages are given by me to fill wp the gaps in
the developmental history (Plate IV. figs. 4, 6,7, 9, 10). Fig. 6 is a magnified
view of one of the peculiar knobs found principally on the extremities of the
oral tentacles, and characteristic of the genus.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 155

The development of the egg of Turritopsis is unknown, Eggs were ob-
served to be dropped in August. The younger stages of the medusa are
characterized by the tenuity of the bell walls, and the short tentacles, which
are sometimes carried stiffly thrown back along the side of the bell or tightly
coiled round the tentacular bulbs.

Dipurena strangulata, McCrapy.
Plate IV. Fig. 5.

Two species of Dipurena, D. strangulata and D. cervicata, were described
from Charleston Harbor by McCrady, who founded the genus. <A third
species, D. conica, is described from Naushon, Vineyard Sound, by Mr.
Agassiz.

A single specimen of D. strangulata was captured by the author at Newport,
in September. The bell is half-egg-shaped, with the minor axis greater than
the height. It is very transparent, colorless, and has a smooth surface. Ra-
dial tubes four, resembling fine lines on the bell, and simple in profile. Pro-
boscis long, slender, extending when protruded far outside the bell opening,
and with ovaries so distended with eggs that it can with great difficulty be
withdrawn into the bell cavity. At the point on the inner surface of the bell
from which it is suspended, there is an enlargement in the neck of the probos-
cis into a kind of bulb, which has bright red contents. The function of this
bulb is not known. A similar structure, reduced in size, is found in many
other medusz, as in Sarsia mirabilis, Ectopleura ochracea, and some others.
The sexual organs are divided into two parts, or arranged in two packets on
the proboscis, separated by an interval from each other. The upper of these
is placed about midway between the bulb already mentioned and the mouth
or the distal end of the proboscis. This division of the sexual organ is a
simple oblong body of uniform size throughout. Through the external walls
the motion of the chymiferous fluid within the proboscis can be well seen.
The enlargement around the cavity of the proboscis is filled with ova. The
upper portion of the surface is covered with minute warts, the lower bears
patches of bright crimson color. The whole has a greenish color throughout.
The lower of the two divisions into which the sexual’ glands are divided is
larger than the former, and has a slight constriction midway in its length. In
it also, as in the former, the walls of the stomach may be easily seen, sur-
rounded by the peripherally placed eggs. Like the lobe already mentioned,
it too has patches of crimson color in its lower half, and the surface is set
with lasso-cells (?). The mouth is simple, and destitute of tentacles or knob-
like appendages. The tentacles are short, stiff, solid, or with a very small
central cavity, and are generally carried at an angle to the bell. They are four
in number. The tentacular bulb is large, spherical, with green pigment, and
a single small black ocellus externally placed on a slight projection from the
bulb. The distal end of the tentacle is a dumb-bell shaped organ, which is

156 BULLETIN OF THE

separated from it by a neck, the diameter of which is slightly smaller than
the constriction in the dumb-bell shaped organ itself. The whole interior of
the end of the tentacle is filled with patches of crimson pigment, which are.
enclosed in a layer formed of elongated cells placed side by side. Extend-
ing over this cell-layer is a second and thicker stratum, composed of smaller,
less regularly arranged cells. All these histological structures taken together
impart to this portion of the tentacle the resemblance to a specialized sense
organ of some kind. The tentacle itself is composed of large central cells and
a thin layer of ectoderm. Its interior resembles that of a Cunina tentacle.

Otocysts wanting.

Development unknown. Single specimen was a female.

Locality, Newport, R. I.

Zygodactyla groenlandica, Acassiz.

Plate V. Figs. 5, 6, 11, 12.

These jelly-fishes are sometimes two or three inches more in diameter than
measurements which others have given. When fully extended, they are often-
times eighteen inches in diameter. They are very abundant at Newport in the
last of August. To the description which has been given of the adult can be
added, that, extending in radial rows from centre to circumference, between
each pair of radial tubes on the under side of the umbrella, there are rows of
small tubercles or simple knobs, prolongations of the substance of the disk.
There are about twenty such tubercles in each row. In the young Zygo-
dactyla with eight tubes, these tubercles were present, but limited to a circle
with a radius half that of the disk of the jelly-fish itself. I have not found
similar tubercles placed on the inner surface of the umbrella described in any
other medusa, In some cases, as often happens in a Zygodactyla, two of the
tubes divide in their course half-way between stomach and bell margin. The
lines of tubercles also bifurcate, and follow the tubes between which they lie.
On each side of the base of a single tentacle of Zygodactyla, there is a green
body, the function of which is not known. If the openings at the base of the
tentacle are, as has been suggested, depuratory orifices, these structures may
play some important part in this function. Plate V. fig. 11, taken from a
young Zygodactyla, where the tentacle is but slightly developed, shows both the
depuratory opening and the pair of green bodies adjacent to it. The very
young tentacle has at its tip lasso-cells, which disappear with age. The rela-
tive size of the green bodies also becomes reduced as the Zygodactyla grows
older.

The jelly-fish represented in Fig. 156 of the “ North American Acalephz” is
probably not the young of this animal, It is too small, and has four genital
organs, one on each of but four chymiferous tubes. The development of other
tubes takes place before any sign of the genitals appears; and when sexual
organs do develop, they do not begin as round bodies limited to one point on

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 157

the tube, but as narrow folds along the whole length of the vessel. The
stomach of a young Zygodactyla has a rectangular outline. Intermediate tubes
really begin to form while there are but four tentacles, while the figure re-
ferred to (N. Amer. Acal., Fig. 156) has four chymiferous tubes and twenty-four
tentacles.

The youngest Zygodactyla taken by me was captured with the drag-net in
the last of June. It was a little more than an eighth of an inch in diameter,
and is figured on Plate V. figs. 5,6. The color of the bell on a black ground is
pale green ; that of the tentacles, cream-white. The radial tubes broad, four
in number, each one arising from an angle of the rectangular stomach, and ex-
tending the whole distance to the bell margin. There are also rudiments of
four other tubes, each of which arises from the side of the stomach midway
between the pairs of primary tubes, and extends half the radius of the bell, and
there ends abruptly in a slight enlargement. There are four tentacles corre-
sponding with the tubes which are fully developed, and beginnings of four
more, one midway between each pair of primary. The tentacles, as soon as
developed to any extent, are coiled up when the animal is at rest, just as is
the case in the tentacles of the adult. The outer surface of the bell is crossed
by four meridionally placed rows of lasso-cells. These diminish in size with
the growth of the Zygodactyla, and in the oldest meduse are almost com-
pletely lost. No tubercles exist on the under side of the umbrella of a Zygo-
dactyla as small as the example which I figure. Vertical outline of the
stomach rectangular. Development unknown. Although the ovaries were
crowded with eggs, I was unable to raise any of them, and cannot tell whether
it has a hydroid or not, except on the grounds of comparative embryology of
other and similar meduse. Variations in the course of the tubes, their union,
bifurcations, and number, are very numerous. In such cases of abnormal
growths the ovaries which accompany the tubes follow the same variations.

Tima formosa A. Ac.
Plate VI. Figs. 1, 4, 5, 6.

A Tima was very abundant at Newport, in May of the past year, which
later in the season disappeared altogether. In former years, I have begun my
work there in June, and have never had a specimen of Tima. These facts
lead to the conclusion that the medusa is a spring jelly-fish in Narragansett
Bay.

Tima formosa, A. Ag. is closely related to T. Bairdit of Forbes. Of the for-
mer species, the only representative of the genus on our coast, Mr. Agassiz
has given a good account. Larger specimens, with more tentacles than he
mentions, were found, but in the main I have little to add to his description of
the adult. He says that the otocysts have from four to five otoliths. This
number is too small. In many otocysts of young jelly-fishes ten to fifteen
otoliths were counted by me. The otocysts often form new ones by a

158 BULLETIN OF THE

process of self-division. Equatorially in a large otocyst a constriction takes
place, which later deepens until the inner wall touches the floor opposite the
point where the first sign of constriction appeared. The double otocyst, one -
of the component parts of which is usually smaller than the other, is now
separated into two distinct otocysts by the growth of the intervening margin
of the bell. Besides the production of otocysts by fission in this way, new
otocysts also appear by a growth from the ectoderm of the bell rim.

The young of 7. formosa is said by Mr. Agassiz to be without otocysts. A
specimen of Tima still younger than that represented in Fig. 169 of the
North American Acalephe has two otocysts with otoliths, between each pair
of the sixteen tentacles. The number of otoliths in each of these otocysts is
seven.

Many specimens of this genus were without stomachs on the end of the pro-
boscis. From many specimens taken in the last of May, a single example only
was not mutilated in this way. A new stomach, however, grows quickly from
the peduncle of a Tima. It forms by a process of budding in four or five
days, so that all the oral tentacles are fully formed at the end of that time.
The formation of the new stomach begins simultaneously in four points, which
are near the terminations of the chymiferous tubes, at the end of the peduncle.
As they increase in size they join at their sides, at last forming the stomach as
it has been described in the adult.

Eutima gracilis, n. s.
Plate V. Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4.

A single specimen of a Eutima, which differs somewhat from either of the
two species, £. mira and E. variabilis, described by McCrady, was taken in the
tow-net. It differs from these, and also from E. limpida of Mr. Agassiz,
in that each of the rudimentary tentacles, as well as those fully developed,
bears a pair of lateral “spurs,” or thread-like appendages. It may be the
adult of any one of the three forms of Hutima which have been described
from American waters, but the descriptions which have been given of them do
not warrant a reference of it to any one of the known species.

The bell is shallow, rounded at the apex, and has very transparent walls.
The surface is smooth. The radial tubes are thread-like, and from them hang
small transparent sexual organs, which extend their whole length in the bell,
but not on the proboscis. Their undeveloped condition indicates an immature
individual. From the centre of the bell cavity hangs down a long, flexible,
transparent peduncle, along which extend the four chymiferous tubes, after
arching over from their radial course on the bell. The peduncle protrudes
outside the bell opening, and carries on its end a globular stomach, which has
a mouth with four oral tentacles. The latter structures have smooth lips, are
undivided at the tips, and are destitute of knobs.

The tentacles arise from the margin of the bell at the junction of the radial

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 159

tubes, and are four in number. They are long, flexible, hollow, and with ap-
ple-green colored tentacular bulbs. From the base of each tentacle arises a
pair (one from each side) of thread-like “spurs,” which are generally tightly
coiled up, even when the tentacles themselves are extended. These tentacular
appendages have a cream color. (For their relative position see Plate, V. fig. 1.)
Intermediate between each pair of tentacles are four rudimentary structures,
simple elevations of the bell margin, each of which has thread-like “spurs ”
similar to those found at the base of the four long tentacles. There are eight
‘otocysts, two between each pair of long tentacles. Each otocyst contains nu-
merous otoliths.

A single specimen of unknown sex was taken at Newport in the middle of
August.

I have proposed the new name £. gracilis, although one of the forms already
named may be its young.

Eucheilota ventricularis, McCrapy.

Plate V. Figs. 7, 8, 9, 10.

This species of Eucheilota is not as abundant in Narragansett Bay as E.
duodecimalis. The adult has been well described by McCrady, and two young
stages are figured by Alexander Agassiz. My figures are of stages intermediate
between those given by McCrady and the latter. McCrady’s figure of the bell
margin of the adult is in some particulars faulty. He figures (Plate XII.
fig. 1, 6) a tentacle on the bell rim, which has no lateral cirri. All the tenta-
cles have in the adult these characteristic structures.

The first stage of E. ventricularts which I represent (Plate V. figs. 7, 8) is
a little older than one figured by Mr. Agassiz, and has a flat bell with four
simple, radial tubes, and eight tentacles, each with a pair of lateral cirri.
There are eight otocysts, which alternate in position on the bell margin with
the tentacles. The stomach is square in vertical outline, and hangs down
about one third the whole depth of the bell cavity. No oral tentacles with
knobs, or lasso-cells.

A second and following stage is also figured by me (Plate V. figs. 9, 10).
This stage is a little younger than the adult as represented by McCrady.
The whole number of tentacles has now increased to sixteen, and the new
structures have appeared in such a position on the bell margin that between a
primary tentacle and an otocyst there is now placed a single tentacle, so that
each otocyst is separated from the adjacent by three tentacles on one side (the
medially placed of which is a primary tentacle), and by one tentacle, the inter-
mediate, on the other. This order in appearance of the tentacles is different
from other hydroid meduse.

The sexual organs are developed on the radial tubes, and are situated mid-
way in their course between the stomach and the bell margin.

The figure which McCrady gives of the adult does not show the true form

160 BULLETIN OF THE

of the bell, nor the position and shape of the ovaries and proboscis. He omits
also the lateral cirri found on intermediate tentacles,

Development unknown.

Locality, Newport, R. I.

This medusa was discovered in Narragansett Bay by Mr. Agassiz, who has
kindly loaned me his drawings of it for study. Two specimens were taken by
the author in 1880.

TRACHYNEMIDA.

Spherula formosa, n. g. &s.
Plate I. Fig. 13.

A single small jelly-fish, closely allied to Gegenbaur’s genus Eurybiopsis, was
taken in August of last summer.

The bell is spherical, smooth, transparent, and with very thick walls. The
depth of the bell cavity is about a half of the height of the bell itself. The
radial tubes are simple, unbranched, and four in number. Their profile is not
jagged. The veil is thick, muscular, and generally reversed, or turned into the
bell cavity when the animal is at rest. In that respect it closely resembles
Trachynema digitale, A. Ag. The motion of the animal in the water is accom-
plished in part by muscular action of the veil.

The proboscis is without peduncle, the stomach with open cruciform mouth
There are no oral tentacles nor knobs. The mouth resembles closely the
mouth of Trachynema digitale. Along the edges of the lips are rows of lasso-
cells. The color of the whole proboscis is brownish and yellow.

There are four very flexible, hollow, smooth tentacles, with large tentacular
bulbs carried at an angle to the bell. Around them the tentacles are often
tightly coiled.

There are twelve otocysts, each composed of an ectodermic and endodermic
layer. Ovaries wanting. Development unknown.

A single specimen of this jelly-fish was taken in the evening in August. I
think from its want of ovaries that it is an immature form. The endodermic
otolith leads one to place it with Liriope and Cunina, and not with Campanu-
larians and Tubularians, where the whole otocyst with its enclosed otolith is
ectodermic.

Trachynema digitale, A. Ac.
Plate Il. Figs. 5, 6, 7.

Trachynema digitale is closely related to T. ciliatum, Gegenbaur. In the
last part of May, this jelly-fish was very common in the bay, in every excur-
sion filling the dip-nets with their numbers. I have been unsuccessful in a
search for the very young forms, and have looked in vain in the stomachs
of Tima and Zygodactyla, which were very common at the same time, in hopes

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 161

of finding a case of commensalism, such as has been described in closely re-
lated meduse.

A stage in the development of 7. digitale younger than any yet mentioned
is described below.

The bell of the youngest Trachynema is flat, without apical projection, and
covered with small papilla. The surface is destitute of cilia. The chymif-
erous tubes are broad, with smooth profile, and eight in number. Tentacles
solid, stiff, with bright crimson pigment spots in their distal extremities, and
with the surface ciliated. The crimson pigment spots at the end of the ten-
tacles are in irregular patches of color, and perhaps correspond with similar
structures in the tentacles of Dipwrena. There are, however no such dumb-
bell-like structures as are found in the latter genus. The number of tentacles
is eight. The proboscis is short, destitute of a peduncle which is so completely
developed in the adult. The mouth is cruciform, without oral tentacles, or
knobs, and the lips are covered with lasso-cells. Color of the stomach, green-
ish, with brown shades. Otocysts four, each with a single centrally placed
otolith which is endodermic.

In the past summer, all the intermediate stages between that described and
the adult were found. My drawings add nothing to the figures and account
which Mr. Agassiz has published. The tentacles of the adult are covered with
cilia. The male of 7. digitale was not found. The sexual organs were always
extended with ova, which resembled the eggs of other meduse in their trans-
parency, and the possession of germinative dot and vesicle, both of which
latter structures were plainly to be seen.

Cunina discoides, n. s.

Plate II. Fig. 8, and Plate IV. Figs. 1, 2.

The bell of C. discoides is flat, lens-shaped, transparent with smooth external
surface. Radial tubes and extensions of the stomach wanting. No proboscis.
The tentacles are solid, stiff, and borne at right angles to the vertical line of the
bell. Number of tentacles fourteen. Below the bell is a gelatinous structure,
collar-shaped, which hangs from the bell-margin as a circular ring, the width of
which is about one half the height of the bell. This collar is crossed vertically
by ribs (peronie), of which there are fourteen, each one arising from the base of
the tentacle on the margin of the bell. These structures appear to give sup-
port to the tentacles, and have often been mistaken for vertical tubes. On the
lower rim of the collar, which is called a sub-umbrella, are placed the otocysts.
They contain each a single bright garnet-colored otolith, which is endodermic
in its origin. Each otocyst is mounted on a short stalk. As the sub-umbrella
hangs from the rim of the bell, so from the lower margin of the sub-umbrella
is suspended a veil of about the same width as the sub-umbrella. It extends,
however, at about right angles to the vertical axis, and forms a lower “ floor”
of the Cunina. The medusa is propelled in the water principally by the move-

ments of this structure. The lower wall of the stomach is formed by a “ washer-
VOL. VIII. — NO. 8. uf

162 BULLETIN OF THE

like structure” extended from the rim of the bell inwards at right angles to
the vertical axis. The mouth is a simple circular opening in the centre of the
washer last mentioned. The upper walls of the stomach are formed by the ~
concavity in the lower surface of the umbrella. The stomach cavity appears
full of granular particles, which are probably globules of chymiferous fluid.
Sexual organs had not begun to develop. Development of egg unknown. The
jelly-fish studied is probably an immature one, as the size and absence of
sexual glands indicates. Whether it is identical with the Mediterranean species,
which reaches a much larger size, is yet to be made out. It is not a frequent
visitor in Narragansett Bay, and is undoubtedly brought there by the warmer
waters of the Gulf Stream. Its anatomy shows that it is very different from
Prof. McCrady’s Cunina octonaria.

This description was made up from figures by Mr. Agassiz and a few rough
sketches made by the author.

Liriope scutigera, McCrapy.*
Plate VI. Figs. 7, 10,11.

A single specimen of L. scutigera, McCr. was found at Newport in the sum-
mer of 1878.

Its bell is hemispherical, very transparent, with thick walls and smooth ex-
ternal surface. Radial tubes thread-like, unbranched, and four in number.
Proboscis elongated, slender, with a long peduncle, which extends very far out-
side the bell opening. This peduncle is highly flexible. The lips of themouth
are simple, not elongated into oral tentacles, and cruciform when seen from be-
low (Plate VI. fig. 10). Upon the lips are placed many lasso cells. The color
of the lips is purple. A short gastrostyle hangs down as a continuation of the
peduncle inside the stomach. No commensalists attached to it.

The tentacles are long, hollow, very flexible, and four in number. Lasso-
cells are arranged in rings, alternating with smooth surfaces along each tentacle
to its very tip.

Otocysts four, each one containing a single endodermic otolith. Each otocyst
is sessile on the margin of the bell, and is accompanied by a club-shaped
structure mounted on a short peduncle (Plate VI. fig. 11). The ovaries are
situated on the radial tubes. They are heart-shaped, and so inflated with ova
that their edges closely approach, where their width is the greatest.

The development of the egg is unknown.

* McCrady has published a partial description of this jelly-fish in his “‘Gymnoph-
thalmata of Charleston Harbor,” p. 106. A figure of the same is given in the North
American Acalephe, p. 60. The author of the latter does not represent the heart-
shaped ovaries, but in his description says of them that they are more heart-shaped

than McCrady describes. L. scutigera, McCrady, and L. Catherinensis, Fritz Miller,
may be the same medusa.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 163

SIPHONOPHORA.

Agalma elegans, Fewxzs.

A. elegans is generally found once or twice each summer in Narragansett
Bay. It appears with striking regularity about the end of the month of
August.

In order to illustrate the general form of the adult there is given a life-
size figure of one of the largest of these animals which was taken (Plate X.).
Figures of the more important members of the colony and of younger stages
can be found with explanations on Plate IX. The youngest Agalma figured
in the latter plate (Fig. 2) resembles in some respects the genus A thorybia,
and on that account is called the Athorybia stage. It is characterized by em-
bryonic covering scales, which have serrated edges, and by peculiar tentacular
knobs (Figs. 9, 9*). Nectocalyces are not formed in this stage, and the float
is surrounded by a crown of covering scales fastened to an embryonic stem, which
is later absorbed. The covering scales of the adult Agalma (Figs. 3, 4) are not
serrated along their margins, although their edges are crossed by rows of lasso
cells (Figs. 11, 18), the tips of which, when seen in profile, impart the appear-
ance of a serration to the border of the scale. The embryonic tentacles of the
Athorybia larva never develop into those of the adult. These two structures,
or at least the knobs which they bear, are so different in form in larva and
adult that there is little doubt that they have different functions (compare
Figs. 9, 9*, with Figs. 20, 21).

The embryonic knobs do not resemble the tentacular knobs of the genus
Athorybia, but are not unlike those of Nanomia cara, A. Ag. They bear
on their distal ends long stiff hairs (cnidofils) which seem to arise from
peculiar cells in the substance of the knob. They are non-retractile, and can be
made to separate from or approach each other. All together generally when
separated at their tips assume a fanlike shape. The mass of the knob itself is
made up of large lasso-cells of two kinds, Of these the majority form a pave-
ment of cells laid side by side, making a cup-shaped body, which is seen in the
upper basal part of Fig. 9. The second kind of cells lie between these and
those terminal cells out of which seem to issue the “ cnidofils.” The em-
bryonic knobs have a darker crimson color than that possessed by the adult
tentacular pendants.

The embryonic tentacle of the Athorybia larva arises from an embryonic
polypite (Plate IX. fig. 14, f). This polypite is formed out of the modified yolk
sac, and differs from the other polypites, which are formed later by the presence
on the side towards the attachment of the tentacle, of a network of bright red
pigment spots. The meshes of this latticework of pigment are clearly differ-
entiated and well marked. This peculiar pigmentation distinguishes the em-
bryonic polypite. All the others, which arise as simple buds from the stem,
are destitute of the latticework of pigment found at the base or on the sides of

164 BULLETIN OF THE

the embryonic polypite. A larva of Agalma in astage following the Athorybia
stage bears a remote likeness to the genus Physophora. Although the resem-
blance is somewhat distant, for want of a better name I have called it the
Physophora stage (Plate IX. fig. 1).

In this stage the tasters are arranged in a circle on an enlargement of the
axis of the larva opposite the end which bears the float. This is a true char-
acteristic of Physophora. Although nectocalyces are well formed, there is a
section of stem between this terminal enlargement of the axis and the lowest
nectocalyx which bears covering scales. This last feature separates the young
Agalma from the genus Physophora. On the same enlargement which bears
the circle of tasters there are two polypites, an embryonic, which is the modified
yolk sac with the tentacle from which embryonic knobs are pendent, and a poly-
pite with the characteristic tentacle and knobs of the adult. Both of these arise
from the axial enlargement at the end of the stem. From a point on the axis
just below the lowest nectocalyx hangs a single taster with tentacle, and small
buds which later grow into polypites.

Tentacular knobs of both kinds coexist in this stage, but they are never
found together in Agalmata in which there are more than four pairs of necto-
calyces. No provisional or embryonic organs appear in stages between the
Physophora stage and the adult Agalma. As far as the anatomy of the adult
Agalma is concerned, I have little to add to what has already been given by
others. In the arrangementof different individuals on the stem there is always
a definite sequence, and the different individuals are never displaced from their
proper order. Nectocalyces are always found on the nectostem, while feeding
polyps, tasters, and sexual bells follow in an order which is exactly reproduced
in different sections of the polyp stem. If we take a single such section the
order is found to be as follows. Beginning with the upper end, there is found
at first a polypite, just below which is the grapelike cluster of female bells.
Removed by a considerable space on the stem from these, there is a cluster of
tasters surrounded by male bells, and then, after another interval of about the
same length of stem, another polypite with female bells and the beginning of a
new section, which if followed out would be found an exact repetition of the
preceding. This sequence is normally followed, whatever the length of the
stem may be. New members of the polyp stem arise in the region just below
the lowest nectocalyces. New nectocalyces always form on the nectostem just
below the float.

In the Agalma which is figured in Plate X. there are seventeen pairs of nec-
tocalyces, and seventeen sections bearing polypites and female sexual bells.
This numerical identity is not a coincidence, but seems to occur normally in all
stages of growth after that called the Physophora larva.

The development of the adult feeding polyp or polypite of Agalma seems to
be quite peculiar. The feeding polyp originates as a simple two-layered bud
from the stem, and assumes at first a globular shape. From this it elongates
into a flask-like body, the proximal portion of which retains a spherical form, as
shown in Plate IX. fig. 5. This spherical basal part is formed almost entirely

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 165

out of a thickened middle layer, which lies between those which first formed
the bud. On the distal portion of the walls of the spherical base of the polyp-
ites in this condition of growth many large lasso-cells arranged irregularly, as
shown in the figure, make their appearance. At the base of the polypite
where it joins the peduncle by which the feeding polyp hangs on the axis of
the Agalma, there is a ferule-like structure, which has been called the “ Wim-
perwulst.” From this body in older stages the tentacular knobs, and after
them the tentacles, later arise, Plate IX. fig. 72. As in its growth the polypite
becomes older, Fig. 6, it takes on a more flask-shaped form, and the thick-
ened median layer becomes reduced in size, while the lasso-cells in this region
of the polypite increase in number. The Wimperwulst retains about the
same size as in the former figure. In the next stage in the growth of the
polypite, a part of which is figured in Fig. 8, the enlargement of the proxi-
mal end of this structure is still more diminished in size, and in the adult
feeding polyp the reduction has gone so far that the swelling has completely
disappeared, leaving between the Wimperwulst and the body of the polyp-
ite a kind of constriction richly covered with lasso-cells. This adult form is
figured in Fig. 7. With the exception of the constriction between Wimper-
wulst and polypite the feeding polyps have already been well described by
Leuckart, Gegenbaur, and others.

Closely connected with the growth of the polypite is the development of
the tentacular knobs from the collar or Wimperwulst at its base. These
bodies begin as simple buds, which elongate into hollow club-shaped structures
of regular outline, Plate IX. fig. 22. In a somewhat later stage (Fig. 22*) the
distal end of the cavity of this organ slightly enlarges in diameter. Lasso-cells
are present in the walls of the proximal part of the immature knob. These
figures show that from the very first this “adult knob” is wholly different from
that which has been called the “ embryonic knob,” Figs. 9, 9%. The enlarge-
ment at the distal extremity increases in diameter (Fig. 22°), differentiating three
lobes from the extremity of the growing knob. The two lateral of these lobes
by subsequent extension form those filament-like structures which I have repre-
sented in the adult knob, Figs. 20, 21,6. The medially placed lobe, which is
the extremity of the knob placed in the angle between the two lateral pro-
longations, becomes the terminal sac (a, Figs. 20, 21) in the adult knob.
The remainder of the half-formed knob coils itself together, passing into the
future sacculus, while in its walls form those characteristic lasso-cells which
distinguish this organ in the adult. Pigment also darkens its walls, and from
its proximal part a circular rim is pushed out, which grows down around the
sacculus enclosing it, in a sac which is shown in the figure of the adult knob
as covering the whole sacculus, with the exception of the distal appendages,
Fig. 21, e. In Fig. 20, e, this structure, which is called the involucrum, is
drawn back to expose organs within, which otherwise could not be well shown.
The last parts of the knob to be formed are two muscular threads, differ-
entiated from the coiled sacculus, which connect the distal and proximal ends
of the body of the knob, within the involucrum. These muscles have for a

166 BULLETIN OF THE

function the retraction within the involucrum of the extremity of the knob.
They are shown in Fig. 20, d.

Eudoxia Lessonii, Huxtey.
Plate VI. Figs. 8, 9.

In my paper on the Siphonophore (Bull. M. C. Z., Vol. VI. No. 7) a speci-
men of H, Lessonii is mentioned as taken near Newport. That mention is here
supplemented by two figures of the medusa.

Diplophysa inermis, Gecrnsaur.
Plate VI. Fig. 12.

In the figure given of this medusa, organs corresponding to those in E. Les-
sonii have the same lettering.

DISCOPHORA.
Cyanea arctica, Escuscnotrz.

C. arctica is one of the more abundant jelly-fishes in Narragansett Bay.
Three species of Cyanea called C. arctica, Per. & Les., CO. fulva, Ag., and C.
versicolor, Ag., have been described from the eastern coasts of the United States,
by Prof. Agassiz. The main points of difference between C. arctica and the
other species, C. fulva and C. versicolor, do not seem of sufficient importance to
call for their separation. Differences in color in this as in many other Dis-
cophore may be the results of individual, seasonal, or sexual variations.

Tue EpHyra OF C. ARCTICA.

Very little is known of the ephyra of C. arctica. It has not been figured by
Prof. Agassiz, and the representations by others are imperfect and few in num-
ber. It differs very greatly from the ephyra of our other common Discophore,
Aurelia, and on that account I have introduced figures of it here. The genus
Cyaneopsis of Brandt is an ephyra of Cyanea, as a comparison of the figures which
I have given with his will, I think, make evident. The latest figures which
have been published of the ephyre of discophorous meduse are those in an
excellent paper by Claus,* of the genera Aurelia, Chrysaora, and Pelagia. In
Agassiz’s “ Contributions ” are excellent figures of the ephyra of Aurelia. No
representations are found in either of these works of the ephyra of Cyanea.
Agassiz gives a short description of the young of this genus, but of a stage con-
siderably older than that which I discovered.

The youngest ephyra of 0. arctica which was captured was caught with

* Studien iiber Polypen und Quallen der Adria.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 167

the dip-net, in the month of May. I have given a figure, Plate VII. fig. 9, of an
octant of this immature Cyanea seen from the oral side. This octant, as the
other seven which compose the disk, bears an otocyst, and hence I shall in my
description designate it as the sense octant. The lappets, one on each side of
the radius in which the otocyst lies, are called in my description the sense lap-
pets, or lappets of the sense organs.

The movements of the umbrella of the ephyra are very rapid, and when at
rest its lobes are thrown backward and upward, as in Plate VII. fig. 4*, expand-
ing the oral folds and causing them to project in the manner shown in that
figure. The diameter is between an eighth and a quarter of an inch. It has a
light brown color, and at a superficial glance resembles an ephyra of Aurelia.
The likeness of the ephyra of Cyanea to that of Pelagia cyanella as figured by
Prof. Agassiz, or of Chrysaora as represented by Claus, is so close, that it might
easily be mistaken for that of either of these genera.

There are eight sense lobes in the ephyra, as in the adult Cyanea. The in-
cisions in the margin separating the lobes are very deep, and so wide that these
bodies are removed from each other by an interval equal to the width of the
lobe itself. The whole aboral surface of the disk is covered with very minute
papille, which a little later in the growth of the ephyra elongate into promi-
nent filaments, of which I shall speak later. To anticipate, let me say that
the developed filaments are figured in Plate VII. fig. 1. The whole disk of the
ephyra, especially the margin of the disk, has very thin walls.

The structure of the “lower floor” of the umbrella in the ephyra is very
complicated. In the centre of the disk on this side there is found a mouth,
which is a simple opening surrounded by a slightly raised, quadrate-shaped
ridge, forming the lips. The elevation of this ridge above the lower floor of
the ephyra is very slight, and the lips are as yet without folds. There are,
however, four re-entering angles, one on each side of the rectangular ridge,
which impart to the mouth as seen from below a cross-shaped outline. Plate
VII. figs. 9, 10. The points of this cruciform figure later elongate, and, hang-
ing down like curtains, form the complicated folds of the oral appendages to the
mouth.

From the under surface of the “lower floor” of the ephyra in the interval
left by the re-entering angles in the ridge about the mouth there is formed a
tentaele (S), differing in no respect from the first tentacles found on the
umbrella margin. As there are four of these re-entering angles about the
mouth, there are at first only four of these tentacles, one for each angle. Each
one originates as a simple bud, and as they become more developed smaller
buds form near and upon the base of that first developed. Plate VII. fig. 9°.
The position in which this tentacle is found refers it to the sexual organs. In
the adult Cyanea these tentacles are very numerous, and are found in rows
above the sexual glands. In my figure, Plate VII. fig. 13, the natural position
has been reversed, and the row of sexual filaments is found below the ovaries.
In the genus Cyanea the sexual filaments of the adult are very minute ; in
Polybostricha dubia, Br. they reach a much greater development.

168 | BULLETIN OF THE

Internal changes, in addition to those already mentioned, accompany the de-
velopment of the ephyra into this stage of the young Cyanea. The stomach
cavity is prolonged into extension between the umbrella and the lower floor of -
the medusa, as in the youngest ephyra, but these extensions have become
broader, as the lobes in which they lie have become widened. The lateral
branches, which in the ephyra were almost tubelike, are now much broader,
yet still without bifurcations at their extremities. The circular muscular folds
have become more clearly differentiated, and on the under side of the walls of
the young medusa triangular-shaped muscles connected with these circular folds
have begun to push out into the sense octants. In each sense octant there
is a pair of these muscles, which at this stage are very minute, but are later
greatly developed in the “ under floor” of the adult. The otocyst of younger
stages, as well as of the ephyra, is simpler than that of the adult. The “hood,”
which in the adult (d, Plate VII. fig.12*) covers and protects the sense organ, is
not developed in any of the ephyra-like stages. The same is true of the oral
curtains, Plate VII. fig. 12, c, which hang down on either side of the otocyst in
the adult. P

One half of an octant of a young Cyanea still older than that represented in
Plate VII. fig. 8 is shown in Fig. 7. The more important internal changes which
have taken place are the results of the enlargement and filling out of the margin
of the umbrella to a more regular and unbroken outline, and the addition of new
tentacles in the marginal clusters. There is also a multiplication of sexual fila-
ments, many of which have been removed from the figure to avoid complication.
The function of these sexual filaments in the adult is somewhat doubtful.
They are said to have a motion by which the water in proximity to the sexual
organs is removed, and pure water continually made to replace the impure.
This motion I have never observed, nor am I able to distinguish the male
Cyanea from the female. The figures which are given in Agassiz’s “ Contribu-
tions ” of the immature ovaries and spermaries, resemble each other very closely,
the spermaries possessing folds in the mesentery-like membrane (0. s.). Are
not like folds also sometimes found in the ovarian organs? I figure, Plate
VII. fig. 13, the ovaries of a Cyanea, of which the ova were not mature. Plate
VIII. fig. 13, illustrates the microscopical structure of the egg and its envelope
in the ovary of the same age.

Outside the four tentacles formed in the re-entering angles of the lips of the
ephyra of Cyanea, there is a ring in the lower floor which is less transparent
than the remainder of the floor, and thickly striated. This ring is the origin
of the muscular folds in the lower floor of the adult Cyanea. The lower floor
is joined to the umbrella itself by perpendicular partitions, eight in number,
each situated on the lines where the sense octants join each other.

In the angle of the incisions in the margin of the umbrella separating the
lobes which bear the otocysts, there arises from the oral side of the ephyra, at
the same time with the sexual tentacle, another of about the same size. As
there are eight of these incisions, there are at first eight of these tentacles.
They originate as simple buds, and elongate to a length equal to the diameter

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 169

of the ephyra. One of these is always in advance of the others in time of ap-
pearance, and is the longest. This predominance of one of these marginal ap-
pendages is another expression of bilateral symmetry, which, as has been pointed
out by others, is well marked in the tentacles in the younger scyphistoma stage
of Cyanea and Aurelia.

In the ephyra in which there are eight tentacles on the margin of the um-
brella, octants of which I have represented, Plate VII. figs. 9, 10, the resem-
* blance to the members of the family of Pelagide is very striking. Not only in
the outward form is this likeness apparent, but in the internal anatomy the
resemblances are very close. One of the most striking of these anatomical like-
nesses is to be seen in the course of the chymiferous tubes in the sense octants
of these two forms. If one will compare Fig. 9 with a sense sector of Pelagia
cyanella, he will find the tubes almost identical in their course. The addition
of new tentacles on the margin of the umbrella of the ephyra takes place by
the growth of new tentacles on either side of that first formed, and in pairs, one
on each side at the same time. These grow along two sides of a V-shaped
figure, in which the first formed tentacle is situated at the angle of the V, and
is directed towards the centre of the ephyra. The subsequently formed tenta-
cles to the primary always arise external to those already developed. Marginal
tentacles in all stages of growth, from a bud to a well-developed filament, ar-
ranged along the figure of which I have spoken, are shown in Plate VII. fig. 8.
The same figure shows also the changes which have taken place in the contour
of the rim of the sense octant, and the greater development of the bundle of
sexual tentacles. The specimen from which the drawing was made was not
raised from the larval ephyra, but was taken free swimming in the dip-net.

In some of the older forms following the ephyra stage, the upper surface of
the umbrella is covered with peculiar undescribed filaments. These are well
shown in a young Cyanea somewhat older than that, an octant of which
is figured, Plate VII. fig. 7. This stage with the filamentous appendages is
shown, Plate VII. fig. 1. The whole upper surface of the umbrella is covered
with peculiar tentacles of unknown function. They are most developed in
younger stages, but are not wholly wanting in the adult. The filaments to
which I refer were first noticed in these young Cyanew by Dr. Walter Faxon.
Of the anatomy of these filaments there is very little to be said. They are
very flexible, transparent, of brownish color, tapering uniformly from base to
extremity, and seem to be simple prolongations of the substance of the bell,
covered by a layer resembling that which is stretched over the whole of the
aboral surface of the umbrella. They are also solid, and destitute of lasso-eells.
Their superficial layer is penetrated by those same nerve cells which are found
all over the surface of the umbrella, the histology of which has been so elabo-
rately investigated by Dr. Eimer. These cells are undoubtedly connected with
sensation of some special kind, and we may consider with great probability that
the aboral filaments are specialized sense organs. I suggest for them, whatever
their function may be, the name of “aboral papille.” In some genera of Dis-
cophore the same appendages also exist, but they are nowhere as prominent as

170 BULLETIN OF THE

in the young of Cyanea. In Aurelia, Plate VII. fig. 6, they are represented by
wart-like excrescences of small size, covering the whole upper surface of the
bell, even to the marginal lobules.

ON THE SENSE ORGANS FOUND ON THE BELL MARGIN oF
CYANEA ARCTICA,

The structure of the sense organs found in the rim of the bell of Pelagia,
Aurelia, and Cyanea has been carefully studied by Dr. Eimer. His observations
of Cyanea are less complete than of the other genera, and as the differences are
in some respects so radical, I have here described the more important details
of their anatomy again. The “marginal sense bodies ” of C. arctica are eight in
number, and are situated at equal distances on the rim of the umbrella in in-
cised angles, slightly removed from the margin. Morphologically, each of these
structures is a modified tentacle, as pointed out by Agassiz.

The eight extensions of the stomach in the interval between the lower sur-
face of the umbrella and the lower floor are separated from each other by verti-
cal partitions connecting these structures. The early condition of these vertical
partitions has been already mentioned in speaking of the ephyra. It remains
to be noticed that they lie in radial lines, separating the octants which bear the
sense bulb from those from which the bundles of marginal tentacles hang.
The chymiferous tubes or extensions from the stomach into the periphery of
the disk divide as they approach the margin of the umbrella into a single small
central, and two large lateral branches. The central of these, which is medially
placed, extends directly into the otocyst, while the lateral divisions are subdivided
into many dendritic branches, becoming more and more subdivided as they ap-
proach the margin of the lobes on either side of the sense bulb or otocyst. It
will be seen, however, by a consultation of the figures, Plate VII. figs. 7, 12,
that only a part of the lobes adjacent to the sense bulb is penetrated by branches
from the optical extension of the stomach, part of which passes into the otocyst.
By far the greater number of dendritic branches arise from chymiferous
tubes, which lie in the same sector as the bunch of marginal tentacles. The
dendritic branches of the main divisions of the ocular tube are of two kinds,
one of which spreads itself out in the margin of the umbrella, while the other,
arising from the sides of these tubes, extends into curtain-like folds (Plate VII.
fig. 12 c) on the under surface of the umbrella. These curtains are placed as fol-
lows. On the aboral side of the adult Cyanea the otocyst is covered and pro-
tected by a roof-like prolongation of the upper surface of the umbrella into
what is known as the hood (Plate VII. fig. 12%, d). On the oral side, this hood
does not exist in the same form. It is, however, represented in the oral cur-
tains. When one carefully examines the otocysts from below, or from the oral
side, they are found to be protected by raised walls or curtains, which do not
join each other, but arise from the edges of the adjacent lobes and extend par-
allel with each other from the base of the otocyst to a distance far beyond
its distal end. They are so placed in reference to each other that their free
edges, which are crescent-shaped, slightly overlap (Plate VII. fig. 12, ¢). It

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 171

is as if we had a hood on the oral side of the sense organ only split along the
medial line.

Into these curtains extend the dendritic branches from the sides of the main
branches of the extensions from the stomach into the sense octants of the um-
brella, What the “hood” accomplishes on the aboral side, these lappets par-
tially perform on the oral aspect of the disk. Both structures serve for the
protection of the delicate parts which they surround.

Upon the base of the style which bears the otocyst in the genus Cyanea, and
on its oral surface, there rises an elevation, Plate VII. fig. 14, covered with
papille, which I think are connected with the function of sensation. This
structure takes the place of an organ found on the aboral surface of the disk of
Aurelia, and called by Eimer the “Sinnespolster.” The “Sinnespolster” of
Aurelia, as he says, is wanting in the aboral surface of Cyanea. It is repre-
sented in part by this wart-like protuberance covered with papille (Plate VII.
figs. 5, 14), on the under surface of the otocyst style. Whatever the function
of this organ may be, it has escaped the notice of all those who have studied the
nervous and sensatory systems of this genus. In Aurelia this protuberance on
the style in Cyanea is wholly wanting, and is perhaps represented by that struc-
ture wanting in Cyanea, and called the “Sinnespolster.”

There remains yet to be noticed in my description of the general form of the
sense organ of Cyanea certain hollows or angles in the neighborhood of the oto-
cysts formed in the rim of the umbrella. I refer to organs which Eimer has
called the inner “ Reichgriibschen.” As the style of the otocyst rises from the
margin of the umbrella, it leaves on either side, between it and the lateral folds,
two small recesses. One of these cavities is shown on Plate VII. fig. 12, just
above the point where the curtains, c, begin to rise from the oral surface of the
sense lappets, and on a level marked by a line drawn through the papille per-
pendicular to the radius of the medusa. On the aboral side the “ hood,” and
on the lower, which is for the most part open, a part of the ends of oral cur-
tains (c), Fig. 12, enclose the recesses thus left, so that they resemble imper-
fectly closed furrows in the edge of the disk walls. These cavities are said
to be sensitive, their walls are so thickly set with nerve cells. The cavity of
the adult otocyst is filled with hexagonal calcareous otoliths of prismatic shape,
terminated by six-sided pyramids. The centre of each prism is filled with a
small cube which resists the action of caustic potash. In addition to an elon-
gated prismatic form with terminal pyramids, many of these otoliths are hex-
agonal lozenge-shaped, with flat terminal facets. The color of the otoliths is
bright orange, and when enclosed in the otocyst renders it very prominent in
the midst of the transparent walls of the umbrella. A cluster of small otoliths
is found on the under side of the otocyst near its junction with the style, which
may be the same as the ocellus described by Claus in Aurelia, while the larger
otoliths belong more to a different organ of sensation. If that is true, in the
otocyst of the Cyanea is an organ of sense representing the ocellus and the true
otocyst of certain hydroid meduse.

The walls of the otocyst are made up of three layers, of which the external

172 BULLETIN OF THE

alone stretches over the terminal end of this organ. In this layer are epi-
thelian cells, modified into nervous elements. The otocyst is fastened to the
style, which bears it on the lower side, so that, instead of being continued.
directly into it, the cavity opens from the upper sides of the otocyst through
the under side of the style.

Exceptions to the regular number of otocysts in Cyanea and Aurelia are
common.

Aurelia flavidula Per. & Lzs.

A few specimens of this medusa were taken each summer. They were as a
general thing fewer in number and smaller than those found in Massachusetts
Bay. An Aurelia as large as a water-bucket, which is not a rare sight north of
Cape Cod, I have not seen in the southern bays. A side view of a small Aure-
lia is beautifully figured in the well-known “ Contributions to the Natural
History of the United States.” The figure is taken from a medusa with con-
tracted bell, and oral lobes, and consequently there is no representation in it
of the otocysts. I have given a figure of Aurelia with disk expanded and oral
appendages extended, in order to show, more plainly than one in which these
parts are drawn together can, the position of the sense organs to which I
wish to call special attention. (Plate VII. fig. 2.)

The otocysts of Aurelia differ very greatly from those of Cyanea, yet still we
can in both recognize homologous parts. The oral curtains hanging down
one on each side of the otocyst of Cyanea are wanting as such in Aurelia. They
are represented in part by two lappets, one on each side of the sense bulb, a,
Plate VII. fig. 3. Corresponding morphologically with the dendritic divisions
found in the oral curtains and adjoining sense lobes of Cyanea, there are in
Aurelia, arising as branches from the prolongation of the stomach into the
sense octant, two blindly ending horn-shaped tubes, which, as seen from above
(Plate VII. fig. 3, b), appear to embrace the style of the otocyst, and extend a
short distance into the base of the lappets, a, Plate VII. fig. 3. The prolonga-
tion of the stomach into the sense octant, in Awrelia, takes the form of a
straight tube, the diameter of which is quite small. This tube, after arising
from the stomach, passes directly towards the margin of the disk, and when
near the otocyst opens into a circular-shaped enlargement. Into the same
cavity pass also two other pairs of chymiferous tubes, one on each side, which
are branches from another system of vessels likewise extensions of the stomach.
From the under floor of this cavity, which is shown in Plate VII. fig. 3°, near
its peripheral part, there arise three small vessels besides those which have
been already mentioned. One of these, the median, is continued directly into
the cavity of the otocyst, passing through the style of the same, while the others,
the two lateral branches, are the horn-shaped tubes which seem to embrace the
style of the otocyst, and enter for a short distance the lappets of the sense bulb.
Their extremities never become dendritic, but end blindly in the substance of
the lappet. As has been hinted at above, these sense lappets in Aurela are
represented in part by the oral curtains hanging down, one on each side of the

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 173

otocyst of Cyanea, Plate VII. fig. 12,c. The lateral tubes which enter their
bases are strictly homologous to the early conditions of the lateral branches in
the ephyra of Cyanea, Figs. 9,10. That there is this resemblance between the
marginal sense bodies of the young Cyanea and the adult Aurelia is still another
fact added to many others, that Cyanea stands higher in the scale of life than
Aurelia, or that Aurelia is an arrested stage of development similar to the
young of Cyanea.

Dactylometra quinquecirra, A. Aa.
Plate VIII. Fig. 14.

D. quinquecirra is a rare medusa in Narragansett Bay. One or two specimens
are taken each summer. The adult, one half natural size, is shown in Plate
VIII. fig. 14. The genus is characterized by the presence of five tentacles
between each pair of otocysts. In other respects it resembles Pelagia, to which
genus it was referred by Desor.

The umbrella is thickly pigmented with brown and zed spots, which are
very large in the middle of the upper surface of the umbrella. The color of
the bell is pale blue and brown. The same color with pigmentation is likewise
found on the tentacles.

There are oral appendages of two kinds, four of which are quite long, float-
ing gracefully along after the medusa as it swims in the water. The remaining
oral appendages are shorter, more ruffled, confined to the immediate vicinity of
the mouth, and extending only a short distance outside of the bell below the
lower floor. The stomach lobes are united at their bases, yet not by a solid
circular ring such as exists in Cyanea. Ovaries yellow, hanging in baglike
masses between the pillars by which the oral appendages are suspended. In
aleoholic specimens there are no circular muscular folds such as exist on the
lower floor of Cyanea. The whole umbrella is very flexible. Size six to ten
inches in diameter. There are generally five tentacles between each pair of
marginal sense bulbs. These tentacles vary in size, and oftentimes there are but
three or four between each pair of otocysts. The chymiferous tubes resemble
closely those of the genus Pelagia. They are not dendritic at their distal ends,
as is the case with Cyanca, nor branched as in Aurelia, but pass directly to the
vicinity of the otocysts, where they divide, sending a branch into the cavity

of this structure, and lateral forks which are continued into a tube which runs
along the margin of the disk.

CTENOPHORA.
Mnemiopsis Leidyi, A. Ac.

M. Leidyi is one of the most common Ctenophores in Narragansett Bay. In
the latter part of the summer and early autumn these jelly-fishes fill the water
in Laboratory Cove, Newport, and can be found in almost all stages of develop-

174 BULLETIN OF THE

ment. M. Leidyt resembles very closely Bolina alata, Ag. What is very much
needed is a critical examination and comparison of both genera. Mr. Agassiz
says the latter genus is limited to north of Cape Cod.

Mnemiopsis is distinguished from the other Ctenophores, except Bolina, by
the great development of the lappets or lobes on each side of the mouth, and
their irregular triangular profile (Plate VIII. figs. 1, 2). The ridienesiaee ten-
tacles lie in a groove, covered by a “hood” resembling a structure of the same
name in Cyanea covering the otocysts.

The young M. Leidyi recalls a Plewrobrachia in possessing long, flexible tenta-
cles with secondary appendages (Plate VIII. figs. 3,4). These tentacles become
more and more reduced in size with the growth of the young Mnemiopsis,
until in the adult they reach the rudimentary condition figured in Plate VIII.
fig. 9. The presence of well-developed tentacles in the young Bolina was first
pointed out by Prof. McCrady.

Another likeness between the young Mnemiopsis and the tentaculated Cteno-
phores, like Plewrobrachia is the development on its aboral pole of a special
“sense area”? of peculiar shape (Plate VIII. figs. 5, 5*). The outline of this
area as that of the same in the adult Plewrobrachia, is dumb-bell shaped, and the
otoliths are enclosed in an otocyst, midway between the two extremities. On
either side of the centrally placed cluster of otoliths, yet within the same sac
or otocyst, is a single otolith not yet united to the cluster. As the Mnemiopsis
grows older, the dumb-bell like area of the larva is reduced in size by drawing
in the two extremities, until, in the adult, it has almost wholly disappeared.
It seems to be an embryonic sense organ, which is confined to larval
stages of higher Ctenophores, and to the adult of such lower forms as
Pleurobrachia. The adult of M. Leidyi (Plate VIII. figs. 1, 2) is very trans-
parent, when contracted (Fig. 2) ovoid, and when expanded roughly triangular
in profile. In each lateral hemisphere the walls of the body are continued
into lappets of great size hanging down on either side of the animal. These
lappets are very movable, and when the jelly-fish is alarmed they close
together below the mouth. Their inner walls are crossed by a network of
muscular lines (Plate VIII. fig. 11) composed of small cells placed side by
side, The external surface of the body is thickly dotted with small papille.
The oral lappets are separated from each other by deep longitudinal furrows
along the sides of the body. The diameter of the jelly-fish from the floor of
one furrow to that of the opposite is much less than that from one surface of
the oral lappets to the other. In the former of these planes lies the longitu-
dinal axis of the mouth and the rudimentary tentacles. The length of the
Ctenophore from mouth to sense bulb is about one half the whole length of
body and oral lappets taken together.

In the longitudinal furrows and on each side of the medial line of the same
lies a single auricular appendage (Plate VIII. fig. 2, h), which arises from the
walls of the body just above the line, passing through the mouth at right
angles to the axis of the jelly-fish. These structures extend a short distance
below the level of the mouth. Their general form is seen in Fig. 2. They

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 175

are lined with a vibratile plate. There is a pair of auricular appendages in
each furrow, making four on both sides.

The rudimentary tentacles are placed in a medial position in the furrow at
the extremities of a diameter passing through the longitudinal axis of the
mouth. Theyare club-shaped (Plate VIII. figs. 7, 8, 9), and bear in their re-
duced condition small filaments or secondary appendages. These filaments are
also found on the adjacent ridges of the body, extending in two rows, one on
each side of the tentacle to the angle where the tubes from the “oral lappets ”
and “auricular appendages” join (Fig. 10). The recess in which the rudimentary
tentacles lie is closed on one side by a “ hood,” d, Plate VIII. fig. 8. The tentacle
springs from the body walls, and is affixed by one end and by a part of the
lateral walls. In the adult the tentacle rarely projects beyond its socket. Its
secondary appendages, however, are often extruded beyond the rim of the hood
which shields the club-shaped tentacle to which they are affixed. The socket
in which the tentacle lies, and one wall of which is made by the “ hood,” is the
diminutive representative of the tentacular socket of Pleurobrachia. Scattered
pigment cells of crimson color in the base of the tentacle may represent a former
ocellus. On either side of the base of the tentacle, Plate VIII. fig. 7, 8, a, the
socket is continued into recesses not unlike the sense organs called “ Riech-
griibschen ” in the bell margin of Cyanea.

The course of the lines of comblike swimming plates differs but little from
that of the same structures found on the surface of the body in other Cteno-
phore. There are eight rows of combs, four of which are much longer than the
remainder. The modifications in their length are due to the abnormal develop-
ment of the oral lappets. The rows of vibratile combs, which are situated on
the same hemispheres from which the lappets are suspended, are much longer
than those which lie in the furrows between these lobes. Isolated single combs
from front and side are shown in Plate VIII. figs. 12, 12*. These combs retain
their power of motion even when separated from the jelly-fish, and are often
found rolled into a spherical ball, which is kept in rotation for a considerable
length of time by their combined motion.

With the exception of eight small vessels passing along the upper surface of
the bell to the locomotive flappers, there are in Mnemiopsis no tubes which take
origin from the upper end of the “funnel” near the otocyst. All the tubes
arise from the lower extremity of the “funnel” just at its union with the upper
end of the stomach, and not from the other extremity, upon which the otocyst
is situated. The “funnel” itself is very short, but is well marked. From the
lower end of the funnel arise six tubes, four of which by subsequent subdivision
form the tubes, which lie under the locomotive flappers, while the remaining
pair extend to the region of the mouth, each of the latter passing into a tenta-
cle, b, Figs. 7, 8. The appearance of these tubes in the young Mnemiopsis,
when they closely resemble each other, is shown in Fig. 8.

The edge of the “ auricular appendages ” has fastened to it a vibratile plate,
which extends, without break, from the base on the side turned to the medial
line, to the angle which the rim of the oral lappets makes with the body of the

176 BULLETIN OF THE

animal. This vibratile plate is homologous with the vibratile combs, of which
it is the exact continuance. The bright crimson pigment spots found in a row
at its base and along the auricles are probably functional, but, whether sensory _
or not, has not been determined.

From the origin of the tentacle to the angle formed by the oral lappets and
a ridge from the auricular appendages, Plate VIII. fig. 10, there passes a row of
small tentacula-like bodies, which closely resemble the filaments or secondary
appendages to the rudimentary tentacle. They resemble closely the tentacles
foung along the bell margin in Aurelia (Plate VII. fig. 6). Folds in the walls
of the intestine near the upper end of its course are well marked. These struc-
tures are figured in Bolina by Mr. Agassiz.

The upper part of the funnel and the otocyst of M. Leidyi is figured in Plate
VIII. fig. 6. The bundles of nerves which pass from the ganglion beneath the
otocyst distribute nerves to all the important organs of the body. Their course
can be traced very well, even to the margin of the oral lappets. They are un-
branched, and of a white, almost silvery color. Their course in a small portion
of the inner surface of the oral lappets has the appearance shown in Plate VIII.
fig. 11. There is in the adult no circumscribed aborally placed sense organ of
dumb-bell shape similar to what has been mentioned in the young, Plate VIII.
fig. 5%. A part of the body walls around the otocyst has a granulated appear-
ance, which may represent this structure in a reduced form.

The otocyst is a two-layered sac containing otoliths arranged in a cluster.
This sac is without apical opening. The connection of the otoliths with the
ganglion is through the walls of the floor upon which the cluster rests, and not
by suspension from the upper walls of the capsule. Four bundles of nerves
arise in a symmetrical manner from the ganglion, two of which are well
marked, and extend into the oral lappets, d, Fig. 6.

The network of lines on the inner walls and surface of the oral lappets is
arranged with great regularity, and does not form those characteristic spots, four
in number, which exist in Ocyroé maculata, Rang. Each line in the network is
made up of small cells, laid side by side. Nerve fibres are especially rich in
the oral lappets, which, as a result, are highly sensitive, quickly responding by
retraction when the surface is touched.

CAMBRIDGE, February, 1881.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 177

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

The size of the medusa is indicated by a line at one side of the bell. A line of this
kind refers to the bell exclusive of appendages.

Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Fig. 6
Fig. 7
Fig. 8
Fig. 9
Fig. 10
Fig. 11
Fig. 12
Fig. 13
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
Fig. 3
Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Fig. 6
Fig. 7
Fig. 8
Fig. 9
Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.

PLATE I.

Lizzia grata. This specimen is not fully developed, but has attached young,
one of which is almost ready to separate from the attachment, and can
be seen through the bell walls.

Young bud of the proboscis of LZ. grata. The capsule in which it is confined,
when attached, has been removed, and the tentacles drawn apart.

The bell margin of L. grata asit breaks away from attachment to the parent’s
proboscis.

. Bud on the proboscis of Z. grata inside the capsule.
. Tentacles around the mouth of adult Z. grata, which has one bud from the

proboscis.

. Young Z. grata just before the rupture of the connection with the parent.
. Very young Z. grata with infolded tentacles.

. Gemmaria gemmosa (adult). Only one tentacle is represented.

. G. gemmosa (natural size).

. Tentacular bulb of G. gemmosa.

. Tentacular knobs of G. gemmosa.

. Aboral view of G. gemmosa.

. Spherula formosa (young 2).

PLATE II.

. Stomatoca apicata (adult). Only a single tentacle is represented.

. Young of Dinematella cavosa.

. Apex of the bell of D. cavosa.

. Base of the proboscis of S. apicata (male 2).

. Young of Trachynema digitale.

. View of the same from oral side. One tentacle represented.

. Part of the bell rim of 7’. digitale (adult) showing parts of two chymiferous

tubes and of the tentacles.

. Tentacular bulb of Cunina discoides.
. Four stages in the development of the egg of S. apicata. The lowest figure

is the ciliated planula. Size of planula #4, inch.

PLATE III.
Turris episcopalis (adult). One tentacle figured.
Young of 7’. episcopalds.
VIII. — No. 8. 12

178

Fig. 5
Fig. 6
Fig. 7
Fig. 8
Fig. 9
Fig. 10
Fig. 11
Fig. 12
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
Fig. 3
Fig. 4.
Fig. 5.
Fig. 6.
Fig. 7.
Fig. 8.
Fig. 9.
Fig. 10.
igs, su;
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.
Fig. 5.
Fig. 6
Fig. 7
Fig. 8
Fig. 9
Fig. 10

BULLETIN OF THE

. Upper part of the bell of 7. episcopalis. This figure shows one of the four

continuations of the bell cavity into the apical prolongation of the walls
of the bell.

. Optical section of the ovaries and bell margin of 7. episcopalis. The origin

of two long tentacles and the three intermediate papille is shown on the
lower side.

. The tentacular bulb of 7’. episcopalis. The figure shows the relative position

of the ocellus.

. Undeveloped tentacular papilla of 7. episcopalis.

. Tentacular bulb and ocellus of Modeeria multitentacula (ower side).

. Modeeria multitentacula.

. Optical section (from aboral side) of the same.

. Tentacular bulb of IZ. multitentacula (right side).

. Ocellus and base of a tentacle of Sarsia mirabilis.

. Cells and pigment spots of the spherical base of the tentacle of S. mirabilis.

PLATE IV.

. Ounina discoides.

a. Sub-umbrella.
6. Otocyst.
v Veil.
View of C. discoides from oral side. One tentacle and one otocyst rep-
resented.
Dinematella carosum (adult).
c. Cavity in the apical prolongation of the bell.
Young Twurritopsis nutricola (oral view).
Dipurena strangulata (adult).
Pedunculated structure found on the adult oral lappets of 7. nutricola.
Young 7. nutricola (side view of Fig. 4).
Oral appendages of 7. nutricola.
Stage in development of 7’. nutricola between Figs. 7 and 10.
Turritopsis nutricola (adult).

PLATE V.

Eutima gracilis (adult).

Two rudimentary tentacles (?) with cirri, and a single ocellus, of Z. gracilis,

Tentacular knob of E. gracilis (adult).

Mouth of Z. gracilis (adult).

Young of Zygodactyla groenlandica,

Side view of the same.

Eucheilota ventricularis (young).

E. ventricularis (oral view).

Half of Z. ventricularis (adult).

Quadrant of EZ. ventricularis (oral view).

Single undeveloped tentacle of Zygodactyla groenlandica.
e, e. Green bodies.

Fig. 12.

Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.
Figs. 5,

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 179

Sextant of adult 7. groenlandica (oral view.)
c. One of four meridional lines of lasso-cells (?) on the bell.
d. Tubercles arranged in rows between the radial tubes, and situated
on the under side of the bell.
v. Velum.

PLATE VI.
Tima formosa (young).
Mabella gracilis.
M. gracilis (side view).
Otocyst of 7’. formosa (from young figured in Fig. 1).

6. These two figures show how by fission two otocysts of 7’. formosa are

formed from one.
h. Point of constriction of walls.

Fig. 7. Liriope scutigera (adult female).
Fig. 8. Eudoxia Lessonii (side view).

Fig.
h 11.
512.

9.
10.

. Primitive covering scale.
. Oil globule. This oil bubble is nof the same as the float of Agalma.
. Somatocyst.
. Tentacle.
. Nectocalyx.
. Tentacular knob.
. Chymiferous tubes of the nectocalyx.
. Oil globule in somatocyst.
. Polypite.

s. Female sexual bells.

The lettering in Figs. 8, 9, and 12 corresponds.

Eudoxia Lessonii (dorsal view).
Mouth of Liriope scutigera.
Otocyst of L. scutigera.
Diplophysa tnermis.

SBsQMwBsoagsaee,

PLATE VII.

Young of Cyanea arctica, showing the filaments covering the upper surface
of the bell.
Aurelia flavidula.
Marginal sense organ of 4. flavidula. View from the dorsal surface.
a, Sense lappets.
b. Sinnespolster.

. Same as above from oral surface.

Ephyra of C. arctica. Margin of the disk contracted.

. The same with disk margin expanded.

Marginal sense body of C. arctica (young).

Margin of the bell of Aurelia flavidula with lobules and tentacles.

Portion of the disk of a young Cyanea in which the sense organ and bundle
of tentacles are shown (oral view).

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

put
:

11.

14,

BULLETIN OF THE

. An octant of the disk of Cyanea showing the early condition of the chymif-

erous tubes, the sexual filaments, and the bundles of marginal tentacles.

. Octant of the ephyra of C. arctica (oral view).

s. Single sexual filament.
Still more developed ephyra of the same (oral view).

- Aboral view of the region of the bell margin in which the sense organ is

situated (Cyanea).
Marginal sense organ of Cyanea.
c. Single curtain hanging down on the left-hand side of the otocyst.
Hood covering the otocyst on aboral side.

. Sexual organs and sexual filaments of Cyanea (female).
- Peculiar sense organ (?) on the under side of the peduncle of the marginal

sense organ of Cyanea.

PLATE VIII.

Mnemiopsis Leidyi, expanded, life size.
The same, contracted and seen in a plane at right angles to Fig. 1.
a. Sense pockets of the tentacle.
h. Vtbratile plate.
z. Intestine, with surrounding glands.
j. Rudimentary tentacle.
Z. Vibratile combs.
Young of Fig. 1 (Mnemiopsis Leidyi) with embryonic tentacles extended.
Side view of the same.
Aboral view of the young of If. Leidyi a little younger than those figured
in Figs. 3, 4.

. Sense area of young Mnemiopsis.

Sense organ, with nerves (d) of adult Mnemiopsis.
Rudimentary tentacle of a young Mnemiopsis.
Rudimentary tentacle of the adult of the same.

a. Sense pockets.

b, Chymiferous tube.

d. H od covering the rudimentary tentacles.

. Side view of the tentacle raised from the socket in which it lies.
. Place of junction of tubes in the angle made by the oral lappets and the

body of the Ctenophore (Mnemiopsis).
e. Tube from the ambulacral combs.
f. Row of pigment spots extending to the tentacle, and bearing small
thread-like tentacles. :
Cells found forming a network on the inner surface of the oral lappets of
Mnemiopsis.
Dactylometra quinquecirra, A. Ag.

PLATE IX.

. Young of Agalma elegans.
. Athorybia stage of A. elegans.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 181

Fig. 3. Covering scale of A. elegans (adult).
e’.. Central tube.
Fig. 4. Side view of the same.
Figs. 5, 6, 7, 8. Development of the feeding polyp of A. elegans.
x. Structure at the base of the polypite from which arise the tentacles.
The region between this and the body of the polypite is homolo-
gous to the spherical enlargement with lasso cells shown in Fig. 8.
Fig. 9. Provisional tentacular knob found on the first tentacle formed in the early
stages (Athorybia and Physophora stages of A. elegans).
Fig. 9°. View of this knob from below.
Fig. 10. Taster of A. elegans.
Fig. 11. Young covering scale of 4. elegans).
Fig. 12. Adult nectocalyx of the same.
Fig. 13. Young nectocalyx.
Fig. 14. Primitive polypite and tentacle of Athorybia stage.
Figs. 15, 16, 17. Stages in the growth of the covering scale.
Fig. 18. Side view of a young nectocalyx older than Fig. 13, turned a little to one end.
ae. Mantel tube.
Fig. 19. Side view of adult nectocalyx.
Fig. 20. Extruded sacculus of a tentacular knob of adult.
a. Terminal vesicle.
6. Terminal filaments.
c. Sacculus.
d. Small muscles connecting two extremities of the sacculus.
e. Retracted involucrum.
Fig. 21. Tentacular knob of the adult Agalma with sacculus withdrawn into the
involucrum.
Figs. 22, 22%, 22>, 29° 994 998, Development of the adult tentacular knob up to the
trifid terminal division.
Fig. 23. Very young covering scale.
Fig. 24. Termination (distal) of the taster.
Fig. 25. Optical section of the undeveloped covering scale of A. elegans.

PLATE X. Agalma elegans (life size).

. Float.

Nectocalyces. 0’. Undeveloped nectocalyces.

Stem.

. Covering scale.
Tentacle. e’. Tentacular knob. j. Retracted knobs in a bundle.
Male bells. g. Female bells.

. Taster.
Tentacle of the taster.

ors as ee

182 BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

INDEX.

Agalma elegans . + » « -« ‘ Si bce ae . eter, LED
Aurelia flavidula : “ A A - - 5 = - 172

Cunina disecoides . - - - : : - : 3 - : a GH
Cyanea arctica. : - : : : - : 5 . C 166
Dactylometra quinquecirra. : c - é ; 5 : a tne
Dinematella cavosa. : : : 5 : : : 3 Lipa 151
Dipurema strangulata. : : : : : : : . : - 155
Diplophysa inermis . : - - : : : : . . = 166
Eutima gracilis. ° : : 4 - : : c : “ - 158
Eucheilota ventricularis - : . : : : 5 : - 159
Eudoxia Lessonii . fs - : : : A 4 - - 166
Gemmaria gemmosa . = = : - . “ rs A - 150
Liriope scutigera . s : - . : : - : 5 : = 262

Lizzia grata “ : . - : : : : 3 ; ; : 142
Mabella gracilis. - “ - : 4 - : - : é . 146
Mnemiopsis Leidyi_. : : : : < : . 5 : : 173
Modeeria multitentacula : “ . : : ; x ae . 149

Sarsia mirabilis . 141
Spherula formosa 160
Stomatoca apicata : . : . 152
Tima formosa : 1 : ; 5 : : : : 5 4 mo LOd,
Trachynema digitale . é : “ : : . . eee 160
Turris episcopalis . - . : . . . . ° . 5. 148
Turritopsis nutricola . . 3 : - ° ' ° : 153

Zygodactyla groenlandica : ; 4 ° . ° owes . 16

PET

Fewkes, Medusc

ie,

/
/
eA

wn
ay
“te,

\:
iq
Minas TER ER RS

[¢ ~
s

we ORR (¥) ee Le P

P} II

Fewkes,Medusa

te ss

=
NS

Pl II]

Fewkes, Meduse

PLIV

pL ERIN wen?

(Pemorb al Sostor

The Heliotype Printer

Fewkes,Medusce P1.V

=
Ra
=

es
3
fs
|
&

‘=

Fewkes,Meduse&

=
a

ru ~

yy WN
Vu

WCE FEN AG aa

‘4
PRCT Onn

See CY

A.Meisel. hth

ii re
sia TOLER

& gone wT Soha

few LEO I aIe

oan >

y y
ay Sys ep Sea of fea ray a 985% o

POV MD Fe

ad
SP O98 Ss 5 9

No. 9.— List of Mammals collected by Dr. Edward Palmer in North-
eastern Mexico, with Field-Notes by the Collector. By J, A. ALLEN.

THE region traversed by Dr. Palmer includes the eastern portion of
the State of Coahuila, the southern parts of Nuevo Leon and Tamaulipas,
and a large part of the State of San Luis Potosi. The specimens were
collected chiefly in the vicinity of the city of San Luis Potosi, but in-
clude a number from Monclova, Parras, Saltillo, Rio Verde, and the neigh-
borhood of Tampico. The remarks respecting the distribution and
abundance of the species, when of a general character, may be taken as
relating to the general region traversed. The collection throws much
light on the range of Mexican mammals, and in a few cases extends their
range much beyond their previously known limits. The detection of a
species of Heteromys so far northward is perhaps the most important
single fact of the list. The notes on the relative abundance and dis-

tribution of the species, written from Dr. Palmer’s dictation, are dis-
tinguished by being enclosed in marks of quotation.

1. Canis latrans, Say. Prarriz Wor; Coyrore.

“Generally dispersed but not common, having been to a large extent de-
stroyed by poisoning and shooting.” Dr. Palmer reports their occurrence in
small numbers in all the parts of Eastern Mexico visited by him. One speci-
men was sent from San Luis Potosi.

2. Urocyon cinereo-argentatus (Schreb.), Coues. Gray Fox.

“Generally dispersed and very common. Often domesticated.”

8. Putorius brasiliensis frenatus (Licht.), Coues. BripLep WEasEL.

Mountains near Saltillo, August 11, 1880. The species is represented in the
collection by a skin and skull. “ Apparently not common.”

4. Taxidea americana berlandieri (Baird), Allen. Mexican Bapncer.

The localities represented are San Luis Potosi, San Pedro (Chihuahua),
and Saltillo. Not common.

5. Bassaris astuta, Licht. Crver Car.
One specimen, San Luis Potosi, March 29, 1879. “ Not very common, but
occurs in small numbers nearly everywhere. Often tamed as pets.”

VOL. VIII. — NO. 9.

184 BULLETIN OF THE

[Bison americanus (Gmelin), Smith. American Bison.

Of this species no specimens were of course observed, but it is here intro-
duced for the purpose of recording some traditional evidence of its former
presence at points outside of its hitherto definitely recorded range. “ Accord-
ing to the testimony of old people,” says Dr. Palmer, “the Bison was very
abundant about Monclova and Parras when the first settlers reached these
points, probably half a century after the conquest. For some years they killed
large numbers for food, but soon they ceased to appear. There seems to be no
reason why, so far as the nature of the country is concerned, the Bison may not
have ranged also to Saltillo. Careful observation failed to detect any of their
remains, nor could I learn that such have been met with. Little attention,
however, is paid to such things by the inhabitants, which might easily pass
unnoticed, even if existing.”’]

6. Cariacus virginianus mexicanus (Gmelin), Allen. Common Derr.

The collection contains the head of a male, obtained at Savinito, Tierre
Caliente. ‘Common everywhere in the wooded mountains, to which they are
restricted. Very common about Tampico, and are frequently exposed for sale
in the markets of the town.”

[Dr. Palmer informs me that he found no indication of the presence of the
Prong-horn (Antilocapra americana) in any portion of the region he traversed.
This is an important negative fact, as tending to fix the southern limit of this
species, as it is known to occur further westward in the northern parts of the
States of Chihuahua and Sonora.] Berlandier is cited (Alston, Biol. Cent.
Amer., Mam., p. 113) as authority for the statement that its range extends
“southwards at least throughout the State of Tamaulipas.”

7. Nyctinomus brasiliensis, Is. Geoffroy.
Four specimens, San Luis Potosi. ‘Common, infesting the houses. This
is the common Bat of this region.”

8. Plecotus auritus, LeConte. Bic-rarep Bar.
One specimen, San Luis Potosi. This appears to be the first record of this
species from any part of Mexico.

9. Spermophilus grammurus (Say), Bachman. Linep-Tairep Srer-
MOPHILE.

One specimen, taken at Angostura, Rio Verde, one hundred and sixty miles
south of San Luis Potosi. “Occurs here and elsewhere abundantly about old
walls and rocky places. Very destructive to the crops, and a great pest. From
the nature of their haunts they are hard to capture.”

10. Spermophilus mexicanus (Licht.), Wagner. Mexican SPERMOPHILE.

One specimen, Monclova. “ Widely distributed at favorable localities, but
not nearly so abundant as the smaller species”’ (8. spilosomus).

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 185

11. Spermophilus spilosomus, Bennett. Sonoran SPeRMOPHILE.
Eleven specimens, representing both the young and the adult, are in the col-
lection from San Luis Potosi, and one each from San Pedro (Coahuila) and
Parras. There is very little variation in color with age or individually.
* Abundant. Lives on the open plains and about the edges of fields, where
it is a troublesome pest. Hibernates. Many are tamed.”

12. Cynomys ludovicianus (Ord), Baird. Eastern Prairie Doc.

Five specimens, from the vicinity of Saltillo. “Only a single small colony
was met with, in a little valley surrounded by mountains, not far from Saltillo,
confined to an area of some thirty or forty acres.”

This discovery extends the range of the species considerably to the south-
ward and eastward of any point from which it has hitherto been reported. In
“Monographs of North American Rodentia,” p. 896, I inferentially gave its
southern limit as the Staked Plains of Western Texas, overlooking the fact
that it had been recorded by Dr. Kennerly (Rep U.S. Mex. Bound. Surv., II.
Mamm., p. 40) and by Dugés (La Naturaleza, I. p. 137) from the State of
Chihuahua, the former observing it as far westward as the Sierra Madre.

13. Mus decumanus, Pallas. Brown Rar.
“ Abundant in the cities of the interior, as well as in those of the coast. It
was common at San Luis, and extends as far north at least as Zacatecas.”

14. Mus alexandrinus, ft. Geoffroy.

Four specimens, from San Luis, where it is “common in the houses.” In
addition to these are two specimens which seem to be unquestionably hybrids
between this species and M. rattus, with which it has been repeatedly stated to
interbreed.

15. Mus rattus, Linné. Brack Rat.
Two specimens, San Luis Potosi. “ Lives in the houses and also in fields.”

16. Mus musculus, Linné. House Mouss.
“ A numerous pest everywhere in the houses.”

17. Hesperomys melanophrys, Coues.

One specimen, a full-grown male, San Luis Potosi, September 1, 1879.
“Rather common in the fields.”

As admitted by both Coues (North Amer. Rodent., p. 102) and Alston
(Biol. Cent. Amer., Mam., p. 147), there is strong probability that H. mela-
nophrys, Coues, and H, mexicanus, De Sauss., are identical. The specimen col-
lected by Dr. Palmer agrees in size with Dr. Coues’s largest examples from
Tehuantepec ; the black eye-ring is also quite conspicuous, but the back pos-
teriorly is apparently more strongly ferrugineous. I therefore provisionally
adopt Coues’s name in preference to De Saussure’s.

186 BULLETIN OF THE

18. Neotoma floridana mexicana (Baird), Allen. Mexican Busu Rat;
“ RatTa DEL Campo.”
yeotoma mexicana, BAIRD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII., April, 1855, 333 ;
Mam. N. Am., 1857, 490; U. S. & Mex. Bound. Surv., II. Pt. 2, 1859, Mam.,
p- 54, Pl. XXIV. fig. 1, skull.
yeotoma micropus, Bairp, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII., April, 1855; 333 ;
Mam. N. Am., 1857, 492; U. S. & Mex. Bound. Surv., IJ. Pt. 2, 1859, Mam.,
p. 44.
Neotoma floridana, GEOFFROY, Zoél. Voy. Venus, 1855, 154, Pl. XIII. — Coues,

Mon. N. Am. Roden., 1877, 14 (partim). — Dugés, La Fraternidad, I., 1874, 82,
Pl. (animal, details of external parts, skull, and dentition).

A series of eight specimens, two collected in October and the remainder in
March, at San Luis Potosi, contrast so strongly in color and size with Florida
examples of Neotoma that the Mexican form seems eminently worthy of varie-
tal recognition. The Mexican specimens are fully one fourth smaller, the tails
are much more thickly clothed, and the color is widely different, agreeing,
however, in every respect with WV. mexicana, Baird. The tail is sharply bicolor,
and the feet and the lower surface of the body are snowy white, separated from
the mouse-brown of the back by a well-marked band of yellowish-rufous or
golden-rust, varying in intensity in different individuals. Two specimens
have the dorsal surface strongly ferrugineous throughout, varied of course with
black medially, passing into strong reddish brown on the sides, thus in general
tint strongly resembling N. ferruginea, for which they were at first mistaken.
One is a male, the other a female, and they were taken, respectively, March 10
and March 24. Another specimen, a female, taken March 20, presents the
opposite extreme of paleness, being gray above, varied with black and faintly
tinged on the sides with a pinkish hue. These examples indicate an exceedingly
wide range of individual variation in color ; the other specimens, however, are
variously intermediate, and form altogether a closely intergrading series,

“These rats are sold in the markets as food for invalids whose stomachs are
unable to retain other food ; as a cure for chronic diarrhea and dysentery is
believed to have few equals. The animals are split open and applied as a
poultice to parts affected with pain. The market of San Luis Potosi is never
without these rats. They are said to be good eating aside from their as-
cribed medicinal virtue. They are very abundant, inhabiting the localities
of the magueys or agaves, about the roots of which they live, probably be-
cause the thorny nature of the plant prevents rapacious animals from bur-
rowing after the rats, or possibly in order to feast upon the roots. They
live in the ground, and the daily supply seen in the market of San Luis Potosi
is obtained by digging them out of their burrows. They are known under the
name Rata del Campo.”

Dr. Palmer has kindly called my attention to two papers on this species in
“La Fraternidad” * by Don Alfredo Dugés and Dr. Gregorio Barrocta, the

* La Fraternidad — Periddico de la Sociedad Medica de San Luis Potosi, Tom. I.,
Entr. No. 6, Junio de 1874, pp. 82-87 y pl.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 187

first accompanied by a plate giving a life-size figure of the animal, with numer-
ous details, including the skull and dentition. Dr. Barrocta alludes especially
to its supposed medicinal qualities, to the use of its flesh as food by the poorer
classes, and to the daily sale of the animals in the market. Dugés states that
they are readily domesticated and form agreeable pets.

19. Dipodomys phillipsi, Gray. Kancaroo-Rar.

Nine specimens, San Luis Potosi, September, October, March, and May, in-
cluding adults of both sexes and half-grown young. In point of coloration
they present great uniformity, the young exactly agreeing in this respect with
the adult.

“ Everywhere common. Very troublesome in the cornfields. Nocturnal.
Obtained with difficulty and only by digging them out of their burrows.”

20. Heteromys longicaudatus? Gray. Mexican Hisprp Movse.

Heteromys alleni, Coues, MS.

Dr. Palmer’s collection contains a single specimen of Heteromys, an adult
male, taken at the Hacienda Angostura, Rio Verde, February 26, 1878. Dr.
Palmer states that it was discovered in a mound in digging for antiquities.
Two were seen, but one of them escaped. He believes it to be rare, as it was
not recognized by the natives. Appreciating its importance he offered a reward
of a dollar apiece for other specimens, but was unable to obtain any more.

The genus Heteromys has hitherto been known only from Southern Mexico
(Oaxaca) and thence southward to Northern South America. Numerous spe-
cies have been described, but only four are recognized by Mr. Alston (Biol.
Cent. Amer., Mam., pp. 166-168) as valid, and of these two only (H. desma-
restianus and H. longicaudatus) are found north of the Isthmus of Panama. The
present example differs apparently in important features from either of these,
and a detailed description of it is therefore appended.

“In size and general appearance it greatly resembles Perognathus fasciatus,
but is a typical Heteromys ; the upper incisors being smooth while the pelage is
mixed with flat grooved spines. Tail vertebre as long as head and body; with
hairs, half an inch longer. Tail tufted at the end, the lengthened hairs form-
ing a crest, as in Perognathus pencillatus. Soles hairy from the heel nearly to
the bases of the toes ; but a slight strip along the heel is naked. A very
prominent black tubercle at the base of the inner toe. Under surfaces of the
toes naked and scaly. Palms naked from the wrist. Upper surfaces of hands
and feet densely hairy, Ears large, orbicular, projecting beyond the fur ; notch
bounded behind by a very large flap-like lobe, in front by a slight fold (much
as in Perognathus pencillatus).

“Coloration not unlike that of Perognathus fasciatus, but darker. Under
parts pure white. A conspicuous stripe of fawn-color extends the whole length
of the head and body, separating the white under parts from the dark upper parts.
Nearly the whole fore leg is colored like the upper parts ; this dark color also
descending the hind leg and advancing a short distance on the tarsus. The

188 BULLETIN OF THE

dark color of the fore leg is separated from that of the upper parts by the fawn-
colored stripe ; that of the hind leg is continuous. Ears conspicuously bor-
dered with white. The general color of the upper parts is blackish intimately
grizzled with gray and sandy ; the dark colors predominate and give the gen-
eral effect on the back, the admixture of sandy increasing on the sides in
approaching the fawn-colored stripe. The spines are colorless in all their
grooved portion, the smooth sharp lips being blackish ; these comprise one fifth
to one fourth of the whole length. The very slender hairs intermixed with the
spines are similarly colored. The spines are restricted to the upper parts ;
elsewhere the fur is soft, but coarse, and there appears to be no under fur, The
hairs of the white under parts, and of the fawn-colored stripe, are uniformly
colored from root to tip. The tail sharply bicolor, blackish above and white
below, fully haired, the hair completely hiding the scales ; the pencil at the
end is entirely dark-colored and occupies the terminal inch of the vertebre.
Whiskers partly blackish and partly colorless. Claws nearly colorless. Inci-
sors yellow. ;

“The length of the well-prepared skin (No. 5889, M. C. Z.) is 4.30 inches.
Tail vertebre the same. Tail with hairs, 4.75. Hind foot, 1.15. Ear, .55
above notch.

“ As above stated, this example is of the size of Perognathus fasciatus, which
it much resembles in general appearance, especially in the conspicuous fawn-
colored stripe along the sides ; in its long tufted tail it resembles P. pencillatus,
but is of course generically different from either. The white rim of the ears is
also a strong mark.” — Cowes, MS.

In 1868, Dr. J. E. Gray (Proc. Zodl. Soc., 1868, pp. 204, 205) described three
species of Heteromys from Mexico (H. longicaudatus, irroratus, and albolimbatus)
and one from Honduras (H. melanoleucus), all of which Mr, Alston has re-
ferred tc a single species, together with another (H. adspersus) from Panama
described by Dr. Peters, in each case from an examination of the types. For
this species he adopts the name longicaudatus as “the only one of Gray’s names
which is not absolutely misleading.” In view of this large number of syno-
nyms it seems presumptuous to take the risk of adding another, although the
present example does not agree with the characters given by Mr. Alston for
H. longicaudatus, nor with those of any of the species described by Gray,
although recalling certain features of two of them. It has, for instance, the
white-rimmed ears of H. albolimbatus, and “the yellow streak on the side,” or
“widish interrupted yellow line,” of H. irroratus (which, however, Mr. Al-
ston says, is merely “a slight tinge of pale fawn along the edge of the darker
coloring”), except that in the present example it is not interrupted and forms a
conspicuous feature of the coloration. There is no allusion in any of the de-
scriptions, nor in Mr. Alston’s diagnosis and remarks, to the conspicuous crest
of long (.50 to .65 of an inch in length) blackish hairs along the terminal fifth
of the tail-vertebra, unless it be that the phrase, “short black hairs, which
are more abundant on the upper part near and at the tip, forming a kind of
pencil,” in the description of H. albolimbatus, can be so construed. From Mr.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 189

Alston’s determinations it is evident that specimens he refers to H. longicaudatus
present considerable variations in color, in the length and hairiness of the tail,
etc., and may or may not have white-edged ears. In view of this fact a con-
servative course seems the only advisable one in the present instance.

I may here add that some months since (before the appearance of Mr. Al-
ston’s revision of the group) I submitted the specimen to Dr. Coues, who
considered it as undescribed (an opinion I then fully shared), and returned
it with the above-given description and MS. name.

21. Thomomys talpoides umbrinus (Rich.), Coues. SourHerNn Pocket
GOPHER.
Two specimens, San Luis Potosi. “Abundant. Very troublesome in the
sugar fields.”
The specimens collected by Dr. Palmer extend the known range of the
species much to the southward (some 10° of latitude) and eastward of pre-
viously recorded localities (Espia and Santa Cruz, State of Sonora).

22. Lepus sylvaticus, Bachm. Woop Hare; “Gray Rassit.”

Six specimens, from the vicinity of San Luis Potosi. The series includes
both young and adult.

“ Everywhere abundant. Brought into the towns by the mule-load.”

23. Lepus callotis, Wagler. Mexican Hare; “Jackass Rassit.”
Eleven specimens, including a series of young examples, from San Luis
Potosi.
“Abundant everywhere ; more common even than the smaller species [L.
sylvaticus| and forms an important source of food.”

24. Tatusia novemcincta (Linné). ArmapiLLo.

There is a single carapace in the collection from the Tierra Calienta of the
State of San Luis Potosi, where, according to Dr. Palmer, the animal is not
uncommon.

25. Didelphys &

Parras, two specimens (skins and skulls in spirits), apparently about half-
grown, of a species not yet determined. The ears are entirely white ; there are
three prominent black stripes on the face, and the long hairs of the dorsal sur-
face are black, imparting this color to the whole dorsal aspect.

E> 5
ie tt)
4h
>» >
.
2
5S

7 a
1
ty
race Le
7+
|
(
yer ‘
'
’
se
a!

1 ew
phil ine, SY 4 oe ps PR ES, ee ae

\ .
Ng Set Apel (ht ee err es 4s i

4 Vea d
yy be Mt 2 «J G14 ah i}
= oy ore tie
+ 20 oh
\ 7 Pe Pit ane a

Li 4 totd ite i
; a

babe od, peohb| by Eetede Sethad rf leh §

We re | %

a ae

‘ oie eee ?

4 ‘ nig!

» ji 's
i]
The rae Lae
i a +46 Tizu ie 77 r
11
n% PEAR? 6 4
ate 4 I talltre

No. 10.— The Trilobite: New and Old Evidence relating to its
Organization. By C. D. Wa.cort.

INTRODUCTION.

Tuts publication terminates, for the present, an investigation that
has occupied much time and attention during the past seven years.

In the month of October, 1873, the attention of Professor Louis Agas-
siz was called to certain markings on the inner side of the pleure of a
specimen of Asaphus platycephalus, “ Panderian Organs.” He con-
sidered them as proving the existence of true crustacean legs. (Amer.
Nat., VII. 741, 1873.) With his characteristic liberality Prof. Agassiz
offered facilities for study, and strongly urged that an attempt should
be made to discover the ventral surface of the animal and the character
of the attached appendages. It affords me pleasure to state here that
whatever there may be of value in this contribution to our knowledge
of the subject is owing largely to the spirit of investigation that he
awoke and which has carried forward the work under many adverse
circumstances long since his death.

The prosecution of the investigation during the year 1874 gave
the material from which the notes on the inferior or ventral surface of
the dorsal shell of Cerawrus pleurexanthemus were written. Judging
from the dorsal shell alone the views of Burmeister were given as best
explaining the facts then known.*

The succeeding year thin sections of Trilobites were cut from both
Lower and Upper Silurian rocks. In the upper portion of the Trenton
limestone at Trenton Falls, N. Y., a thin layer of dark, bluish-gray,
fine-grained, partially impure limestone was found, that contained
many very perfectly preserved trilobitic remains. On examination of
these by cutting sections, it was ascertained that other parts of the
animal besides the dorsal shell and hypostoma were present. Specimens
from all other localities and formations failed to afford more than the
strong dorsal shell and hypostoma. This fact once established led to
the extended working of the prolific stratum. The soil and rock to a
depth of nine feet was removed, over a large area, to obtain the fos-
sils scattered through the thin layer of limestone. From this area

* Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. of New York, XI. pp. 155-162, 1875.
VOL, VIII. —NO. 10.

192 BULLETIN OF THE

there were taken over 3,500 entire Trilobites; 2,200 were in a
condition to warrant sections being made of them. Comparatively
few had the appendages well preserved, and now there are but 270
sections,* affording more or less satisfactory evidence of their pres-
ervation. It was very difficult, after obtaining the material, to cut a
section so as to show what might be preserved within the dorsal
shell. With a knowledge of the character and position of the append-
ages, as they were buried in the rock, sections might have been cut at
once revealing all that was desired to prove this knowledge to others.
But the true conditions were more in this wise. An Arthropod of
which little was known as to the structure of its appendages was
buried originally in a soft, calcareous mud or ooze. It was subjected
to maceration and disintegration by the action of the water, and also
to the attacks of the small scavengers of the time (Leperditie), an-
tecedent to its burial in, and the consolidation of, its muddy bed.
In the process of mineralization calcite replaced the viscera and con-
tents of the appendages, destroying most of the details of structure.
Taking a specimen that a fortunate blow of the hammer has exposed
unbroken, the section is cut down through a mingled mass of what was
formerly the viscera and appendages, if they chance to be present at all:
that but one specimen in twenty gave an instructive section is not at
all surprising. As the work extended over several years, what is now
known of the structure of the appendages is the result of an accumula-
tion of material and facts from time to time and not of a fortunate dis-
covery of one or more instructive specimens.

In the latter part of the year 1876 a preliminary notice was pub-
lished of the results then obtained by section cutting.t Conclusions
were drawn to be abandoned six months later on the discovery of evi-
dence that negatived them. The following year a further notice of the
progress of the work was published.

The conclusions then arrived at are not all sustained, although the
main features of the structure of the Trilobite were well recognized.
This is especially true of the cephalic appendages, showing the affinity
of the Trilobite with Limulus and Eurypterus.

Many fine and instructive sections have been cut since 1877 that
give information in relation to minor points of structure.

* 205 are from Ceraurus pleurexanthemus, 49 from Calymene senaria, 11 from
Asaphus platycephalus, and 5 from Acidaspis Trentonensis.

+ Pamphlet issued in advance of the 28th Report of New York State Museum of

Natural History.
+ See 31st Report of New York State Museum of Natural History, p. 61.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 193

The sections of the Trilobite retained in the slices of rock are trans-
lucent, and in nearly all cases when used for illustration were photo-
graphed by transmitted light. The photographs were used to obtain
the outlines of the dorsal shell and appendages, thus insuring a greater
degree of accuracy than enlargement by measuring.

In referring to what has been done in the past, in the study of the
organization of the Trilobite, it is unnecessary to present the many
strange views that have been advanced to show that it was related to
fish, mollusk, insect, or some crustacean to which it has but a superficial
resemblance. These are given in the introduction to the study of the
“Organization of Trilobites,’ by H. Burmeister, where the student
can find the most complete review of the subject up to the date of the
English edition (1846) that has been published. M. Barrande, in the
Supplement to his Volume I., 1872, presents an historical review to
that time.

The following historical notes are given as showing that many
naturalists have considered the Trilobite related to Limulus and also
to the Phyllopoda as represented by Apus and Branchipus.

1750. Ch. Mortimer, in the Philosophical Transactions (XLVI.
p- 600), expressed the opinion that Scolopendre aquatice scutate
affine animal petrificatum (the Trilobite) appeared to correspond with
Monoculus apus, Linn.

1753. Linnzeus designated all the species belonging to the Trilobite
as modifications of his Kntomolithus paradoxus, deciding himself in
favor of their near affinity to Monoculus apus. This view is expressed
in all the editions of the “ Systema Nature.”

1768. Ch. Fr. Wilkens sustained the views of Linnzeus, and gave
the name Entomolithus brachiopodus cancriformis marinus, thus
removing the Trilobite from the domain of conchology, to which it had
frequently been referred.

1771. J.Imm. Walch adopted Wilkens’s views, and, convinced of
the unsuitableness of the name heretofore used, gave the name Trilo-
bite, a designation that was generally received, and has since been used
by authors with the exception of Dalman.

1821. H. Burmeister says that “the year 1821 isa crisis in the
literary history of the Trilobite, for a new epoch then commences,”
V. Audouin and George Wahlenberg both arriving at very important
results in their studies. Audouin summarizes his results in the follow-
ing four conclusions, viz. : —

1st. That Trilobites differ only from the other Articulata in points

194 BULLETIN OF THE

of secondary importance, and that, beyond a doubt, they belong to this
group of the animal kingdom.

2d. That they exhibit the greatest analogies with the Jsopodes,
particularly with Cymothoa and Ligia.

3d. That the want of feet seems to be a necessary characteristic of
their skeleton formation, although this point still remains proble- ~
matical.

4th. That these feet, if they existed at all, were most probably
connected with the branchial apparatus,

These conclusions are introduced here as they evidently had much
to do with the direction of future research, especially the 1st and 4th.

Wahlenberg followed closely in the steps of Linneus. He believed
that the Trilobite was most nearly allied to Limulus, and was inclined
to transfer this similarity to the structure of the feet. The feet in the
Trilobite, being smaller, were not observed in the fossils. He noted
the corresponding solidity of the head-plate of the Trilobite and Limu-
lus, and adds, that, from the various considerations given, we may
assume that it, the Limulus, is now amongst living crustaceans the
last remaining member of the voracious family which was formerly
represented by the Trilobites.

1822. “Brongniart,” Burmeister observes, “expresses the correct
view with reference to the zodlogical relations, namely, that the Trilo-
bites are most nearly related to the Branchiopodes among the Crus-
tacea, and that the want of visible feet, as well as of visible antenna,
accords very well with this.”

1826. Dalman came to nearly the same conclusions as Wahlenberg,
seeing a connection of affinity between the Trilobites and Limulus,
Apus and Branchipus, and one of analogy only between them and
Spheroma, Cymothoa, and Idotea; or, generally, of affinity between
the Paleades (Trilobites) and Monoculi, and of analogy between the
Paleades (Trilobites) and Onisci.

1836. Dr. Buckland considered Serolis, Limulus, and Branchipus
as the three living genera of crustacea to which the Trilobites were
most nearly related. |

1843. J. E. Portlock, “Geology of Londonderry,” says: “ We '
may assume a group, formed of Asaphus, Isotelus, Jlenus, Nileus,
Bumastis, etc., would constitute a true connecting link in the chain
of organization between these obscure fossil crustaceans and the recent
genera Limulus and Apus.”

1843. The work of Burmeister, “ Organization of Trilobites,” marks

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 195

an era in the history of the discussion of the zodlogical affinities and
analogies of the Trilobites. He brought together the history of what
had been done up to that time, and added the results of laborious and
profound studies of his own. Summarized, the result of his investiga-
tion is best given in the following general conclusion : —

“The TRILoBITEs were a peculiar family of CrusTaAcEA, nearly
allied to the existing Puyiiopropa, approaching the latter family
most nearly in its genus Brancuipus, and forming a link connect-
ing the PHYLLOPODA with the PmcrLopoDA.”

1870. Mr. E. Billings’s discovery of an individual of Asaphus platy-
cephalus from the Trenton limestone, with traces of the appendages
beneath the dorsal shell, affords the first evidence of the presence of ar-
ticulated ambulatory appendages in the Trilobite. He homologized the
Trilobite with Limulus and added materially to the knowledge of its
structure by his discovery.

Mr. Henry Woodward strongly supported Mr. Billings’s in-
terpretation of the parts found in the Canadian Asaphus.

1872. Dr. A. S. Packard accepted Burmeister’s classification of the
Trilobite with the Branchiopoda, and, from the discovery of Mr. Bil-
lings and Mr. Henry Woodward, homologized it directly with Limu-
lus, adopting the following arrangement under Branchiopoda : —
1st Order, Cladocera. 2d Order, Merostomata; Suborder, Xipho-
sura; Suborder, Hurypterida. 3d Order, Trilobita. 4th Order,
Phyllopoda*

1873. M. Alph. Milne Edwards states that, notwithstanding the
small number of species of this group (Limulus, etc.), the zodlogist
ought to consider them as constituting a particular class intermediate
between the Crustacea and Arachnida.t

1877. C. D. Walcott illustrated sections of the manducatory appa-
ratus, branchiz, etc., and placed the Trilobita, Xiphosura, and Eury-
pterida as orders in the legion Merostomata, and under the sub-
class Gnathopoda.

1879. Dr. A. S. Packard formed the subclass Paleocarida to em-
brace the orders Merostomata and Trilobita, the former order includ-
ing the Xiphosura and Eurypterida as suborders.

From the time of Ch. Mortimer to the date of Mr. Billings’s dis-
covery, the Trilobite was homologized with Limulus on the characters
presented by the dorsal shell. That these were variously interpreted by
naturalists is shown by the varying views of Linneus, Burmeister,

* Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. + Ann. des Sci. Nat., Tome XVII. p. 56.

196 BULLETIN OF THE

and Latreille. The facts brought together by Mr. Billings added to
the homology with Limulus, and this was strengthened by the
observations of Packard in his discussion of the classification of the
Branchiopoda, and, later, by the writer in discovering the structure
of the cephalic appendages.

The instances of the discovery of parts of the animal other than
the dorsal shell and hypostoma are rare. M. Barrande, in reviewing the
reported discoveries made of the appendages of the Trilobite to the date
of the publication of his Volume I., 1852, says: “ Unhappily all these re-
searches have resulted in nothing more than the discovery of the pieces
of the mouth named Hypostoma and Epistoma, and the intestinal
canal.” Again, in his Supplement to Volume I., 1872, he says: “ The
few scattered observations of parts found which might belong to
the Trilobites have little value and were accepted as such by natu-
ralists.”” ;

“Though disposed to regard these processes figured by Mr. Billings
as feet, still the proof is unsatisfactory.” *

“No traces of ambulatory or natatory limbs of branchie or antennze
have ever been discovered..... Quite recently, however, a specimen
of a Trilobite has been discovered in which it is said that the bases of
the legs were distinctly recognizable.” f

“No remains of legs are found with any Trilobites, which would
not be the case if they had stout legs common to crustaceans of the
same size.” t

“Up to this time, no certain indications of the existence of append-
ages, nor even of any hard sternal body-wall, have been discovered,
though a shield-shaped labrum, which lies in front of the mouth, has
been preserved in some specimens.” §

The following appear to be the only instances of the actual discoy-
ery of some portions of the appendages and structure beneath the
dorsal shell.

1828. M. Goldfuss. As shown in the illustrations, the sections of
Phacops figured on Plate II. (Annales des Sci. Nat., Tome XV.) appear
to indicate some remains of appendages. M. Barrande, however, thinks
that M. Goldfuss failed to prove that the parts he considered as
branchial feet were anything more than the result of a defect in the
homogeneousness of the rock, or a section of some fragments gathered

* Development of Limulus polyphemus. Packard, 1872.
+ Manual of Zodlogy. Nicholson, 1876.

+ Manual of Geology. Dana, 2d ed., 1876.
§ Anat. Invert. Animals. Huxley, 1877.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 197

by accident in the vacant carapace of the Trilobite before its petri-
faction.

1846. Prof. Beyrich presented the account of the discovery of the
intestinal canal of Zrinuclews. This was fully corroborated by M.
Barrande, and more recently by Dr. Volborth.

1863. Dr. Volborth discovered the intestinal canal of an Jilenus.
It was constricted, so as to appear to be an articulated organ.

1870. Mr. E. Billings. This discovery is mentioned on a pre-
ceding page.

. Mr. Henry Woodward mentions the discovery of the jointed
palpus and one of the maxille of an Asaphus, in position by the side
of the hypostoma.

1876. Mr. C. D. Walcott announced the discovery of the natatory
and branchial appendages of the Trilobites.

1877. Mr. C. D. Walcott. Additional evidence is given to show
the presence of manducatory jaws, ambulatory legs, and branchie, in
the genera Calymene and Ceraurus.

The discovery by M. Eichwald of an isolated crustacean (?) leg, il-
lustrated on Plate VI. fig. 4 of this paper, is an instance of discoveries
mentioned by M. Barrande as having little value. Mr. Billings first
discovered evidence of the presence of ambulatory legs in the Trilobite,
and this was so far from satisfactory that Messrs. Dana, Verrill, and
Smith pronounced the so-called legs not to be such,* and the discovery
has been entirely ignored by many recent authors in zodlogy, as not
having any bearing on the question of the zodlogical position of the
Trilobite. Others, however, have accepted it, as has been mentioned.

The discoveries of the writer have been received in about the same
manner. So many times the discovery of the feet and other organs
of the Trilobite had been announced, and subsequently proved to have
been based on insufficient evidence, or no evidence at all, that natu-
ralists were disinclined to accept any statement that such discoveries
had been made, without absolute proof of their genuineness.

From the illustration given by Mr. Billings of the Canadian speci-
men of Asaphus, and an examination of a cast of the original, I cannot
but think that the remains are what he considered them to be. AlI-
though the specimen does not reveal the structure of the Trilobite as
we now know it, it is the first that gave any positive information of the
presence of jointed legs beneath the thorax of the Trilobite.

* Amer. Journ. Scien. and Arts, 3d series, I. 320, 1871.

198 BULLETIN OF THE

THE STRUCTURE OF THE TRILOBITE.

The Dorsal Shell. — The character and structure of the dorsal shell,
and also of the hypostoma, have been so fully and thoroughly discussed
and beautifully illustrated by M. Barrande,* that it is not necessary
to review them here. One illustrationis given of the interior or ventral
surface of the dorsal shell of Ceraurus pleurexanthemus, as it has not
been illustrated in any general work on the Trilobite, and it also has
the added interest of having afforded more sections showing the presence
of the remains of the animal inhabiting the dorsal shell than any other
species. A careful inspection of Plate IV. fig. 5, will show why it is
that in the sections, which are cut across at all angles to either axis,
the outlines of the dorsal shell have such a variety and variation of
form as shown on Plate III. figs. 4, 5 and 6, and Plate II. figs. 3, 6,
and 8.f

A longitudinal section through the median lobe, Plate IV. fig. 6,
gives an outline of the dorsal shell, the hypostoma, the cephalic cavity
(c.), the restored outline of the ventral membrane (v. m.), and the line
of the intestinal canal (7.).

The species Calymene senaria ¢ is a well-known form, and, with the
closely allied form Calymene Blumenbachii, has been illustrated, as
far as its dorsal shell and hypostoma are concerned, by various authors,
as also Asaphus platycephalus, one section of which is illustrated on
Plate II. fig. 9.

The following arrangement will be observed in describing the re-
mains of the body and appendages exposed beneath the dorsal shell :—

1. The Ventral Membrane.

2. The Intestinal Canal.

3. The Appendages beneath the Head.

4. The Appendages of the Thorax and Pygidium.

5. The Respiratory Apparatus.

The details of each section, etc., used in illustration, are given at the
end of the paper, where the reader is referred for a more detailed

* Sys. Sil. Boh., I. Trilobites, 1852.

+ A detailed description of the interior as illustrated on Plate IV. will be found in
the Annals of the New York Lyceum of Natural History, XI. pp. 159-169, 1875.

t Hereafter this species will be spoken of as Calymene, and Ceraurus pleurexanthe-
mus as Cerawrus, as they are the only species of either genus used in cutting sections,
and it is desirable to avoid repeating the specific name.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 199

description of the material used, as the basis of the conclusions given
in this and the succeeding chapter, than will be obtained from the
present general descriptions.

The Ventral Membrane.— In those longitudinal sections in which
the ventral membrane is most perfectly preserved, it is shown to have
been a thin, delicate pellicle or membrane, strengthened in each segment
by a transverse arch, to which the appendages were attached. ‘These
arches appear as flat bands separated by a thin connecting membrane,
somewhat as the arches in the ventral surface of some of the Macrouran
Decapods. The finest illustrations of this structure have been found
in Calymene, but several sections of Ceraurus show it very well
defined. The section represented in Plate V. fig. 2, gives a very fine
view of the membrane and arches in a longitudinal section. These
parts are also shown by the section crossing the Trilobite diagonally to
the median lobe (Plate VY. fig. 4), and also the variation of the form of
the arch near the point of the attachment of the leg. This point is
seen in Plate V. figs. 1, 2, and 3.

In by far the greater number of sections, both transverse and longi-
tudinal, the evidence of the former presence of an exterior membrane,
protecting the contents of the visceral cavity, rests on the fact that the
sections show a definite boundary line between the white calcspar,
filling the space formerly occupied by the viscera, and the dark lime-
stone matrix. Even the thickened arches are rarely seen. This is
almost universally the case with the legs and attached appendages, as
their external membrane is not to be distinguished as such. It would
appear that in the process of mineralization the calespar that replaced
the viscera and contents of the appendages also replaced the substance
of the membrane, thus forming one continuous mass and effacing all
traces of the delicate external test. The nature of this covering is also
shown by the present imperfect condition of the appendages. Only in
a few rare instances are they found in an approximately perfect state,
and the many bizarre forms prove that it was semi-elastic, often under-
going maceration, and thus forced into many irregular forms, as shown
in Plate LI. figs. 6 and 8, and Plate III. figs. 3, 4, and 5.

On the same small block of limestone with the two jointed legs illus-
trated on Plate VI. fig. 5, occur the remains of the dorsal shell of both
Calymene senaria and Trinucleus concentricus. The contrast in the
test of the joints forming the legs and that of the dorsal shell is yery
striking. The latter is firm, thick, and of a yellow or opalescent color,
while the former is of a bronze color, thin, indented with numerous

200 BULLETIN OF THE

imprints as though it had contracted or shrunk after the decomposition
of the muscles forming the leg.

That such a delicate membrane as enclosed the appendages and
ventral surface of the Trilobite may be preserved so as to be observed
in the fossil state, there is little doubt. It may be an impression in
fine, smooth shale, or by the replacement of the parts by a mineral
differing in color from the matrix, so as to show them distinctly. In
Eocene fresh-water strata on the Isle of Wight the gill feet of Branchi-
pus have been found. They were in a fine argillaceo-calcareous rock
and stained with iron so as to show as well as ina photograph.* It
is difficult to conceive of a more delicate test of the preservation of
the branchie, and other parts liable to destruction from their nature,
than this.

The Intestinal Canal. — Attention was first called to the existence
of the intestinal canal in the Trilobite by Prof. Beyrich, who discovered
it in a specimen of Zrinucleus ornatus.{ M. Barrande subsequently
gave numerous illustrations of its preservation in Trinucleus Goldfussi,
where, he says, it extended from the middle of the glabella along the
interior of the median lobe to the extremity of the pygidium. In some
examples it is filled with very fine, soft clay. This substance has, per-
haps, largely contributed to preserve the form of the canal, which, once
filled and buried in incompressible sand, has undergone no other de-
formation. There must have been some peculiarity of conformation
that preserved the intestinal canal in this species, as in other Trilobites
from the same quartzites no traces of it are to be seen.t M. Barrande
mentions that Dr. A. de Volborth discovered in an Jilenus a length-
ened and articulate organ which originated in the glabella and became
attenuated towards the pygidium.§ A cast of the interior, as shown
in Plate IV. fig. 7, might have such an appearance. This, however,
is conjectural, as. I have not seen an illustration of Dr. Volborth’s
specimen.

In cutting sections of Trilobites it was a very rare occurence to find
traces of the intestinal canal. One specimen out of one hundred was a
large proportion. The visceral cavity was usually filled with calespar,
and all vestiges of the canal or any other organ obliterated.

In a note taken while cutting sections in December, 1876, it is
stated that when grinding down a section from the anterior towards

* Nature, p. 381, 1877.
+ Ueb. Trilob., II. Stiick., p. 30, Plate IV. fig. 1, ¢, 1846.
¢ Sys. Sil. Boh., I. p. 229, 1852. § Ibid., II. p. 182, 1872.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 201

the posterior extremity of the head the cephalic cavity which was filled
with calespar, had a dark round spot midway between the hypostoma
and median lobe of the head. A sketch taken after the grinding had car-
ried the section a short distance back shows the dark spot with the same
outline as the opening seen in Plate IV. fig. 1, that leads into the intes-
tinal canal from the cephalic cavity as exposed in the specimen. That
this was the normal form of the intestinal canal is doubtful, but the
transverse section, Plate IV. fig. 2, shows the opening in Fig. 1 divided
into two openings caused in all probability by the ventral membrane
with its central ridge, having been pressed up against it. In several
transverse sections a round dark spot is seen in the spar beneath the
thoracic segments, as in Plate III. fig. 7. This was filled with the sedi-
ment or mud, and thus preserved distinct. In the section illustrated by
Fig. 7, the canal is much larger than it is usually found, owing probably
to distension. The specimen illustrated on Plate IV. fig. 7, shows a
portion of the dorsal shell of the median lobe broken away so as to
exhibit the openings in the ventral surface that gave passage to the
muscles, etc. of the legs, the partitions separating the segments of the
ventral surface, and the central ridge to which they are attached. This
ridge, with the partitions and arches in the membrane beneath, would
give the necessary strength and firmness to form the base of attachment
of the numerous ambulatory legs. It would also influence the form of
the intestinal canal, as has been mentioned, in case it was pressed up
against it. The position of the opening of the canal in Plate IV. fig. 1,
and in the section ground away, would indicate that it passed beneath
the cephalic shield into the cephalic cavity, and then recurved to the
opening of the mouth. Posteriorly it extended to the extremity of the
pygidium, as described by M. Barrande.

The space occupied by the canal and other internal organs is not
large, as it is contained mostly between the arched median lobe of the
dorsal shell and the ventral membrane, as shown in the restoration of a
cross section of the thorax, Plate VI. figs. 2and 3. The membrane
uniting the margins of the dorsal shell and the median lobe of the
ventral surface curves upward close to the plural lobes of the dorsal
shell, and leaves but a narrow space between it and the dorsal shell
to be joined to the central cavity.

Appendages of the Head.— As previously stated, the hypostoma
has been fully discussed and its various forms illustrated by M.
Barrande, so that it only remains to mention it as it occurs in the two
species of Trilobites from which the sections illustrated were obtained.

202 BULLETIN OF THE

Plate IV. fig. 5, and Plate VI. fig. 1, show it in a normal position as
attached to the frontal “doubling” of the head. The structural ele-
ments are essentially the same for each species. In the sections shown
in Plate I. figs. 1-10, it is cut across at various points, and also at
different angles to the longitudinal axis, which, combined with its
concavo-convex form and recurved margin, causes the sections of it
to vary greatly in outline. Longitudinal sections are shown in the
sections illustrated on Plate V. figs. 1-4.

Careful search has been made for traces of an antennal system, but
thus far without success. In one section a delicate jointed appen-
dage occurs near the hypostoma. It has been frequently examined,
but it is still unidentified, as from its structure it cannot be a fragment
of an antenna.

The fifth conclusion, given in the “ Notes on some Sections of Trilo-
bites from the Trenton Limestone,” * is, that the mouth is posterior
to the hypostoma, and consists of four pairs of manducatory jaws,
formed by the basal joints of the four anterior pairs of appendages.
With the exception of a slight modification of the first part, this con-
clusion may be permitted to stand as expressing our present knowl-
edge of these parts. The mouth is not strictly posterior to the
hypostoma, but is a little above and between it and the anterior end of
the median lobe of the thoracic membrane, opening obliquely back-
ward, instead of directly downward.

The four pairs of appendages have a general structure similar to
the cephalic legs of Limulus and Hurypterus. The basal joints are
larger than the others, and undoubtedly subserved the function of
manducation. No one leg or appendage has been seen entire, but from
several sections, Plate I. figs. 6-10, and others not illustrated, each
leg is found to be formed of either six or seven joints. The basal
joints of the three anterior pairs of legs are smaller than those of the
fourth pair, and have their anterior or proximal end obliquely truncated
as shown by the section represented in Plate I. fig. 6. The remain-
ing joints are slender, and not unlike those of the thoracic legs. The
basal joints of the fourth pair are more than twice as long as broad,
and have the posterior inner angle cut away so that the anterior por-
tions alone approximate to form a part of the manducatory apparatus.
From the distal end a comparatively slender joint extends to unite with
one or two succeeding joints, which support several more expanded joints
that form what is considered a swimming leg. These are shown in

* 31st Rep. N. Y. State Museum, p. 63, 1879.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 203

Plate I. figs. $ and 9. If the section passed through these flattened
joints obliquely, or transverse to their minor axis, a slender leg would be
shown; if through the major axis, a broad swimming leg would be pre-
sented. No traces of spines or serrated margins on the inner margins
of the basal joints have been observed.

Good longitudinal sections of the cephalic appendages, in a longi-
tudinal section of the Trilobite, have not been obtained. Usually the
appendages have the appearance shown in Plate II. figs. 5 and 7, and
Plate V. figs. 1, 3, and 4.

Thus far our description of the cephalic appendages has been derived
from sections of Calymene. In Ceraurus, however, we have illus-
trations of the same, but in a more fragmentary condition, Plate I.
figs. 2, 3, and 4. These and many other sections go to show that the
arrangement of the parts is about the same in each species, — the
more shallow dorsal shell of Ceraurus necessarily giving a different
appearance to the section from one cut at the same place and angle in
Calymene. As yet no other appendages have been observed beneath
the head that prove to have belonged there. Fragments of the thoracic
legs and branchixe are frequently seen in sections crossing the head,
but they have been pushed forward and are of accidental occurrence.

Appendages of the Body.—The appendages of the body or the
thoracico-abdominal legs and branchie are found to vary slightly in
the genera Calymene and Ceraurus, as expressed by the species under
consideration. The legs of the former are relatively shorter and more
symmetrical as compared with the long and somewhat irregularly
jointed legs of the latter.

The Calymene is frequently found enrolled, the head and pygidium
fitting closely together, so that no opening is left at any point, the legs
being all drawn within the shell and entirely protected from injury
from without. With Ceraurus, i.e. in the species under considera-
tion, a perfect closing of the shell by enrolment is impossible, and the
space formed by the partial enclosure of the spinous extension of the
pleure affords but an incomplete protection to the numerous legs and
branchiz.

The finest illustration of the legs of Ceraurus, and of the Trilobite
as far as yet known, is given in Plate II. figs. 1, 2, and 3. In Fig. 3
the form of the transverse section of the basal joint and its mode of
attachment to the ventral surface are shown. By Fig. 2 the joints of
the leg are shown, and Fig. 1 adds to our knowledge of their shape

204 BULLETIN OF THE

and arrangement. Narrow at the base, each joint expands so as to be
of a subtriangular outline in a cross section, with the exception of the
basal joint which is broader at the base, narrowing towards the outer
extremity. By acomparison of the longitudinal section of the basal
joint in Calymene, Plate V. figs. 1 and 3, with the transverse section,
Plate III. fig. 9, it is seen that this joint was transversely flattened.
The means of such a comparison in Ceraurus are not as good, although
the somewhat distorted basal joint, Plate II. fig. 6, may be placed with
those of Fig. 8, and compared with the transverse section of the
basal joint, right side, of Fig. 3. Fig. 3, Plate III., is a fine illustra-
tion of a section cutting across the basal joints of the thoracic legs at
different points, as they are brought into the line of the section by the
enrolment of the animal. The terminal joint of the leg has not been
recognized as such in either species, which makes it difficult to say
how many joints there are in the legs. Six is the usual number in the
sections, but in one there is seven, if the evidence of Fig. 2, Plate IL.,
is to be relied upon.

The character of the appendages beneath the pygidium is one of
unusual interest, and for a long time was highly problematical, and at
present the evidence is not all that could be desired. Four sections,
two transverse and two longitudinal, show their presence in Ceraurus.
That they are jointed is shown by Plate II. fig. 8, and also in a similar
section not illustrated. The transverse section, Plate II. fig. 4, of the
extreme posterior segment of the pygidium also shows the base of the
leg and sections of the succeeding anterior legs. The position of
the base is the same as that of the posterior leg, Plate II. fig. 8.
That these legs were not foliaceous and branchial is evident, but what
their terminal joints were like is yet an unsettled problem of the
investigation.

With Calymene the success in cutting a section so as to show all
the joints of the leg has not been as good as for Ceraurus. The
knowledge of its structure is based on a number of fragmentary parts
after the third joint from the base is passed. Plate V. figs. 1, 3, and 4,
give a fine illustration of the first three joints. A transverse section
obliquely crossing an enrolled specimen cuts across the legs as they
diverge from the anterior extremity of the thorax. Each pair of legs
is cut across farther from the base, so that we have an approximate
outline of their form, which, from a comparison of the parts as seen in
many sections, resemble those illustrated on Plate VI. fig. 5, while those
of Ceraurus are more like those of Fig. 4 of the same plate.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 205

The mode of attachment of the leg to the ventral surface is shown in
the transverse section for Calymene in Plate III. fig. 9, and in Cerauw-
rus in Plate II. fig. 3. The longitudinal section is given in Plate V.
figs. 1 and 3, for Calymene, and in Plate II. fig. 6, for Ceraurus.
These illustrations are considered as showing that the point of articula-
tion was a small, round process projecting from the posterior surface of
the large basal joint, and articulating in the ventral arch somewhat as
the legs of some of the Isopods articulate with the arches in the ventral
membrane. The arches of the ventral membrane in the Trilobite, and
the parts shown in Plate IV. fig. 7, afford a correspondingly firm
basis for the attachment of the legs. The general curvature of the
legs is forward, as shown by all the sections, when they are attached
to the ventral surface and in their normal position. This corresponds
with the position of the cephalic appendages, and gives a uniformity
to the entire series.

Our knowledge of the number of pairs of appendages is based on the
evidence given by sections of Calymene, Plate V. figs. 1-4. The
dorsal shell of this species has thirteen segments in the thorax, and
nine coalesced in the pygidium. The section of the median lobe and
ventral surface, Fig. 2, shows twenty arches, and Figs. 1 and 2, sections
of the same individual, show twenty and twenty-two thoracico-abdominal
appendages respectively. The fact that there is a space between the
last arch or appendage and the posterior margin of the pygidium does
not necessarily prove the existence of other appendages, as it is quite
probable that in the process of disintegration of the visceral cavity the
entire ventral membrane, with its attached legs, was drawn away from
the pygidium by the pressure of the sediment imbedding it. This
view is strengthened by Fig. 4, Plate V., as there are but eighteen or
nineteen appendages, or their equivalent, the ventral arches, in the
same space, and the break between the posterior margin of the py-
gidium and the appendages is less than in the preceding sections, but
more than would be taken by the three or four missing appendages.
From these facts it is considered that there is one pair of appendages
to each segment, and it is so expressed in the restoration on Plate VI.
fig. 1. In enumerating the number of arches or pairs of appendages
the cephalic appendages have not been included, as there is still some
uncertainty as to the number of appendages appertaining to the head.
The four pairs described are probably all that existed, and from the
marked similarity between the cephalic appendages of Limulus, Eu-
rypterus, and the Trilobite we should naturally anticipate failure in

206 BULLETIN OF THE

searching for traces of antenne. As known at present, the Trilobite
Calymene senaria has twenty-six pairs of appendages.

The thoracico-abdominal appendages have been treated thus far as
simple jointed ambulatory legs, without reference to the attached respi-
ratory apparatus. On examining the basal joint of the leg as shown in
several sections a short, jointed appendage is seen attached to it on the
upper exterior side, as shown in Plate III. figs. 9 and 10, and in the res-
toration, Plate VI. fig. 2. The finest illustration of this appendage was
unfortunately lost in 1875 before a sketch was taken of it.* Subse-
quently a number of sections were gradually ground away, commencing
at the extremities of the pleurs and working in towards the median
lobe. First, the branchiz and the extremities of the legs were seen,
and then the jointed arm, which was followed up to the base of the leg.
This manner of working enabled the observer to learn something of
the position of the various parts, but it destroyed the evidence of what
was observed.

Above the small jointed appendage, or epipodite, there is attached a
branchia extending outward and downward beyond it.

Many perfectly preserved and beautiful specimens of Asaphus
platycephalus have been cut into sections, but with little success in
obtaining traces of the appendages, etc. Plate II. fig. 9, shows the
basal joint of a leg and another section not illustrated gives evidence
that the legs extended out beneath the pygidium, as shown by their
basal joints. In Acidaspis Trentonensis the legs, both cephalic and
thoracic, have been observed, as also the spiral branchie.

In review of our information concerning the thoracico-abdominal
appendages, I think we are justified in stating that there is a series
of jointed legs extending from the cephalic shield beneath the thorax
and pygidium to the posterior segment of the latter; that, as far as
known, they were ambulatory, and formed of six or seven joints; that
to the basal joint there were attached an epipodite and branchia ;
and that, from the proof we now have, there is little doubt but that
the appendages beneath the pygidium did not vary essentially from
those of the thoracic’ region. They may have terminated in a slen-
der filament, or filaments, as but three joints have been seen in any one
appendage.

Illustrations are given of the supposed Trilobite’s leg discovered by
M. Eichwald, and also of the two crustacean legs from the Hudson

* Left on awriting-table, it was brushed to the floor, and from thence swept up and
thrown into the fire by a careless domestic.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 207

River group at Cincinnati, Ohio.* The former compares with the leg
as found in Ceraurus and the latter with the leg as restored in
Calymene.

Branchial Appendages.— The branchize have required more time
and labor to determine their true structure than any of the appendages
yet discovered. They were first regarded as small tubes arranged
side by side, like the teeth in a rake; then as setiferous appendages,
and finally as elongate ribbon-like spirals and bands attached to the
side of the thoracic cavity, the epipodite being a so-called branchial
arm. All of these parts are now known to belong to the respiratory
system, but from their somewhat complex structure, and the various
curious forms assumed by the parts when broken up and distorted,
it was a long time before their relations were determined.

The respiratory system is formed of two series of appendages, as
found beneath the thorax. The first is a series of branchize attached to
the basal joints of the legs, and the second, the branchial arms, or
epipodites.

The branchie, as found in Calymene, Ceraurus, and Acidaspis,
have three forms. In the first they bifurcate a short distance from the
attachment to the basal joint of the leg, and extend outward and down-
ward as two simple, slender tubes, or ribbon-like filaments. In the
second form they bifurcate in the same manner, but the two branches
are spirals. These two forms occur in the same individual, but, as
a rule, the more simple ribbon-like branchia is found in the smaller or
younger specimens, and the spiral form in the adult. The exceptions
to this, however, are such that it has little value for any comparison of
structural features between the young andthe adult. The first type of
branchia is shown by Fig. 5, Plate I., Figs. 2 and 3, Plate II., and the
second, by Figs. 4-10, Plate III. The latter are very interesting,
and a number of illustrations are given. The spiral structure is finely
shown by Fig. 5, Plate III., where, by the spiral being flattened, the
plane of the section has passed through it so as to show the tube
or ribbon as continuous and entire. Any of the sections, Figs. 4-10,
clearly prove that spirals were cut across, although there is no con-
nection between the segments except in Fig. 5. The bifid branchia
is illustrated by Figs. 9 and 10, Plate III. The branchia on the left
side of Fig. 3, and those of Fig. 8, Plate IIL, are formed of a finer,
more slender tube or ribbon, and coiled in a larger spiral. The

* Received from Mr. S. A. Miller and Dr. C. A. Miller, of Cincinnati, Ohio,

208 BULLETIN OF THE

spiral branchie of Cerawrus, Plate IIL, figs. 4-6, are usually larger
and coarser than those of Calymene, and form the second variation of
the spiral.

The third type of the branchiz is shown in Plate III. fig. 2. As
far as yet known, this is confined to the anterior segments of the
thorax.

The epipodite or branchial arm was attached to the basal joints of
the thoracic legs and formed of two or more joints. This has been
called a branchial arm, not that it carrried a branchia, but on account
of its relation to the respiratory system. It is regarded as an arm or
paddle, that, kept in constant motion, produced a current of water cir-
culating among the branchiz gathered close beneath the dorsal shell.
This would be necessitated by the character and position of the branchie
and the evident habits of the Trilobite. The best illustration of this ap-
pendage, with the setiferous exterior joint, is shown in Plate III. fig. 9.

Of the modification the respiratory apparatus underwent beneath
the pygidium, we have no evidence. If we estimate the branchie by
the character of the dorsal shell, we would say that in some genera,
Remopleurides, Paradowides, etc., with very small pygidie, the
branchiz were doubtless aborted or mere rudiments, and that in those
genera with larger pygidie, Asaphus, Bronteus, etc., the branchie
were fully developed as beneath the thorax.

Itis difficult to conceive how a thin pellicle or membrane that
served the function of respiration could be preserved as the branchie,
or spirals, as we call them, are found in the Trilobite. It is not
certain but that these parts, as now found, were the supports of delicate
branchiz attached to them; this has objections, as the spirals and
slender ribbons are comparable to the branchie of some species of
Cyamus, as shown on Plate IV. figs. 9 and 10. In either case they
are all that is left to show the respiratory apparatus of the Trilobite,
and in that sense are called the branchie.

AFFINITIES OF THE TRILOBITE.

That the affinities of the Trilobite are with Limulus and its allies
there is no longer any reasonable doubt. The observations of Billings,
Packard, Dohrn, and other recent writers, have served to establish
the views of previous authors on the subject, which have been confirmed
by the discovery of the more important characters of the structure and
arrangement of the cephalic appendages.

The classification of the group to which the Trilobite belongs is

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 209

adopted in accordance with the advanced views of Milne-Edwards,
Gegenbaur, Lankester, Van Beneden, Verrill, and other authors.

The more conservative zodlogists consider the group as an order or
sub-class of the Crustacea, while others view it as a sub-class of the
Arachnida.* Professors A. Milne-Edwards,t Gegenbaur,t and E. Ver-
rill § consider the group as aclass of the Arthropoda, placing it after the
Crustacea and preceding the Arachnida in the scheme of classification.
With this course we are in accord. ||

The following arrangement is made to express the view of the rela-
tions of the different orders forming the group.

ARTHROPODA.
Crass PCECILOPODA.

Sub-class MerosTomMAtTa. Sub-class PaLmaps#,
Order Xiphosura. Order Trilobita.
Order Hurypterida.

PCECILOPODA. Arthropods with the cephalic appendages sub-

serving the function of manducation.

Sub-class Mrrostomata. Peecilopods with ocelli in addition to
compound eyes, all the limbs serving as mouth organs, the mouth pro-
vided posteriorly with a metastoma.

Order Xiphosura. Mouth furnished with a small hypostoma and
six pairs of appendages. Posterior segments of the body more or less
free, and all bearing branchiz or reproductive organs.

Order Hurypterida. Mouth furnished with five pairs of appendages.
Two anterior free segments, bearing branchiz or reproductive organs.
Other free segments devoid of appendages.

Sub-class PAt#ap#. Peecilopods with numerous thoracico-abdomi-
nal appendages. Eyes compound (when developed). Ocelli unknown.

* Professors Ed. Van Beneden, E. Ray Lankester, Introduction to Gegenbaur’s
Elements Comp. Anat., English ed., 1878.

+ Ann. des Sci., XVII., 1872.

~ Elements Comp. Anat., English ed., p. 230, 1878.

§ Classification of Animals, Yale College, 1879.

| “It is by no means desirable that students should be taught to accept any one
scheme of classification as finite. They should be taught to look upon these schemes
as the condensed expression of an author’s views, —as the epitome of his teaching,
facilitating the recollection and comparison of conflicting solutions of the vast series
of unsolved problems of morphology.” Prof. E, Ray Lankester.

VOL. VIII. — No. 10. 14

210 BULLETIN OF THE

Order TZrilobita. Mouth furnished with a large hypostoma and
four pairs (as far as known) of appendages. Thoracic segments,
2-26, bearing jointed legs with attached branchie. Abdomen formed
of anchylosed segments, 2 (?) — 28, bearing articulated appendages.

The following tabulation gives the characters presented by each
order.
XrpHosura. Ex. Limulus (fossil and living).

. Eyes sessile, compound.

. Ocelli distinctly seen.

. All the limbs serving as mouth organs.

. All the thoracic segments bearing branchiz or reproductive organs.
. Other segments devoid of any appendages.

. Thoracic segments anchylosed.

. Abdominal segments wranchylosed and rudimentary.

. Metastoma rudimentary.

ong OF >

Eurypteripa. Ex. Pterogotus, Hurypterus (fossil, extinct).

. Eyes sessile, compound.

. Ocelli distinctly seen.

All the limbs serving as mouth organs.

. Anterior thoracic segments bearing branchie or reproductive organs.
Other segments devoid of any appendages.

. Thoracic segments unanchylosed.

. Abdominal segments free and well developed.

. Metastoma large.

CONT Op OO PO

Trinopita. Ex. Asaphus, etc. (fossil, extinct).

. Eyes sessile, compound.

. Ocelli, unknown.

. Cephalic limbs serving as mouth organs.

. Thoracic segments bearing jointed legs and attached branchiz.

. All segments provided with appendages.

. Thoracic segments unanchylosed.

. Abdominal segments anchylosed and bearing jointed appendages.
. Hypostoma large. (Metastoma unknown. )

onan fF Wh

The agreement in the structure of the cephalic appendages is
taken as the basis of the union of the three groups under one head.
The differences between the Zrilobita and the two remaining groups
are very marked, especially in the thoracico-abdominal regions. These,
united with the great development of the Zvilobita as expressed
in its large number of families and genera, are considered as sepa-
rating it from a sub-group formed of Xiphosura and HLurypterida.
This is essentially the arrangement made by Woodward and other
zovlogists, and one to which we subscribe, except that we would go

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. At

farther, and place the two sub-orders of Woodward as orders,* the
group formed by them will take the value of a sub-class, and with the
Trilobita as a sub-class form a distinct class of the Arthopoda, as
expressed in the foregoing classification.

Since the above was written the memoir of Dr. Packard+ on
Limulus polyphemus has been received. In addition to the descrip-
tive portion of the investigation we find valuable comparisons made
between the structure of Limulus and the Trilobites, and also an able
discussion of the evidence for and against the removal of the group, of
which Zimulus is the type, from the Crustacea, and considering it a
class intermediate between the Crustacea and the Arachnida.

Dr. Packard proposes “that the Merostomata and Trilobites should
together form a sub-class of Crustacea (i. e. Branchiate Arthropods),
standing parallel to, and as the equivalents of, all the other Crustacea,
the two groups being parallel and equally important branches of the
same genealogical tree.”

While recognizing the force of Dr. Packard’s arguments, we do not
undertake to decide between the two conflicting views as to the zo-
ological position of the Peecilopoda. Our work has been that of the
paleontologist, and to the zodlogist the discussion of differences that
can only be determined by the study of the anatomy and embryology
of living animals, is left.

Mode of Occurrence. — The two species of Trilobites, Calymene
senaria and Ceraurus pleurexanthemus, from which nine tenths of
the sections were obtained, are the two most abundant forms in the
Trenton limestone of Central and Northern New York. Their remains
occur, usually in a fragmentary condition, in nearly every layer of the
limestone, and range, above, into the Hudson River group, and, below,
into the Black River limestone. Their geographical distribution is
also very extended, as they occur in the Canadas and at nearly all the
exposures of the Trenton group in the Northern United States, as far
west as the Mississippi River. The Calymene is much more abundant
at the West, but at the locality from which the specimens of Ceraurus
were obtained for section cutting the latter far exceeds it in numbers.
The special interest attached to the occurrence of both species at

* The view given of the sub-order in 1877. Pamphlet published in advance of
the 28th Report of the New York State Museum.

+ The Anatomy, Histology, and Embryology of Limulus polyphemus. A. S.
Packard, Jr., M.D. Anniversary Memoirs Boston Soc. Nat. History, 1880.

212 BULLETIN OF THE

Trenton Falls, as well as of several other species, is their very perfect
state of preservation in a thin bed of limestone outcropping in a small
ravine half a mile east of the Trenton Falls cafion or gorge. An
examination of the same horizon that this bed occupies, for several
miles along the cafion, which is but half a mile away at one point,
failed to give a single entire Trilobite, and the fragmentary remains
are rare. Both above and below they are found, but not with any
more of the animal preserved other than the dorsal shell and hypo-
stoma. This shows that in the vicinity of the outcrop in the small
ravine there is a limited area, which was surrounded by conditions that
did not prevail elsewhere in that region, as the topography of the
adjacent country permits of a close examination of the strata, and out-
crops at the same horizon were examined in all directions in the vicinity
for the purpose of finding other prolific localities.

The layer of limestone on which the prolific layer rests is thick, and
formed of the comminuted remains of Crinoids, Trilobites, ete., indicat-
ing the action of shore waves and a distributing current. A change
supervened, and this surface was depressed beneath deeper water, or a
barrier reef was formed, affording a quiet habitat in which flourished
Bryozoans, Echinoderms, Brachiopods, Pteropods, Entomostracans, and
Trilobites. The remains of all these are now found, in a perfect state
of preservation, attached to the lower surface of the superjacent layer
of limestone. This appears to have been a deposit of fine calcareous
mud or ooze, deposited on the surface of the subjacent stratum, so as to
form when solidified a layer from one half to two inches in thickness.
It did not destroy all the forms of life that existed on the surface be-
neath prior to its deposition, but many species are not known to occur
again. The Trilobites, however, flourished on the new surface as the
beautifully preserved interiors of the dorsal shell testify, an illustration
of which is given on Plate IV.

Where the layer is over one inch in thickness, and there is no
intermingled argillaceous shaly matter, as sometimes occurs, the best
preserved specimens for cutting sections are found. They are usually
with the dorsal surface downward, and partially enrolled. It was
frequently noticed in polishing the sections that the imbedding rock
showed dark laminations curving beneath the Trilobite, as though the
soft mud had been compressed by its sinking down into it. Similar
traces proved that the mud flowed over into the half enrolled shell, and
buried the appendages, or such as were left of them, as often the lami-
nations of the inflowing mud have not been disturbed since covering
the fragments of the viscera, branchi, and legs.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 213

In a former paper * it is stated that 1,110 Trilobites out of a total
of 1,160 had been found resting on their backs, and it was argued from
this that that was their normal position when living, as Burmeister had
shown for Branchipus and theoretically for the Trilobite, In sub-
sequent work the proportion was found to remain nearly the same, but
with the discovery of ambulatory thoracic legs the view of their living
in that position was necessarily abandoned. Mr. Henry Hicks writes
that he had observed the same position in the Primordial Trilobites of
Wales, the shell of the great Paradoxides, eighteen inches in length,
occurring with its dorsal surface downward. He attributes it, and I
think correctly, to the accumulation of gases in the viscera, which, with
the boat-shaped shell, would cause the animal to turn over on the slight-
est motion in the water, and it would there remain to be buried beneath
the next deposit of sediment.

A little dark argillaceous shale next succeeds, above the prolific
Trilobite layer, and forms a parting between the latter and a layer of
limestone six inches thick that is very much like the layer below in
color and texture. From it several hundred very perfect Asaphi
have been taken; but, with the exception of two small enrolled speci-
mens, they have not shown the presence of the appendages sought for.
Smooth, fine-grained, dark gray and bluish-gray limestones, in layers
of from one to four inches in thickness, succeed in the next three feet
above. Trilobites abound in nearly every layer, and upwards of fifty
species of fossils, in a very perfect state of preservation, occur in the
same beds. The conditions, however, do not appear to have been
favorable for the preservation of the viscera and appendages, and
the most perfect enrolled specimens of Calymene have nothing but the
clear rock within the dorsal shell. On the lower surface of the pro-
lific layer and in its interior many specimens of Acidaspus Trentonen-
sis were found. Owing to their small size, five to ten mm. in length,
they were not of much use, although some of their appendages were
frequently found in a somewhat entire condition. The specimens of
Calymene and Ceraurus averaged from thirty to forty mm. in length.
A full series of the latter shows individuals from three up to fifty mm.
None were ever seen showing any metamorphoses in the young, from
this layer, although Asaphus platycephalus was found with but three
segments in the thorax on a layer above.

As far as we now know, the occurrence of the Trilobites in the pro-
lific layer is an exceptional one, as none have been reported from any

* Ann. Lyc. Nat. History, XI. p. 159, 1875.

214 BULLETIN OF THE

other locality in the same condition of preservation. That most of
them are not the exuviated shell, resulting from the moulting, is
proven by the presence of more or less remains of the viscera and ap-
pendages associated with them, the viscera in the cephalic cavity
nearly always being present. Some are probably the cast shells; but
the greater proportion of the larger specimens are those in which the
animal died. From observations made during several years collecting
in various formations it appears that the exuviated shell is usually
broken up. In some species, as the Calymene senaria at Cincinnati,
Ohio, many of the entire cast shells were undoubtedly buried in the
soft mud as soon as left by the animal, and thus preserved entire.

Manner of Life.— Burmeister gives us, as his view of the manner
of life the Trilobites led, “that they most probably did not inhabit the
open sea, but the vicinity of coasts, in shallow water, and that they
here lived gregariously in vast numbers, chiefly of one species;
that they moved only by swimming in an inverted position, and did
not creep about on the bottom; that they lived on smaller water
animals, and, in the absence of such, on the spawn of allied species.”

Barrande supposed that they lived in deep water and swam on the
surface of the sea.

Dr. Dohrn considers that they lived at the bottom of the sea, and
with extremities like those of Limulus crawled about. This view was
necessarily taken by all authors who considered the Trilobite as
related by its zodlogical affinities to Limulus. From our present
knowledge of its structure, we cannot but suppose that its habits and
manner of living were similar to the living Arthropods to which it is
most closely allied. That its natatory powers were slight there is
evidence in the absence of swimming appendages that could have been
of much service to the adult individual. In the younger stages of
growth these were probably of great size as compared with the other
appendages, and used for swimming. From the great geographical
distribution of many species it is evident that its means of locomotion
were greater during some period of its existence than when full
grown, as, from its massive structure then, it must have been limited
in its range and means of distribution.

Dr. Packard states* that Mr. Alexander Agassiz had captured the
larva of Limulus swimming free on the surface of the ocean, three
miles from the shore. From the comparisons made by Dr. Packard

* Development Limulus polyphemus, Memoirs Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., p. 155,
1872.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 215

between the young Limulus and the young Trilobites as described by
M. Barrande, there is no reason to doubt that the young Trilobite
may have had the same power of distributing itself and its species
over extended areas in the wide-spread paleeozoic seas. As in Limulus
its later growth changed its manner of life, and its movements were
finally restricted to crawling about the sea bottom in search of food.
We have seen from the views of Burmeister, Barrande, and others, that
it has been thought to be both an inhabitant of shallow waters along the
coasts and also of the deeper seas. Itis found in both littoral and deep-
water formations. Muddy or sandy, fine or coarse, hard or soft, argilla-
ceous or calcareous deposits, it occurs in all. With these facts in view,
it is probable that it ranged along the shore in quiet bays, and also in
the habitat of the Brachiopods and other deep-water Invertebrates. In
conclusion we may say that the Trilobite in its younger stages of growth
was active and a free swimmer, thus distributing itself over broad areas.
That on reaching a larger growth it became more limited in its
natatory powers and crawled about the bottom in search of soft-bodied
organisms for food and during the spawning season for a place to de-
posit its eggs.* From the presence of the swimming joints on the
posterior pair of cephalic appendages it may have had limited natatory
powers during the latter part of its existence.

Of the power to enroll itself and thus protect its vulnerable ventral
surface from attack by an impenetrable coat of armor, the sections cut
of Calymene and illustrated on Plate I. figs. 8 and 9, which were
cut from an enrolled specimen, and Plate III. figs. 1 and 2, from one
partially coiled, abundantly prove.

In the “ Geology of Canada,” p. 104, a number of tracks or trails of
Crustaceans are illustrated. They occur in the Potsdam sandstone, a
formation with an abundant Trilobitic fauna. From the structure and
form of the legs of the Trilobites it is very probable that these tracks
(Protichnites) were made by them.

Variation of the Form and Number of the Appendages in Vari-
ous Genera and Species. — “We have presented to us in the Crustacea
probably the best zodlogical illustration of a class, constructed on a com-
mon type, retaining its general characteristics but capable of endless
modifications of its parts, so as to suit the extreme requirements of
every separate species.” (Woodward.) When the great extent and
variety of the modifications of the dorsal shell of the Trilobite are taken

* See Dr. Packard's description of the spawning of Limulus and its probable
occurrence in the same manner with the Trilobite. Ibid., p. 186.

216 BULLETIN OF THE

into consideration, and with them the thought of the variation of the
appendages that must necessarily correspond in a greater or less degree,
the force of the above statement is very striking, and may equally be
applied to the class under consideration. Such diverse forms as are
found in the genera Asaphus, Calymene, Deiphon, Remopleurides,
Harpes, Agnostus, and other genera, — the compact, small hypostoma
of Ogygia Buchii,* and the long-forked hypostoma of Remopleurides
striatulus, extending back to beneath the sixth thoracic segment,f —
the twenty-six segments of the thorax of Harpes ungula,t and the
two of Aynostus, — the large massive pygidium of Asaphus or Bron-
teus and the limited area of the same in Paradowides or Remopleuri-
des, and all the varying intermediate forms, — afford ample material for
those inclined to theoretically reconstruct the animal, and also for the
paleontological investigator.

The two forms used to illustrate the results of the present investiga-
tion are much alike in some respects, as the head and thoracic regious
differ but little. There are certain differences, however, that are quite
marked. The legs of Calymene are more slender, and less apt to be
straightened out. The joints are also more cylindrical. The branchize
are more delicately constructed, and usually better defined than in
Ceraurus. Sections cut from either species are very readily distin-
guished one from the other by the general at of the cephalic
appendages, the legs, and branchie.

Ova of the Trilobite. —Plate IV. fig. 8 is an illustration of a
median, longitudinal section of a Cerawrus in which the cephalic
cavity and a portion of the thoracic cavity are preserved and filled with
calespar. The small elongate-oval and round spots seen in the spar, in
the posterior portions of the cephalic cavity and the anterior thoracic
cavity, are somewhat enlarged in Fig. 8 a, and their arrangement
shown as when imbedded in the spar. To the groups of ova illustrated
by M. Barrande§ they have a strong resemblance, and there is little
doubt but that these small cylindroid bodies were the ova of the
Trilobite, as there is nothing to lead to the view that they are of con-
cretionary origin.||

* Sil. Sys. Boh., I. Plate 2 A, fig. 26.

+ Cincinnati Jour. Sci., Il. p. 347.

t Sil. Sys. Boh., I. Plate IX. fig. 1.

§ Sil. Sys. Boh., I. Supplement, Plates II., XVIII., and XXXY.

| See 81st Report N. Y. State Museum Nat. Hist., Note on the Eggs of the
Trilobite.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 217

DESCRIPTION OF THE SECTIONS, ETC. USED FOR
ILLUSTRATION.

PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Transverse section, perpendicular to the median axis, of the head of
Ceraurus pleurecanthemus, on a line intersecting the eyes. The
central lobe of the cephalic shield and hypostoma (h) entirely
enclose the median cephalic cavity, which, in its present state, is
filled with calespar.

Fig. 2, A transverse section, cutting obliquely. downward from near the pos-
terior portion of the glabellar lobe to a point beneath, and a little
back from the eyes. A ditsinct space occurs between the dorsal
shell and hypostoma which is occupied by fragments of the mandu-
catory appendages.

Fig. 3. This section is taken a little posterior to the preceding, and terminates
beneath, farther back. The cephalic appendages are shown only
near their bases.

Fig. 4, This is one of the most satisfactory sections obtained of the cephalic
region of this species. In this and the three preceding, the ap-
pendages have been, apparently, crushed back between the hypostoma
and dorsal shell, so as to give an incorrect idea of their true position
when seen in the sections. In Fig. 4 the jointed appendages are
indicated, and also the manner of their arrangement, the leg on the
left side showing three joints. This would hardly be intelligible
were it not for the sections of the species next to be mentioned. The
four sections taken to illustrate the head of Ceraurus are among
many that show similar features in about the same condition of
preservation. The branchie shown in Figs. 3 and 4 are not consid-
ered cephalic, but as thoracic, and pushed beneath the cephalic
shield after the death of the animal.

Fig. 5. A section of the head not far from the position of that illustrated by
Fig. 4, but by reason of the enrolment of the animal, portions of the
thoracic appendages are cut across, and, as mentioned of Figs. 1-4,
the latter have also been forced beneath the head. One of the most
interesting features of this section is the ribbon-like branchia, b, b.
The appendage o is probably cephalic ; all others, thoracic.

Fig. 6. With this section we commence a series of five cut from different in-
dividuals of the species Calymene senaria, All show the cephalic
appendages. Without exception they are cut transversely and
obliquely down through the head from just back of the posterior
segment to the lower anterior side, intersecting the hypostoma (h)
towards its posterior end. The posterior or fourth pair of appen-

218 BULLETIN OF THE

dages is well shown in all, 4, 4, of the figures, and the first three
pairs the most distinctly in Figs. 9 and 10 (1, 2, 3, Fig. 10), although
portions are finely illustrated in Figs. 6 and §. Figs. 8 and 9 are
considered as denoting the presence of swimming joints (n, 7).
The organs }, b of Fig. 8 are thoracic, comparable to b, b of Fig. 5.

In all the sections illustrated on this plate there is no connection
of the central portion or visceral cavity with the doublure or
incurved portion of the margin of the dorsal shell. The union of
the portions of the membrane and enclosed organic substance, re-
placed by calespar, in Figs. 6 and 8 a, a, and 4, would make such
a connection complete. In many other sections not illustrated the
same conditions prevail, so that we know that the space between
the central mass of appendages and the margin of the dorsal shell
was united by a thin membrane that left a narrow space between it
and the dorsal shell. The suggestion made by Mr. E. Billings,
that the central mass of legs, ete. of the Trilobite was probably
supported in the same manner as the same parts in Limulus, is thus
shown to be correct.

PLATE II.

Fig. 1. A transverse section of the thorax of Cerawrus. As is the case with
the sections of the head, the central mass of the body is not united
to the margins of the pleure in any of the sections, but the proof of
such a union in the same manner as in the sections of the head is
found in portions of such a membrane existing in many sections.

This section is of an enrolled individual. As the outline of the
cephalic shield and central portion of the cephalic cavity only are
shown in the lower portion, the half cutting across the thorax is used
for illustration. The position and character of the jointed ambu-
latory legs is beautifully shown, and also the presence of the bran-
chie : the left leg, as in the figure, gives the basal joint and an
outline of the succeeding joints ; this is still more finely shown by
the leg on the right side. The space occupied by the visceral cavity
is compressed and filled with calespar. No remains of the intes-
tinal canal are to be distinguished.

Fig. 2. A section of the right side of the thorax of another enrolled individual.
The spar filling the hypostoma is seen at h. The Trilobite was
broken and the left side lost, so that but one half of the transverse
section could be obtained. The leg is broken near its base, and also
towards the extremity. It appears to be formed of seven joints,
and perhaps eight, if the terminal portion is not a fragment of
another leg brought into the plane of the section in line with the
other joints. The branchial appendages were misplaced by the
movement that carried the leg to the left, as seen in the figure.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 219

Fig. 3. Another transverse section of the thorax of the same species, showing

the mode of attachment of the basal joint of the leg, o; the simple
ribbon-like branchiz ; and the distorted leg on the left side. The
branchial ribbon on the right side, b”, appears to have been undu-
lating and cut across so as to divide it into sections. The section
crosses it obliquely, giving a curious outline to the dorsal shell.

Fig. 4. Transverse section of the extreme posterior end of the pygidium of

this species. The section of the terminal spine is shown entire on
the left upper side, s, and the base of the other on the right side, h.
At x the base of the posterior appendage is shown, and, below, the
transverse sections of several of the thoracico-abdominal appen-
dages.

Fig. 6. Longitudinal section of a Ceraurus with appendages very much broken

up. Ato the basal joint of one of the thoracic legs is shown, with

-the following segments all appearing as one with it. This is not an

uncommon mode of occurrence.

Fig. 8. Longitudinal section of the posterior portion of an individual of the

Figs. 5, 7.

same species. Four appendages are seen connected with the pygid-
ium, one for each segment, the one at « corresponding to the one at

x, Fig. 4, Plate II. The pygidium has been forced up out of its nor-
mal position, but the appendages are seen in another section in the
same position, where there has not been any displacement. The
appendages of the thorax are mere fragments. The unusual thick-
ness of the spar filling the visceral cavity in this and the preceding
section is owing to the contents of the visceral cavity having been
forced into the curved portion of the shell. This is the usual mode
of occurrence in half-enrolled shells of this species.

Two longitudinal sections of Calymene senaria, showing the ceph-
alic cavity and the anterior portion of the thorax. Many such sec-
tions were cut, none of which show segments of the appendages or
the structure of the manducatory apparatus. The separation of the
appendages nearly to the dorsal shell in Fig. 5 is a curious feature.

Fig. 10. Transverse section of an enrolled Calymene. The hypostoma is seen

at h, and the sections of the legs radiating out from it. The legs
are cut across at a different distance from the base of each, and the
general form of the leg of this species is taken from this and simi-
lar sections, as no approximately entire longitudinal section of the
leg of Calymene has been obtained.

Fig. 9. Transverse section of the thorax of Asaphus platycephalus. The basal

joint of the leg is only to be recognized, 4. Another section of the
same individual, which was partially enrolled, gives a cross section
of nine pairs of legs, and on the interior cast of an Asaphus, pre-
served much as Mr. Billings’s specimen is, there are traces of the
basal joints or points of attachment to the ventral membrane of
nine legs on one side of the median axis of the pygidium.

220

BULLETIN OF THE

PLATE III.

Fig. 1. Transverse section of an enrolled Calymene, cutting across the upper

posterior margin of the head and the anterior upper side of the
thorax in such a manner as to remove a portion of the dorsal shell
and contents of the visceral cavity, laying open the visceral cavity
and the basal portion of several thoracic appendages. These are
setiferous, a condition not observed in any other section. But one
side of the section shows the structure, as shown in the figure ; the
other was destroyed in cutting, and the drawing is made to show
the two sides from the data given by the right side.

Fig. 2. Transverse section of the upper side of the head and the anterior

portion of the thorax of an enrolled Ceraurus. The central
cephalic cavity is shown and also portions of the cephalic appen-
dages. The upper side cuts across the thorax and the peculiar
branchiz are shown, the one on the right side having been pushed
out of its normal position. A branchiz, or branchial support of
the same character, occurs in a section of Acidaspis Trentonensis
and in the same position, i. e. in association with the anterior
thoracic appendages, these organs may not have performed the
respiratory function, but acted as the support of more delicate
branchial filments or lamelle, all traces of which are lost.

Fig. 3. Transverse section of a Calymene cutting across the head from the

Figs. 4-6.

anterior side back to the lower posterior margins and thence
across five segments of the thorax as the shell was enrolled. The
basal joints of the legs are shown, and also the branchial apparatus.
On the right side the latter has the usual appearance as seen in most
sections of this species, but on the left side a variation is observed.
The ribbon forming the spiral is very fine and closely coiled.
The parts seen in Fig. 8 are of the same nature. The base is
attached to the basal joint of the leg, but, owing to the section not
being exactly transverse, this is not beneath the same segment as
the basal joint on the right side. The combination of the two
forms of branchiew in this section and the presence of another
variation in Fig. 2, a section from the same species, proves that
variations existed in the thoracic branchial appendages.

Longitudinal sections of Cerawrus with the branchie preserved.
In none of these are the branchie# in a normal position, In
Fig. 5 they have been forced into the cephalic cavity, and the
section cuts across the spinous extension of the pleura. Frag-
ments of the legs are mingled with the branchiew in the upper
portion of the figure, but in their extension downward the spiral
form is finely preserved. It appears as though the mass of the
viscera, etc. had been forced towards the head, and that five of

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 221

the spirals were left behind in the mud, and thus drawn out and
compressed so that the plane of the section could pass through
the spiral and bring to light its true structure. In Fig. 4 the
same thing has occurred, except that the parts are in the pygidium
and the spiral form is not as well shown. Fig. 6 shows the spirals
towards the head, but in a reverse position from that of Fig. 5.
These sections are instructive as showing the strength of the spiral
branchiz, and also one of the vicissitudes to which the appendages
were subjected, antecedent to their mineralization.

Fig. 7. Transverse section of an enrolled Ceraurus, illustrating the position
of the intestinal canal, and the transverse corrugations or segments
of the ventral surface of the visceral cavity. A few fragments of
the branchiz and thoracic legs are shown.

Fig. 8. Transverse section of an enrolled Calymene, showing the branchia,
etc., enclosed within the pleural lobe.

Figs. 9,10. Two sections of an enrolled Calymene cut from the same individ-
ual. Fig. 9 is from the anterior portion of the thorax, and Fig. 10
was taken some distance farther back. The bifid spiral branchia
is shown in each, as also the basal joint of the leg and the small
epipodite (¢) or branchial arm. The small appendage at 7 is
probably one of the terminal swimming joints of the cephalic
legs detached and happening to occur in this position. The bran-
chia seen on the right side of Fig. 9, nearly touching the dorsal
shell, is out of its normal position, as the space it occupies was
taken by the membrane uniting the visceral cavity with the margin
of the pleure. With this exception no sections have been cut
showing any indication of an attachment of the branchia to the
side of the visceral cavity. The large basal joint of the leg is
distinctly shown in Fig. 9. The extension of the leg forward
would give the section of it seen. The structure of the bifid
spiral is better shown by these sections than any others. The
base is attached to the basal joint of the leg on the same process
with the epipodite. It projects directly outward a short distance
and then bifurcates, each branch being nearly as large as the
proximal portion. The spiral commences just beyond the bifur-
cation and continues nearly to the end, where, in most instances,
it terminates in a slightly curved extension of the ribbon forming
the spiral. Each branch of the spiral curves outward and down-
ward, just within the pleural lobe, to nearly the margin of the
dorsal shell, As shown in the section illustrated by Fig. 4,
Plate IV., the coils of the upper portion of the spiral are at-
tached to the base or support so as to give it additional firmness,

Fig. 5.

Fig. 6.

Fig. 9.

BULLETIN OF THE

PLATE IV.

The head of Cerawrus, with the dorsal shell broken away over the
cephalic cavity, showing a cast of the interior and the enlarged
opening of the intestinal canal.

A transverse section of Fig. 1 across the third thoracic segment.
The section of visceral cavity and intestinal canal are the only
traces of parts other than the dorsal shell. The light spot in the
centre of each dark spot represents the light shining through from
the front. The division of the intestinal canal into two parts
is undoubtedly of accidental occurrence.

A detached thoracic branchia from the interior of an enrolled Caly-
mene.

Same from a Ceraurus, showing the manner in which the upper
portion of the spiral is strengthened by an attachment to an arm-
like support. :

The original specimen from which the interior cast is sketched was
so badly broken that the outlines of the dorsal shell were taken
from another specimen, and the break in the shell and interior
from the original. The figure explains itself, as the cast of the
basal joints of the legs and the openings leading into the legs is
seen, and also the divisions of the ventral membrane leading to
the central ridge.

The interior surface of the dorsal shell of Ceraurus, showing the
hypostoma in position and the very irregular surface of the thorax.
The bifurcation of one of the cephalic spines has not been noticed
in any other Trilobite, bearing spines, that has passed under my ob-
servation. It is analogous to the bifurcation of the terminal spine
of Limulus. The two small, oval, dark spots on the inside of the
first segment of the pygidium are always present in well-preserved
specimens. They indicate a depression, and it may be an opening
through the shell, but the exterior shows no trace of them.*

Median longitudinal section of Ceraurus. The dorsal shell and hypo-
stoma are alone preserved in the section. The line of the in-
testinal canal, 7, and the ventral membrane, vm, are drawn to
show their position as far as has been determined by the sections.

Third and fourth thoracic segments of Cyamus Scammoni Dall. This
is introduced to show the peculiar form of the branchiz, b, 6, for
comparison with the spiral branchiz of the Trilobite. Dr. Dall
describes the branchiz as follows: “ The third and fourth seg-
ments each have a branchia attached on each side. This, near
the base, divides into two cylindrical filaments spirally coiled

* For a detailed description of this figure see Annals New York Lyceum Nat.
Hist., XI. pp. 159-169, 1875.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 223

from right to left.” The branchie of Cyamus diffusus Dall.,
Fig. 10, are described as “single, cylindrical, slender, with a
very short papilliform appendage before and behind each bran-
chia.” They are attached to the segments as shown in Fig. 10.*
The simple branchia is much like that observed in many sec-
tions of the Trilobite. Plate I. fig. 5, Plate II. figs. 2, 3.

Figs. 8,8 a. An enlargement of one of the sections of Cerawrus, showing the
ova of the Trilobite.

PLATE V.

Figs. 1-3. Longitudinal sections of a Calymene. Figs. 1 and 3 are cut so as to
intersect the legs beneath the lateral margins of the median lobe,
and Fig. 2 along the centre of the median lobe and between the two
sections showing the legs. Owing to the legs extending obliquely
outward, the section cuts across the first two or three joints, and
thus gives the peculiar pointed form. The cephalic appendages are
not satisfactorily preserved. One, however, in Fig. 2, is partially
shown. Owing to an error in the figure but seven of the twenty
transverse arches of the ventral membrane, beneath the median
lobe, are represented in figure 2.

Fig. 4. Oblique longitudinal section crossing the median lobe. Anteriorly
the basal portions of the legs are seen, and then along the centre
the section crosses to the opposite side, cutting in its passage the
arches of the ventral membrane and posteriorly the appendages on
the other side of the median line. It combines the features seen
in the first three figures. The transverse arches of the ventral
membrane are represented too thick and large.

Fig. 5. Lateral view of an enrolled Calymene. The line a, a, is the general
plane of the sections represented by Figs. 6-10, Plate I., and Fig.
3, 6, b, of Plate III.

Fig. 6. Front view of the same. The line a, a, corresponding to Fig. 1 ;
b, b, to Fig. 3 ; ¢, c, to Fig. 2; 0, 0, to Fig. 4, of Plate V.

Fig. 7. A young Limulus just after hatching from the egg. (Packard.)
The legs are arranged as in the adult, and show the correspond-
ence between the cephalic appendages of Eurypterus, Fig. 7, and
those restored in the Trilobite, Plate VI.

Fig. 7. The ventral side of the head of Eurypterus remipes. (Hall.)

PLATE VI.

. Restoration of the under or ventral surface of the animal inhabiting
the dorsal shell of Calymene senaria. In making this restoration

—

* Proc. California Acad. Sci., Vol. IV. pp. 281-283, 1872. Illustrated in
Marine Animals and the American Whale Fishery, Chas. C. Seammon, 1874.

224 BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

the sections described have been used, and also confirmatory evi-
dence from many other. On Plate I. figs. 6-10, we have the
strongest evidence of the arrangement and structure of the cephalic
appendages. The large basal joints of the fourth or posterior pair
are shown in all, as also more or less of the three anterior pair.
If the student will take a specimen of Calymene senaria, or an allied
form nearly detached from the rock, and study it as he examines
the illustrations of the sections and restorations of that species, he
will see how, in cutting across such appendages as are shown in the
restoration, he would obtain sections like those figured on Plate I.
figs. 6-10. The position and form of the thoracic legs are taken
from such sections as represented on Plate III. fig. 9, Plate V. figs.
1-4, and Plate I. fig. 10, as also the confirmatory evidence of po-
sition in Plate II. figs. 1-3 of Ceraurus. The more cylindrical
character of the legs of Calymene as compared with those of Ce-
raurus is shown in Plate TI. fig. 10, and in Plate V. figs. 1, 3, 4.
The character of the appendages beneath the pygidium is not as
well known ; many sections show their presence as far as one, two,
or three joints, but beyond that their form is unknown. They
are restored as jointed to the end as beneath the thorax. There
is reason to think that some of the anterior appendages may have
been modified in their terminal joints, as also the posterior appen-
dages. Of the character of these modifications, if they existed,
future investivation must enlighten us. The rough appearance
given to the inner end of the large basal joints of the posterior
pair of cephalic legs is the result of an attempt of the lithographer
to change the form of the joints, and not designed to be so in the
restoration.

Fig. 2. A transverse thoracic section of Fig. 1. In this there is given a view
of the structure of the thoracic appendages as they appear from a
study of the sections. The position of the intestinal canal, the
cutline of the ventral membrane or ventral surface, and the char-
acter and position of the appendages, with the exception of the
terminal joints of the legs, have been seen as represented. The
spiral bifid branchise and branchial arms are seen in Figs. 9 and
10, Plate III. There are two other forms of branchiae known in
Calymene. One is shown in Plate III. figs. 3 and 8, and another
in Plate I. fig 8.

Fig. 3. Transverse section of the thorax of Ceraurus plewrexanthemus, to show
the character of the legs. The branchizw are not attached, al-
though the sections shown by Figs. 1, 2, and 3, Plate II., would
fully warrant their restoration.

Fig. 4. The jointed legs figured by Eichwald.

Fig. 5. Jointed legs found on a slab of limestone associated with Trilobitic

remains, From Cincinnati, Ohio.

PLATE I.

Figs. 1-4. Transverse sections of the head of Cerawrus pleurexanthemus. Slightly
enlarged.
s. Dorsal shell.
h. Hypostoma.
c. Cephalic cavity.
6, 6. Branchie.
4, 4. Cephalic legs.
Fig. 5. Transverse section of the head of the same species, with portions of the
thoracic appendages. Enlarged to three diameters.
s, h, b, b. As in preceding figures.
4, 4. Fragments of thoracic legs.
0, 0. Portions of cephalic legs.
v. Visceral cavity. i
Figs. 6-10. Sections of the head of Calymene senaria. With the exception of Fig.
10, which is enlarged to three diameters, all are enlarged to five di-
ameters.
s, v, h, 6, b. As above.
1, 2, 3. Anterior cephalic legs.
4, 4. Posterior cephalic legs.
n, Figs. 8 and 9. Natatory joints of the posterior cephalic legs.
a, a, Figs.6and 8. Portions of the contents of the space enclosed
between the dorsal shell and the membrane uniting the
central visceral cavity and the outer margin of the dorsal
shell.

Figs. 1-3.

Fig.

Figs. 5, 7.

Figs. 6, 8.

Fig.

PLATE II.

Transverse sections of the thorax of Ceraurus pleurexanthemus. Enlarged
to three diameters.
s. Dorsal shell.
b, 6. Branchie.
4, 4. Thoracic legs.
a, Fig. 2. Basal joint of the leg, L.
o, Fig. 3. Transverse section of the basal joint.
Transverse section of the pygidium of the same species. Enlarged to
three diameters.
s. Dorsal shell.
s!!, Section of one of the spines of the pygidium.
h. Base of the other spine of the pygidium. See Plate IV. fig. 5.
x. Base of leg.
4, 4. Sections of legs cut across.
Longitudinal sections of the anterior portion of Calymene senaria. En-
larged to three diameters.
s. Dorsal shell.
c. Cephalic cavity.
4, 4. Thoracic legs.
Longitudinal sections of Ceraurus plewrexanthemus. Enlarged to three
diameters.
s. Dorsal shell.
v. Visceral cavity.
4, 4. Fragments of thoracic legs.
o, Fig. 6. Basal portion of one of the same.
x, Fig. 8. Legs attached to the pygidium.
Transverse section of the thorax of Asaphus platycephalus.
s. Dorsal shell.
4. Basal joint of a thoracic leg.
Transverse section of an enrolled Calymene senaria. Enlarged to three
diameters.
s. Dorsal shell.
h. Hypostoma.
c. Cephalic cavity.
v. Visceral cavity.
4, 4. Sections of the thoracic legs.

Figs. 1, 3.

Fig. 2.

Figs. 4-6.

Figs. 9, 10.

PLATE III.

Transverse sections of Calymene senaria enrolled. Enlarged to three
diameters.
s. Dorsal shell.
v. Visceral cavity.
b, 6. Branchie.
4, 4. Cephalic legs.
Transverse section of Ceraurus pleurexanthemus. Enlarged to three
diameters.
s. Dorsal shell.
v. Visceral cavity.
c. Cephalic cavity.
e. Eye cut across.
b, 6. Branchie.
Longitudinal sections of the same species. Enlarged to five diameters:
s. Dorsal shell.
c. Frontal lobe of the dorsal shell of the head.
s. Sections of the spinous extension of the pleure. See Fig. 5,
Plate IV.
p. Posterior extremity of the pygidium.
6, 6. Branchie.

. Transverse section of the same species. Enlarged to two diameters.

s. Dorsal shell.
6. Branchiz.
tz. Position of the intestinal canal.
a, a’. Distorted basal portion of thoracic legs.
Transverse section of a portion of an enrolled Calymene senaria. En-
larged to five diameters.
s. Dorsal shell.
v. Visceral cavity.
b. Branchiz.
Transverse sections of the thorax of the same species. Enlarged to
three diameters.
8, v, b, b. As in preceding figures.
4, 4. Basal joints of thoracic legs.
e. Epipodite or branchial arm.
n, Fig. 10. Detached segment, supposed to be from the posterior
cephalic leg.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

oR Oh

PLATE IV.

Head of Ceraurus pleurexanthemus and two segments of the thorax. En-
larged to two diameters.

ce. Cephalic cavity.
7. Intestinal canal.

Transverse section of the thorax of the same specimen.

Under or ventral surface of the dorsal shell of Cerawrus pleurexanthemus.
This figure is restored from several specimens ; many specimens are
entire, but some portion may be concealed by the imbedding matrix
filling the various depressions in the ventral surface of the shell.

Longitudinal section of the same, with the outline of the intestinal canal
and ventral membrane restored.

s. Dorsal shell.

h. Hypostoma.

c. Cephalic cavity.

v. m. Ventral membrane.
i. Intestinal canal.

A branchia from Calymene senaria.

a. Support of the spiral attached to a portion of the basal joint
of the leg.
6. Spiral branchie.

Same, from Ceraurus pleurexanthemus.

Enrolled Calymene senaria, showing a cast of the interior of the ventral side.

Branchize of Cyamus Scammoni Dall, attached to the thoracic segments.

Branchie of Cyamus diffusus Dall, attached to the thoracic segments.

Longitudinal section of the anterior portion of a Ceraurus plewrexanthemus,
with ova enclosed within the visceral cavity.

Fig. 8a. Enlargement of the ova.

PLATE V.

Figs. 1-4. Longitudinal sections of Calymene senaria. Enlarged to three diameters.
s. Dorsal shell.
c. Cephalic cavity.
4, 4. Oblique sections of the legs.
v. m. Median lobe of the ventral membrane.
Fig. 5. Lateral view of an enrolled specimen of the same species.
a,a. Line of section, Fig. 3, Plate III.
b, b. Line of sections, Figs. 6-10, Plate I.
Fig. 6. Anterior view of the same.
a, a. Line of the section, Fig. 1, Plate V.
b, b. Line of the section, Fig. 3, Plate V.
c, c. Line of the section, Fig. 2, Plate V.
o, o. Line of the section, Fig. 4, Plate V.
Fig. 7. Ventral view of a young Limulus polyphemus.
Fig. 8. Ventral view of the head of Zurypterus nemipes.

PLATE VI.

Restoration of the ventral surface of Calymene senaria.
4, 4. Thoracic legs.
n, n. Posterior pair of cephalic legs.

Transverse section of the thorax of the same: s, dorsal shell; z, intes-
tinal canal; J, leg; e, epipodite ; b, branchia.

Transverse section of the thorax of Cerawrus plewrexanthemus, showing the
position and character of the legs. The respiratory apparatus is not
included. See description of the figure, ante, p. 224.

Crustacean leg, as given by Eichwald.

a. Natural size.
b. Enlarged.
Crustacean legs from the Hudson River formation, Cincinnati, Ohio.
a. Leg with seven joints.
b. Leg with six joints.

{cott.1 ri

Va!

i=)

Walcott Trilobites.

A Meisel lith.Soston

a*%

S yor

wenay8 Karey

Walcott Trilebite

a ane

Walcott. Trilobites

ae
!
7s 4? ‘ a
4
- Ae

WalCOct iriaodiles.

A Meise] lith Boston

Trilobites
Trilo

falcott
Walc

No. 11. — Reports on the Results of Dredging, under the Supervision
of ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, along the Atlantic Coast of the United
States, during the Summer of 1880, by the U. S. Coast Survey
Steamer “ Blake,” COMMANDER J. R. Bartuett, U. S. N., Com-
manding.

(Published by permission of CARLILE P. PATTERSON, Supt. U. S. Coast and
Geodetic Survey. )

SLL
Report on the Selachians, by SAMUEL GARMAN.

Tus notice includes only what were taken during the last cruise of
the steamer, with a few shoal-water species previously obtained. No
attempt having been made to secure the latter, the collection is small.
A single new species and a new variety were found among the captures
in depths of less than thirty fathoms. All those coming from great
depths appear to belong to species heretofore unknown. The notes
secured on the different expeditions, as far as they relate to the Sela-
chians, are by themselves insufficient for purposes of generalization.
In connection with those taken from the results of other work, on
Fishes as well as Selachia, they seem to point toward the following
conclusions :—

First, That the migrations of these animals, including the fishes, are
much more limited in extent than has generally been supposed ; and,

Second, That these creatures are more or less affected by a period of
comparative inaction, in a measure corresponding to what obtains among
Batrachia and Reptilia, most pronounced, perhaps, in the case of such
_ as the skates.

Among both Selachians and Fishes there are many species in our waters
whose movements do not amount to more than short runs from shoal to
deeper water and back again. Others would seem to extend their travels
from the coasts and banks to the Gulf Stream. And still others make
much more extensive migrations. It is only a question of time and
further investigation to enable our fishermen to follow their game with
nearly as much certainty as the hunter now follows his, from highlands

VOL. VIII. —wNo. 11.

232 BULLETIN OF THE

or lowlands, north or south. The question of inaction may prove a con-
siderable factor in determining the profits. Other things being equal,
those whose wanderings are shortest are most to be depended on, since
their movements are less likely to change direction, or, being changed,
are more easily followed. Something of the nature of a marine signal
service will be necessary in order to follow the more erratic. It is often
the variation in direction and extent of their journeys that causes the
apparent scarcity of different kinds in particular localities, during certain
seasons, rather than decrease in numbers. The motions of the sharks
which wander most are to a greater or less degree determined by those
of the fishes upon which they feed.

Carcharias (Prionodon) obtusus.

Squalus obtusus, Poey, 1858. Mem. Cub., II. 337.
Squalus platyodon, Poey, 1858, 1. ¢. 331.

Through the exertions of Lieut. 8. M. Ackley and the boatswain, Peter-
son, we were able to examine a number of large specimens, Several adult
females bore young nearly ready for delivery. When in the water the tips of the
fins of the large ones appeared white ; on deck the color was much more dull.
The fins of the young were also lighter toward the extremities, but each was
marked with a small black spot on the very end. The lobes of the pectorals
and dorsals were broadly rounded at the tips. The pectoral did not quite
reach to the hinder extremity of the base of the dorsal. From the base of the
first dorsal to the hinder end of that of the second, the distance was just twice
the length of the former.

Each female had nine young ones. This was during the last week in
January, and probably two or three weeks before parturition, which would
place the time of the appearance of the young in February. The little ones
were about sixteen inches and a half in length, perfectly formed, and it does
not seem possible that their birth was anticipated more than a week or two.
When the cord was cut they were quite snappish, and swam away as if able to
take care of themselves. In one case several dead ones, far advanced in de-
composition, were found in the oviducts among the living, which did not appear
to have suffered from their presence.

One to several specimens of an Echeneis, which I take to be EZ. remora, were
taken with each large shark.

Cuba ; Santa Cruz; Guadaloupe ; Dominica.

Zygeena tiburo, Vat.

Numbers of hammerheads of this species were found among the fishes killed
by “the epidemic,” and strewn along the shores of Florida Keys.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 233

Scyllium retiferum, sp. nov.

Moderate, portion behind the vent longer ; head depressed, width nearly
equal to its length in front of the spiracles. Distance across the head at ante-
rior angles of eyes, from angle of eye to end of snout, between angles of
mouth, between outer angles of nostrils, or between angle of nostril and that
of mouth, about equal. Shape of body similar to that of S. canicula. Snout
moderate, length from mouth less than the distance between the outer margins
of the nostrils. Nasal valves separated by an interspace of less than their
width, not reaching the mouth, somewhat folded, without a free cirrus.
Mouth medium; the height of the irregular arch formed by its outline is little
more than half its width. Labial fold on lower jaw extending nearly one
fourth of the distance to the symphysis ; fold on upper jaw rudimentary.
Teeth small, alike on upper and lower jaws, bearing a sharp central cusp, on
each side of which are two smaller ones, several series in function at the same
time. No nictitating membrane. Spiracles small. Gill openings small,
fourth and fifth over the base of the pectoral. Pectorals moderate, broad,
short, anterior margins curved, extremities rounded. Ventrals rather small,
united for a short distance behind the claspers, outer extremity broadly
rounded, posterior angle acute. First dorsal much larger than the second,
about twice the length of its base in advance of the latter, extending forward
above the free portions of the ventrals, insertion very near the middle of the
total length. Second dorsal smaller than the anal, which extends below the
anterior half of its entire length, not reaching the caudal. Caudal not large, a
shallow notch between its upper and lower lobes, upper slightly indented on
its hinder margin. Scales of shagreen small, unequal; on those of the back
there are three or five carinz, the median of which is prolonged into an acute
point.

Light brownish, or reddish brown, crossed at irregular intervals by groups of
two to four narrow black lines which are joined toward the flanks by short
lines in such manner as to enclose polygonal spaces, thus forming a network in
which the meshes vary exceedingly in size and shape. Uniform light yellow-
ish below.

Total length 12.25; snout to vent 5.75 inches.

One specimen. Lat. 38° 22’ 35” N.; Long. 73° 33’ 40” W. ; 89 fathoms.

Ginglymostoma cirratum, M. & H.

One specimen from Kingston, Jamaica.

Narcine punctata.
Var. N. brasiliensis = N. brasiliensis, Var. 1, M. & H.

Specimens belonging to this variety were taken at St. Vincent. Compared
with others from the east coast of South America it appears to depart more

234 BULLETIN OF THE

from the circular in the outline of the disk, the portion in front of the head
being slightly produced. The posterior outlines of caudal and dorsals are more
convex than in the variety corallina, and less so than in the Rio Janeiro
specimens.

Uniform leaden or olive brown, with the markings outlined by a series of
small round spots. This is probably what was considered by Miller & Henle
and Duméril the first variety of the species.

Narcine corallina.

Var. nov. JV. brasiliensis.

Two adult males belonging to this species which were taken at Key West
differ in a marked degree from those secured at Rio Janeiro.

Ground color orange or reddish; a dark brown band across the head in front
of the eyes, mterrupted on the forehead ; a large triangular space of the light
color on the snout in front of the dark band. The other dark markings be-
hind the frontal band are reduced in size and indicated only by the margins,
which are incomplete, or merely series of small round spots. All the dark
color on the body is much faded, the band upon the head alone being very dis-
tinct. Posterior borders of caudal and dorsals truncate.

The truncation of the fins and the colors are the striking characters of this
variety. Were it not for the excessive amount of individual variation in
species of the-genus I should have little hesitation in classing these specimens
as representatives of a distinct species.

Raja Ackleyi, sp. nov.

Disk including the ventrals rhombic, longer than wide, anterior margins
sinuous, posterior outline convex ; tail moderate, depressed, with a narrow cuta-
neous fold on each side, tapering. The angle formed by the snout is less than
right. Rostral cartilage rather slender. Mouth moderate, much curved, width
one and two thirds times in distance from end of snout. Teeth small, cusps
sharp, in forty-two rows on the upper jaw (male adult). Eyes moderately large,
interorbital space narrow, deeply concave, width three times in the distance from
the end of the snout to the eye. Spiracles smaller than the eye. Ventrals
medium, portion in front of the notch rather small. Dorsals small, separated
by a space with tubercles. A vertebral series of small tubercles on back and
tail; two lateral series on each side of the tail ; a series on each orbital ridge ;
a group of several above the end of the rostral cartilage ; a group on each pec-
toral opposite eye and spiracle ; a group of retractile spines opposite the shoul-
der near the outer angle of the pectoral. Excepting the above, in this specimen,
the disk is smooth on the upper surface. The ventral surface is smooth, with
the exception of the portion anterior to the mouth which is covered with fine
sharp scales or shagreen.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 235

Differing from R. eglanteria, which it resembles in shape, in a somewhat
shorter snout and in coloration.

Disk, including ventrals, 9.5 ; width 9 ; tail from vent 9.6 ; and total length
16.25 inches.

Light yellowish brown, sprinkled with small spots of brown intermixed with
others of white. On the base of each pectoral a little behind the shoulder
girdle there is a transversely oblong spot of brown, half an inch in diameter,
surrounded by a ring of small spots forming a sort of rosette. Uniform white
beneath. Named for Lieut. Seth M. Ackley, U.S. N., to whose energy and en-
thusiasm we were indebted for much valuable assistance.

Yucatan Banks.

Raja ornata.
Var. nov. R. Ackleyt.

Disk, including the ventrals, little broader than long, anterior margins con-
vex at the extremities of the pectorals ; tail depressed, becoming quite slender
backward, with a narrow cutaneous fold on each side. Rostral angle obtuse.
Snout not produced beyond the convex margins on each side of it. Rostral
cartilage slender, acute. Mouth medium, moderately curved, width one and
one third times in the distance from the end of the snout. Teeth small, smooth,
in forty-four series in the upper jaw (young male). Eyes large, interorbital
space more than three times in their distance from the end of the snout. Spi-
racles smaller than the eye. Ventrals medium ; posterior portion elongate,
anterior small. Dorsals small, separate. Hinder margin of pectorals rounded.
A vertebral series of spines on back and tail ; one lateral series on each side of
this on the back, and two on the tail ; a series on each orbital ridge ; a single
spine on the forehead between the eyes; a group of several above the end or
the rostral cartilage ; a spine on each shoulder ; a group near each ventral on
the hinder angle of the pectoral, and a group on the anterior extremity of the
latter. Entire upper surface rough with small sharp asperities ; smooth below.

Disk to end of ventrals 4.5, width 4, tail from vent 4.6, and total length 8
inches.

Light brownish, freckled with lighter, marked with scattered rosettes or
groups of small spots of darker. One of these groups stands on the pectoral a
little back of the shoulder, a couple near the hinder angle, and one opposite, or
a little behind the spiracle. White beneath. Several spots on the tail; one
at the base of each dorsal.

One specimen off Alligator Key, Florida ; 138 fathoms.

Three specimens, Lat. 32° 24’ N., Lon. 78° 44’ W ; 142 fathoms.

Of the latter, one has only the vertebral series of spines well developed ; an-
other has the vertebral and one lateral on each side ; and the third has the
three series and scattered spines in the second lateral. One has a third dorsal
considerably in advance of the usual pair, near the middle of the length of the
tail. Tail extending behind the dorsals in a slender point. At present it

236 BULLETIN OF THE

seems likely that these young skates represent a variety of R. Ackleyi. Whether
they are more distinct can only be determined by comparison of adults and
young of each.

Raja plutonia, sp. nov.

Disk, including ventrals, broader than long, subquadrangular, broadly
rounded in front and on the lateral angles ; snout forming a very blunt angle ;
margin opposite the gill openings nearly straight. Tail about one and one half
times the length of the disk, slender, depressed, with a cutaneous fold on each
side near the extremity. Rostral cartilage short, not extending to the end of
the snout. Mouth moderate, slightly curved, width equalling the distance be-
tween the outer angles of the nostrils, and contained twice in its distance from
the end of the snout. Teeth about thirty-two series (a young specimen). Eyes
large, longitudinal diameter of orbit greater than their distance apart. Inter-
orbital space concave, narrow, width rather more than two and one half times
in the distance of the eyes from the end of the snout. Spiracles small. Ante-
rior nasal valve tubular ; posterior reaching the mouth, free on its outer margin.
Hinder extremity of pectoral broad, rounded. Ventrals deeply notched, an-
terior portion narrow, extending farther from the middle of the pelvis than
the posterior. Dorsals small, near the end of the tail, radial portion of bases
narrow, anterior fin connected with the base of the posterior by a membranous
expansion, posterior reaching almost to the extremity of the tail.

Back and tail covered with small, closely set, stellate-based scales, which bear
elongate, slender, compressed, backward-directed points. Larger spines form a
supraorbital row, and a single one stands on each side of the back of the head.
The largest on the body form a close vertebral series on back and tail. On
each side of the shoulder girdle there is an irregular series of five, and a short
distance in front of each of these stands one or a pair. On each side of the tail
there are two series, little smaller than those of the medial row. Smooth below.
Very small specimens have not so many spines.

Brown, grayish in small to purplish in the largest specimens at hand, with
more or less irregular transverse series of indistinctly defined spots of brown,
often confluent into short bands, interspersed among which are spots of white
of varying size and shapes. Tail with cross bands of light and of dark. Dor-
sals dark. Entire lower surface white.

The following measurements are taken from the largest. Width of disk
4.5 ; length of disk, including ventrals, 4.25 ; snout to hinder margin of vent
3.38 ; vent to end of tail 6.38, and total length 9.76 inches. The smallest
specimen has a total length of 2, and a length of disk of .8 inches.

Lat N. Long. W. Depth. No. of Cast.
1 ex. BIE BT 0% 78° 18’ 35” 333 fath. CCCXVII.
5 ex. os Oe 78° 37’ 30” 229 *¢ CCCXVI.
1 Without locality.
1 32° 43’ 25” 77° 20° 30” 233 ** CCCXXI.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Zor

If it is found to be the case that the rostral cartilage remains undeveloped
in larger specimens, this species will have to be placed in the subgenus Mala-
corrhina.

Dasibatis sabina.

Many of these rays were found among the multitudes of dead fishes along
the shores of Key West and islands in the neighborhood. Like the sharks and
trunk-fishes (Ostracion) they seemed to possess much more vitality than the
majority of the bony fishes. It was not an uncommon occurrence to find them
struggling along in a feeble, half-paralyzed way, fully aware of their danger,
but unable to make the efforts necessary for escape. In all likelihood they had
been swept down from the bays and rivers of the mainland by the currents.

March 15th, 1881.

No. 12.— Reports on the Results of Dredging, wader the Supervision
of ALEXANDER AGassiZ, along the East Coast of the United States,
during the Summer of 1880, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer
“ Blake,’ COMMANDER J. R. BARtuert, U. 8. N., Commanding.

(Published by permission of Cartite P. Parrerson, Supt. U. S. Coast and
Geodetic Survey.)

XII.
Report on the Pycnogonida, by Epmunp B. WIison.

Tue specimens described in the following pages were dredged by Mr.
Agassiz, during the summer of 1880, off the eastern coast of the United
States, in a region extending from South Carolina to the northeastern
extremity of St. George’s Banks, lying between N. Lat. 31° 57! and
41° 35’, and W. Long. 78° 18! and 65° 35’; the range of depth was
from 73 to 1242 fathoms.

It was at first intended to include descriptions of the Pyenogonida in
the report on the Crustacea from the same region, which is in course of
preparation by Professor Smith, of Yale College. Upon examination,
however, the collection was found to possess features of considerable in-
terest ; and, though the species are few, they seem to merit independent
description and illustration. The most striking feature of the collection
is the remarkable size of most of the forms, which may fairly be called
colossal in comparison with shallow-water or littoral species. Of the
three species of Colossendeis (two of which are apparently undescribed)
the smallest has a span of 14 cm. between the tips of its outstretched
legs, while the ‘largest has an extent four times as great. The new
genus Sceorhynchus has an extent of more than 19 cm.,—a gigantic
size as compared with the dimensions of its nearest allies. The most
abundant species of Vymphon is the largest of that extensive genus ;
and one species of the new genus Pallenopsis is more than twice as large
as any of the species of allied genera (Pallene, Phowichilidium, Anoplo-
dactylus), which are known only from the littoral zone or comparatively
shallow water. ?

It is, further, interesting to note that in a number of forms the visual
VOL. VIII.— NO. 12.

240 BULLETIN OF THE

organs (ocelli) are rudimentary and destitute of pigment (Colossendeis
colossea, C. macerrima, Sc@orhynchus) or entirely absent (Colossendeis
angusta). On the other hand, in Padlenopsis the ocelli are relatively of
unusually great size. All the other species are known to occur also in
shallower water, and the ocelli are of the ordinary form.

Sceeorhynchus and Colossendeis are of especial interest as showing
clearly from anatomical evidence the complete independence of the
accessory legs and first pair of ambulatory legs, which has been already
proved by Dohrn from embryological data. The accessory legs have
been something of a stumbling-block in the way of those who would
trace the Arachnid affinities of the Pycnogonida by a direct homology of
their appendages. In order to reduce the Pycnogonid appendages to a
convenient number for such homologizing, the accessory legs have by
certain writers been assumed off-hand to be simply branches of the first
pair of ambulatory legs, with which they are usually closely united.
Dohrn showed that in the early stages there was every reason to
believe that the two appendages were innervated by entirely distinct
ganglia, and therefore belonged to different segments of the body. And
in some adult forms the first ventral ganglion, which supplies nerves to
the palpi, accessory legs, and first ambulatory legs, is divided into an
anterior part supplying the two former appendages, and a posterior part
sending nerves to the latter pair of appendages. In Mymphon, and
perhaps in some other forms, these two portions are quite separate as
two independent ganglia, although remaining in close proximity. In
Sceorhynchus they are separated by a considerable interval, and con-
nected by slender commissures. These two ganglia are nearly as large
as the other ventral ganglia, so that there seems to be one more than
the usual number. Moreover, the accessory legs are separated by a
wide interval from the ambulatory legs, and are articulated to promi-
nent lateral processes from the body, scarcely distinguishable, except in
size, from those to which the ambulatory legs are attached. It is clear
from this case that this pair of appendages has nothing to do with the
ambulatory legs, but really belongs to another segment. In Colossendeis
the accessory legs have undergone still another and very remarkable
change of position. They have moved forwards and become so closely
united to the palpi that the two appear precisely like the outer and in-
ner rami of a single appendage. As in the case of Scworhynchus, the gan-
glion from which they derive their nerves is entirely distinct from that of
the first ambulatory legs, the two being connected by long commissures.

In all cases, however, the palpi and accessory legs are innervated by

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 241

the same ganglion, and the latter shows, in the adult, no indication of
heing composed of two coalesced ganglia. So that if the accessory legs
are not independent appendages, they must belong to the same segment
with the palpi. According to Dohrn, however, the ganglion in question
is represented in the larva (of Achelia) by two partially coalescent ganglia,
and it must be regarded in the adult as representing two segments.

In the face of these facts, it seems impossible to homologize the
Pycnogonid appendages with those of the Arachnida unless a segment of
the latter has been suppressed somewhere between the chelicerze and
ambulatory legs. The possibility of such a suppression is shown by the
fact that in a number of Pycnogonida the process has taken place, and
without leaving a trace in the embryological record. Thus in Pallene
the palpi are wholly wanting, both in the adult and in the larva.
Granting that such a suppression may have taken place, the homology
of the Pycnogonid and Arachnid appendages is manifest. This sug-
gestion must however be taken for what it is worth, for it is easily
possible that the external resemblances of a Pyenogonid to an Arachnid
are those of analogy only, and have no morphological significance. This
is the more probable from the extreme variability of the three anterior
pairs of appendages in position and structure.*

One more point of interest may be noted. In Scworhynchus the ante-
rior pair of appendages (cheliceree or “ antennee ”) present very decided
sexual differences. This has not before been observed in the Pycnogo-
nida, and furnishes another illustration of the surprising modifications
which the anterior pairs of appendages undergo in this group.

Following is a list of the species : —

Pycnogonum littorale, StR6M.
Colossendeis angusta, SARS.
colossea, NOV. sp.
macerruma, NOV. sp.
Sceorhynchus armatus, nov. gen, & sp.

* I may take this opportunity to correct a misleading statement on page 466 of my
“‘ Report on the Pyenogonida of New England and adjacent Waters,” in the Report of
the United States Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, Part VI., for 1878. The account
there given of the innervation of the three anterior pairs of appendages, taken from Zen-
ker’s paper, is certainly incorrect, as I have since satisfied myself by studies on the
development of Pallene. Zenker appears to have mistaken the anterior ganglionic
mass for a single (supra-cesophageal) ganglion, and his statements are therefore very
misleading. There is still considerable doubt as to the exact origin of the nerves of the
so-called antenne, but there is no doubt that the palpi and accessory legs are inner-
vated from the first sub-cesophageal ganglion.

VOL. VIII. —NO. 12. 16

Li)
He»
bo

BULLETIN OF THE

Pallenopsis forficifer, nov. gen. & sp.
longirostris, nov. sp.
Nymphon grossipes (L.), CHR. Far.
Strémit, KROYER.
pallenoides, SARS. ;

Of these, the five previously known species have their geographical
and bathymetrical range greatly extended by the collection; two of
them were previously known only from the extreme North Atlantic.

Through the courtesy of Prof. Verrill I am enabled to insert a descrip-
tion and figures of a second species of the genus Pallenopsis from the
deep-water dredgings of the Fish Commission, off the coast of Southern
New England.

Pycnogonum littorale, Srrém.

The geographical and bathymetrical range of this species, already surprisingly
great, is considerably increased by the Blake dredgings. The specimens are as
follows.

Stat. Locality. Depth. No. and Sex.
302 N; Lat, 492° 307 O72 Welion 6b 07 or 73 fathoms. 1 9 sp.

303 Ret Tae oA eee 65° 54’ 30” 306 §f 99 4@ sp.
304 66) AIS 5850 20 AE 65° 57’ 35” 139 ss 1 9 sp.

305 86. (AION SS Tb Og 65° 51% 257 810 Us i 2a

The greatest depth hitherto recorded is 406 fathoms (off St. George’s Banks,
Smith and Harger, U. S. Fish Comm. 1872). At Eastport, Me., it occurs be-
tween tide marks. The specimens appear in all respects similar to those from
shallow water. The males are rather smaller than the females. A large female
specimen measured, body (without rostrum), 10 mm. ; rostrum, 5 mm. ; legs,
15 mm.

COLOSSENDEIS, Jarzynsxry.

“Antenne” wanting. Palpi 10-(9?)-jointed. Accessory legs 11-(10 ?)-
jointed. Legs without auxiliary claws upon the dactylus. A remarkable
feature of this genus, as pointed out before, is the close union of the accessory
legs with the palpi, and their complete separation from the ambulatory legs.
In counting the joints of the palpi it is hard to say whether there are two dis-
tinct short basal joints, or only one articulated to a prominent process of the
body. In our specimens there appear to be two joints. The point is of little
importance save to avoid confusion in description, Other authors describe
only one joint.

This genus, including, for the most part, species of colossal size, differs from
Wood-Mason’s genus Rhopalorhynchus only in the absence of distinct seg-
mentation of the body, and the greater development of the abdomen. These

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 243

characters do not appear of sufficient importance to warrant a separation of the
genera ; for the segmentation is sometimes obscurely indicated in Colossendeis,
and the size of the abdomen cannot have more than a specific significance.
Unfortunately, I have been unable to obtain Jarzynsky’s paper, and I cannot
ascertain its exact date. Rhopalorhynchus was described in 1873, and probably
has priority. In the want of certain evidence, however, I have preferred to
follow Sars in adopting the former name. Miers has recently redescribed the
genus (Annals and Magazine of Natural History, January, 1881) under the
name Anomorhynchus. If Rhopalorhynchus and Colossendeis are distinct, Miers’s
genus is identical with the latter, with which his description agrees in every
particular.

The species described by Jarzynsky as C. borealis is stated by Sars to be
identical with Sabine’s Phoxichilus proboscideus, described many years ago. If
Sabine’s description is trustworthy, his species is widely different from any
of the forms described below.

Colossendeis angusta, Sars.

Prodromus Descriptionis Crustaceorum et Pycnogonidarum, que in Expeditione
Norvegica Anno 1876, observavit G. O. Sars. <( Archiv for Mathematik og
Naturvidenskab, Andet Bind, 1877, pp. 268, 269 (368, 369 by error).

Plate III. Figs. 8, 13.
SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

Stat. Locality. Depth. No.
338 N. Lat. 38° 18” 40”, W. Long. 73° 18’ 10” 922 fathoms. 1 sp.
308 sf 41° 24’ 45”, et 65° 35° 30” 1177. Oa 2 sp.
305 = AIO 83.015, 65° 51’ 257 810 se 2 sp.

This beautiful species has hitherto been known from three specimens dredged
by Sars off the west coast of Norway, N. Lat. 63° 10.2’, W. Long. 4° 59.6’, 417
fathoms. Its range is thus extended nearly 25 degrees of latitude southwards,
and from 417 down to 1242 fathoms, —a striking instance of the southward
extension of arctic forms in deep water.

The specimens differ slightly from Sars’s description, but the disagreement is
probably within the limits of variation. It may be convenient to describe
some of the characters of the specimens.

The body is very trimly built, with nearly parallel sides, and with only very
obscure indications of articulations between the segments. Lateral processes
short, separated by nearly equal intervals about as wide as the processes. Ab-
domen about one third the length of the body (without the rostrum). Ocu-
liferous segment very short indeed, suddenly widening just in front of the first
pair of lateral processes, and there forming the widest portion of the body. The
oculiferous tubercle is variable. Sars described it as “spinam longam et acumi-
natam formans .. . ., pigmento et lentibus omnino destituta.” The spine is
scarcely “long and acuminate” in our specimens, though forming a very acute

244 BULLETIN OF THE

conical elevation. The ocelli are very rudimentary, or entirely wanting. The
rostrum is almost as long as the body and abdomen together. It is somewhat
cylindrical, more or less swollen a little behind the middle, and also toward the
tip. In one specimen the rostrum is almost clavate.

The palpi extend considerably beyond the rostrum ; their joints have, in a
general way, the same proportions as in the species described below, but the
eighth (counting ten joints in the palpi) is very short, even globose.

Accessory legs much as in the other species. The terminal claw, though
small, is distinct from and movable upon the preceding. The spines of the
outer joints are of peculiar and characteristic form (Fig. 13), being flattened,
obliquely truncate, broadest at base and tip, and narrower in the middle.
They are arranged in several irregular rows along the lower (i. e. concave) sides
of the 7th to 10th joints. They are longest in the inner rows; in the outer rows
they become much shorter,and finally quite disappear ; those of the outer rows
are not truncate at the tip, but evenly rounded, and of a broadly spatulate form.
Legs long and slender, four times as long as the body (including rostrum and
abdomen). Fourth joint longest ; tarsus and propodus (7th and 8th) nearly
equal, former a little longer ; both are simple and unarmed. Dactylus (Fig. 8)
excessively long and slender, — more so than in any other Pycnogonid known to
me ; it is much longer thau the propodus. Color varying from straw-yellow
to nearly white.

Length of body aN AA rostrum and abdomen). . . . . 17 mm.

Bosiram®= 2) 94) 's) 4 . oe wine St Sih 8.5 *
Pelpi sey kl ce ee) ee se to ese
Accessorylegs 2. 23 0 ta BS oe ins ee ees,
Arvobulatory legs: -.). 0 a si 2" el May chy fh, Cetera ee
Mixtemt ss (yo! ee cw eS it Tee ed “ates nape) (her ge

Colossendeis colossea, sp. nov.
Plates I. and III.

Body very short and stout, unsegmented ; three anterior pairs of lateral
processes separated by very small intervals, last pair usually separated from
the next anterior by a somewhat greater interval. The processes are very short
and swollen; their length scarcely equals the width of the body; they are con-
stricted at the base, and separated from the body by a suture. Abdomen very
small, less than one fourth the body (exclusive of rostrum), of slender pyriform
shape, obtusely conical towards extremity.

The rostrum is of great size, its length being about one and a half times that
of the body, and of peculiar and characteristic form. At the base it is of
slightly less diameter than that of the body (2.5 mm.) and continues of the
same size for about one third its length ; it then suddenly expands to a diame-
ter of nearly 5 mm. and then gradually tapers toward the tip; the terminal
portion is cylindrical and about 3.5 mm. in diameter. The rostrum is articu-
lated to the body, upon which it is somewhat movable. Mouth large, sharply
triangular.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 245

Oculiferous segment very short, anterior part nearly triangular. Oculiferous
tubercle in the middle of the anterior part, large, smoothly rounded, or some-
times terminating in a low conical tip, transverse diameter greatest ; ocelli two,
widely separated, without pigment, rudimentary.

Palpi (Fig. 5) nearly twice the rostrum, attached at the sides of and a little
below the latter. Two extremely short basal joints are followed by a long
slender one, and this by a short quadrate one; 5th is seven eighths the 3d;
6th, one fourth to one third the 5th; 7th, a little more than twice the 6th;
8th, a little longer and much more slender than the 6th ; 9th, equal to the 8th,
or a little less ; 10th, about equal to the 9th, very slender, rounded at the end.
Basal joints nearly naked ; outer joints with rather sparse, stoutish, simple
hairs, which are somewhat more numerous on the lower side.

Accessory legs (Fig. 6) of great length, more than twice as long as the en-
tire body (including rostrum and abdomen). The three basal joints are very
short, the 5th about three times as long as broad, the 4th and 6th greatly
elongated ; 6th longest, very slender, nearly straight ; 7th to 10th, short, curved,
bearing the peculiar spines characteristic of the appendage ; terminal joint
claw-like and coalescent with the preceding. The five terminal joints can be
folded tightly together and form an efficient prehensile organ. Terminal claw
without spines, with a marked and peculiar curvature. Spines of the 7th to 10th
joints arranged as in the last species, forming a crowded mass on the concave
side of the joint. They are of a slender spatulate shape, those of the inner
row larger and more or less truncate at the end; along their edges they are
very finely serrate.

Legs enormously long, five and a half times the body (including rostrum
and abdomen). The three basal joints very short ; 4th, very long and slender
(seven times the three basal ones taken together); 5th, exactly equal to the 4th;
6th, three fourths the 5th ; 7th, about one eighth the 6th; 8th, a little more
than one half the 7th ; 9th (dactylus), less than one half the 8th, very slightly
curved, acute. Propodus and tarsus (Fig. 7) entirely without spines along the
lower side.

The surface is everywhere finely tuberculose. Scattered at considerable but
pretty regular intervals over the legs are short, stout, appressed hairs which
show a distinctly linear arrangement. At the distal extremities of the joints
they are more numerous, and form incomplete rings.

Color clear straw-yellow. A narrow dark stripe runs along each side of the
appendages, representing a thickening of the chitin.

Length of body, inclusive of rostrum andabdomen. . . . . 65cm.

a TON LED niet) Fela ain = Rolie CAL thy ete al Seat hak oie acc
Diameter of rostrum.at. base... « « « » « © » .« » »« %&6mm.
os 4 Si WIQOHD GER cay ie lin Aes oie et ta ae eso”
- ae 7h = Sa i aN UNE Py i a
RU NMECe COO AS Ls dl a. a iu sab: RE. mi ae Be pau ae nasal ek: Cle
y MECREBOLY AEUB) ier 4) ay) ot a ete Mw ae ey Uae
oe MAURY SEES) se) eas wie s cee RO eee
Extent . See igh dit aah tg Ob

246 BULLETIN OF THE

The description and measurements are taken mainly from the largest speci-
men, captured at locality 307, in 980 fathoms. So far as I know, this is the
largest Pycnogonid of which exact measurements have ever been given,
though Willemoés-Suhm has recorded a species taken by the “ Challenger”
Expedition in the Indian Ocean “measuring nearly two feet across the legs.”

SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

Stat Locality. Depth. No.

305 ON. Lat. 41° 33’ 15”, W. Long. 65° 51’ 25” 810 fms. 3p.
306 CA ETO SES GUN, ul 8 65° 55’ 0” 524 * ne
307 46 AUP RO ARH 8S) 1 OER ASLOF 980 “ Aft
339 6 (RRO AL BRS oy cms 73° 10’ 30” 1186 ‘ 4%
342 «808.48 0%. FOP BES. bee 4%

Colossendeis macerrima, sp. nov.
Plates I., III., and V.

Body slender, unsegmented, lateral processes separated by intervals equal to
about one half their width. The anterior pair of processes turn sharply for-
wards and somewhat upwards ; the anterior side is extremely short, so that the
articulatory surface looks nearly forwards. Oculiferous segment (Fig. 32),
considerably longer than in the two preceding species, rather swollen, with
nearly parallel sides. It is concave in front, and the antero-lateral angles are
very prominent and darker colored. Oculiferous tubercle scarcely at all ele-
vated, otherwise as in the last ; ocelli widely separated, rudimentary, without
pigment. Rostrum of remarkable length, being twice as long as the body (in-
cluding abdomen). In its present condition it is pretty regularly triangular in
outline, but this appears to be due to shrinkage ; normally, it is probably round.
It is very slender, swelling slightly a little behind the middle; toward the tip
the sides are parallel. Viewed from the side, the rostrum is seen to have a
peculiar and characteristic curvature ; the basal half is gently convex toward
the dorsal side, the distal half gently convex toward the ventral side.

Abdomen a little more than one third the rest of the body (without rostrum)
slightly clavate.

Palpi (Fig. 9) only a little longer than the rostrum, very slender. There are
two very short basal joints; 3d, extremely long and slender ; 4th, very short
and small; 5th, greatly elongate, more than one and one half times the 3d,
almost perfectly cylindrical, though slightly swollen near the distal end ; 6th,
about one seventh the 5th; 7th, equal to the 6th ; terminal three joints nearly
equal, very short and small.

Accessory legs (Fig. 10) attached to the extreme anterior end of the oculifer-
ous segment immediately below and behind the palpi. The proportions of the
joints are nearly as in the preceding species, but the 4th and 6th are still
more elongated and attenuated. The terminal claw (11th joint) is movably
articulated with the preceding ; the spines of the 7th to 10th joints (Fig. 12)

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 247

are of slender spatulate shape, evenly rounded at the end, and beautifully and
finely serrate. Legs excessively slender and elongated, three and three fourths
times the length of the body (with rostrum and abdomen). The proportion of
the joints are much as in C. colossea but the tarsus (7th) is more than
twice the propodus, and the dactylus is scarcely more than one third the propo-
dus. Both tarsus and propodus (Fig. 11) are unarmed. The surface is every-
where finely granular. The legs have a few hairs, arranged as in C. colossea.
Color pale yellowish, the stomach showing through as a conspicuous reddish-
brown stripe.

Length of body (including rostrum and abdomen) . . . . 44.5 mm.
a rostrum Ree! Ae ON eh ete ee ag a
4 Ree LP ee ee ell et ear Pe 8) BRT
Bemis epembyc lene ies (oa. ce bates Wet Te Ste 62
a PME GNC Gs ed ts etn ay bse «vse ys Ae

mee So ee ea Nhs ek iar es Nee 5 8 Oa
A single specimen from locality 338, 922 fathoms, N. Lat. 38° 18’ 40”,
W. Long. 73° 18’ 10”.
This wonderfully attenuated species is widely different from the two pre-
ceding, from which it is easily distinguishable by its extraordinary rostrum, pe-
culiar oculiferous segment, and the proportions of the palpal joints.

SCAIORHYNCHODS, gen. nov.

Body conspicuously segmented. Oculiferous segment elongate. Rostrum
large, pyriform, unjointed. Accessory legs present in both sexes, with eleven
joints. “Antenne” four-jointed, chelate. Palpi composed of ten joints. Ab-
domen unjointed. Legs slender ; dactylus without auxiliary claws.

This genus resembles in general appearance Eurycide, Schiddte (Zetes, Kroyer),
and forms one of a very distinct group of genera, including Eurycide, Parazetes,
Ascorhynchus Gnamptorhynchus, which should perhaps constitute an indepen-
dent family. All possess a very characteristic, large, pyriform, three-sided ros-
trum, which is usually directed downwards, and may be folded hackwards under
the body. They further agree in the small rudimentary “antenne,” well-devel-
oped palpi, slender legs, straight and simple tarsus and propodus, absence of aux-
iliary claws, and in the possession of accessory legs by both sexes. The most
marked character of Scworhynchus is the presence of strongly chelate “antenna”
in the male, while in the female the chele are quite rudimentary. Eurycide, as
described by Kréyer and others, has non-chelate, three-jointed “antenne.” The
form figured in Gaimard’s Voyages en Scandinavie, Laponie, etc., as Kroyer’s
species, appears to have the rudiment of a fourth joint, agreeing with the fe-
male of Sceorynchus ; and it is therefore possible that the two genera do not
differ essentially in the structure of the “antenne.” The other characters are,
however, quite sufficient to separate them.

It may be questionable whether our form should be generically separated from

248 BULLETIN OF THE

Béhm’s genus Gnamptorhynchus. The presence of dactyli in the first pair
of legs and the differences in the antenne appear, however, to warrant the
separation.

Sceeorhynchus armatus, sp. nov.
Plates II. and V.

Body slender, segments constricted in the middle. Lateral processes longer
than the width of the body, widely separated. The two anterior pairs are
directed somewhat forwards, the two posterior somewhat backwards. Each
has a very prominent conical vertical spine near its outer end. In the median
line of each of the three hinder segments of the body is a similar, though some-
what shorter spine.

Oculiferous segment as long as the rest of the body to the base of the abdo-
men, narrow, with nearly parallel sides. A little behind the middle is the very
prominent, acute, conical oculiferous tubercle. Ocelli rudimentary, without
pigment.

Abdomen slender, clavate, two thirds as long as the oculiferous segment.

The rostrum (Fig. 4) has been partially described above. At its point of
attachment its diameter is not more than one fifth that of the widest part. —
Mouth large, triangular, with three powerful chitinous jaws and three fleshy
lips corresponding in position with the jaws.

“ Antenne ” a little more than one third the rostrum, directed straight for-
wards, separated by a considerable interval ; the oculiferous segment is not at
all emarginate between them. There are two equal cylindrical joints followed
in the female (Fig. 27) by avery small swollen rudimentary chela, and in the
male (Fig. 26) by a still small but well developed chela with long, slender,
curved unarmed claws.

Palpi (Fig. 28) nearly or quite twice the rostrum, slender, tapering, and sim-
ple. The two basal joints are very short, as in Colossendeis ; 3d, about seven
times as long as the two basal joints taken together; 4th, about one fifth the 3d;
5th, seven eighths the 3d ; 6th, short, quadrate ; 7th, one third the 3d; 8th,
one half the 3d; 9th, a little less than the 8th; 10th, straight and slender, less
than the 9th. Outer joint sparsely hairy ; hairs simple, short, more numer-
ous along the lower side. The palpi usually have a sigmoid flexure bend~
ing sharply backwards at the fourth joint and forwards again at the sixth.

The accessory legs (Fig. 30) are rather larger in the male, but do not other-
wise differ markedly in the two sexes. There are three very short basal joints ;
4th, more than twice as long as the three basal joints taken together, curved,
with a slight scarcely conical elevation on its anterior side which is very con-
stant and characteristic ; 5th, slightly clavate, shorter than 4th; 6th, 7th, 8th,
9th, 10th, diminish pretty regularly in length; 6th, strongly clavate, with a
brush of slender hairs at its lower distal angle which are much longer and more
numerousin the male. Spines of 7th to 10th joints (Fig. 31) arranged, as in Co-
lossendeis, in several irregular rows. They are lanceolate, acute, coarsely serrate,

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 249

more numerous and larger in the male. Terminal joint claw-like, very short
and stout.

Ambulatory legs (in the female) about three times as long as the body (without
the rostrum), slender and tapering ; 2d joint about two and one half times the
Ist or 3d, with a slight but characteristic elevation on the anterior side outside
the middle ; 4th and 5th, longest, equal ; 6th, two thirds the fifth; 7th, one
third the 6th ; 8th, less than 7th ; dactyli (Fig. 29) very short and small; those
of the anterior pair of legs are considerably smaller than the others, but are
unmistakably present (compare Gnamptorhynchus).

In the male the legs are relatively shorter. The whole surface is granular
with fine close-set tubercles. Color pale dull yellow to dusky, sometimes
irregularly mottled with yellowish and dingy chocolate-brown.

As shown by the measurements, the sexes differ conspicuously in size.

Female : — Length of body (not including rostrum) . . . . 30.5 mm.
oe TOSUUUT Marca awe oie Meni sl Wathroy sot situ oy VLG), alee
oe AOUCHMEST teva Mgcl) «el telesio) ‘ore se 210) USO
eee ME ese ite ase ees: at yet DO ee
a BOrensney lege te ar. ela a es a OO
aS ambulatory legs a 890
Paeia Gna Gl bady 1.) ie) le he! Bian Bhan ee VER)
as AERIAL Pret ber Lie vale Shae ita hdl Maid t aaHy 4

Four males and five females from locality 308, N. Lat. 41° 24’ 45”, W. Long.
65° 35/ 30”, 1242 fathoms.

This is an interesting species. The accessory legs, as noted above, arise from
distinct lateral processes, near the middle of the oculiferous segment. The
palpi also are attached to prominent processes of the same segment. The
presence of well-marked sexual characters in the “antenne” has not before
been observed in the group. The male seems for some reason to retain the
larval chelate antenne, which undergo in the female a further retrograde de-
velopment, and become functionally useless.

I cannot absolutely demonstrate the specific identity of the two forms de-
scribed as male and female, though there can be scarcely a doubt that they are
of the same species. They are all from the same haul, agree in every respect
except size and the structure of the antenne and accessory legs; and the differ-
ences of the latter correspond with those known to exist among other Pyeno-
gonida. The sexes were determined by examination of the internal generative
organs.

The chelate or simple character of the “antenne ” is commonly accepted
as a family character, but the small value of such a distinction is shown by
the structure of this species. A very slight further reduction of the antenne
in the female would bring the latter into the Achelide, as now defined, while
the male falls into the Nymphonide. The need for an entire revision of the
systematic arrangement of the Pycnogonida is sufficiently obvious, but no ac-
ceptable one seems possible until our knowledge of the development is more
complete.

Lo
or
fo)

BULLETIN OF THE

PALLENOPSIS, gen. nov.

Body slender, as in Phoxichilidium, segmented. Rostrum cylindrical. Ab-
tlomen slender, simple. Antenne with four joints, large and chelate. Palpi
rudimentary, composed of a single joint. Accessory legs present in both sexes,
ten-jointed. Legs slender, dactylus with auxiliary claws. Two very unequal
pairs of large ocelli.

This genus has the general appearance of a Pallene or Phoxichilidium. It is
however very distinct from them on account of the division of the basal joint
of the antenne into two, and in the different structure of the accessory legs ;
and it differs from all known genera in the existence of rudimentary palpi,
which are reduced to a single joint like the antenne of Tanystylum or Lecytho-
rhynchus. In all other genera, so far as I know, palpi are either quite absent or
fully developed (apparently serving as tactile organs); and their presence or ab-
sence is a convenient family character. Their structure in this genus shows of
how little value this character is, save as a matter of convenience. The genus
is exactly intermediate between the Nymphonide and Pallenide, as Sceorhyn-
chus is intermediate between the former family and the Achelide.

The peculiar glandular duct near the middle of the fourth joints of the legs in
the male is perhaps a character of generic significance. It has not to my knowl-
edge been observed in any other Pycnogonid.

Bohm has described and figured * a form from Patagonia which he identifies
with Kréyer’s Phoxichilidium fluminense from Rio Janeiro, and which evi-
dently should be referred to Pallenopsis. Kroyer did not observe the rudi-
mentary palpi, but the close agreement in other characters leaves little reason
to doubt the correctness of Bohm’s identification. Neither Kroyer nor Bohm
mentions the extra joint of the antenna, though the latter observed a “ char-
akteristischen durch eine Linie starkerer Haare markirten Knick,” near the
middle of the basal joint. There can be no doubt of the presence of a distinct
articulation at this point in our specimens. The species described below are
very distinct from Kréyer’s species ; the most striking difference is the much
smaller size of the auxiliary claws in the former, and the non-plumose character
of the hairs on the ambulatory legs.

Pallenopsis forficifer, sp. nov.
Plates IV. and V.

Body (Fig. 15) comparatively stout, distinctly segmented. Lateral processes
very distinct and prominent, slightly longer than the width of the body, sepa-
rated by intervals less than their own width. The anterior pair are directed
somewhat forwards and upwards, the posterior pair obliquely backwards like

the branches of a V.

* Monatsbericht der K6niglich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu
Berlin, Februar, 1879, p. 180, Tafel I. Fig. 4. }

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 251

Oculiferous segment swollen, of greater diameter than that of the body, nar-
rowing slightly in front; it is nearly as long as the two following segments
taken together. Its vertical diameter is much less in front than behind, the
lower surface being oblique. Oculiferous tubercle extremely prominent, coni-
cal, acute, placed at the extreme anterior end of the segment, almost directly
above the attachment of the antenne. Ocelli dark chestnut-brown, iridescent ;
anterior pair three times as large as the posterior, lying at a much lower level.

Rostrum considerably longer than the oculiferous segment, nearly cylindrical
but slightly swollen near the middle and again near the tip. Abdomen slen-
der, slightly clavate, about as long as the three posterior body-segments taken
together.

“Antenne” (Fig. 18) with two slender equal basal joints which extend be-
yond the rostrum ; they are separated by a delicate slightly marked articula-
tion ; chele stout, swollen, very hairy ; claws very short, flattened, with thin
overlapping cutting edges forming a scissors-like organ.

Palpi (Fig. 17) represented by a pair of simple rounded knobs at the sides of
the rostrum. They are articulated to the body, and seem to represent a single
joint.

Accessory legs (Fig. 17) stout and well developed in the male, small and
weak in the female ; 1st joint (male) short, swollen, about equal to 3d; 2d,
4th, and 5th, nearly equal and about twice the 3d; 6th, less than 5th, strongly
curved, swollen at distal extremity ; 7th, still less, with a peculiar twist, so
that the appendage cannot be straightened ; 8th and 9th, equal to 7th, or
less ; 10th, very small, rounded. Outer joints sparsely covered with simple
hair-like spines, many of which are directed backward, especially at the distal
extremity of the 6th joint, where they are very short and stout, and form an
irregular circlet.

Legs long, rather slender, three and a half times as long as the body (in-
cluding rostrum and abdomen); Ist and 3d joints very short; 2d, much
longer, clavate ; 4th, 5th, and 6th, very long and slender; 6th, longest and most
slender ; 7th (tarsus), very short, nearly triangular, with a row of strong spines
along the lower side ; 8th (propodus), gently curved, three and a half times
the tarsus (longer margin) armed with an irregular series of strong, more or
less appressed spines along the lower side (Fig. 16), which vary in arrangement,
but are longer towards the proximal end ; dactylus a little more than one half
the propodus, auxiliary claws one fourth the dactylus.

The surface is everywhere finely tuberculose ; the tuberculation is coarser on
the accessory legs than elsewhere. The body is sparsely hairy, the rostrum is
also hairy, and the abdomen still more so. The legs are rather conspicuously
hairy, the hairs becoming stouter and more spine-like on the outer joints.

Color, pale yellowish or straw-color. A narrow brown stripe, representing
a thickening of the chitin, extends along each side of the legs.

Near the middle of the fourth joint of each ambulatory leg on its anterior
side, in the male, is a slight elevation, from which arises a short tubular organ,
which is apparently the duct of a glandular organ within the joint.

252 BULLETIN OF THE

oe eee ee ee eres, Merce

SPECIMENS EXAMINED.

Stat. Locality. Depth. No. and Sex.
317 N. Lat. 31° 57’, W. Long. 78° 18’ 35” 333 fathoms. 2c and ?
319 ae 32° 25’, se Vie 4 SO" 262 es 1¢ ,

Pallenopsis longirostris, sp. nov.

Plates IV. and V.

I have received from Professor Verrill a second species of this curious genus
from the deep-water dredgings of the Fish Commission, which may be advan-
tageously described in connection with the last. Body somewhat more robust
than in the last. Oculiferous segment longer than the two following taken to-
gether, much swollen in front, so that there appears to be a distinct neck, which
is, however, scarcely narrower than the rest of the body. Oculiferous tubercle
obtuse, much less prominent than in the last ; ocelli nearly the same, lighter
colored.

Rostrum as long as the oculiferous and two succeeding segments taken to-
gether, somewhat fusiform, slightly swollen a little behind the middle, expand-
ing very slightly near the tip.

“ Antenne” (Fig. 21) extremely slender ; the two basal joints barely extend
beyond the tip of the rostrum. Chele rather slender, scarcely swollen ; claws
much longer and more slender than in the preceding form, and decidedly
curved towards their tips. Along the middle part of their cutting edges they
are finely but very irregularly serrate.

Palpi in the male nearly as in the preceding species; in the female, still
smaller and more rudimentary.

Accessory legs (Fig. 25) much as in the last species, much smaller and less
spinose in the female. In the male the sixth joint is sub-globose at its distal
extremity, where it is surrounded by a tolerably definite circlet of very strong
tapering, acute, backward-pointing spines or hooks, by means of which the egg-
mass is securely held.

Legs more slender than in the former species. Tarsus usually with a larger
spine at the lower distal angle. Spines of the propodus far less numerous than
in the last ; there are usually three larger ones on the basal half of the joint,
followed after a naked space by three or four shorter ones, and these by a pair
of divergent slender longer spines. Dactylus about one half the propodus.

Surface everywhere finely tuberculose. Hairs absent from body, and less
numerous on legs than in the last. On the legs (as in the preceding species)
the hairs are longer and more slender on the upper side. They have on the
outer joints a very peculiar structure; along their outer margins are a number
of more or less prominent barbs pointing towards the tip of the spine.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 253

As in the last species, there is a tubular organ near the middle of the fourth
joint of each leg; but this is relatively six or eight times as long as in the for-
mer, and has the appearance of a long, blunt spine.

Color nearly white.

Length of body (without rostrum) . . . . . . +. «© . . %§6.0mm.
% MOSHI So Hise ctl eh Ueidea RoR ot ssele Cash iis Scola:
Bee iets ts Boe, ane See eon (s"iae vet «DO

One male (with egg-mass) and one female specimen from locality 891,
N. Lat. 39° 46’, W. Long. 71° 10’, 500 fathoms, mud and fine sand. U.S.
F. C. 1880.

It seems possible that a larger series may show the two forms described
to be only varieties of the same species. But so far as shown by the speci-
mens at hand (which are adult), they appear perfectly distinct, the most
striking points of difference being in the ‘‘antenne,” rostrum, oculiferous
segment, and especially in the armature of the propodus, which is character-
istic and pretty constant. There is also a marked difference in the length
of the glandular duct of the fourth joint of the legs.

Nymphon grossipes (L.), Cur. Fasr.

A single specimen from locality 306, N. Lat. 41° 32’ 50”, W. Long. 65° 55’,
524 fathoms, which extends its known range of depth more than 100 fathoms.
It is of the variety described by Kréyer as Nymphon mixtum, the tarsus being
much longer than the propodus, and the oculiferous segment long and slender.
The oculiferous tubercle is not much elevated, and the auxiliary claws are
rather large. Ocelli are well developed. Color nearly white.

Length of body (including rostrum, ete.) . . . . . . . 8.0mm.
ADEA Ta? LOM scoc!’ a ttn ire ad at AMENS hal cake 3g Poems ae

Nymphon Strémii, Kroyer.

Hight specimens (of which three are males with eggs) from locality 306 (with
last species), one specimen from 310, N. Lat. 39° 59’ 16”, W. Long. 70° 18’ 30”,
260 fathoms.

The greatest depth previously recorded for this species is 115 fathoms ; its
range is thus extended downwards more than 400 fathoms. The specimens
are in every respect typical, but are not of unusually great size for the species,
as shown by the measurements (from an average male specimen).

Length of body (including rostrum, etc.) . . . . . . . 12.0 mm.
e POSURE Reta EN 6) 5) a, stipe aU eee var Te Cae ate roe
SPA ESOT ie RRL eG on ye? Beth Wee tw eM ae ee ROO

254 BULLETIN OF THE

Nymphon pallenoides, Sars.

Crustacea et Pycnogonida nova in Itinere 2% et 3° Expeditionis Norvegice Anno
1877 et '78 collecta (Prodromus Descriptionis) < Archiv for Mathematik og Natur-
videnskab, Fjerde Bind, Fjerde Hefte, p. 470.

Plate III. Fig. 14.

I have, with some hesitation, referred a single specimen in the collection to
Sars’s species. While agreeing much more nearly with it than with any other
known form, it differs in certain slight characters. These differences probably
fall, however, within the limits of variation.

The body is robust, the lateral processes short, and separated by rather small
intervals. Oculiferous segment nearly as in N. Stromii, i. e. constricted in the
middle, swollen in front and slightly emarginate between the bases of the an-
tenne. Oculiferous tubercle conical, rather low. Ocelli of unequal size, as in
Pallenopsis, of a dark chestnut-brown color. Rostrum cylindrical, scarcely as
long as the oculiferous segment.

Chelze of “antennz” with rather long much curved claws, armed along
their opposable margins with about seventeen strong, slightly curved, oblique,
well separated spines, most of which are of a brownish color; they cease ab-
ruptly at some distance from the tip.

Palpi rather small. Basal joint very short ; second and third longest, nearly
equal; fourth and fifth equal, one half the third.

Accessory legs of the usual structure ; spines rather blunt, and with the
serrations irregular and ill-defined. Legs with the fourth joint rather swollen
and fusiform ; sixth joint longest, very slender. Tarsus about one half the pro-
podus, somewhat expanded at its distal end. Propodus (Fig. 14) gently curved.
Both joints are armed along the lower margin with rather weak, crowded, ap-
pressed spines. Dactylus more than one half the propodus, very acute, flat-
tened, with a thin knife-like edge. Auxiliary claws very slender, one fourth
to one third the propodus.

The body and appendages are rather hairy, though less so than in N. hirtum.
The legs are rather robust.

This is a peculiar species, looking like a Pallene. Its distinctive characters
are the unequal size of the ocelli, short neck and rostrum, small palpi, short
tarsus, and flattened dactylus. Its nearest ally is, perhaps, N. hirtum.

Length of body (including rostrum and abdomen) . . . . . 7.8mm.

A single specimen from locality 338, N. Lat. 38° 18’ 40”, W. Long. 73° 18’
10”, 922 fathoms. Sars’s single specimen was from “ Saltenfjord.”

Fig.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 255

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.

[Plates I. and IJ. were drawn by Mr. J H Emerton, the others by the author.]

PLATE I.

Colossendeis colossea, from one of the smaller specimens, natural size, from
the dorsal side.
Colossendeis macerrima, natural size, from the dorsal side.

PLATE II.

Sceeorhynchus armatus, natural size, from the dorsal side.
The same ; lateral view, with the legs omitted.

PLATE III.

Colossendeis colossea, palpus.

The same ; accessory leg.

The same ; terminal joints of leg.

Colossendeis angusta ; terminal joints of leg.

Colossendeis macerrima ; palpus.

The same ; accessory leg.

The same ; terminal joints of leg.

The same; spines from accessory legs (the serrations are too fine to be in-
dicated).

Colossendeis angusta ; spines from accessory legs.

Nymphon pallenoides ; terminal joints of leg.

PLATE IV.

Pallenopsis forficifer ; dorsal view of body.

The same ; terminal joints of leg.

The same ; lateral view of anterior part of body.

The same ; chela of ‘‘ antenna.”

Pallenopsis longirostris ; terminal joints of leg.

The same; characteristic spines from ambulatory iegs.
The same ; chela of ‘‘ antenna.”

The same ; cutting edge of chela.

256 BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

PLATE V.

Fig. 23. Pallenopsis forficifer ; glandular duct from 4th joint of ambulatory legs in
the male.

Fig. 24. Pallenopsis longirostris ; the corresponding duct.

Fig. 25. The same ; outer joints of accessory legs.

Fig. 26. Scworhynchus armatus ; chela of “antenna” in male,

Fig. 27. The same; chela of female.

Fig. 28. The same; palpus.

Fig. 29. The same; terminal joints of leg.

Fig. 30. The same ; outer joints of accessory leg in the female.

Fig. 31. The same ; spine from accessory leg, male.

Fig. 32. Colossendeis macerrima ; dorsal view of oculiferous segment showing ori-
gin of palpi, accessory legs, and first pair of ambulatory legs.

Nort. — While this article was going through the press an important paper by
Dr. P. P. C. Hoek was received. (The Pyenogonids, dredged during the Cruises of
the ‘‘ Willem Barents” in the Years 1878 and 1879. Niederlaindisches Archiv fiir
Zoologie, Supplementband I., Erste Lieferung, 1881, Art. II., pp. 1-28, Plates I.
and II.) The author states that Colossendeis was described in the year 1870; this
name has therefore priority over Rhopalorhynchus. From the excellent figures given
of Colossendeis proboscidea it is evident that this species is very distinct from the two
species described as new in this report. The huge swollen rostrum, stout short legs
and body, closely approximated lateral processes, elevated conical oculiferous tuber-
cle, the proportions of the palpal joints and of the outer joints of the ambulatory
legs, and the very acute lanceolate spines of the accessory legs, — all these are
strikingly different from the corresponding characters of both C. colossea and C.
macerrima.

PLL.

“Blake Pygnogonida

. if a
, . Vy | , i" ee ya
\ | |

SS} loNe

3 > « @ - : a

: a 7 :
| ot ae , : : 6 :

. (an
2 . e
e is A

| | | Pk

—
re

“Blake Pygnogonida PLIIl.

The HetiotypePrinting Gil Pronont LFostor.

Cte OR te ering ene
iv =

“Blake Pygnogonida

mt Boston

GLU Tremo

The HeliotypePrintirg

CO EE :,lelhCUlmlmlt“‘“‘“ $;COS?SS
>
c ee it De) Or gana, ee ee : ; } 4

i : .

. «

PLV.

“Blake” Pygnogonida

Cosas (ies BERS ce sti
Re VT nwa

A 4

The Heliotype Punting dll TromontRBoston

No. 13.— On some Crustacean Deformities. By WALTER FAxon.

In November, 1879, the Museum bought of K. D. Atwood, a fish-
dealer of Portland, Me., a collection of nearly two hundred deformed
lobster claws. The malformations range from slight deformities result-
ing from incomplete restoration of lost parts, abnormal curvature of the
fingers, etc., to such as may, from the enormous development of abnor-
mal outgrowths or the duplication of parts, be truly called monstrosities.
Some of the most remarkable of these specimens are here described
and figured. One (Plate I. fig. 16) from the collection of the Peabody
Academy of Science, Salem, Mass., for which I am indebted to Prof.
E.S. Morse, a deformed claw of Callinectes hastatus from Chesapeake
Bay (Plate II. fig. 5) kindly communicated by Dr. S. F. Clarke, of Johns
Hopkins University, and an abnormal lateral spine of the carapace of the
same species (Plate II. fig. 8) in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy,
are also figured. Most of these irregularities have clearly resulted, as
Résel long ago remarked of similar malformations in the European cray-
fish, from injuries received after moulting, before the new cuticle had
become calcified.

Plate I. Fig. 1 (right chela).*—In this claw the dactylus (a) is
curved strongly outwards towards the index, and thrust upwards from
its normal plane so that it does not meet, but crosses, the index when
closed. The prehensile power of the claw is thus destroyed. From the
inner border of the dactylus there is developed an enormous flattened
process, which divides at the tip into two prongs (6, c), which are
toothed on their opposed edges. Near the middle of the process is a
deep scar (d), visible on both sides.

There is a specimen quite similar to this, for a drawing of which I
am indebted to Prof. S. I. Smith, in the Museum of Yale College, New
Haven, Conn.

Plate I. Fig. 2 (left chela). — In this specimen the dactylus is curved
and bent from its true plane as in the last specimen. From the inner
edge of the dactylus (a) arise two diverging horns (, c), which are fur-
nished with teeth upon their opposed edges, and simulate very closely
the dactylus and index of a normal claw. The dentition of the proximal

* All the figures on Plate I. are Homarus Americanus, one half natural size.
VOL. VIII. — NO. 13. us

258 BULLETIN OF THE

horn (5) resembles that of the index (a), while the teeth of the distal
horn (c) mark it as the analogue of the index. There is no trace of
articulation at the base of either horn.

There are several specimens similar to this in the collection of the
Peabody Academy of Science, Salem, and two or three in the collection
of the Boston Society of Natural History.

Plate I. Fig. 3 (right chela). — Dactylus (a) slightly flexed from the
plane of the index and broken off about an inch from the tip. From
the inner side of the dactylus, near the fracture (d), arise two toothed
processes (4, c), directed forwards, which repeat in form the lost tip of
the dactylus and the tip of the index. A short, blunt process, directed
upward and forward, projects from the inner margin of the dactylus, at
a point a little beyond the middle.

Plate I. Fig. 4 (right chela). — Here the dactylus (a), a short distance
from its articulation with the hand, is bent at a right angle with its
normal trend, and thrown out from the plane of the hand so that it
crosses the index when closed. The tip is broken off. From the un-
toothed margin of the dactylus, near the proximal end, proceed two pro-
cesses (, c) at an angle of about 45° to one another, the distal one (ec)
taking the normal direction of the index. Both of these processes are
toothed on their opposed margins, but it is noteworthy that the teeth of
the two processes are not directed exactly toward each other, but are
inclined a little downward, as if by attraction to the teeth of the thumb.
It is curious to observe that the toothed margins of the index and
thumb are beset with an uncommonly large number of stiff sete, and
that this character is repeated in the toothed edges of the monstrous
processes 6, c.

Plate I. Fig. 5 (left chela). — Similar to Fig. 2, but the processes 6
and c, instead of diverging from one another, cross one another near
their tips like the index finger and thumb of the claw when closed.

Plate I. Fig. 6 (right chela). — In this claw, unlike what we have seen
in those before noticed, the prehensile power has not been lost, the dac-
tylus closing accurately upon the index. Just beyond the middle of the
dactylus springs a simple branch directed forwards at an angle of 45°
with the long axis of the dactylus. This branch shows no tendency to
form teeth.

Plate I. Fig. 7 (left chela). Here the dactylus (a) is bent near the
middle, at almost a right angle with its normal direction, away from the
index, but is thrown very little, if any, from its true plane of motion.
It has acquired an abnormal length, and developed two processes from

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 259

its toothed margin. One of these (/) seems to be developed in order to
recover the prehensile power which was lost by the distortion of the
dactylus. The other (c) is broken off near its tip, but corresponds to
the process ¢ described in the next figure.

There is another dactylus in the collection quite similar to this.

Plate I. Fig. 8 (right chela).— This deformity belongs to the same
category as the one represented by the last figure. The dactylus (a) is
curved strongly away from the index, and lengthened. At d is the scar
resulting from the wound that probably caused the curvature of the dac-
tylus. An outgrowth (+) provided with teeth, and meeting the thumb
when the claw is closed, replaces functionally the distorted extremity of
the dactylus. In addition to this a second process (c) projects at a
right angle with the deflected part of the dactylus. This process pre-
sents a line of teeth opposite to those on a. My reason for considering
a rather than 6 to be the end of the original dactylus, and } and ¢ to be
secondary outgrowths, comes from the arrangement of the punctures
and the striz on the cuticle of these parts, which seem clearly to show
that 6 and ¢ are the newer portions.

Plate I. Fig. 9 (vight chela). — The index here is split into two parts.
The outer (a) is toothed on its inner border. The inner (0, ¢) is toothed
on both margins, and shows a tendency to divide at the end. The lines
on the cuticle show that a is the original index, and 8, c, a secondary
process developed from it. The dactylus does not meet the index when
closed.

Plate. I. Fig. 10 (right chela).—The dactylus is abnormally short
and curved, and its proximal half produced into a large roundish plate,
toothed on its margin, only the basal part of which closes against the
index.

Plate I. Fig. 11 (left chela).— A large triangular crest, directed out-
ward and forward from the middle of the outer margin of the penulti-
mate segment. This crest-like process has a strong curve downward.

There are several claws similar to this in the collection.

Plate I. Fig. 12 (right chela). — The inner border of the hand is dis-
torted by a wound (¢) which has resulted in the outgrowth of a simple,
blunt, movably-jointed segment (a’), which evidently represents an abor-
tive supernumerary dactylus. On its upper side (the figure shows the
lower surface), near the articulation with the hand, is the small spine
characteristic of the normal dactylus. The abnormal finger moves in a
plane at right angles to the plane of motion of the normal dactylus.

There is another specimen in the collection similar to this, —a left

260 BULLETIN OF THE

chela with a supernumerary dactylus articulated with the lower face of
the hand. The dactylus is lost.

Plate I. Fig. 13 (right chela). — This specimen, like the last, is didac-
tyle. The two dactyli (a, a’) are here articulated with the hand side by
side; both are thrust to one side, so that they do not close against the
index finger. The index itself shows a tendency to duplication; first,
by a-slight bifurcation at the end; secondly, in the alteration of the
tooth-bearing edge into a flat surface, bearing a row of teeth on each
margin, directed toward the dactyli, but not met by them on closure.

One can easily believe that this is a congenital monstrosity, while
most if not all the others on the plate are more naturally explained as
malformations arising from injuries received after moulting.

Plate I. Fig. 14 (right chela). — A severe injury to the hand has re-
sulted in the growth of a process (c) from near the base of the index,
which duplicates the index. It is curved downward and inward, under
the lower face of the primary index, and furnished with sharp teeth on
its inner border. At the base of the toothed margin of the secondary
index springs a very small process (>), which shows a line of very minute
teeth on its inner border, and seems to be a rudimentary third index.
The dactylus does not meet the primary index when the claw is shut.

Plate I. Fig. 15 (left chela). — The dactylus is here bent upward and
outward at a right angle, at a point midway between the base and the
tip. Two finger-like processes (0, ’) arise near one another from the
bend of the dactylus. Of these the proximal (0) is a little longer than
the distal (4’). Both lie in the normal trend of the dactylus, and pre-
sent a row of teeth directed towards the teeth of the distal end of the
index. When the dactylus is closed, however, the teeth of neither of
these processes exactly meet the teeth of the index, but fall on each side.

Plate I. Fig. 16 (left chela). This specimen resembles Fig. 12 of the
same plate. From the inner and lower part of the hand arises a process
(x) which is not articulated with the main portion of the hand. On its
upper surface (turned away from the observer in the figure) is a promi-
nent spine, like those developed along the inner margin of the normal
hand. Articulated with the distal extremity of this process is a long,
curved, pointed, toothless segment (a’), which is an imperfectly devel-
oped duplication of the dactylus (a). On the upper face of this super-
numerary dactylus, close to its articulation with the process 2, is the
short spine characteristic of that point in the normal dactylus. The
secondary dactylus almost equals in length the primary one, and, as in
the example represented by Fig. 12 of the same plate, swings in a

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 261

plane nearly at right angles with the plane of motion of the normal dac-
tylus (a). Here, then, in addition to the duplication of the dactylus
seen in Fig. 12 (a! indicating homologous parts in the two figures), one
sees an imperfect attempt to duplicate the propodite in the process «.

Plate I. Fig. 17 (left chela). — This monstrous claw is similar to the
one described and figured by Lucas (Homarus vulgaris, in No. 7 of the
Bibliography). The dactylus (a) does not close upon the index. From
the base of the index there arises from the upper side a very large un-
jointed appendage, which shows a strong tendency to divide into two
branches (4, c), each furnished with a row of teeth. The teeth of the
branch } point toward the teeth of the index, while those of the branch
c are directed toward the row of teeth on the dactylus when the latter
is opened. The tendency seems to be to duplicate the dactylus in 6, the
index inc. As there is no articulation at the base of the monstrous ap-
pendage, the teeth on the branch 0 are useless, and as the branch c is
not in the plane of motion of the dactylus its teeth are likewise func-
tionless. Thus, although these two extra lines of teeth are developed,
there are no two in the claw which can be applied to one another.

Plate IT. Fig. 1 (Homarus Americanus, dactylus of right chela).* —
Beyond the middle, this dactylus is bent downward at nearly a right
angle. From the upper side are developed two processes (4, 6’), which
are forked at their ends and furnished with two rows of teeth within.
The propodite is lost. Resembles the dactylus of the claw figured on
Plate I. fig. 15, but differs in the fission of the processes } and 0’,

Plate II. Fig. 2 (Homarus Americanus, one of the small chelipeds). —
This leg is provided with two chele. One of them has the ordinary
form and structure, but is bent at a strong angle with the long axis of
the leg. The second claw appears to have budded off from an ampu-
tated surface of the propodite. It consists of two fingers, which have
the form of the normal dactylus and index, but neither is articulated
with the other at the base. The two fingers together seem to be mor-
phologically equivalent to a single segment, and represent a two-
branched supernumerary dactylus.

Plate Il. Fig. 3 (Homarus Americanus, left chela).—In this small
chela the index is curved sharply upward and deeply channelled on its
lower face. Unlike all those previously noticed in this paper, this is a
simple malformation through distortion, without any development of
accessory parts.

Plate II. Fig. 4 (Homarus Americanus, dactylus of right chela).—

* All the figures on Plate II. are of natural size.

262 BULLETIN OF THE

Near the base the dactylus divides into two branches, a long one (a),
which appears to be the distal part of the original dactylus bent so as to
make almost a right angle with its proximal portion, and a shorter one
which forks at the end (4, c), and presents a row of teeth on both the
inner and outer borders. This shorter branch has the normal direction
of the dactylus, and is probably a secondary outgrowth from the primi-
tive dactylus. This malformation resembles that seen in Plate I. figs.
7 and 8. The propodite is lost.

Plate II, Fig. 5 (Callinectes hastatus, left chela).—The dactylus is
divided longitudinally, nearly to its base, and furthermore the lower of
the two branches thus produced forks at a point midway between the
base and the tip. One of the prongs of the fork (c) inclines toward the
upper branch of the dactylus ()), the other prong (a) is curved down-
ward toward the index finger. The dactylus thus becomes tridactyle
instead of monodactyle. The superior branch (}) is toothed along its
lower edge, the inferior branch along both its upper and lower edges,
the teeth of the upper edge being continued along the upper margin of
the upper prong (c), while the teeth of the lower edge are continued
along the lower margin of the lower prong (a). All the branches are
much shorter than the index finger. The teeth on @ do not strike
against those on the index when the claw is shut. Even the coloration
of a, 6, and ¢ is like that of the normal fingers.

This monstrosity is like that described and figured by Lucas (Careinus
menas, in No. 7 of the Bibliography). I differ from Lucas in the inter-
pretation of the finger-like parts of the tridactyle segment. He con-
siders 6 to be the normal dactylus, and @ and ¢ to be supernumerary
fingers, a being the analogue of the dactylus (5), and c the analogue of
the index. From the analogy of this deformity with those represented
on Plate I. figs. 1-5, I conceive a to represent the original dactylus, and
band ¢ to be the supernumerary parts, representing the dactylus (a)
and the index respectively.

Plate IT. Fig. 6 (Homarus Americanus, right cheliped). —The first
segment (coxa) is wanting. The second and third segments, instead of
having their normal flattened form, are subcylindrical. The third seg-
ment (meros) further shows a tendency to divide, a deep groove running
across the distal end. The upper half of this segment repeats antitropi-
eally, or in a reverse manner, the lower half: thus the spine sp on the
anterior border is symmetrically repeated in sp’, and the articulating
process z has its homotype in 27. The symmetry of the segment is not
complete, however, inasmuch as the two or three short spines on the

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 263

internal border of the segment (turned away from the reader in the
figure) are not duplicated on the homologous margin of the upper half
of the segment. Articulated with the distal end of this segment are
two carpi (4, 4’). The supernumerary carpus (4’) does not have the
exact form of the normal carpus (4), but is slenderer, subcylindrical, and
much more spiny. The normal carpus is followed by a propodus and
dactylus (5, 6) of theeregular form. The supernumerary carpus bears
at its distal extremity an abortive propodus (5’) in the shape of a small
stump-like segment, bifurcated at the end and armed with a blunt
spinous tubercle (y’) on its inner margin. This tubercle is homologous
with the tubercle y at the proximal end of the external border of the
normal propodus. Curiously, the supernumerary carpus is set upon the
meros in a position almost the reverse of that of the normal carpus, so
that the surface of the accessory carpus and propodus, which is homolo-
gous with the upper surface of the regular carpus and propodus, looks
in almost the opposite direction. It is as if the abnormal carpus were
rotated upon the meros through nearly 180 tothe left. It thus comes
about that the articular tubercle 2’ falls on the same side with its
homotype, x, instead of on the opposite side, as one would expect from
the reversed symmetry of the two carpi. If the two propodal segments
(5, 5’) were flexed at the same time, they would move in nearly opposite
directions. This distortion seems to me very singular, and I think
nothing like it has been observed among the many cases of double legs
in insects.

In this specimen we have the nearest approach to complete duplica-
tion of a limb yet observed among Crustacea. It reminds one of the
monstrosities among insects, frequently described by entomologists, in
which the duplication of a leg may involve all the joints down to the
trochanter. Whether this monstrosity be congenital, or the result of
injuries received later in life, I cannot tell.

Plate II. Fig. 7 (Homarus Americanus, left chela). —In this small
chela only a rudiment of the index is present, and the dactylus is curled
underneath it in the form of a semicircle.

Plate II. Fig. 8 (Callinectes hastatus, left lateral portion of the cara-
pace). — The lateral horn, instead of being simple, as in normal speci-
mens, has three spines, one directed forward, outward, and downward,
one backward, outward, and upward, and one, very small in size, back-
ward, outward, and downward.

Plate II. Fig. 9 (Homarus Americanus, right chela).— The whole of
the index as well as part of the hand is wanting in this sadly mutilated

264 BULLETIN OF THE

claw. The amputated part was evidently removed when the shell was
soft, and the wound has completely healed. The dactylus has the form
of a cylindrical stunted segment, with an imperfectly developed line of
teeth on its cutting surface. The character of the shell leads me to
believe that the amputation passed through the line indicated by a, and
that the part of the hand distal to this, as well as the dactylus, was re-
produced by budding after the wound was received.

Although as early as 1671 the fanciful Von Berniz (No. 1) described
and figured two misshapen Crustacean claws, the number of deformities
among animals of this class recorded by naturalists is small compared
with those observed in insects. Of the thirty cases which I find hith-
erto recorded, fifteen belong to the European crayfish (Astacus fluviati-
lis).* Leaving out of account the claw represented by Fig. 3 on Plate
Il., in which we have a simple distortion arising from an abnormal
curvature of the fingers, it appears that all the deformities just de-
scribed belong to the two categories of monstrositates per defectum and
monstrositates per accessum. The former (such as Plate II. figs. 7, 9)
are without doubt the result of an accidental amputation of certain
parts when the animal was soft-shelled, which parts would probably
have been restored after subsequent moults if the animal had lived.
Such deformities can hardly be termed true monstrosities, and are of
minor interest. The latter,—in which category all the other cases
figured will be included, — while accompanied in most cases by a dis-
tortion of normal structures, and probably for the most part the result
of injuries, present irregular, secondary outgrowths, and are of consider-
able interest. Among these we have, jirst, cases of duplication of joints
in a limb (as in Plate I. figs. 12, 13, 16, Plate IT. fig. 6), similar to the
many cases described among insects ; secondly, processes budding out from
either the propodus (Plate I. figs. 9, 11, 14, 17) or the dactylus (Plate I.
figs. 1-8, 15, Plate II. figs. 1, 4, 5) without any articulation. These
processes frequently simulate a true claw in a marvellous manner, e. g.
Plate I. figs. 1-5, and are worthy of especial attention. A Crustacean claw
is, morphologically viewed, a composite structure involving two segments
of the series of seven which are found in the typical leg. The ultimate seg-
ment of the series develops teeth along its inner border, and when flexed
closes against an immovable toothed process from the penultimate seg-
ment. But in these fictitious claws (see Plate I. figs. 2, 5, etc.) the two

* It is remarkable that in the vast number of American crayfishes examined by
Hagen in the preparation of his Monograph of the North American Astacide, no
deformities, strictly speaking (see p. 269), were observed.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 265

digits 6, c, are simply processes developed from the ultimate segment of
the leg without the least mobility. We have here a structure which is
neither morphologically nor functionally a claw, but only a counterfeit of
one. What force produces the perfect development of teeth on the op-
posed edges of these immovable digits, where they cannot be of the
slightest service? It is to be observed that these spurious chelz are
always found on the dactylus of claws which have lost their function
through the displacement of the dactylus. In such cases there seems
to be a futile effort to form a new claw in the way indicated. When
one sees how perfectly the dactylus a (e. g. in Plate I. fig. 5) is repeated
in the process 6, and the index in the process c, even to the details of
dentition and sete, he is at once tempted to call upon Darwin’s hypothe-
sis of pangenesist to explain the resemblances. It will be observed
(see Plate I. figs. 13, 16, Plate II. fig. 6) that a movable dactylus may
be duplicated on the propodal segment, but in no case is an articulated
segment developed from the dactylus.

It would be extremely interesting to know whether these monstrous
developments are perpetuated throughout the life of the individual, or
whether they are got rid of by exuviation. The latter seems hardly
probable. Huxley{ says the deformities persist, but whether this state-
ment be based on observation or not, I do not know.

As the specimens which have come under my observation are dry, and
the soft parts removed, I can record nothing concerning the arrange-
ment of the muscles, nerves, and arteries in those deformed claws.
What modifications of the soft parts are brought about by the deformi-
ties would be a most interesting subject of study for any one who may
come into possession of such specimens in a fresh or alcoholic state.

Almost all the malformations of the hard parts of Crustacea which
have been described are confined to the big claws. These claws, being
the chief weapons of offence and defence, are much more liable to receive
wounds than any other part of the body, and, as before pointed out, de-
formities such as are described in this paper are undoubtedly in most
cases the result of injuries. Rdosel (No. 4) speaks of deformities of the
rostrum of crayfishes; Herklots (Nos. 11, 15) describes and figures a
triple dactylus of the second pair of legs in Lithodes arctica ; A. Milne

* In such specimens as that figured on Plate I. fig. 8, where the chela has its fune-
tional power, the spurious claw is formed in a different way, a being the original
dactylus. See p, 258.

t The Variation of Animals and Plants under Domestication, Vol. II]. Ch. XX VII.

} The Crayfish, An Introduction to the Study of Zodlogy, p. 39, 1880.

266 BULLETIN OF THE

Edwards (No. 12, see p. 268) records a monstrosity affecting the eye-
stalk of Palinurus penicillatus ; and finally Packard (No. 17) has noticed
a deformity of the caudal spine of Limulus Polyphemus. The last is
probably not so rare as Packard supposes, as I have found two specimens
of Limulus with similarly deformed spines. There is also in the Museum
of Comparative Zodlogy a small deformed specimen of Limulus Polyphe-
mus, in which the left side of the gill-bearing segment of the body is
marked by a deep concavity and absence of the lateral spines. Further,
Figs. 2 and 8 on Plate II. of this paper portray deformities of other parts
than the great claws. Fig. 2 represents a monstrous condition of one of
the small chelipeds of the lobster, and there is another specimen in the
Museum in which the index or immovable finger of the chela of either
the first or second pair of legs is double. Another lobster presents a de-
formity of one of the third pair of maxillipeds, the terminal segment
being divided into three lobes. Plate II. fig. 8 represents a deformed
lateral spine of the carapace of Callinectes hastatus.

Reviewing all the deformities which have been described among Ar-
thropods, I would divide them into five categories, as follows.

Deformities : — a, of deficiency.

b, of excess.

ce, of transformation.

d, of arrested development.
e, of hermaphroditism.

a. In individuals affected with deformities of this class, certain parts
normally present are wanting. Among Crustacea such cases are, as far
as I am aware, never congenital, but result from accidental amputation
of parts commonly restored by new growths, as before observed.

b. Monstra per accessum. Under this head fall the majority of the
monstrosities that have been described among Arthropods. Among
insects the numerous cases recorded by Asmus,* Mocquerys,} various
contributors to the Annales de la Société Entomologique de France, and
lately by Jayne,t etc., etc., for the most part belong here. In these
cases it is commonly the antennz and legs which are the seat of the
monstrous developments, which usually take the form of a duplication,
or even triplication, of the appendage. In most cases such double or
triple appendages are single at the base, the duplication or triplication

* Monstrositates Coleopterorum, 1835.

Tt Recueil de Coléoptéres anormaux, 1859.

t Descriptions of some Monstrosities observed in North American Coleoptera,
Trans, Amer. Ent. Soc., VIII. p. 155, 1880.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 267

involving only the distal segments. In the leg, for instance, all the seg-
ments beyond the coxa may be duplicated, while in other cases one or
two of the distal joints of the tarsi alone will be repeated.

Among Crustacea the examples of a real duplication or triplication
of segments in an appendage are very rare. The mostmarked instance of
the kind is afforded by the lobster cheliped figured on Plate II. (Fig. 6) of
this paper, in which there is a clear tendency to duplication, at least from
the coxa onward. Duplication of the dactylus is seen in Plate I. figs. 12,
13, 16, and in Plate II. fig. 2.* Jiiger (No. 10, p. 38, figs. 12, 13) has
described and figured a claw of Uca una with two dactyli, and a similar
case in Hriphia spinifrons has been published by Herklots (No. 15, figs.
6i7, 8).

On seeing such a specimenas the Prionus figured by Jayne,t in which
the tibie and tarsi are duplicated in all the legs, and perfectly symmetrical
on the two sides of the body, one cannot doubt that in insects at least
these monstrosities by duplication may be referred to a vitium prime
conformationis, and in examples from Crustacea such as those represented
by Fig. 13, Plate I., and Fig. 6, Plate I1., of this paper, it is very probable
that we are dealing with a monstrosity which is not the result of in-
jury.

Most of the deformities by excess among Crustacea, however, do not
result from a true duplication of more or fewer segments of an appendage,
but from the outgrowth of unarticulated processes of various shapes,
often furnished with teeth, and simulating true segments. But in
such cases, e. g. where there is a process that has the form of a super-
numerary dactylus, we find that it is commonly developed from the
normal dactylus, and devoid of any articulation, instead of joining by an
articular surface with the propodus as a true supernumerary dactyle
would do.

In this category the Astaci noticed by Emmanuel Rousseau (No. 8) and
Eugéne Desmarest (No. 9) will also be included. In these abnormal
female specimens an extra pair of vulvee were present on the basal seg-
ment of the fourth pair of legs, the oviduct of each side dividing into
two branches after leaving the ovary.

c. Monstrosities of this class result from an organ being replaced
wholly or in part by another organ. Such monstrosities are common in
plants, but exceedingly rare in animals. A few have been described

* There are two or three lobster claws with two dactyli in the collection of the
Peabody Academy of Science, Salem.
t Op. cit., Plate IV. fig. 12.

268 BULLETIN OF THE

among Arthropods. Iam indebted to Dr. Hagen for references to the
following cases among insects : —

1. Prionus coriarius with two perfect legs in place of the elytra.*

2. Cimbex axillaris with a claw like those of the tarsi, on the end
of the left antenna.t

3. Zygena filipendule with one of the hind legs replaced by a
wing.}

Among Crustacea the only example of this kind of monstrosity is the
Palinurus penicillatus described by A. Milne Edwards (No. 12), in which
a flagellum like one of those of the antennules is developed from the
centre of a rudimentary cornea on the end of the eye-stalk.

Monstrosities of this class are especially interesting on account of their
bearing on the morphology of organs. If we admit teratological con-
ditions as evidence of homology, as the botanists do in the case of the
metamorphosis of the parts of a flower, we must regard the wings and
legs of insects, as well as the eye-stalks and antenne of Crustacea, as
morphological equivalents,§ a view which is not supported by the mode
of development of these parts in the embryo.

* Saage, Preussische Provinzial Blitter, Vol. XXII. p. 191, 1889; Stettin. Entomol.
Zeitung, Vol. I. p. 48 (cited from “Iagen, On some Insect Deformities, Mem. Mus.
Comp. Zool., Vol. Il. No. 9, p. 22, 1876).

t G. Kraatz, Ueber eine merkwiirdige Monstrositiit bei Cimbex axillaris (Hymen-
opt.), Deutsche Ent. Zeits., XX. Heft Il. p. 377, Taf. I. fig. 8 a, a, b, 1876.

t N. M. Richardson, Nature, Vol. XVI. p. 361, August 30, 1877. Dr. Hagen
tells me that he is sure he has seen another similar case recorded, but he has lost the
reference to it.

§ Dr. Hagen (in his lectures) also adduces evidence from comparative anatomy of
insects to support the theory of the homology of wings and legs. Most authors
(Gegenbaur, Lubbock, Fritz Miiller, ete.) who have discussed the question of the
morphology of insects’ wings consider them to have originated independently of the
ventral appendages, as tracheal gills or otherwise. Balfour (Treatise on Comparative
Embryology, Vol. I. p. 337, 1880) even doubts whether the antenne of, insects have
the same morphological value as the succeeding appendages! None of these writers
take notice of the above-mentioned monstrosities in this connection.

With reference to the homology of eye-stalks and antenne in Crustacea, A. Milne
Edwards (No. 12), Gerstaecker (Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs,
V., 1 Abt., 1 Hialfte, pp. 202, 343, 1868), and Rolleston (Forms of Animal Life, pp.
118, 119, 1870) bring forward the abnormal development of an antennulary flagellum
from the eye-stalk in the Palinurus mentioned above as proof of the homology of the
eye-stalk with the antenna, a view long ago advanced by Savigny and H. Milne Ed-
wards. The embryologists on the other hand, as Claus and Fritz Miiller, generally
deny the equivalence of the parts in question. E. van Beneden says of the eye-
stalk in Mysis : ‘* Ce pedicule n’apparait aucunement comme les autres appendices, et
parait avoir une autre valeur morphologique.” (Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique, 2 Ser.,

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 269

d. The existence of dimorphism among the males of the genus Cam-
barus, first observed by Agassiz, has been fully discussed by Hagen (No.
16), who conjectures from the resemblance of the “second form” males
to young individuals and the small development of the internal organs
of generation, that they are sterile. In Lupa and some other genera of
Brachyura dimorphism occurs in the females, many full-grown specimens
having a narrow and acute abdomen, instead of the broad, roundish abdo-
men of the normally developed individuals. Agassiz learned from ana-
tomical examination that the females with a narrow triangular abdomen
were sterile.

These sterile forms may be properly classed among abnormal varia-
tions caused by arrest of sexual development.*

e. Hermaphroditism.—While numerous cases of hermaphroditic insects
have been put on record by entomologists, I can find but two undoubted
eases of hermaphroditism among Crustacea outside of those groups in
which it is the normal condition, viz. the Cirripeds and parasitic Iso-
pods. The first case is that of a lobster (Homarus vulgaris) described
and figured by F. Nicholls, in 1730, in the Philosophical Transactions of
the Royal Society of London (No. 3 of the bibliographical list appended
to this paper). In this specimen the right half of the body was female,
the left half male, as regards both internal and external organs. The
second case is a similar one of Lubranchipus vernalis, lately described by
Gissler (No. 18).

E. von Martens (No. 14) has published an account of three specimens
of Cheraps from Adelaide, with openings in the first segment of the
third pair of legs answering to the sexual apertures of the normal female,
coexisting with the normal male sexual orifices in the first segment of
the fifth pair of legs. An examination of the internal parts showed the

coiled vasa deferentia of the normal male opening out through the aper-

tures in the fifth pair of legs. No ovary or duct leading to the openings
in the third pair of legs was detected. The specimens had lain in alcohol
some seven years, however, so that the evidence against the existence of
any internal female organs cannot be taken as positive. Similar open-
XXVIII., 1869). Gegenbaur (Grundziige der vergleichenden Anatomie, 2° Aufl.,
p- 897, 1870) also excludes the eye-stalk from the series of appendages.

* Among insects the Phalena heteroclita [Bombyx monacha ?], described by O.
F. Miiller (an imago with the head of the larva), is probably to be explained as a de-
formity arising from arrest of development. In other cases recorded of the retention
of the larval head by a perfect insect, the head of the imago was probably within the

head of the larva, which was not cast off at the time of transformation. See Hagen,
On some Insect Deformities, Afem. Mus. Comp. Zoél., Vol. II. No. 9, 1876.

270 BULLETIN OF THE

ings were seen in the third pair of legs of male Parastacus pilimanus and
P. Brasiliensis.

Abnormal cases of hermaphroditism in Decapods acquire a peculiar in-
terest in the light of the recent discovery of hermaphroditism as the
normal condition in another group of the higher Crustacea, viz. the
parasitic Isopods.* Mayer has even found indications of hermaphro-
ditism in Cirolana and Conilera, genera of free Isopods.t

* Bullar, The Generative Organs of the Parasitic Isopoda, Jowr. Anat. and
Physiol., XI. p. 118, 1876. Id., Hermaphroditism among the Parasitic Isopoda,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4 Ser., XIX. p. 254, 1877.

Paul Mayer, Ueber den Hermaphrodismus bei einigen Isopoden, Mittheilungen
aus der Zoolog. Station zu Neapel, I. p. 165, 1878.

1 Op. cit., p. 177.

CAMBRIDGE, March, 1881.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Zid

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Martinus BERNHARDUS A BeErniz. Chela Astaci marini monstrosa.
Miscellanea Curtosa Medico-Physica Academie Nature Curiosorum, An-
nus secundus, Observatio C., p. 174 (fig.). 1671.

Chela Astaci marini monstrosa alia. Op. cit., Observatio CI., p. 175
(fig.) The figure is reproduced in MicHarL BERNHARD VALENTINI’S
Museum Museorum, Zweyter Theil, p. 177. 1714.

(This “chela monstrosa et tota petrefacta” evidently does not belong to
a lobster.)

. J. E. Vaventini. Chela Astaci fluviatilis tribus Apicibus predita. Acta
Acad. Coes. Leopold. Carol. Nature Curiosorum, Vol. II., Observatio
CXXVL, p. 285. 1730.

(Cited after HERKLots in No. 15 of this list.)

F. Nicnotis. An Account of the Hermaphroditic Lobster presented to the
Royal Society by Mr. Fisher, examined and dissected. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society of London, Vol. XXXVI. No. 413,
p- 290. 1730. [Abridgment, Vol. VII. Part III. p. 421, Pl. IV. 1734.)

(Right side female, left side male. See p. 269.)

Aveust JoHANN RosEL von Rosennor. Fernere Beschreibung des
hiesigen Fluskrebses und seiner merkwiirdigen Eigenschafften. Der
monatlich-herausgegebenen Insecten-Belustigung dritter Theil, p. 344, Tab.
LX. fig. 28, 29, Tab. LXI. fig. 30-33. 1755. Figures copied in En-
cyclopédie Méthodique, Vol. 191, Pl. 290, tig. 1-6, 1830, and by JAGER
in No. 10, fig. 4-6, 9-11.

. F, TIEDEMANN. Beschreibung einiger seltenen Thier-Missgeburten. Deutsches
Archiv fiir die Physiologie, Vol. V. p. 127, Pl. II. fig. 2. 1819. Figure
reproduced by JAGER in No. 10, fig. 8.

. Grore JAGER. Zwei Beispiele missgebildeter Krebsscheeren. Archiv fiir
Anatomie und Physiologie, Jahrgang 1826, p. 95, Tab. II. fig. 3, 4. Fig-
ures reproduced by ‘the same author in No. 10, fig. 1, 3.

(Astacus fluviatilis).

H. Lucas. Notice sur quelques Monstruosités observées dans des Crustacés
appartenant aux Genres Carcinus, Lupa, Homarus et Astacus. Annales
de la Société Entomologique de France, 2° Série, Tome II. p, 41, Pl. I.
1844,

. Emmanvet Rovussgav. Annales de la Société Entomologique de France,

2° Série, Tome VI. p. 481. 1848.

(Female Astacus fluviatilis with two pairs of vulve on the base of the
third and fourth pairs of legs.)

272 BULLETIN OF THE

9. Eveine Desmarest. Note sur une Disposition anormale des Organes
Génitaux observée dans l’Astacus fluviatilis Fabricius. Annales de la
Société Entomologique de France, 2° Série, Tome VI. p. 479, Pl. 13. 1848.

(Female Astacus fluviatilis with four vulve disposed as in the one
described by Rousseau. Two oviducts on each side pass from the gen-
ital apertures to unite in a common trunk before reaching the ovary.)

10. G. Jager. Vergleichende Darstellung der missgebildeten Scheeren des
gemeinen Flusskrebses (Astacus fluviatilis) und der missgebildeten
Scheere einer Krabbe (Cancer uca Linn. Uca Una Latr.) aus Surinam.
Jahreshefte des Vereins fiir vaterldndische Naturkunde in Wéiirtemberg,
Jahrhg. VII., p. 33, Pl. I. 1851.

ll. J. A. Herxtors. Notice Carcinologique. Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde.
Uitgegeven door het Koninklijk Zoologisch Genootschap Natura Artis Magis-
tra, Amsterdam, Deel I. Afl. 5, p. 37, fig. B. 1852. Figure reproduced
by the same author in No. 15.

(Deformed dactylus of the second pair of legs of Lithodes arctica.)

12. AtpHonsE Mitne Epwarps. Sur un Cas de Transformation du Pédon-
cule oculaire en une Antenne, observé chez une Langouste. Comptes
Rendus hebdomadaires des Séances de ? Académie des Sciences, Tome LIX.
p. 710. 1864.

(Antennulary flagellum developed from the end of the eye-stalk in a
Palinurus penicillatus from Mauritius.)

13. Srpney I. Smirg. A Fiddler-Crab, with two large Hands. The American
Naturalist, Vol. I11. p. 557, 1869.

Notes on Amerian Crustacea. No. I. Ocypodoidea. Transactions of
the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. II. p. 133, 1870.

(Notice of an anomalous specimen of Gelasimus pugnax Smith, in
which the chelipeds were nearly equal in size and form.)

14. E. von Martens. Sitzungs-Bericht der Gesellschaft naturforschender
Freunde xu Berlin am 18 Jan., 1870, p. 1.

(Male specimens of Cheraps plebejus, Parastacus pilimanus, and Parasta-
cus Brasiliensis, with openings in the first segment of the third pair of
legs representing the genital orifices of the female. See p. 269.)

15. J. A. Herxrors. Misvormingen bij Schaaldieren waargenomen. Tijd-
aclrift voor Entomologie, witgegeven door de Nederlandsche Entomologische
Vereeniging, XIV. Jaargang, p. 69, Pl. I. 1871.

(Malformation of the claw of Xantho punctulatus, Eriphia spinifrons,
and the deformed dactylus of Lithodes arctica, previously published by
the same author in No. 11.)

16. Hermann A. Hagen. Monograph of the North American Astacide.
Illustrated Catalogue of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, at Harvard
College [Memoirs, Vol. II.], No. III. p. 21 et seq. 1871.

(Variation of form accompanying sterility (?) in Cambarus, Lupa, ete.
See p. 269.)

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 273

17. A. S. Packarp, JR. The Development of Limulus Polyphemus. Me-
motrs of the Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. II. p. 201, fig. 36.
1872.

(Forked caudal spine.)

18. C. F. Gisster. Description of a Hermaphroditic Phyllopod Crustacean
(Eubranchipus). The American Naturalist, Vol. XV. p. 136, fig. 1-3.
1881.

(Eubranchipus vernalis, showing lateral hermaphroditism both in the
external claspers, etc. and in the internal genital organs. The internal
female organs are but poorly represented, — although a single egg was ob-
served in the ovarial string, — while the internal male organs have their
normal size and shape.)

VOL. VIII. — No. 13. 18

274

BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

(Note. —A detailed description of the specimens figured in the plates will be found on pp. 257-264.
Unless otherwise stated, the specimens are in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, and were obtained
from K. D. Atwood, Portland, Me. Those figured on Plate I. are reduced one half. Those figured on
Plate 11. are of the natural size. ]

oP ee

PLATE I.
Homarus Americanus, right chela.
es ae left a
oe “cc right “ec
“cc cc right “
“ce “ left “cc
“ec “ec right “ec
“ce “oe left “ce
“ce “ce right ce
=)
ce ce right “
“ce ‘ right “ce
a7 [a4 left 74
ce «e right “c
rT “c right “c ,
ce oe right ce
“cc 6c left ce
“é “cc left “ec

(From Mus. Peabody Acad. Science, Salem, Mass.)

. Homarus Americanus, left chela.

PLATE II.
Homarus Americanus, dactylus of right chela.
tg ef one of the small chelipeds.
" $s left chela.
is ° dactylus of right chela.

Callinectes hastatus, left chela.
(From Chesapeake Bay; coll. Dr. 8. F. Clarke.)

Homarus Americanus, right cheliped.
stg + left chela.
Callinectes hastatus, left lateral part of the carapace with branched spine.
(Coll. M. C, Z.)

. Homarus Americanus, right chela.

Faxon. Crustacean Deformities.

PrincbyA Meise!

Print by A Meisel

Raa’

No. 14.— The Devonian Insects of New Brunswick.
By Dr. H. A. HaAGen.

Havine lately had occasion to examine anew the venation of Neurop-
tera with special reference to their affinities with the older fossil insects,
I have made a detailed comparison of the majority of the types of the
Devonian Insects with the Neuroptera and Pseudoneuroptera of the pres-
ent day. The conclusions at which I have arrived from this study are
radically different from the views entertained by Mr. Scudder. I have
thought that the simplest method of presenting my views would be to
give them in the form of a detailed review of the last memoir on the
subject by Mr. Scudder.

This memoir is a part of the “ Anniversary Memoirs of the Boston
Society of Natural History,” 1880, 4to, p. 41, Plate I. The fragments
of the six described insects were discovered in 1862 by the late Prof.
C. F. Hartt, and are considered to be the six oldest known fossil insects.
They are especially interesting, not only as the most ancient representa-
tives of their class yet discovered, but as (p. 30) “nearly all are syn-
thetic types of a comparatively narrow range,” filling in some way the
gaps between more or less widely separated families and orders of the
actually existing insects. Indeed, four of them are reported to belong
to new families, all of a synthetic character: Atocina, Homothetide,
Cronicosialina, Xenoneuridze. The prominent value of those fragments
justifies a large number of more or less detailed communications by the
same author since 1865, which are now followed by this very elaborate
memoir, with entirely new and improved figures, and with a number of
important conclusions as the final result of his work. It must be
acknowledged that these conclusions would be of the greatest impor-
tance for the history of the evolution of insects, if the descriptions, the
determinations, and the statements by the author could be accepted
without any further reserve. Of course, they must be able to stand the
most severe tests, if they are to be accepted. The obvious importance of
these questions, and the fact that I have studied through many years
the living and fossil insects of the families to which these fragments
belong, may explain why I give here in detail the result of my studies,
and my objections to the views of the author. Science needs truth, and
consists in truth. Otherwise no advance in the solution of the great

VOL. VIII. — NO. 14.

276 BULLETIN OF THE

question here treated — the evolution of this class of insects — is pos-
sible. The facts to be registered for such an advance must be unques-
tionable facts, and that is not the case with those stated in this
publication.

“As the simpler Devonian Insects have certain special relations with
the Ephemeride, their description is preceded by an account of the wing
structure of the modern Mayflies, as a basis of comparison.” (p. 4.)

The simple fact that none of the fossils has any relation whatsoever
to the Ephemeride, is a sufficient objection to the descriptions and con-
clusions relating to this family. Some exceptions made by the author
in the account of the wing-structure of Lachlania and Oligoneuria prove
erroneous after a careful examination of the insects. The mediastinal
vein is present in Lachlania and Oligoneuria, and the scapular vein ter-
minates at the tip in Lachlania. The intercalary vein of Coloburus is
to be found also in Ephemerella gibba and in Heptagenia Bellierc.

Platephemera antiqua.

The specimen is in excellent condition; I have before me the type, Fig. 9.
This species has nothing whatsoever to do with the Ephemeride, and I remark
here that my deliberate determination is not based upona difference of opinion,
but merely on the simple evidence of facts. The specimen is a part of the
apical half, without the tip, of a wing of a gigantic dragonfly. Fig. 10 shows
on the hind margin the end of the sector medius, where the margin is often
a little retracted. Nearer the tip (in Figs.9 and 10) the sector nodalis and
sub-nodalis run one near the other, as commonly in dragonflies. No ptero-
stigma is visible; but we find it wanting or sometimes slightly indicated in
other fossil species. The statement of the author, that “the marginal vein
runs close to, but does not form, the margin,” confirms my determination,
as just in Odonata this structure is very common, but not in Ephemeride.
The conclusion of the author that a general similarity of structure of P. antiqua
“with Dictyoneura may be conceded,” will not be shared on comparing the
figures of the species published by Goldenberg. The existing part of the wing
compared with the known fossil species from Solenhofen cannot be larger than
about one third of the whole length of the wing. To judge from the termi-
nation of the sector nodalis, something less than 20 mm. of the tip are want-
ing, much more than is indicated by the outline of the ‘figure. To judge from
the distance and the direction of the mediana and the sector nodalis to the base,
about 20 mm. must be wanting to the nodus. It would be the largest known
species, the length of the wing about 100mm. There is no character in the
fragment for a closer determination except the suddenly narrowed second cubi-
tal space ; and this is not mentioned by the author. We find a similar arrange-
ment in Stenophlebia.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Pid |

Gerephemera simplex.

I have not seen the type, but only the unfigured and undescribed reverse of a
small portion, belonging to the Boston Society of Natural History. Therefore
my opinion is based chiefly upon Fig. 8 and the very detailed description.
The description differs from the figure (of natural size) in the statement (p. 13)
that “the merest fragment of the costal border 2 to 3mm. long is preserved,”
whereas the figure has it 8 mm. long, with two oblique cross veins and indications
of quadrangular cells between them. As these cells are not mentioned in the
description, they were perhaps not present in the specimen. These cells would
be of prominent importance if they were really situated near the costal border.
But it is not uncommon to find in badly preserved fossil wings some parts folded
up and appearing in the wrong place. If they are present as figured, they
could be explained in another manner, which will be quoted hereafter. The
specimen is unfortunately not on a level, but upon a somewhat rounded ground-
floor, and shows a kind of sulcus, which certainly does not belong to the wing.
Therefore all parts of the wing situated in the sulcus are not quite in a natural
position. The statement of the author (p. 14), “that the mediastinal vein is
never a depressed one in such insects,” should have been just the contrary.

The fragment represents a diagonal part of the middle of the wing of a
dragonfly. What is called “the uppermost vein of the lower set” is probably
the sector medius, and the vein running a little below in the same direction is
the sector brevis. All the parallel veins above those sectors, which give so much
trouble to the author, are easily to be accounted for in the venation of the
Odonata. The fragment is very rudimentary, and it seems by no means cer-
tain that the two veins indicated on the tip (if figured in the right place) be-
long to the marginal veins. Perhaps they may belong to the sector nodalis
and sub-nodalis. The determination of Fig. 8 cannot go farther than to state
that the specimen belongs to the Odonata and to a very large species. All im-
portant characters for the determination of the genus, and even of the sub-
family, are to be found in parts of the wing which are not here preserved. It
seems, to judge from the veins which are visible, that the small part called the
front margin was situated behind the nodus. Species are known with an irreg-
ular venation just behind the nodus, but not of a similar irregularity. Con-
sidering the other characters agreeing with the Odonata, this peculiar feature
would not indeed warrant us in excluding this species from this family. But
it is more probable that the small part does not belong to the front margin, and
similar cells are likewise found in Isophlebia.

The new family Atocina, created by the author for this specimen, and the
whole discussion about it, cannot be accepted as it is. In his first letter, in
1865, the author states that “this species borrows some striking points of the
peculiar wing-structure of the Odonata, and combines with them those of fam-
ilies remote from that, and even belonging to a distinct section of the Neurop-
tera, exhibiting to our view a synthetic type combining the Pseudoneuroptera
and the Neuroptera. I am unable to find in the figure and in the new

278 BULLETIN OF THE :

description any character not agreeing with the Odonata, except the du-
bious cells of the front margin, and these are nowhere mentioned in the
description.

The small portion of the reverse, which I have examined, is a triangular
fragment 20mm. long and 2 to 8mm. broad. It belongs to a part of the base
of the wing, which is not preserved in Fig. 8. It does not reach the costal
margin, and contains several sectors crossed by a straight vein (sector trigonuli
inferior) similar to the arrangement in Isophlebia. The reverse strongly
confirms my determination. This sector is to be found only in Odonata, never
in Ephemeride. The specimen was probably a hind wing.

Lithentomum Harttii.

I have examined the type (Fig. 3) of the Boston Society of Natural History.
It is very difficult to determine the fragment. A part of the base and of the
lower part of the wing lies below (or perhaps above, as some fragments seem
to indicate) a Calamites. The base with the stronger triangular basal attach-
ment of the wing is seen on the other side of the plant. There are strong indi-
cations that the other wing of the same side lies below this wing, and the
margin of it a little before the margin of the fragment that is figured. A deeper
linear impression on the opposite side of the Calamites makes it probable that
here the upper wing of the other side of the insect may be in the slab. The
fragment is 36mm. long; the breadth (at 24mm. from the base) is 15 mm.,
where a very short portion of the hind border is to be seen. Farther off the
hind border is broken, so that at 32mm. from the base only 9mm. of the
breadth is preserved. The veins are very faint, and in some parts the veins of
the underlying wing make them somewhat uncertain. In the costal space
some very weak oblique cross veins are visible. What is to be seen of the
longitudinal veins, of their forms, and of some oblong cells between them,
which are contracted at both ends, reminds us of the venation of the actually
living Sialids, and more of the Chauliodes type. The base of the externo-
median shows above and below an arrangement which is to be found in the
wing of Chauliodes. The other parts of the venation give no help for a
nearer determination. The paucity of the off-shoots of the scapular branch is
by no means exceptional, as the author believes; the living Chauliodes pos-
sesses only one, the character claimed by the author for his new family Croni-
cosialina. Therefore I do not understand why we should consider the fossil
species as a precursor of the Sialina, before a better knowledge of the species
supports this suggestion. Fig. 3 is less accurate than the other figures.

Homothetus fossilis.

This interesting fragment, of which I have not seen the type, shows near the
tip of the wing some irregularities of the venation, as if a fragment of another
wing lay above or beneath the specimen. The author declares it to belong to

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 279

a family allied to the Sialina. A small basal vein considered to be homologous
with the arculus of the Odonata induced him to consider the specimen as a
connecting link between the Neuroptera and Pseudoneuroptera. Therefore
a new synthetic family, Homothetide, is proposed.

It is obvious that the wing belongs to the Sialina, and is perhaps a fore wing.
But then the basal vein is easily explained. The fore wings of Corydalis pos-
sess a horny basal part, ending in front in a straight line; here a softer mem-
brane connects the wing with the basal part. When broken off here — and the
formerly published figure makes this more evident —the basal vein is ex-
plained. Some Hemerobide show an arrangement similar to the arculus,
without giving us a right to consider them as a synthetic type. The fossil
fragment recalls some of the figures published long ago by Westwood as be-
longing to a genus but little known, Orthophlebia, related to Corydalis, but the
living species possess a larger number of transversals. Perhaps some of the
restored connections in the missing parts of the wing will have to be trans-
ferred in another way. A more exact determination cannot be made; we may
state, however, that the fragment shows nothing foreign to the Corydalis type,
excepting a smaller number of transversals.

Xenoneura antiquorum.

I have examined the type of Fig. 7. This is the interesting wing which was
formerly supposed to exhibit at the base a character to be compared only to the
stridulating organ of some male saltatorial Orthoptera. The wing seems to
have been very delicate, and is a very difficult object. I have not seen the
type of Fig. 6, and Fig. 5 (p. 41) is stated to be a composite drawing made up
from both specimens. The “small fragment at the extremity of the anal vein
and the cross vein,” and “the larger apical piece with part of the lower margin,”
are drawn from the reverse. Both are to be seen in the obverse (type of
Fig. 7), but not so distinctly. The whole wing is shown by numerous par-
allel and very close longitudinal lines to have been placed beneath or above
some part of a plant ; on account of these lines some parts of the venation are
less distinguishable. What is more important is, that the wing of the opposite
side is lying upon the one which is figured, not exactly in the same direction,
but nearly so. Its hind margin is a little below the hind margin of the main
wing. This fact is not mentioned by the author. The quadrangular part of
the hind margin, enclosed in the figure by broken lines, belongs to the upper
wing, of which the sectors are elevated ; the corresponding sectors of the main
wing are depressed. This fact once accepted, we find some small remains of the
upper wing on the basal part of the main wing near the scapularis, where the fork
(of the author) is to be seen. The difficulty increases on account of the cross
veins of the marginal field (Fig. 5); one of them, about the middle of the wing,
is very conspicuous, — I may say, considering the delicacy of the other parts of the
venation, too conspicuous. Indeed, examined with the compound microscope,
this vein projects outside the margin as much as a quarter of the breadth of the

280 BULLETIN OF THE

field. Therefore it does not belong to the wing. Several fainter cross veins —
I have counted six —are therefore very doubtful, the more as some are only
to be seen near the margin. A little before the end of the costal field the
mediastina turns in a sudden curve to the scapularis. The transversal vein
going from the same spot to the costalis is not straight, as represented in the
figure, but waved, much finer, perhaps forked, with indications of similar veins
near by. Shortly before its end the costalis seems to start externally in a very
acute angle another vein. This doubtful vein may belong to another wing, or
it may be a dilatation of the costalis, or it could represent very long cilia, of
which indications seem to appear in other places. The fork, as it is called by
the author, I believe to be represented only by a fragment of the wing, which
lies above the main wing. The two veins nearer to the base (the external one
believed to be the internal branch of the fork) belong to the main wing. The
length of the main wing is about 15mm., the breadth 5mm., probably a
little smaller than the dimensions given by the author (18mm.). Formerly
the insect was said to have an expanse of wings of two or two and a half inches.
Of the basal part of the marginal field the marginal half seems to be broken
off. I purposely say seems, because the slab shows here some indications of
breaking; but the costalis can be followed around the curve and partly on the
narrowed part of the field. There are here indications of a recurrent vein,
which is common in some Hemerobide. A light impression around the wing
on the slab suggests perhaps the presence of another wing, a little larger and
bluntly pointed. If this should be the case, the main wing would represent a
hind wing, and what is to be seen of the base speaks in favor of it. The vena-
tion of the base is much disturbed by the circular elevated lines formerly sup-
posed to represent a stridulating organ; a view now formally retracted by the
author. It might be, as he states, a malformation on the base of the wing, or
produced by something lying underneath. Perhaps the circular lines are the
margins of the telescoped segments of the abdomen, which, if present at all,
must have been here. In this case the more crystallized parts of the stone are
easily explained, as such occurrences are found commonly in the abdomen
of Odonata and other insects from Solenhofen, and in the mouth parts of
Eugereon.

I am not able to classify the insect except that it belongs to the Neuroptera
(sensu strictiori). There is nothing in the venation similar to Pseudoneuroptera.
When the mediastina ends before the tip and is connected with the costalis
and scapularis in Pseudoneuroptera, the upper connection is entirely different,
and by a straight cross vein, which is not to be found here. Only some Ptero-
narcys belonging to the Perlidw have a connection somewhat similar to that
of the Xenoneura. What we see of the venation is more nearly allied to the
Chauliodes type than to any other. The mediastinal field is somewhat re-
lated to Sialis, but more to some Mantispide, to the genera Trichoscelis and
Symphrasis, namely, to the costal half of S. varia. The venation has no simi-
larity to Coniopteryx, Raphidia, and Ephemera, and bridges in no way the gulf
between the Neuroptera and Pseudoneuroptera, as stated by the author.

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 281

Dyscritus vetustus.

A very small fragment, said to belong to the hind margin of a wing, with two
series of eight square-shaped cells between three veins, one of them branched
at the base, is all that is preserved. It can belong to Orthoptera, to Pseudo-
neuroptera, or to Neuroptera, but it is too insignificant to be identified. Simi-
lar cells are found in Isophlebia.

The conclusions to be made from the results of my examination of the
Devonian Insects are the following :—

1. The known fragments belong to five species.

Two are Odonata, belonging to the Pseudoneuroptera. The very im-
perfect fragments do not permit us to say more than that some charac-
ters are similarly represented in the gigantic species of the Solenhofen
state, in Stenophlebia and in Isophlebia. These characters are the sud-
denly narrowed second cubital space in Platephemera, and the straight
sector trigonuli inferior in Gerephemera, neither mentioned by the
author.

The three other fragments belong to the Neuroptera, and probably all
to the Sialina. One of them is more related to the Corydalis type, the
two others to the Chauliodes type.

2. None of them have any relation to the Ephemeride, as is asserted
by the author.

3. None of the Devonian Insects are of a synthetic type. Besides
that such a type could hardly be derived from the wing only of living
species, these specimens are too fragmentary for such conclusions.

4, The previous stages of all were probably aquatic.

5. No related species is known from the North American carbonifer-
ous strata. Probably all insects known from them are terrestrial. Till
a more complete account is given of Euephemerites, it cannot be consid-
ered to be an insect wing.

6. Concerning the four families proposed by the author, one, the
Atocina, is out of the question, because belonging to the Odonata. The
other three are based upon extremely vague characters, which are not
justly to be considered family characters at all.

The study of fossil insects, and especially the study of fragments of
fossil insects, is doubtless extremely difficult. The most detailed knowl-
edge of the living fauna is indispensable, and, as the specialist will in-
evitably find, the actual literature is entirely insufficient for the details
needed for comparison, and a very complete collection, such as does not
yet exist here for any group, is necessary in order to avoid grave errors.

282 BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

But assuming that both are at hand, —a very detailed knowledge and
a very complete collection, —it is obvious that at the present time both
can exist only for some specialty, and not for the whole class of insects.
Every attempt to go beyond those limits commonly entails errors
in a geometrical progression. Undoubtedly the smallest fragment of
an insect belonged to a species, to a genus, to a family. Nevertheless
it cannot be an advantage to science, it cannot mark a progress for sci-
ence, if such fragments are named and determined as a species, and as
possibly belonging to such and such a genus and family. It is evident
from the “insignificant fragment” of Dyscritus vetustus, discussed at
length in page 22, that any scientific judgment, and therefore any scien-
tific classification of it is impossible. It can belong to several differ-
ent families, and it is quite as probable that it belongs to Platephemera,
or to Gerephemera, or to some entirely different insect. The fragment is
so insignificant, that, if the whole fauna of the Devonian Insects was
known, it would be impossible to ascertain its place with certainty.
Therefore such names are not only useless, but a hindrance to science.
Ten years ago the Rev. Mr. Eaton, of Croydon, England, expressed the
same opinion in strong terms; but Mr. Scudder (p. 11) objects to these
strictures in the most emphatic manner, without giving any satisfactory
reasons.

Paleontological works are and can only be studied and understood in
our days by specialists, and for special groups. Others must take the
conclusions for granted, which they are not able to control, for want of
special knowledge. I must frankly declare that it is for the interest of
science that such nomenclature should be discontinued, as it is sure to
be with a little knowledge of facts.

CAMBRIDGE, March, 1881.

BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 283

Additional Remarks upon a Fern in the same Slab with Platephemera.

Some doubt has been expressed as to the age of those insects by Dr.
Geinitz (Sitz. ber. Isis, 1866, p. 22), who considered them as probably
belonging to the Carboniferous formation from the fact that Platephemera
is on the same slab with a fern characteristic of that formation, Cyathettes
(Pecopteris) plumosa. Mr. Scudder (Geol. Mag., Vol. V. p. 174) says:
“Tf, however, Dr. Geinitz’s determination of this species were certainly
correct, it would not invalidate the statements of geologists, who refer
this deposit to Devonian, for several species of plants are stated to be
common to this formation and to the Carboniferous.”

This may be: nevertheless an important gap is still here to be filled.
Mr. Scudder does not mention the occurrence of this plant together with
Platephemera, nor is that done in the geological note (p. 40) by Prof.
Dawson. Among the plants belonging to bed No. 7, no species of Pe-
copteris or Cyatheites is enumerated by Prof. Dawson. I cannot in the
Canadian literature at my command find this fern quoted as occurring in
the Devonian formation.

I applied to a prominent authority, Mr. Leo Lesquereux, for informa-
tion, and had the following answer: “ Pecopteris (Cyatheites) plumosa is
a common species of our middle Carboniferous, found in the strata im-
mediately above the millstone grit. As yet it has not been found in the
subconglomerate, still less in the Devonian of the United States, which is
separated from the conglomerate by the subcarboniferous or the Mauch
Chunk red shale, very thick formations. This species is even described
by White and Fontaine from the Permo-carboniferous. Some of Prof.
Dawson’s species from the Devonian in Canada are found in the true Car-
boniferous of the United States. We have no positive meaus of ascertain-
ing the geological relation, as the identity of some of Prof. Dawson’s species
is as yet uncertain. This is about all I can say onthe subject. For com-
mon species like P. plumosa, which is the equivalent of P. dentata, the
geological distribution is generally well marked between the European
and North American series. We have, however, some types, which are
found here in the lower Carboniferous, even in the subconglomerate,
while in Europe they have not been found until now at a lower stage
than the Permian and the Trias. This difference, however, cannot

284 BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

be taken into account in comparing the plants of the United States
Coal measures with those of Canada. From this you cannot derive
any reliable conclusion. Pecopteris plumosa in the Devonian would
appear to me quite an anomaly, but not more so than to see it in
the lower Permian.”

I suppose that everybody will agree that the plant in question should
be studied and determined with the utmost care to avoid any further
doubt concerning the age of those interesting insects.

.
ii
a3 %. hd
°% *

”

sé. . Penw
orn
ve oe wee
—- i
- ts

APR & 195!

QL Harvard University. Museum
x of Comparative Zoology

H3 Bulletin

veo

Biological
& Medical

Serials

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

STORAGE

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College"

See other formats